Fisheries off West Coast States; Pacific Coast Groundfish Fishery Management Plan; Amendments 20 and 21; Trawl Rationalization Program, 60868-60999 [2010-23246]
Download as PDF
60868
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 190 / Friday, October 1, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE
National Oceanic and Atmospheric
Administration
15 CFR Part 902
50 CFR Part 660
[Docket No. 100212086–0354–04]
RIN 0648–AY68
Fisheries off West Coast States;
Pacific Coast Groundfish Fishery
Management Plan; Amendments 20
and 21; Trawl Rationalization Program
National Marine Fisheries
Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and
Atmospheric Administration (NOAA),
Commerce.
ACTION: Final rule.
AGENCY:
NMFS is implementing
Amendments 20 and 21 to the Pacific
Coast Groundfish Fishery Management
Plan (FMP), which were partially
approved by the Secretary on August 9,
2010. Amendment 20 establishes a trawl
rationalization program for the Pacific
Coast groundfish fishery. Amendment
20’s trawl rationalization program
consists of: an individual fishing quota
(IFQ) program for the shorebased trawl
fleet (including whiting and nonwhiting sectors); and cooperative (coop)
programs for the at-sea (whiting only)
mothership and catcher/processor trawl
fleets. The trawl rationalization program
is intended to increase net economic
benefits, create individual economic
stability, provide full utilization of the
trawl sector allocation, consider
environmental impacts, and achieve
individual accountability of catch and
bycatch. Amendment 21 establishes
fixed allocations for limited entry trawl
participants. These allocations are
intended to improve management under
the rationalization program by
streamlining its administration,
providing stability to the fishery, and
addressing halibut bycatch. This rule
finalizes only certain key components
necessary for issuance of permits and
endorsements in time for use in the
2011 fishery and in order to have the
2011 specifications reflect the new
allocation scheme. Specifically, this rule
establishes the allocations set forth
under Amendment 21 and establishes
procedures for initial issuance of
permits, endorsements, quota shares
(QS), and catch history assignments
under the IFQ and coop programs. In
addition, this rule restructures the entire
Pacific Coast groundfish regulations to
more closely track the organization of
the proposed management measures and
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with RULES2
SUMMARY:
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:37 Sep 30, 2010
Jkt 223001
to make the total groundfish regulations
more clear.
DATES: This rule is effective November
1, 2010.
ADDRESSES: Background information
and documents, including the final
environmental impacts statements for
Amendment 20 and Amendment 21, are
available at the Pacific Fishery
Management Council’s Web site at
https://www.pcouncil.org/. NMFS
prepared a Final Regulatory Flexibility
Analysis (FRFA), which is summarized
in the Classification section of this final
rule. Copies of the FRFA and the Small
Entity Compliance Guide are available
from William W. Stelle, Jr., Regional
Administrator, Northwest Region,
NMFS, 7600 Sand Point Way NE.,
Seattle, WA 98115–0070; or by phone at
206–526–6150.
Written comments regarding the
burden-hour estimates or other aspects
of the collection-of-information
requirements contained in this final rule
may be submitted to William W. Stelle,
Jr., Regional Administrator, Northwest
Region, NMFS, 7600 Sand Point Way
NE., Seattle, WA 98115–0070, and by email to
OIRA_Submission@omb.eop.gov, or fax
to 202–395–7285.
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:
Jamie Goen, 206–526–4656; (fax) 206–
526–6736; Jamie.Goen@noaa.gov.
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:
Background
The Amendment 20 trawl
rationalization program is a limited
access privilege program under the
Magnuson-Stevens Fishery
Conservation and Management Act
(MSA), as reauthorized in 2007. It
consists of: (1) An IFQ program for the
shorebased trawl fleet; and (2) coop
programs for the mothership and
catcher-processor trawl fleets. The trawl
rationalization program is intended to
increase net economic benefits, create
individual economic stability, provide
full utilization of the trawl sector
allocation, consider environmental
impacts, and achieve individual
accountability of catch and bycatch.
Amendment 21 establishes fixed
allocations for limited entry trawl
participants. These allocations are
intended to improve management under
the rationalization program by
streamlining its administration,
providing stability to the fishery, and
addressing halibut bycatch.
The trawl rationalization program is
scheduled to be implemented on
January 1, 2011. Due to the complexity
of the program and the tight timeline for
implementation, NMFS has issued, or is
PO 00000
Frm 00002
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
in the process of issuing multiple
rulemakings that would implement this
program. The following actions are
related to the trawl rationalization
program:
• A final rule (75 FR 4684, January
29, 2010) which announced that
potential participants in the program
should review and, if necessary, correct
their data that will be used for the
issuance of QS, permits, and
endorsements. It also established which
data NMFS would use and requested
ownership information from potential
participants.
• A notice of availability for
Amendments 20 and 21 (75 FR 26702,
May 12, 2010).
• A proposed rule (75 FR 32994, June
10, 2010) that would implement
Amendments 20 and 21, focused on
provisions deemed necessary to issue
permits and endorsements in time for
use in the 2011 fishery and to have the
2011 harvest specifications reflect the
new allocation scheme. In addition, the
June 10th proposed rule also proposed
to restructure the entire Pacific Coast
groundfish regulations at 50 CFR part
660 from one subpart (Subpart G) to five
subparts (Subparts C–G).
• A correction to the June 10th
proposed rule (75 FR 37744, June 30,
2010) which corrected two dates
referenced in the preamble to the
proposed rule regarding the decision
date for the FMP amendments and the
end date for the public comment period.
• The Secretary’s review of and
decision to partially approve
Amendments 20 and 21 on August 9,
2010.
• A proposed rule (75 FR 53380,
August 31, 2010) which proposes for
implementation on January 1, 2011,
additional program details, including:
measures applicable to gear switching
for the IFQ program, observer programs,
retention requirements, equipment
requirements, catch monitors, catch
weighing requirements, coop permits,
coop agreement requirements, first
receiver site licenses, QS accounts,
vessel accounts, further tracking and
monitoring components, and economic
data collection requirements.
This final rule follows the June 10th
proposed rule (75 FR 32994) and
implements the following aspects of
Amendments 20 and 21: (1) The
allocations set forth under Amendment
21, and (2) procedures for initial
issuance of permits, endorsements, QS,
individual bycatch quota (IBQ), and
catch history assignments under the IFQ
and coop programs. In addition, this
rule restructures the entire Pacific Coast
groundfish regulations to more closely
track the organization of the proposed
E:\FR\FM\01OCR2.SGM
01OCR2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 190 / Friday, October 1, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
management measures and to make the
total groundfish regulations more clear.
The preamble to the proposed rule (75
FR 32994, June 10, 2010), called the
‘‘initial issuance’’ proposed rule because
it proposed the requirements for initial
issuance of new permits and
endorsements for the trawl
rationalization program, provided
detailed information on the trawl
rationalization program and a general
overview on the provisions in
Amendments 20 and 21, and is not fully
repeated here.
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with RULES2
Partial Approval of Amendments 20
and 21
NMFS partially approved
Amendments 20 and 21 on August 9,
2010. Some minor provisions were
disapproved in both Amendments 20
and 21. In Amendment 20, NMFS
disapproved three provisions applicable
to mothership coops (MS coops): (1) The
requirement that MS coops file a coop
contract with the Council and to make
it available for public review [it must
still be filed with NMFS]; (2) the
requirement that MS coops file a letter
from the Department of Justice; and (3)
the requirement that coop agreements
include a clause that at least a majority
of the members are required to dissolve
the coop. In Amendment 21, NMFS
disapproved language that referred to
the trawl, non-trawl allocations
superseding limited entry, open access
allocations. This partial disapproval of
Amendment 21 does not affect
implementation of the trawl
rationalization program or the harvest
specifications for 2011 because these
allocations are currently suspended as a
result of overfished species rebuilding
plans. However, NMFS has requested
the Council to go through the
amendment process to make the FMP
more clear on how the limited entry,
open access allocations relate to the
trawl, non-trawl allocations.
Description of Data Used for Initial
Issuance Decisions
The allocation formulas in
Amendment 20 and implemented by
this final rule are based on vessel
landings or processor receipt histories
for the shoreside sector. As discussed in
the preamble to the proposed rule,
NMFS will use data from the Pacific
Fisheries Information Network (PacFIN)
of the Pacific States Marine Fisheries
Commission (PSMFC) to derive these
histories. Since 1974, PSMFC has
worked actively with its member states
and State and Federal fisheries agencies
to improve the quality and timeliness of
fisheries data collection, processing, and
analysis, and to produce regionally
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:37 Sep 30, 2010
Jkt 223001
coherent data summaries required for
regional conservation and management
purposes. PacFIN is a regional fisheries
data network that is a joint Federal and
State data collection and information
management project; for more
information see https://pacfin.psmfc.org/
index.php. Although it addresses other
species of fish and related uses, PacFIN
has a strong focus on the informational
needs of the Council. PacFIN first came
on line in 1981 by providing the
Council’s Groundfish Management
Team, originally called the Plan Team,
with two reports and an associated
retrieval system. One report displayed
monthly catch by species by area and
another report displayed monthly catch
by species by data source, including
foreign countries and joint-ventures.
The data in PacFIN include fish
tickets, or state landings receipts, which
are official documents required by the
states of California, Oregon, and
Washington, and logbook information.
The information collected by the states
undergoes substantial quality control
and quality assurance processes before
and after it is submitted to PacFIN.
Since 1981, PacFIN data have provided
the basis for numerous Federal and state
fishery management actions, including
harvest determinations necessary to take
inseason action to maintain fishing
levels within established quotas and
fishery closures; analyses of major
management restructuring programs
such as the Council’s groundfish limited
entry system or the Federal groundfish
trawl buyback program; assessments of
salmon and groundfish fishery disaster
programs including determining and
verifying which fishermen and
processors receive aid and at what level;
and for scientific stock assessments and
other scientific research carried out by
states, NMFS, and academia. The states,
the Council, and NMFS rely on the
PacFIN information as the best scientific
information available.
Similarly, the initial allocations for
the at-sea coops rely on the observer
data from NMFS’ Northwest Fisheries
Science Center’s Pacific whiting
observer data in NORPAC (NORPAC
data), which also undergoes substantial
quality control and quality assurance of
the data. As with the PacFIN data,
NMFS, the Council, and the states rely
on the NORPAC data as the best
scientific information available, and use
it for multiple purposes, including
quota monitoring and stock
assessments.
In addition to the PacFIN and
NORPAC quality control and quality
assurance process, in early 2010, NMFS
provided notice to all participants
(basically all current owners of limited
PO 00000
Frm 00003
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
60869
entry trawl permits and groundfish first
receivers) to review their catch data for
the purpose of ensuring that the QS and
other calculations would be based on
the best available data. As explained in
more detail in the preamble to the
proposed rule, NMFS provided
instructions and Federal and state
contact information for participants to
use in requesting data and correcting
data, and in support of this process, the
PSMFC developed scripts for the States
to use in providing fishermen and
processors their data directly related to
their business interests, specifically
landings sold or purchased by the data
requestor. A similar process was
established for the NORPAC data. In
order for participants to understand the
calculations and application of the
PacFIN and NORPAC information, the
Council provided a series of tables with
its preliminary estimates of QS, which
were mailed to current permit owners,
who were again notified of the
importance of correcting the underlying
data bases. These timely corrections
through the states and ultimately to
PacFIN were extremely important to
assure that the data used by NMFS to
determine the initial allocations are
based on the best scientific information
available because the correction process
cannot be made by NMFS unilaterally
and additional corrections or
modifications to the underlying data
would not be appropriate during the
application process.
Use of 2011 Harvest Specifications and
Management Measures
Some of the initial issuance formulas
include calculations that depend on
results of the 2011–2012 biennial
harvest specifications and management
measures process. In particular,
calculations for initial issuance of QS
for overfished species caught
incidentally (Group 2 and Group 3
species) and for Pacific halibut IBQ
require that the target species used as a
basis for the calculation be converted to
pounds using the 2011 OYs in order to
determine the relative weighting
between the target species. The use of
2011 OYs in these formulas presents
several implementation issues. First, the
harvest specifications and management
measures will not be final until after the
initial issuance of QS and IBQ for the
trawl rationalization program is
scheduled to occur. Second, while the
Council motion for trawl rationalization
and the final initial issuance rule
published here refer to OYs, the Council
has been proceeding with the adoption
of an FMP amendment on a parallel
track, Amendment 23, which would
replace OYs with annual catch limits
E:\FR\FM\01OCR2.SGM
01OCR2
60870
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 190 / Friday, October 1, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with RULES2
(ACLs) (if Amendment 23 is adopted,
NMFS intends to replace all references
to OY in the initial issuance regulations
with references to ACL). Because of
these two issues, pre-filled applications
and initial issuance of QS and IBQ will
be provisional based on the projected
2011 ACLs recommended by the
Council during the 2011–2012 harvest
specifications and management
measures process. Thus, the initial
issuance of QS and IBQ may be adjusted
if NMFS adopts different OYs or ACLs
for 2011 and 2012 than the ACLs
adopted by the Council at their June
2010 meeting.
Similarly, some of the QS allocation
formulas depend upon allocations
between whiting and non-whiting trips
developed as part of the 2011–2012
harvest specifications and management
measures process. As described at
§ 660.140(d)(8)(iv)(A)(10) of this final
rule, canary rockfish, bocaccio, cowcod,
yelloweye rockfish, minor shelf rockfish
N. of 40°10′ N. lat., and minor shelf
rockfish S. of 40°10′ N. lat., and minor
slope rockfish S. of 40°10′ N. lat. were
not allocated between whiting and nonwhiting trips through Amendment 21,
and instead will be decided through the
harvest specifications and management
measures process. Consistent with the
Council’s June 2010 motion on the
harvest specifications and with
Amendment 21, Table 1e of the harvest
specifications and management
measures will list all of the IFQ species
and the percentages of QS for whiting
trips versus non-whiting trips. The
initial issuance of QS for these species
will be provisional based on the
allocations recommended by the
Council at its June 2010 meeting,
pending final decision of the Secretary
on the 2011 harvest specifications and
management measures.
Comments and Responses
NMFS solicited public comment on
both Amendments 20 and 21 (75 FR
26702, May 12, 2010) and on the
proposed rule (75 FR 32994, June 10,
2010). The comment period for these
notices ended July 12, 2010. Because
these notices are related, the responses
to public comments in this section of
the preamble address Amendments 20
and 21 and the proposed rule.
NMFS received 33 individualized
letters of comments on the proposed
rule and amendments, submitted by
individuals or organizations and 385
form letters. The letters raised a variety
of issues related to the proposed rule
and Amendments 20 and 21.
Some commenters have incorporated
by reference previous comments
submitted during the Council process.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:37 Sep 30, 2010
Jkt 223001
Comments presented to the Council are
part of the record and were considered
by the Council during their deliberation.
In reviewing the proposed rule and
amendments, NMFS considered the
record as a whole.
General Comments in Support and
Opposed
Comment 1. NMFS received multiple
comments expressing general support
for the proposed rule and amendments.
Response. NMFS acknowledges these
comments.
Comment 2. NMFS received multiple
comments expressing general
disagreement with the proposed rule
and amendments.
Response. NMFS acknowledges these
comments.
Comment 3. NMFS received multiple
comments expressing support for the
proposed rule and amendments and
identifying expected benefits such as
that it would help conservation of the
resource, increase net economic
benefits, provide stability, and reduce
bycatch; stabilize the whiting fishery
and traditional fisheries; give fishermen
greater control over the resource;
stabilize fishing communities; and
eliminate regulatory discards.
Response. NMFS concurs that
multiple benefits are anticipated as a
result of Amendments 20 and 21 and
the proposed rule. The analyses
supporting the amendments and the
rule describe both costs and benefits,
and conclude that the costs are justified
by the benefits.
Comment 4. NMFS received multiple
comments objecting to the proposed
rule and amendments on the grounds
that they would not promote
conservation or maximize economic
benefit. Commenters stated that
predicted benefits have been overstated
and cited the example of the Orange
Roughy. Commenters also cited studies
that show catch share programs have
hidden costs and adverse impacts on
quality of life. Some commenters stated
that the proposed rule and amendments
would not meet the objectives of
rationalization.
Response. The underlying analyses
support the conclusions regarding the
anticipated effects of these measures
and the extent to which they meet their
objectives. While we can learn from
other fisheries around the world, every
fishery is different. The 5 year review
will give us a chance to assess whether
the program is working as anticipated
and what changes may need to be made.
Comment 5. NMFS received multiple
comments objecting to the proposed
rule and amendments due to general
policy objections including to the use of
PO 00000
Frm 00004
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
quotas, the perception that the proposal
serves the interests of a few against the
interests of many, and objections to
perceived redistribution of wealth and
privatization of a public resource. In
addition, NMFS received comments
suggesting alternative management
measures that commenters would prefer
to see adopted such as owner on board
requirements, IFQs for all three whiting
sectors, and other approaches.
Response. The MSA expressly
authorizes the use of Limited Access
Privilege Programs (LAPPs) and vests
the Council with responsibility for
developing and identifying which
management measures to recommend
through its open public process. The
Council considered a number of
alternative management measures in the
development of this program, inclusive
of those suggested in public comments.
Appendix A ‘‘Analysis of Components,
Elements, and Options for the
Individual Fishing Quota Alternative
Trawl Individual Quota Components’’ of
the final EIS ‘‘Rationalization of the
Pacific Coast Groundfish Limited Entry
Trawl Fishery’’ documents these
considerations in two sections. Under
Section A–2, IFQ System Details, pages
A–33 to A–397, for many of the program
details, a description is provided of
options considered but either not
included or not analyzed further.
Additionally, Section A–3 of Appendix
A, pages A–402 to A–444, addressed a
number of options, including: Adaptive
Management; Halibut Individual
Bycatch Quota; Program Duration (Fixed
Term and Auctions); Gear Conversion;
Regional Landing Zones; Community
Fishing Associations; Owner on Board
Provisions; and Sideboard Measures to
Prevent Spillover (into other fisheries).
Council rationale and decisions
regarding which options were selected,
and which were not, are described.
NMFS has reviewed the FEIS’s, the
public comments, and the record as a
whole and concludes that the decision
is consistent with MSA and other
applicable law.
Comment 6. NMFS received multiple
comments praising the Council’s
process for development of the
amendments for its transparency and
fairness.
Response. NMFS agrees that the
Council utilized a fair and transparent
public process that included numerous
public committee meetings and Council
meetings, as described in pages 19–22 in
the FEIS (detailed list of those
meetings).
Comment 7: NMFS received some
comments stating that the public
process has been inadequate.
E:\FR\FM\01OCR2.SGM
01OCR2
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 190 / Friday, October 1, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
Response. NMFS disagrees. In
addition to the Council process
referenced above, the agency complied
with the MSA requirement to have a
public comment period on both
amendments and the proposed rule for
initial issuance, and the NEPA
requirement to have a comment period
on the draft environmental impact
statement (DEIS). NMFS also intends to
publish for public comment the
proposed rule on the program
components.
Comment 8. NMFS received multiple
comments objecting to the proposed
rule because it did not contain certain
components such as the observer
coverage requirements and tracking and
monitoring requirements. One
commenter added that the proposed
rule’s administrative provisions lack
due process.
Response. NMFS published a
proposed rule to implement program
components on August 31, 2010 (75 FR
53380). Prior to publication in the
Federal Register, both rules to
implement the rationalization program
have gone through substantial public
review and comment by the Council,
including several public meetings of the
Council’s Regulatory Deeming
Workgroup. As described above, the
Council and NMFS followed an open
public process in developing and
adopting the amendments and the
implementing regulations.
Comment 9: Some commenters
advocated partial approval for different
elements of the program, such as
disapproval of the shorebased section;
approval of whiting components only;
disapproval with respect to non-whiting
groundfish.
Response. NMFS has reviewed the
amendments in their entirety and,
except for several minor provisions, has
not identified a basis for partial
approval.
Comment 10. One commenter stated
that the trailing amendments burden the
wrong people.
Response. These amendments are
currently under development by the
Council. When completed, they will be
submitted to NMFS for agency review in
conjunction with public comment
periods. Members of the public should
participate in the Council process to
help design these amendments.
Comment 11. One commenter stated
that the proposed rule and amendments
should be disapproved due to
unexplored alternatives and negative
impacts.
Response. As described in the EIS,
NMFS and the Council have explored a
wide range of alternatives and analyzed
the potential impacts. As stated in the
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:37 Sep 30, 2010
Jkt 223001
responses to comments 19 and 34, the
underlying analyses conclude that the
negative impacts are justified by the
anticipated benefits.
Comment 12. NMFS received
multiple comments citing problems
with the status quo.
Response. NMFS acknowledges this
comment.
Comment 13. One commenter
requested a workshop to explain the
shoreside whiting allocation procedure.
Response. NMFS has developed
outreach materials that are currently
available at: https://www.nwr.noaa.gov/
Groundfish-Halibut/Groundfish-FisheryManagement/Trawl-Program/index.cfm.
In addition, NMFS is planning a series
of public workshops in September/
October in California, Oregon and Idaho
(session in Idaho during two evenings at
the September Council meeting) at six
locations to discuss the specifics of the
program. These workshops are designed
to address all aspects of the trawl
rationalization program.
Comments Pertaining to Timing
Comment 14. Congressman
Thompson submitted a comment
requesting a delay issuing rules until
fully briefed.
Response. The Congressman’s staff
has been briefed by NMFS on the
provisions associated with the trawl
rationalization program.
Comment 15. One commenter
suggested not making this a permanent
program, to keep some flexibility when
stocks rebuild.
Response. The Council envisions a
process whereby the program will adapt
to changing circumstances. A major
component of the program at the outset
is the Adaptive Management Program
(AMP), which sets aside 10 percent of
the nonwhiting shoreside quota shares
to address unforeseen impacts,
beginning with year 3 of the program.
Additionally, a comprehensive review
of the program to evaluate effectiveness
in relation to the original program goals
and objectives is scheduled for year five
of the program. Flexibility to adapt to
changing circumstances was specifically
acknowledged. On page 54 of the EIS
‘‘Rationalization of the Pacific Coast
Groundfish Limited Entry Trawl
Fishery’’, it states ‘‘In taking this action,
the Council acknowledged that work
will have to continue to monitor the
program and to make adjustments in
response to program performance. Even
prior to implementation, the Council
will continue to work on provisions for
Community Fishing Associations
(CFAs) and an AMP. While there may be
unintended and unanticipated
consequences, there will be an
PO 00000
Frm 00005
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
60871
opportunity to modify the program
through a review process, and a data
collection process will be implemented
to support that review.’’
Comment 16. One commenter
suggested a delay of the program until
a referendum is conducted.
Response. The Council chose not to
consider a referendum (vote by
fishermen in support or disapproval)
prior to moving forward. This program
has been under development through
the Council process for over five years,
and ample opportunities have been
provided for input into the design of the
program. See response to comment 18
below for additional details on the
public input process.
Comment 17. One commenter
suggested the program should not be
implemented because the fishermen are
still experiencing negative effects and
financial impacts from buyback.
Response. In 2003, approximately
one-half of the West Coast Limited Entry
Groundfish Trawl Fishery permits were
retired as part of a voluntary
government-backed loan and auction
buyback scheme. Section 2.6.5 of the
EIS ‘‘Rationalization of the Pacific Coast
Groundfish Limited Entry Trawl
Fishery’’ describes broad level Council
concerns and tradeoffs in choosing
between status quo and trawl
rationalization, and the buyback
program was part of that discussion
(page 53). The Council concluded that
the trawl rationalization program
addresses many of the difficult, timeconsuming management problems it has
struggled with under status quo. It is
expected to provide a basic management
framework that will provide the most
benefits to the nation for the public
resource, including: assigning personal
accountability for the fisheries;
providing opportunities for bycatch
reduction; enhancing stock rebuilding
through improved fishery information
and full observer coverage; providing
opportunities to maximize catch of
targeted species while protecting
species of concern; improving economic
performance; helping to maintain
community stability; improving safety;
guarding against local stock depletion;
and addressing unforeseen
circumstances through an innovative
adaptive management provision. The
trawl rationalization program is a
program that will help address
conservation concerns and take a system
that is not economically viable for many
and turn it into one that will work for
those who remain in the fishery after
rationalization.
Comment 18. There were a number of
public comments on timing and
implementation of the trawl
E:\FR\FM\01OCR2.SGM
01OCR2
60872
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 190 / Friday, October 1, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with RULES2
rationalization program. The comments
ranged from those wanting to
implement the program as proposed,
without delay, to comments stating their
opposition to implementation generally,
to the ‘‘incremental approach, and the
lack of opportunity for public comment
and short time frames for review.
Response. The public participation
process involving the Council’s
deliberations is specifically identified in
detail in Chapter 1 of the Final
Environmental Impact Statement
‘‘Rationalization of the Pacific Coast
Groundfish Limited Entry Trawl
Fishery, June 2010’’ on pages 15–18.
Development and refinement of the
alternatives leading to the Council’s
choice of a preferred alternative has
taken more than five years, with
numerous Council and committee
meetings during the process. The
Council’s initial scoping and program
development process began at a Council
meeting in September, 2003. The EIS
includes Table 1–1 on page 18, listing
all of the Council committees associated
with this subject matter. The EIS also
includes Table 1–2, on pages 19–22,
listing the meetings that have been held
by the committees as well as Council
meetings at which trawl rationalization
or intersector allocation were discussed,
with a brief description of the topics
covered in each meeting.
At the agency level, NMFS has
complied with the statutory
requirements regarding public comment
on the Amendments, the proposed
initial issuance rule, and the DEIS. In
addition, consistent with statutory
requirements, NMFS will provide for
public review and comment on the
program components rule. NMFS
believes that were adequate
opportunities for public comment on
proposed Amendments 20 and, the
NEPA documents and the initial
issuance rule for trawl rationalization.
As for the incremental approach, NMFS
has fully analyzed the program and
made that analysis available to the
public and used it in the decision on the
Amendments. The Council agreed with
the agency’s approach to implement the
Amendments through two rulemakings.
Comments on Program Costs
Comment 19. One commenter
expressed concern about negative
impacts on smaller boats, deckhands,
and smaller ports, pointing out issues
such as vessels in certain ports that will
receive lower catch, but have increased
costs, and the effects of fleet reduction
on port infrastructure.
Response. While the trawl
rationalization program would move the
fishery toward some of its most
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:37 Sep 30, 2010
Jkt 223001
important goals and objectives, in order
for the program to realize those benefits,
a large amount of consolidation would
have to occur, resulting in fewer people
employed in the fishery. The Council
acknowledged and expressed concern
about the expected consolidation and its
impacts, and noted the need to attend to
the potential for disproportionate
impacts on some communities. There
was also concern that the potential
accumulation of wealth under the IFQ
program should have corresponding
levels of benefit for the nation, and that
state implementation costs be
addressed. The Council also expressed
an interest in maintaining the character
of the fleet and a diversified industry.
Balancing the need for consolidation to
generate adequate levels of benefit with
the potential adverse impacts of
consolidation was a major challenge. At
the same time, continuation of status
quo would have its own impacts, with
both the buyback program and
cumulative limits having caused
significant consolidation in the fleet and
a redistribution of vessels along the
coast.
Because of the high degree of concern
about impacts on communities and
maintaining some sharing of benefits
(both among harvesters and between
harvesters, processors, and others
dependent on the fishery) the Council
made a number of tradeoffs in the trawl
rationalization program that may
prevent the program from reaching the
full degree of economic efficiency that
might otherwise be achievable through
rationalization. For example,
accumulation limits would help
disperse fishery benefits, but would
inhibit consolidation. Additionally,
some QS was set aside for use in an
AMP to address such objectives as
community and processor stability, new
entry, conservation, and other
unidentified/unforeseen adverse
consequences. A number of other
measures were also considered as the
Council struggled to find a balance
among sectors, states, vessels, ports,
conservation obligations, and its
responsibility to try to develop a regime
that maximizes economic benefits while
simultaneously realizing, recognizing,
and honoring the social effects of its
decisions.
Consideration was also given to
allocating QSs to communities and crew
members. With respect to the Council
consideration of CDQs, up to the very
end of the Council’s deliberations,
communities expressed little or no
interest in receiving an initial allocation
of QSs. Therefore, the Council
developed other mechanisms to address
concerns about communities, including,
PO 00000
Frm 00006
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
but not limited to, the AMP, a two-year
moratorium on QS transfers, a five-year
review that includes a community
advisory committee, accumulation
limits and a two-year review of some of
the limits, the opportunity for
communities to receive an initial QS
allocation by acquiring a trawl permit,
and a trailing action on CFAs. With
respect to crew members, an initial
allocation is difficult because there is
limited historic information on the
identity of crew members who have
fished on trawl vessels. It is the
Council’s hope that by providing highly
divisible QSs and ensuring that other
elements of the program design facilitate
crew ownership of QS, that crew
members who want to do so will be able
to incrementally accumulate QSs.
In terms of impacts on small
businesses, the trawl rationalization
program is intended to increase net
economic benefits, create economic
stability, provide full utilization of the
trawl sector allocation, consider
environmental impacts, and promote
conservation through individual
accountability for catch and bycatch.
The allocations of quota under the new
program do not differ significantly from
status quo allocations made biennially
in terms of total allocations. However,
instead of fleetwide quotas, there will
now be individual allocations of quota
shares and quota pounds to permit
owners. Allocations of overfished
species constrain all groundfish
fishermen, for both large and small
operations. In some cases, smaller
operators may be constrained to a
greater extent. This was recognized in
development of the program, and
operators are encouraged to work
together cooperatively, through
mechanisms like combining and sharing
quota amounts. The program provides
for leasing of additional quota as needed
to facilitate operations.
The proposed action includes
provisions that would have a beneficial
impact on small entities. It would create
a management program under which
most recent participants in the Pacific
Coast groundfish limited entry trawl
fishery (many of which are small
entities) would be eligible to continue
participating in the fishery and under
which the fishery itself would
experience an increase in economic
profitability. Small entities choosing to
exit the fishery should receive financial
compensation from selling their permit
or share of the resource. To prevent a
particular individual, corporation, or
other entity from acquiring an excessive
share of the total harvest privileges in
the program, accumulation limits would
restrict the amount of harvest privileges
E:\FR\FM\01OCR2.SGM
01OCR2
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 190 / Friday, October 1, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
that can be held, acquired, or used by
individuals and vessels. In addition, for
the shoreside sector of the fishery, an
AMP was created to mitigate any
adverse impacts, including impacts on
small entities and communities that
might result from the proposed action.
Comment 20. The Council has not
adopted a methodology for a costrecovery plan, as required by the MSA,
and the cost to taxpayers and
participants is too high.
Response. Information about program
costs was included in the EIS and the
RIR/IRFA. The Council took all of these
factors into consideration in moving
forward with a recommendation to
implement the trawl rationalization
program. The Council intends to
develop a cost recovery plan through a
trailing amendment. NMFS encourages
public participation in both the Council
and the Secretarial review process.
Comment 21. The costs to the
government are too high and will divert
funds from other conservation purposes.
Response. NMFS has taken the costs
of implementing the amendments into
consideration when approving them. To
the extent allowed by the MSA, NMFS
will recover the agency costs of
management, data collection and
analysis, and enforcement activities
from the fishing industry when a costrecovery plan is implemented.
Comment 22. The program costs to
fishermen, including the costs of
entering the fishery and the costs of
observers and monitoring, are too high.
Response. Analyses indicate that the
program benefits will outweigh the
program costs. The EIS anticipates that
the value of the fishery will increase
through a variety of mechanisms,
including increased efficiency of
existing vessels, the transfer of effort to
the most efficient vessels, and increased
retention of target species. The program
includes opportunities for adaptive
management if actual impacts differ
from projected impacts. In addition, the
Council made quota shares highly
divisible to increase the ability of crew
members and others to buy into the
fishery. To aid the fishing industry
during the transition to a rationalized
fishery, the agency has announced its
intent, subject to available Federal
funding, to cover a portion of the initial
cost of hiring observers and catch
monitors. As stated by the agency,
participants would initially be
responsible for 10 percent of the cost of
hiring observers and catch monitors,
with that amount increased every year
so that by 2014, the industry would be
responsible for 100 percent of the cost
of hiring the observers and catch
monitors.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:37 Sep 30, 2010
Jkt 223001
Comments on the Observer Program
Comment 23. One commenter stated
that observer rules need to change for
trawl and small boats to reflect the
‘‘vastly different bycatch which occurs
when mistakes are made.’’
Response. The final design features of
the observer program and applicability
to both large and small vessels were
evaluated thoroughly through
development of these program
components, and ultimately led to the
Council decision to require 100 percent
observations for those fishing vessels
that continue trawling under this
rationalization program. By ‘‘mistakes’’
we assume the commenter meant
situations where high bycatch of
overfished species events occur, and
that larger vessels may have potentially
greater negative impacts. While this may
be true, vessels that participate in the
shorebased IFQ program will be held
individually accountable for any
bycatch of overfished species. In the atsea program, there are sector specific
bycatch caps that will remain in place.
These bycatch caps are limits, and can
have the effect of closing sectors of the
trawl industry when reached.
Conservation measures in order to
facilitate the rebuilding of overfished
species were specific components of the
trawl rationalization program.
Comment 24. Public comments
expressed concern that the cost of the
observer program disadvantages smaller
operators; that IFQs, even with
observers, increase the risk of highgrading; that observer costs are generally
too high; and that observer program
doesn’t enhance conservation, just total
catch accounting.
Response. Appendix H to the EIS for
Amendment 20, the ‘‘Regulatory Impact
Review and Initial Regulatory
Flexibility Analysis, (RIR/IRFA)’’
addresses a number of these issues. As
noted in the RIR/IRFA, the cost
estimates are preliminary; the direct
observer and monitoring costs depend
heavily on operational decisions by
industry (both fishing vessels and
processors) to reduce costs. In addition,
it is impossible to predict how much
consolidation will occur, especially in
the initial years of program
implementation. For these reasons, the
RIR/IRFA makes broad assumptions
about industry behavior to frame the
range of costs. At one extreme, annual
observer costs could rise to $18 million
if a 100-vessel fleet needed observers
365 days a year at a cost of $500 per
day. However, as stated at numerous
Council meetings, the industry could
reduce costs by voluntary limits on the
number of vessels that can be at sea at
PO 00000
Frm 00007
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
60873
any one time or agreements to share
observer coverage between multiple
vessels. Observer and other costs could
decline as the number of participating
vessels decline, when the fleet
consolidates because of the program. As
discussed in the RIR/IRFA, the Lian
analysis (Lian et al., 2008) indicates an
expectation that there will be a fleet of
50 to 60 vessels of a size of 60 to 70 feet
after rationalization. If this were to
happen, one would expect the costs to
be significantly lower and
approximately half of the estimated
costs for the current fleet.
As stated in the response to comments
on the draft EIS ‘‘Rationalization of the
Pacific Coast Groundfish Limited Entry
Trawl Fishery,’’ analysis indicates that
the program benefits will outweigh the
program costs. For those participants
who feel the costs are too much of a
burden, they have the option of selling
or leasing their QS. In addition, as
stated at Council meetings, vessels, both
large and small, are encouraged to
coordinate with each other and with the
observer providers to reduce costs and
provide more efficiency.
In terms of the comment that the risk
of high-grading (sorting to retain more
marketable fish) will be increased under
and IFQ system, NMFS believes that the
exact opposite will occur under total
catch accounting. With 100 percent
mandated observer coverage, all catch
will be accounted for, and individuals
will be held responsible for their
behavior. This structure leads to the
opposite conclusion regarding highgrading.
One commenter questioned what
conservation goals the observer program
is achieving other than total catch
accounting, citing lack of economic
benefits and lack of individual stability.
NMFS disagrees with this perspective.
Conservation of the fishery resources
and rebuilding of overfished species are
the main reasons why the Council has
recommended a program with total
catch accounting. Individuals will be
held responsible for conducting harvests
consistent with their QS and QP
allocated. To the extent that individuals
may need additional QS and QP to
conduct their operations, the options of
leasing of QS and purchasing QS and
QP through time should lead to
economic stability for those individuals
whom choose to remain as active
participants in the trawl rationalization
program.
E:\FR\FM\01OCR2.SGM
01OCR2
60874
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 190 / Friday, October 1, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
Comments on Initial Allocation of Catch
Shares
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with RULES2
a. General Comments
Comment 25. One commenter argued
that shore-based processors should not
receive 20 percent of the quota because
that sector has too much control over
the fishing fleet. Another commenter
expressed support for the proposed
allocation of quota to processors.
Response. The Council recommended
that 20 percent of the shoreside harvest
allocation of whiting would be initially
allocated to shoreside processors, based
on those processors’ history. The
Council concluded, and NMFS agrees,
that this initial allocation was fair and
equitable, thus consistent with section
303A(c)(5) of the MSA, which requires
the Council to ‘‘ensure fair and equitable
allocations, including consideration of
(i) current and historical harvests; (ii)
employment in the harvesting and
processing sectors; (iii) investments in,
and dependence upon, the fishery; and
(iv) the current and historical
participation of fishing communities.’’
As explained in Section A–2.1.1a
(Appendix A) of the EIS, NMFS and the
Council took the statutory factors into
account and determined that, among the
various alternatives under
consideration, the initial allocation of
whiting harvesting privileges as a 20/80
percent split to processors and current
permit holders was fair and equitable.
The issue of reduced competition and
anticompetitive impacts of allocating
quota to processors was analyzed
extensively in the EIS and was
discussed and considered carefully by
the Council. During development of the
trawl rationalization program, the
NOAA Office of General Counsel (GC)
had informal consultations with the
Antitrust Division of the U.S.
Department of Justice. Based on those
informal consultations and analysis of
relevant facts and applicable legal rules,
NOAA GC submitted a letter to the
Council dated October 11, 2008, in
which the antitrust savings clause in
Section 303A of the MSA was noted and
advised ‘‘that any fishery participants
that are uncertain about the legality
under the antitrust laws of the United
States of any of their anticipated
activities should consult legal counsel
prior to commencing those activities.’’
The NOAA GC letter provided citations
to guidance or resource documents
available on the Federal Trade
Commission Web site. The NOAA GC
letter is available on the Pacific
Council’s Web site at https://
www.pcouncil.org/bb/2008/1108/
F3d_SUP_GC_1108.pdf.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:37 Sep 30, 2010
Jkt 223001
Comment 26. It is unfair that permits
that have not made payments for the
buyback program will receive an initial
allocation.
Response. All permits will receive an
initial allocation of non-overfished
species, based on the equal division of
QS associated with the history of the
permits bought back plus an amount of
QS related to the actual 1994–2003
deliveries by the permit. The
designation of an equal allocation
amount based on the history of the
buyback permits was viewed as an
equitable way to help resolve the initial
allocation issue, ensuring that the
smaller producing harvesters were more
likely to receive an initial allocation
adequate to cover their needs while the
larger producing harvesters, more likely
to be better financed, might have to
purchase more QS to maintain their
recent harvest levels. NMFS and the
Council are aware that this will include
some permits that have not made
landings since the inception of the
buyback loan payback program
(December 2003). The Council
recommended, and NMFS is
implementing, what it believes to be the
best balance among a variety of possible
allocation approaches.
Comment 27. The quota allocations
do not support current fishing practices.
In order to keep fishing, some fishermen
will have to purchase additional quota
of some species while receiving more
than needed of other species. In order
for high producers to fish all their boats,
they will have to buy more quota.
Response. Chapter 4 the Amendment
20 EIS described in detail the
anticipated impacts of the trawl
rationalization program on the various
sectors of the fishing industry. NMFS
acknowledges that, depending on the
allocation formula, some permit holders
and catcher vessels may receive a
greater or lesser amount of allowable
catch than under status quo conditions.
In addition, they may receive a different
mix of species allocated as quota
compared to the mix of species they
currently harvest. In the long run,
however, transfers of those fishing
privileges should occur in a way that is
more optimal to individual harvesters,
and that transfer will act as a cost to
those that purchase the shares and as a
benefit to those that sell them.
The Council anticipates that
consolidation is likely to occur in the
nonwhiting sector that will trend
toward the most efficient vessels. The
fleet reduction and cost efficiency
model shows the consolidation that may
occur could diminish the number of
vessels by 50 to 66 percent.
PO 00000
Frm 00008
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
Comment 28. One comment criticizes
the eligibility criteria for initial
allocations as too narrowly focused, not
providing for captains and crew due to
a lack of data.
Response. Although a lack of data was
one factor in the decision not to extend
eligibility to receive an initial QS
allocation, there were several other
factors considered. The Council
enumerates several of the reasons
behind the decision to allocate to
permits and processors in A–14 and A–
15 of the Amendment 20 EIS, Appendix
A.
Direct allocation to skippers and
crewmembers was discussed and the
costs and complexity of identifying
vessel workers and determining whether
they participated on vessels while those
vessels were fishing in the groundfish
trawl fishery were noted. Complexities
include the fact that crew memberlicensing requirements vary between
states and in some cases crewmembers
are not required to have permits.
Multiple alternative sources of
information would have to be
considered in determining crew member
eligibility for an initial allocation.
With respect to relative impacts of an
initial QS allocation on different classes
of fishery participants, it was noted that
for a crew member dislocated because of
the IFQ program there would likely be
a greater number of economic
alternatives available, as compared to a
fishing permit or vessel. Additionally,
since crew members move between
fishing operations, an allocation to crew
could reduce the initial allocation
available to a harvester in comparison
with its recent operation levels, leaving
fixed capital assets without significant
production opportunities. While
harvesters receiving less than their
needs would be able to acquire
additional QS through purchase, the
need to make such purchases would
likely mean a greater disruption during
initial implementation of the program.
b. Allocation Formula in General
Comment 29. Several commenters
addressed the qualifying history period
selected by the Council for both whiting
and nonwhiting non-overfished species.
One commenter criticized the period as
‘‘arbitrary.’’ Others expressed a belief
that MSA ‘‘recency’’ requirements are
not being met because the qualifying
period of 1994–2003 is too out of date.
One commenter suggested increasing
emphasis on recent years by moving the
start of the allocation period from 1994
to 1997 and the end from 2003 to 2006
(and using 2003 through 2006 for the
allocation period for overfished
species), recognizing a new control date
E:\FR\FM\01OCR2.SGM
01OCR2
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 190 / Friday, October 1, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
of January 1, 2007. Further comments
on the qualifying history period include:
• It rewards the inefficiencies,
inadequate infrastructure and lack of
investment that characterized the
qualifying year window. Allocations of
nonwhiting groundfish to inactive
participants in the fishery harm active
participants.
• The allocation period includes
years with inaccurate species
composition and discard data that will
skew the picture of the true state of
nature.
• More current data is available and
critically important.
• There have been dramatic changes
in the whiting fishery starting in 2001,
and which have been especially
significant after 2003.
Response. Similar comments were
received during the public comment
period on the draft EIS ‘‘Rationalization
of the Pacific Coast Groundfish Limited
Entry Trawl Fishery.’’ Parts of the
detailed response to those comments
bears repeating as directly relevant and
responsive to the comments received
recently. In recommending initial
allocations, the Council is required to
consider several factors including
current harvests and historic harvests.
See 16 U.S.C. 1853a(c)(5)(A); see also 16
U.S.C. 1853(b)(6). Appendix A to the
Amendment 20 EIS includes a review of
the Council’s consideration of all of
these factors, including a discussion of
the rationale for considering a variety of
dates for the allocation period,
including start dates of 1994 and each
year from 1997 through 2001. The
allocation dates selected represent a
balance between emphasis on more
recent history and considering the
historic fishing opportunities which
may have had a determining effect on
the levels of capital investment by
individual firms. The start date of 1994
was selected because 1994 was the first
year of the license limitation program.
The decision to utilize a long allocation
period was deliberate; it is likely that
capital investment is based on longer
term opportunity and that capital
persists after contractions in the fishery
such as that reflected by the disaster
declaration in 2000. On this basis it is
appropriate to give some weight to
landings from the 1990s. Because more
fish was taken during that time period,
the relative pounds approach
(measuring catch history as a vessel’s
share of total catch) reduces the
emphasis on a pound of fish caught in
the 1990s as compared to a pound of
fish caught after 2000. While some argue
that fishermen who caught fish in the
mid-1990s caused the disaster and
should not receive QS for that fish, the
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:37 Sep 30, 2010
Jkt 223001
catch taken in the mid-1990s was in line
with what was allowed under the
regulations and believed to be
sustainable at the time.
The Council selected the ending year
of 2003 because that year corresponds to
the previously announced control date
for the fishery. The Council adopted and
published the control date of November
6, 2003 (see 69 FR 1563 (January 9,
2004); 70 FR 29713 (May 24, 2005). The
Council believes it is very important
that the 2003 control date be used in
order to prevent future fishery
disruptions. The purpose of announcing
a control date in advance of developing
a LAPP is to discourage entry into a
fishery and increased harvest while the
Council goes through the process of
developing the program details, which
can be a lengthy exercise. If the Council
develops a pattern of announcing and
abandoning control dates, then the
announcement of control dates will
become a signal to harvesters to
intensify their efforts to catch fish in
order to increase their odds of
qualifying for greater initial allocations.
Such a response would be disruptive to
fisheries and exacerbate the challenges
of meeting conservation objectives.
Additionally, abandoning the original
control date would reduce the perceived
fairness of the program by rewarding
those who fished speculatively after the
control date (fishing primarily on the
chance that the control date would be
abandoned and they would acquire
more quota as a result of their post
control date fishing) at the expense of
those who heeded the control date. In
balancing the importance of the reliable
control date, and the importance of
considering historic participation,
against the potential for some disruption
of using a time period ending several
years prior to the start of the program,
the Council found that it was preferable
to use the 2003 control date.
The public was given significant
notice of the use of November 6, 2003,
as a potential control date. The notice
was originally published in the Federal
Register on January 9, 2004, and an
additional notice was published on May
24, 2005. Both notices were posted on
the Council’s Web site, with an
explanation of the possible
consequences of the control date. In
addition, starting in October 2003, The
Council and its Trawl Individual Quota
Committee held numerous public
meetings and discussions at Council
meetings on the trawl rationalization
program including the use of the control
date and the alternate qualifying
periods.
The Council disagrees with the
commenter’s assertion that Amendment
PO 00000
Frm 00009
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
60875
15 to the Groundfish management plan
created a new control date of January 1,
2007, that should be controlling here.
Nowhere does Amendment 15 address
the 2003 control date or purport to
change the qualifying period for the
groundfish trawl program. Amendment
15 was a limited interim action for the
non-Tribal whiting fishery issued in
anticipation of the trawl rationalization
that in no way attempted to address
matters beyond its limited scope.
Moreover, the Council has explicitly
stated that vessels that qualified for
Pacific whiting fishery participation
under Amendment 15 were not
guaranteed future participation or
inclusion in the Pacific whiting fishery
under the provisions of Amendment 20.
See https://www.pcouncil.org/
groundfish/fishery-management-plan/
fmp-amendment-15.
With regards to ‘‘recency’’ concerns,
the Council does take into account
recent participation patterns in the
fishery by allocating QS to current
permit holders rather than to
individuals or vessels that originally
caught the fish. In this way, during the
extensive period required to develop a
program of this kind, entry and exit can
occur and QS can be allocated in a less
disruptive manner than would occur if
the allocations went to the individuals
who caught the fish historically.
While the overfished species
allocation formula includes logbooks for
2003–2006, these records are used to
determine the fishing pattern, not the
overall level of harvest activity. The
Council’s methodology for allocating
overfished species is significantly
different than the methodology for
allocating target catch. The 1994–2003
period is still used to determine the
target species allocation, and the harvest
patterns from the 2003–2006 logbooks
are used to determine the amount of
overfished species an entity would need
to take its target species. In this fashion,
more recent information for the fishery
is used without rewarding post control
date increases in effort. The 1994–2003
harvest patterns were not used to
determine a target species QS recipient’s
need for overfished species QS. This is
because of the substantial changes in
fishing patterns which were induced by
the determination that some species
were overfished and the implementation
of the rockfish conservation areas
(RCAs) and because the RCAs will
remain in place after the trawl
rationalization system is put into place.
Therefore the Council considered that
an estimate of likely patterns of activity
should be based on a period of time
when the RCAs were in place. The
RCAs were not in place for most of the
E:\FR\FM\01OCR2.SGM
01OCR2
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with RULES2
60876
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 190 / Friday, October 1, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
1994–2003 period but were in place for
2003–2006.
One commenter made the point that
the initial allocation, because it is
different from the current distribution of
harvest, may reward inefficiencies and
reverse recent conservation gains,
including reductions in bycatch. While
it is possible that the initial allocations
may not go to the most efficient and
innovative harvesters, because of the
need to draw a balance between a
reliable control date and disruption,
fairness and equity, recent participation
and historic participation issues, it is
expected that society will benefit over
the long haul as the quota is transferred
to use by the most efficient harvesters as
the program progresses. Independent of
the initial allocation, the QS system is
expected to provide substantial
incentive for vessels to avoid bycatch.
One hundred percent observer coverage
will ensure full individual vessel
accountability. These individual vessel
incentives are expected to preserve
gains made in bycatch avoidance in
recent years.
The same commenter also made the
point that the discard and catch
composition data quality from those
years is poor and will skew the picture
of the true state of nature. The allocation
formula does not use discard data from
the mid-1990s. With respect to catch
composition data, it has been accepted
that these data may skew the mix of
species any particular permit would
receive away from its actual catch,
simply because the catch composition
data was designed to estimate catch at
the fleet level rather than the individual
vessel level. Catch composition data has
the same problem whether it is from the
mid-1990s or early 2000s. While the
catch composition data might be of
better quality in more recent years, the
Council felt that it was more important
that the control date and longer
allocation period be maintained and
worth the tradeoff entailed in relying on
older catch composition data.
Comment 30. A comment was
submitted on behalf of owners and
operators of a harvesting vessel, in
support generally of Amendments 20
and 21 for improving management of
groundfish but noting that the program
improperly excludes valid ‘‘B’’ Permit
groundfish fishing history in the initial
allocation process. The commenter
submitted multiple exhibits in support
of their comments.
Response. NMFS has reviewed the
comments and the supporting exhibits.
The commenter’s position is that the
prior permit owner’s assignment in 2004
of all fishing history to the current
vessel/permit owner included the
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:37 Sep 30, 2010
Jkt 223001
groundfish ‘‘B’’ Permit fishing history
from 1994, 1995 and 1996, and therefore
the program improperly excludes valid
‘‘B’’ Permit groundfish fishing history in
the initial allocation process. Further,
the comment notes that nothing in
Amendment 20 or 21 precludes
inclusion of that ‘‘B’’ Permit history in
the total catch history owned by the
current permit owner. NMFS disagrees,
for the following reasons.
Amendment 20 specifies that the
initial allocation will be made to the
current owner of groundfish limited
entry permits. These permits have been
in place since 1994, as part of the
implementation of Amendment 6, the
groundfish limited entry program.
Limited entry permits with ‘‘A’’ and ‘‘B’’
endorsements were implemented as part
of the groundfish limited entry program
(57 FR 54001–01, November 16, 1992).
The program established permits with
‘‘A’’ endorsements, which were
transferable, for trawl vessels that met
specific minimum landing
requirements. It also established permits
with ‘‘B’’ endorsements, which were not
transferable, and which expired upon
transfer to a different owner, or at the
end of 1996 (whichever occurred first).
These ‘‘B’’ endorsements were intended
for vessels that had some low level of
activity in the fishery prior to August 1,
1988, and under the current owner, but
did not meet the landing requirements
for vessels receiving ‘‘A’’ endorsements.
The ‘‘B’’ endorsements provided a threeyear adjustment period during which
the vessel owners could either make
arrangements to stay in the fishery
through the purchase of an existing ‘‘A’’
endorsed permit or stop participating in
the limited entry fishery. NMFS
accordingly removed the ‘‘B’’
endorsement provisions from the
regulation after the ‘‘B’’ endorsements
had expired; in addition to the ‘‘A’’
endorsement, the only endorsements on
limited entry permits are now gear
endorsements (trawl, longline, pot or
trap) and size endorsements (see 66 FR
29729, June 1, 2001, and 50 CFR
660.333).
Consistent with this background, the
current limited entry permits are ‘‘A’’
endorsed only and have no relationship
to ‘‘B’’ endorsed permits, which expired
at the end of 1996. The current limited
entry permits in the trawl fishery with
trawl endorsements originally, under
Amendment 6, were called limited entry
permits with ‘‘A’’ endorsements. When
the ‘‘B’’ permits expired, NMFS revised
the regulations to refer to limited entry
permits with trawl endorsements. These
are the limited entry permits referred to
in the trawl rationalization program and
they and their landings history, are
PO 00000
Frm 00010
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
distinct from the permits with ‘‘B’’
endorsements that are no longer in
existence.
NMFS recognizes that the supporting
exhibits submitted by the commenter
show that for purposes of the American
Fisheries Act (AFA), the NMFS, Alaska
Region, approved the request that the F/
V Pacific Challenger be named as a
replacement vessel for the F/V Amber
Dawn. However, this decision for the
AFA fisheries is separate from and has
no effect on the relation to the Pacific
Coast Groundfish permits and the trawl
rationalization fishery.
c. Allocation of Bycatch/Overfished
Species IFQ
Comment 31. Some commenters
stated that the program has been
compromised by a Council
recommendation to not allocate
overfished species in the same manner
as all other species, but to instead use
a method based on a constrained fleet
outside of the time frame which the rest
of the program is based. Commenters
state that during the years used for the
overfished species allocation,
responsible operators made efforts to
minimize bycatch of overfished species.
They further state that this punishes
those who attempted to fish sustainably
and rewards those who maximized their
landings in a manner contrary to the
conservation goals of the MagnusonStevens Act.
Response. The Council considered
and rejected the option of allocating
overfished species for nonwhiting trips
using the same method as for other
nonwhiting IFQ species as not
appropriate under the circumstances. In
particular, the relative weighting
approach, by which landings for a year
are measured as a percent of all landings
for the year and species, would have
given a particularly high amount of
credit for pounds caught during the
rebuilding period. Additionally, QS
would have been allocated to those who
targeted some of the overfished species
in the mid-1990s (before they were
declared overfished) rather than to those
who need such QS to access current
target species. Accordingly, the Council
rejected the approach of using the same
allocation formula for overfished
species as for nonwhiting target species
based on the desire to not reward
bycatch during the rebuilding period
and in order to provide QS to those who
would need it to cover incidental catch
taken with their target species QS
allocation.
Regarding the comment that
overfished species years selected were
arbitrary, the Council’s methodology for
allocating overfished species is
E:\FR\FM\01OCR2.SGM
01OCR2
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 190 / Friday, October 1, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
significantly different than the
methodology for allocating target catch.
The 1994–2003 period is still used to
determine the target species allocation,
and the harvest patterns from the 2003–
2006 logbooks are used to determine the
amount of overfished species an entity
would need to take its target species. In
this fashion, more recent information for
the fishery is used without rewarding
post control date increases in effort. The
1994–2003 harvest patterns were not
used to determine a target species QS
recipients need for overfished species
QS. This is because of the substantial
changes in fishing patterns which were
induced by the determination that some
species were overfished and the
implementation of the RCAs and
because the RCAs will remain in place
after the trawl rationalization system is
put into place. Therefore the Council
considered that an estimate of likely
patterns of activity should be based on
a period of time when the RCAs were
in place. The RCAs were not in place for
most of the 1994–2003 period but were
in place for 2003–2006, further
supporting the conclusion to use this
period for the allocation of overfished
species.
Comment 32. One comment expressed
concern over the impact of the
allocation formulas on Fort Bragg
fishermen.
Response. After the adoption of its
final preferred alternative, the Council
heard public comment with regard to
concerns of the owners of Fort Bragg
trawl vessels over the initial allocation
of QS for constraining overfished
species. The Council considered such
testimony and subsequently revised its
initial final preferred alternative so that
all permits would receive an allocation
of canary rockfish from the equal
division of the pool of QS associated
with the catch history of the buyback
permits. The Council declined to revise
the FPA for constraining overfished
species other than canary.
Comment 33. A comment stated that
establishing IFQs for overfished species
will not solve problems of overfishing.
IFQs will be transferrable and
distributed freely in the initial
allocation to those who are deemed to
have the greatest need due to catch
history. IFQs are presumed to
incentivize responsible fishing due to
the cost of purchasing additional quota.
Because the value of IFQs is likely to
skyrocket due to high demand for a
scarce resource, this system favors larger
operations with greater access to capital.
Response. The Council recommended
its preferred alternative in response to
the identified need for bycatch control
and the need for conservation through
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:37 Sep 30, 2010
Jkt 223001
its focus on individual accountability
for catch and bycatch. At present, total
mortality for all species is measured and
controlled by monitoring total landings
and sampling 20 percent of the trawl
trips to estimate bycatch rates (discard
rates) that are then applied to landings
to develop an estimate of total catch and
mortality. With this approach, there is
substantially less certainty about total
catch and mortality than there are total
landings. Further, while agencies are
able to regulate total landings in the
nonwhiting trawl fishery through twomonth cumulative limit periods and
influence bycatch rates with catch area
restrictions and gear restrictions, they
face difficulties in managing for total
catch in the nonwhiting portion of the
trawl fishery. The fishery is a mixed
stock fishery. When, despite best
regulatory efforts, a fisherman
encounters amounts of certain species
that are in excess of the two-month
cumulative landing limits, they may
continue to fish for other target species,
discarding the species for which they
have reached their limit. The current
monitoring system was designed to
provide fleetwide total catch estimates
over the course of a year. It was not
intended as a tool for managing
individual vessel discards in the
nonwhiting trawl fishery or for
providing for individual accountability.
With 100-percent observer coverage,
NMFS and the Council will be able to
better monitor total mortality of all
groundfish species. Better mortality
estimates will improve both stock
assessments and the ability to keep
catch below the harvest limits
developed based on those assessments,
substantially contributing to
conservation goals. Additionally,
rationalization, based on a system that
relies on transferable quotas, enhances
the incentive to avoid bycatch. Without
transferable quota, the incentive is to
reduce bycatch only to the point where
all targeted species can be harvested.
With transferable quotas, fishermen who
can lower bycatch rates even further
have a potential opportunity to sell their
unused quota to others, thus benefitting
from reducing their bycatch rate to a
level lower than what was necessary for
them to take their own available target
harvest.
Finally, this is a forward-looking
management program. It is expected to
improve the economics of the overall
trawl fishery. Economic analysis of the
fishery indicates that the average
nonwhiting shoreside fisherman is
either breaking even or losing money
(not fully covering its capital costs).
Fishing businesses that don’t receive an
initial allocation may participate either
PO 00000
Frm 00011
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
60877
by acquiring QP each year from quota
shareholders or acquiring long-term
security through the purchase of QS.
Those fishing businesses that do not
choose to acquire QS will have to
compete each year in the market for QP.
Their ability to purchase QP will
depend on their ability to be more
efficient than other fishing businesses,
and thereby more able to offer a higher
price for the QP. Fishing businesses that
choose to do so will be able to increase
the security of their investments by
acquiring QS.
Comments on Quota Ownership and
Transfer
Comment 34. Commenters expressed
concern that the average fisherman will
not be able to afford to participate and
that this will lead to increased
consolidation and leave many ports no
longer viable.
Response. NMFS recognizes the
likelihood of increased consolidation
and negative impacts on some
communities. The RIR/IRFA and FEIS
‘‘Rationalization of the Pacific Coast
Groundfish Limited Entry Trawl
Fishery’’ analyze these impacts and
consider them in the context of other
costs and benefits expected to result
from this program. Based on these
analyses, the program is expected to
achieve net benefits to the nation.
It is recognized that fleet
consolidation will have an impact on
communities; however, other measures
are provided to mitigate impacts on
communities (see Section 10.1.5 of the
FEIS ‘‘Rationalization of the Pacific
Coast Groundfish Limited Entry Trawl
Fishery’’). Under an IFQ program,
communities will have opportunities to
plan and control their destiny through
the acquisition of QS, if they so desire.
Furthermore, the Council may use part
or all of the 10 percent quota set aside
in the AMP to mitigate impacts on
communities. The Council will also be
considering a trailing amendment to
allow community fishing associations to
acquire quota, potentially in excess of
control limits.
While this rule and amendments may
have negative impacts on certain
communities and participants, viewing
the fishery as a whole, the rule and
amendments are expected to improve
the economics of the overall trawl
fishery.
The Council recognizes that for new
entrants, the cost of acquiring
individual quota will add to the expense
of entering the fishery. An increase in
profits (before taking into account the
cost of the quota and normal profits
after taking into account the cost of the
quota) and stability is expected to
E:\FR\FM\01OCR2.SGM
01OCR2
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with RULES2
60878
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 190 / Friday, October 1, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
compensate for the increase in costs.
Under status quo management, the
value of a new entrant’s capital
investment would be at greater risk
because of the potential erosion of
fishing opportunity through the
increased effort of others. With respect
to the capital badly needed for
infrastructure and vessel improvements,
this is a condition that has occurred
under status quo management. There is
no reason to believe that continuation of
status quo would improve the situation;
however, under IFQs, greater economic
stability may facilitate a safer fleet with
a stronger infrastructure. Section
A–2.2.2.d of Appendix A to the EIS
identifies ways in which the Council
considered the needs of new entrants.
With respect to new entrants working
their way up from the bottom, the QS
system provides an opportunity for
individuals such as crew members to
accumulate capital. For example, crew
members might invest in some QS,
which is highly divisible, and sell their
QP to the vessel each year, creating a
stream of income which may be
accumulated to allow them to purchase
more QS and eventually a vessel.
Comment 35. Commenters stated that
there should be greater restrictions on
ownership and transfer, such as
requirements for an owner on board,
maximum lease percentages, and
control at the community level. Some
commenters also stated that captains
and crew can be disadvantaged when
employed on vessels with leased quota
as opposed to when fishing on vessels
run by quota owners. One commenter
stated that the need to recoup the price
of the quota lease makes it more
difficult for vessels fishing leased quota
to be profitable and provides an
example from the Canadian halibut
fishery.
Response. As noted above, with
respect to new entrants working their
way up from the bottom, the QS system
provides an opportunity for individuals
such as crew members to accumulate
capital. For example, crew members
might invest in some QS, which is
highly divisible, and sell their QP to the
vessel each year, creating a stream of
income. In addition, the AMP may
potentially be used for aiding new
entrants into the fishery; the Council
will be addressing the AMP program
during the first two years of the
rationalization program.
The Council considered requiring an
owner on board, but rejected that
alternative due to: The impracticality of
such a provision in a multispecies
fishery which would rely heavily on
quota trading to match quota mix to
catch mix; the substantial increase in
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:37 Sep 30, 2010
Jkt 223001
tracking and monitoring costs that such
a provision would entail; and the fact
that the owner-operator mode of
organization is less dominant in the
trawl fleet than in other, smaller boat,
fisheries.
The Council recommended
accumulation limits that reflect the
current level of concentration in the
fleet, as reflected by the harvest activity
of individual permits. After
consideration of a variety of approaches,
the Council recommended control at
levels more constraining than necessary
to address concerns related to the
effective functioning of QS markets.
This was done in order to achieve
certain objectives related to the
distribution of QS ownership.
Accumulation limits for IFQ fisheries
range widely depending on the needs
and circumstances of any particular
fishery. The U.S. surf clam and
Wreckfish IFQ programs have no limits
and rely on antitrust laws to ensure
excessive control does not occur. Limits
in the New Zealand system range from
10 to 40 percent, and limits in Iceland’s
IFQ system run from 12 to 35 percent.
Nova Scotia has a limit of 2 percent.
Limits in the halibut and sablefish IFQ
fisheries in Alaska are set at 0.5 and 1.0
percent. The method used by the
Council to develop the QS control limits
for this program considered experiences
with these approaches in other
programs and is explained in the FEIS
‘‘Rationalization of the Pacific Coast
Groundfish Limited Entry Trawl
Fishery.’’
The Council’s recommended limits
are intended to facilitate fleet
consolidation and increase efficiency.
Comment 36: Two commenters
supported substantially rewriting the
ownership and control rules in
proposed § 660.140(d)(4)(iii).
Response: The specific comments are
summarized and addressed below.
a. Under proposed
§ 660.140(d)(4)(iii)(B), ‘‘any person who
serves in an executive or management
capacity of a corporate entity that may
own quota shares is considered to have
control, even though that person may
have not actual control over the use of
the company’s quota shares.’’ A similar
situation exists with (iii)(F), where there
is implied control as a coincidental
circumstance of employment with a
particular entity.
The commenters provided an example
where the Vice President of Human
Resources of Company X would be
considered to have control even though
she has no control over fishing
activities, and such Vice President is
also a member of a family corporation
that owns a boat that has quota shares.
PO 00000
Frm 00012
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
The commenters ask who would be
required to divest shares in excess of the
accumulation limits, if the total of the
‘‘two completely separate and distinct
quota share holding exceeds the
accumulation limits, or whether the
Vice President would be required to
resign her position.
NMFS does not agree that
§ 660.140(d)(4)(iii)(B) needs revision.
The commenters did not provide
sufficient facts to enable NMFS to
determine whether the Vice President’s
position provides her the type and
scope of authority described in that
section of the regulations. It did not
provide sufficient information to
determine her share of the family
corporation to determine how much of
that corporation’s quota share she has
attributed to her for ownership
purposes. It also does not describe the
amount of control she has within the
family corporation or to determine
whether she should be attributed with
control over the entire family share. A
determination of whether this person
would exceed any control limit would
be based on a variety of factors,
including the details of the Vice
President’s position with Company X,
the share of the family corporation she
has, and her position in the structure of
the family corporation. As to divestiture
when a limit is exceeded, the parties
involved would need to make the
decision on how to divest or otherwise
come into compliance with the limits.
b. Proposed § 660.140(d)(4)(iii)(D) and
(E) ‘‘could eliminate the ability of a
quota share/quota pound owner to
obtain necessary financing for fishing
operations. Under these sub-clauses, a
bank or other financial institution
would be unable to provide loans using
quota shares/pounds as collateral, a
common practice in limited access
fisheries. A quota share brokerage
would be unable to take title or
otherwise encumber quota shares/
pounds beyond the accumulation limits,
even if a fisherman requested the broker
do so.’’
NMFS does not intend that these
sections apply to banks or financial
institutions, unless the financial
documents specify control beyond
normal business agreements. NMFS has
modified the regulations accordingly.
As for quota share brokerages, each
transaction must comply with the
accumulation or control limits;
however, compliance does not prevent
brokerage transactions. Compliance
would be based on the facts of the
transactions.
c. Proposed § 660.140(d)(4)(iii)(D) and
(E), ‘‘along with sub-clause (iii)(H),
could prevent the formation of
E:\FR\FM\01OCR2.SGM
01OCR2
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 190 / Friday, October 1, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
cooperative entities among fishermen to
maximize efficiencies, reduce observer
costs, and increase revenues—all
activities that are assumed to be benefits
and expected outcomes of Amendment
20.’’
In response, NMFS notes that
participants in any cooperative
arrangement need to comply with the
accumulation limits; it will be
important that the terms of the
cooperative arrangement, or any other
arrangement, be carefully drafted and
implemented such that the
accumulation limits are not exceeded.
The Council has stated its intent to
consider a type of cooperative
arrangement for communities
(community fishing associations or
CFAs) in the future as a trailing
amendment—proponents of CFAs have
suggested the need for modifications to
the accumulation limits under certain
circumstances.
NMFS acknowledges that participants
in the fishery may be concerned about
whether potential actions would comply
with the accumulation limits. It is the
responsibility of the participants to
comply with the regulations; if
participants have questions about
potential actions, NMFS encourages
those participants to provide the agency
with specific facts and questions prior
to entering into agreements or taking
action in order to understand NMFS’s
interpretation of the potential facts in
relation to the regulation.
Comment 37. Commenters stated that
factors such as the cost of quota,
unrestricted leasing, and no owner-onboard requirement will increase
involvement of those not currently
involved in fishing to the detriment of
fishing families and communities.
Response. This issue, as well as
eligibility-to-own rules, and other
relevant issues will be reviewed during
the 5-year review. The proposed
program components rule includes a
comprehensive mandatory economic
data collection program that is
specifically designed to provide
socioeconomic data that will assist the
Council in their scheduled 5-year
review of the program. NMFS has
published a final rule (75 FR 4684,
January 29, 2010) to collect information
needed to track ownership patterns.
This issue, as well as eligibility-to-own
rules, and other relevant issues will be
reviewed during the 5-year review.
Comment 38. A commenter expressed
concern that the cost of quota shares
will lead to dominance by larger scale
participants resulting in a loss of
political voice by smaller scale
fishermen affecting the Council’s ability
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:37 Sep 30, 2010
Jkt 223001
to change or revoke catch shares in the
future.
Response. The Council will conduct a
comprehensive review no later than five
years after the implementation of the
program to determine whether the
program has achieved the goals and
objectives of Amendment 20. Based on
this review, which will be during the
public Council process, the Council may
recommend a variety of actions,
including dissolution of the program,
revocation of all or part of the quota
shares, or other fundamental changes to
the program.
Comment 39. Several commenters
objected to the ownership and transfer
provisions for the following reasons:
Concerns over consolidation that may
leave ports no longer viable; negative
effects on captains and crew when
employed on vessels with leased quota;
concerns about loss of opportunity to
comment in the process; auctions and
rent caps should have been considered;
costs of quota and unrestricted leasing
will increase involvement of those
currently not participating; and the need
for owner on board requirements.
Response. With respect to the concern
that excessive consolidation will leave
some ports no longer viable, and that
this is inconsistent with MSA national
standards, as stated in the FEIS
‘‘Rationalization of the Pacific Coast
Groundfish Limited Entry Trawl
Fishery,’’ Chapter 10, page 672, National
Standard 8 states that ‘‘Conservation and
management measures shall, consistent
with the conservation requirements of
the Magnuson-Stevens Act (including
the prevention of overfishing and
rebuilding of overfished stocks), take
into account the importance of fishery
resources to fishing communities in
order to: (1) Provide for the sustained
participation of such communities; and
(2) To the extent practicable, minimize
adverse economic impacts on such
communities.’’
Chapter 4.14 of the analysis describes
anticipated impacts on communities
and acknowledges a possibly profound
impact on communities that depend on
trawling. This is due to the nature of
rationalization which results in fewer
fishery participants and likely
geographic shifts. The goal of attaining
a sustainable fishery as a whole requires
some impacts to individual
communities. However, the Council also
recommended measures that should
mitigate these impacts. For example, the
program would allow communities to
purchase quota or permits to keep some
of the fishery in the community. In
addition, the AMP is intended for use in
ameliorating impacts on communities.
PO 00000
Frm 00013
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
60879
In addition, fishing community
participation is addressed in the FEIS
‘‘Rationalization of the Pacific Coast
Groundfish Limited Entry Trawl
Fishery,’’ on page 676. Appendix A
provides additional discussion of the
Council’s consideration of communities
at Section A–2.1.1.a, and lists
alternative means by which Amendment
20 addresses community needs,
including:
• Maintenance of a split between the
at-sea and shoreside trawl sectors.
• Broad eligibility for ownership.
• A temporary moratorium on the
transfer of QS to ease the adjustment
period and allow for adaptive response.
• Specification of vessel and control
limits to spread QS among more owners
and potentially more communities.
• Inclusion of a community advisory
committee as a formal part of the
program performance review process.
• The Adaptive Management setaside.
In conclusion, NMFS believes that
potential impacts to Pacific coast
communities as a result of trawl
rationalization were well analyzed, and
the rationalization program minimizes
these impacts to the extent practicable.
With respect to the concern that
vessel leasing arrangements can
adversely impact the captains and crew
participating under a quota share
program, NMFS notes that captains and
crew have the option of selecting
employment opportunities under the
trawl rationalization program that best
suits their individual needs, including
selection based on their understanding
of the terms associated with their
employment. In addition, the
accumulation limits envisioned under
this program place serious constraints
on the abilities of vessel owners to
accumulate quota through leasing
arrangements.
With respect to the comment that
there was a lack of opportunity to
comment on the QS ownership and
transfer options, NMFS does not agree
that there was a lack of opportunity to
comment on the specifics of this
program. The reader is referred to the
response to comment 18 above where
the public input process is described in
detail.
With respect to the suggestions
regarding the auction concept and rent
caps suggested by one commenter, or
‘‘cap-rent-recycle model alternative,’’
NMFS’s response was addressed in the
response to comments on the draft EIS
‘‘Rationalization of the Pacific Coast
Groundfish Limited Entry Trawl
Fishery,’’ and is repeated here. This
alternative would have government
capture resource rents to be used for
E:\FR\FM\01OCR2.SGM
01OCR2
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with RULES2
60880
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 190 / Friday, October 1, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
public purposes. The use of fixed-term
QS that would be auctioned off
periodically is one method to achieve
such ‘‘rent capture.’’ The Council
considered fixed terms and auctions but
rejected this mechanism from further
detailed study. In doing so, the Council
considered the analysis contained in
Appendix F of the EIS and the critique
of the analysis presented by their SSC.
The Council rejected inclusion of fixedterm QS and auctions in the range of
alternatives, because (1) auctioning
quota at the outset of the program could
make it more difficult for the groundfish
trawl fleet to successfully transition to
IFQ/co-op management, and (2)
exclusion of auctions from the range of
alternatives does not imply that access
privileges have been irrevocably
distributed.
NMFS and the Council intend to give
further consideration of auctioning
harvest privileges during the 5-year
program review.
With respect to the comment that
unrestricted leasing could be
problematic, NMFS agrees with this
perspective, and in Appendix A of the
FEIS ‘‘Rationalization of the Pacific
Coast Groundfish Limited Entry Trawl
Fishery,’’ on pages A–284 to A–307,
there is a lengthy discussion of the
vessel limits and QS control limits
recommended by the Council.
Accumulation limits are described
generally on page A–284, ‘‘This
provision restricts the amount of QS and
QP that may be held. Three types of
accumulation limits are included,
control limits, vessel limits, and an
unused QP limit for vessels. The control
limit would apply to QS; the vessel
limit would cap the total amount of QP
that may be registered to a single vessel
during the year, and would cover both
the vessels’ used and unused QP. Under
this limit, a vessel could not have more
QPs registered for the vessel than a
predetermined percentage of the QP
pool. The unused QP limit for vessels
would cap the amount of unused QP in
a vessel’s account.’’ From page A–285,
‘‘There is a tension between allowing a
sufficient accumulation to improve the
efficiencies of harvesting activities and
preventing levels of accumulation that
could result in a variety of adverse
economic and social effects.’’ NMFS
believes that the accumulation limits
established for Amendment 20 represent
a reasonable balance of interests.
The owner-on-board provision was
addressed in the response to comments
on the draft EIS ‘‘Rationalization of the
Pacific Coast Groundfish Limited Entry
Trawl Fishery,’’ and is repeated here.
‘‘An owner-operator or owner-on-board
provision was considered but rejected.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:37 Sep 30, 2010
Jkt 223001
In Section A–11 of Appendix A, three
reasons are identified for rejection of the
provisions: First, the impracticality of
such a provision in a multispecies
fishery which would rely heavily on
quota trading to match quota mix to
catch mix; second, the substantial
increase in tracking and monitoring
costs that such a provision would entail;
and third, the owner-operator mode of
organization is less dominant in the
trawl fleet than in other, smaller boat,
fisheries.’’
Comments on Community Impacts,
Involvement, and CFAs
Comment 40. A commenter expressed
concern that the cost of quota shares
will lead to dominance by larger scale
participants resulting in a loss of
political voice by certain communities
and negative impacts on community
infrastructure.
Response. As stated in responses to
comments 39, and 65–67, the
underlying analyses consider a wide
variety of community impacts,
including impacts related to
consolidation. However, the Council
process is an open public process and
communities will continue to be able to
participate regardless of the amount of
QS located within a community.
Comment 41. Several commenters
stated that there should be an initial
allocation to communities and that the
Council should have worked with
communities. Some commenters
provided additional specific input on
this point such as that the crabbers in
San Francisco are forming a CFA and
would benefit from an initial allocation.
One commenter stated that CFAs should
receive 25 percent at time of initial
allocation. Another suggested providing
CFA an initial allocation out the
adaptive management program, from
quota from the ‘‘bought out draggers’’, or
from increases in fish populations due
to rebuilding.
Response. The Council conducted
extensive outreach to communities
beginning very early in the development
of Amendments 20 and 21. The results
of this outreach effort and community
concerns thereby raised was
summarized in Appendix H to the
Council’s 2005 scoping report (see pp.
108–112). The Trawl Individual Quota
Committee (TIQC) also discussed
community-related issues at length; as
with all Council committees, their
meetings were open to the public and
opportunities for public comments from
non-committee members were provided.
Another example of community
outreach may be found in the 2004
Environmental Defense report submitted
to the Council summarizing the results
PO 00000
Frm 00014
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
of a survey of community stakeholders
and their concerns over the
development of the trawl rationalization
program.
In June 2005, the Council directed the
analytical team in consultation with the
Council’s SSC to draft a range of
alternatives for community involvement
in the trawl rationalization program.
Then in November 2005, the Council
devoted substantial time to the
consideration of options to address
community impacts, including the
distribution of QS to communities. DEIS
Appendix A, pp. A–41 to A–42,
summarizes results of the process,
noting the difficulty in identifying an
appropriate representative body within
the community that would hold QS. As
described there, at that time community
leaders did not express interest in
receiving an initial allocation of QS
because of the administrative and
political costs of managing such an
allocation. Furthermore, communities
(through whatever organizational
mechanism) have not been precluded
from acquiring groundfish limited entry
trawl permits, which would make them
eligible for the initial allocation of QS
associated with a permit. Additionally,
the Council’s preferred alternative
includes a very broad definition of who
may own QS so communities are not
precluded from acquiring QS once the
program is implemented. Appendix A of
the 2005 Council’s scoping report also
contains an analysis of community
measures and effects in the context of
the use of regional area restrictions.
Although the Council considered
incorporating provisions for CFAs into
the alternatives early in the
development process, no strong
recommendation or advocacy was
voiced by members of the public or
representatives on the TIQC, which was
intended to represent a cross section of
interests for the development of
recommendations on structuring the
trawl rationalization program. Proposals
for including provisions for CFAs in the
program emerged later on, when the
Council was at the point of adopting a
preferred alternative in November 2008,
in part tied to the issue of how to deal
with QS holding in excess of
accumulation limits. Further refinement
of the preferred alternative, which
occurred at Council meetings in 2009,
included additional consideration of
CFA provisions. Specifically, at the
April 2009 Council meeting, Agenda
Item F.4 addressed CFAs, and it was at
this time that the Council concluded
that it would be more appropriate for
CFA provisions to be implemented
through a trailing action. However, the
moratorium on the transfer of QS during
E:\FR\FM\01OCR2.SGM
01OCR2
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 190 / Friday, October 1, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
the first two years of the program,
combined with provisions to allow
divestiture of QS over accumulation
limits during years 3 and 4 of the
program, were designed to facilitate the
transfer of QS to CFAs. The moratorium
is in part intended to slow the
movement of QS holdings out of
communities during a time when the
trailing action for CFAs can be
developed and implemented in a
considered fashion. Recommendations
for how to structure the CFA provisions
in a trailing action are welcome and
should be brought forward as that
proposal is developed. The Council is
likely to begin developing CFA
provisions in 2010 so that they could be
in place before the QS divestiture period
begins.
Comment 42. Several commenters
stated that it is important that CFAs be
formed at the start of the process, rather
than after the initial issuance. They
stated that the proposed rule would
hinder development of CFAs. One
commenter stated that having to
purchase quota will make it too
expensive for communities, without a
public subsidy, to acquire what was
once a public resource.
Response. See response to comment
41 above with respect to the timing
issue. See the discussion in section
13(a), below, about perceptions
regarding the privatization of a public
resource.
Comment 43. One commenter stated
that the development of coops for
nonwhiting shoreside would help
communities, but the rule seems to
preclude this.
Response. This rule does nothing to
preclude the formation of coops as long
as they are consistent with
accumulation and control limits.
However, other authorities may apply,
including but limited to the Fishermen’s
Collective Marketing Act, 15 U.S.C. 12.
Comment 44. Some commenters
stated that the proposed rule and
amendments would have negative
impacts on community infrastructure.
Specific examples of negative impacts,
projected to be devastating, were
provided for several communities
including Humboldt Bay, and Port
Orford. One commenter stated that the
Council refused to evaluate impacts to
Port Orford.
Response. See response to comments
39, 40 and 65–67. Impacts on a broad
range of communities are assessed and
acknowledged.
Comment 45. Some commenters
objected to the disparate impacts on
some communities versus others.
Response. See response to comments
39, 40 and 65–67. Impacts on a broad
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:37 Sep 30, 2010
Jkt 223001
range of communities are assessed and
acknowledged.
Comment 46. Some commenters
stated that as a result of consolidation
there will be fewer active fishing ports.
Response. See response to comments
39, 40 and 65–67. Impacts on a broad
range of communities are assessed and
acknowledged.
Comments on Adaptive Management
Comment 47. Two comments were
received regarding the AMP: One felt
the AMP ‘‘should be used to mitigate
‘one-off’ transition impacts including
the one-time resolution of proven
stranded capital issues. It should then
be held, to provide an incentive pool for
conservation results and for further
transitions as required to improve the
program;’’ and the other general
comment was ‘‘too little too late.’’
Response. The comments on how the
AMP should be used can be seen as
entirely consistent with the intent of the
Council and NMFS in designing the
program. Beginning in year 3, the AMP
set-aside of 10 percent of the
nonwhiting QS in the shoreside non
whiting sector will be used to address
specific objectives, identified on page
402 of Appendix A of the FEIS
‘‘Rationalization of the Pacific Coast
Groundfish Limited Entry Trawl
Fishery.’’ The objectives are:
‘‘Community stability, processor
stability, conservation, unintended/
unforeseen consequences of IFQ
management, and facilitating new
entrants.’’ The objective of an incentive
pool for conservation results was
identified by NMFS as a high priority
for use of the AMP in future years.
Regarding the ‘‘too little too late’’
comment, for the first two years of the
program, the 10 percent AMP is
allocated to the shoreside nonwhiting
sector to ease the transition to an IFQ
system. The Council and NMFS will be
evaluating the changes that will occur
after implementation, and will be in a
position to react as necessary to address
impacts under the objectives already
identified. NMFS believes this is the
proper way to proceed with the AMP
component of the program, and is not
too little or too late.
Comments on Participation by and
Effect on Nontrawl Fisheries
Comment 48. Comments on
participation by and effect on non-trawl
fisheries as a result of this rule
included: Concerns with spillover
effects in non-trawl fisheries; impacts
on fixed gear fleet; impacts on crab and
shrimp fisheries; more equitable
intersector allocation to allow fixed gear
to harvest trawl quota; and lack of
PO 00000
Frm 00015
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
60881
conservation associated with gear
switching provisions.
Response. The potential spillover
effects on other fisheries associated with
the trawl rationalization program are
specifically addressed in the FEIS
‘‘Rationalization of the Pacific Coast
Groundfish Limited Entry Trawl
Fishery’’ in Chapter 4, Sections 4.8.2
and 4.8.3 on pages 402–409. The
potential effects due to rationalization
include fleet consolidation, harvest
timing flexibility, bycatch, and gear
switching. All of these potential effects
were identified and analyzed, to the
extent possible, without the knowledge
of observed or actual impacts. These
potential impacts were highlighted for
the purpose of monitoring behavioral
changes in the fishery, understanding
their impacts, and reacting through the
Council process to minimize impacts.
These matters will also be evaluated
through the 5 year comprehensive
review of the trawl rationalization
program.
With regard to intersector allocations
and allowing fixed gear to harvest trawl
quota, it should be noted that trawlers
who have entered the fishery since 1994
have had to buy trawl permits to access
trawl quota, thus in this respect other
vessels would be on an even footing
with trawl vessels. This issue of
requiring a trawl permit and quota to
harvest trawl quota with fixed gear is
addressed in Chapter 10, page 661 of the
FEIS ‘‘Rationalization of the Pacific
Coast Groundfish Limited Entry Trawl
Fishery.’’ On average there are about 120
trawl vessels that participate in the
fishery each year; however, there are
about 168 permits. This indicates some
opportunity for nontrawl vessels to
acquire trawl permits and use trawl IFQ.
Further, it is expected that there will be
consolidation in the trawl fleet,
increasing the number of trawl permits
potentially available for use by nontrawl
vessels. Thus, despite the limited scope
the IFQ system will allow for some use
of trawl IFQ by nontrawl vessels.
Regarding the comment about lack of
conservation associated with gear
switching provisions, this issue of
fishing with more environmentally
friendly gear can be evaluated through
time. All fishing associated with trawl
IFQ will be subject to 100 percent
observer requirements, including trawl
IFQ that is harvested with fixed gear.
Given this, there will be documentation
of impacts associated with target catch,
bycatch of overfished species, and nontarget species. This documentation will
provide first hand opportunities for
assessing the impacts of differential gear
types on all groundfish species in a
quantitative manner.
E:\FR\FM\01OCR2.SGM
01OCR2
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with RULES2
60882
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 190 / Friday, October 1, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
Comments on Other Effects
Comment 49. Some commenters
stated that there will be negative
impacts on processors, that small
processors will be driven out of
business due to consolidation, and that
processors will not be able to make up
losses from lost trawl revenues, and that
shortened seasons will further affect
them. Some commenters stated that the
proposed rule and amendments will
change the nature of the fishery, and
eliminate the ‘‘mom and pop’’
businesses, and cause loss of fishing
heritage.
Response. This response builds on the
response to Comment 19. The
processing sector is organized with a
few very large operations and their
subsidiaries, along with a number of
small and mid-sized firms. Based on
available information, the processing
sector for nonwhiting trawl groundfish
is characterized by a relatively small
number of processing companies
processing most of the harvest. The
three largest companies handle
approximately 80 percent of the
nonwhiting trawl landings, while the
fourth through sixth largest companies
handle just over 10 percent of the
landings. For 2008, purchases of limited
entry trawl groundfish by first receiver.
In 2008, 75 first receivers purchased
limited entry trawl groundfish. There
were 36 small purchasers (less than
$150,000), 26 medium purchasers
(purchases equal to or greater than
$150,000 but less than $1,000,000), and
13 large purchasers (purchases equal to
or greater than $1.0 million). When the
trawl rationalization program is
implemented, to continue buying
limited entry trawl groundfish, these
purchasers will have to obtain a
processor site license that includes
requirements to submit electronic fish
tickets, provide a catch monitoring plan,
and schedule a catch monitor. Given the
costs associated with these reporting
requirements, it is expected that many
of the 36 small purchasers will cease
buying fish altogether or obtain their
fish through other processors that have
invested in a site license.
It is expected that the TIQ will lead
to consolidation and this may affect
small processors, particularly if they are
in disadvantaged ports. Chapter 4 of the
FEIS analyzed the effects on processors
from various perspectives: The
distribution of landings across west
coast ports may change as a result of
fleet consolidation, industry
agglomeration, and the comparative
advantage of ports (a function of bycatch
rates in the waters constituting the
operational area for the port, differences
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:37 Sep 30, 2010
Jkt 223001
in infrastructure, and other factors). In
particular, the Council analysis
indicated that processors associated
with disadvantaged communities may
see trawl groundfish volumes decline.
The analysis highlights that those
processors receiving landings from
Central California or Neah Bay may see
a reduction in trawl caught groundfish
if the market is able to redirect activity
toward more efficient and advantaged
ports. However, in addition to increased
landings that are expected to result from
the TIQ program, small processors and
disadvantaged communities may benefit
from the control limits, vessel limits,
and adaptive management policies.
Control limits will limit the ability of
large processors to obtain shares of the
fisheries while the adaptive
management processes will allow the
Council to consider the impacts on
small processors, and disadvantaged
communities when allocating the
adaptive management quota (10 percent
of the total non-whiting trawl quotas).
Although vessel accumulation limits
tend to lower economic efficiency and
restrict profitability for the average
vessel, they could help retain vessels in
communities because more vessels
would remain.
Another process by which small
processors and disadvantaged
communities may benefit from will be
the future establishment of regulations
and policies that allow CFAs to be
formed. Some of the potential benefits
of CFAs include: Ensuring access to the
fishery resource in a particular area or
community to benefit the local fishing
economy; enabling the formation of risk
pools and sharing monitoring and other
costs; ensuring that fish delivered to a
local area will benefit local processors
and businesses; providing a local source
of QSs for new entrants and others
wanting to increase their participation
in the fishery; increasing local
accountability and responsibility for the
resource; and benefiting other providers
and users of local fishery infrastructure.
The development of CFAs could have a
positive impact on the culture of fishing
communities. Although little research
has been done on the effect of CFAs on
culture, it seems likely that CFAs could
strengthen a community’s cultural
associations with fishing by
contributing to a unique sense of
identity, increasing accountability for
both natural and cultural resources, and
building and strengthening connections
among community members.
Comments on the RIR/IRFA
Comment 50. One commenter stated
that the summary of the initial
regulatory flexibility analysis (IRFA)
PO 00000
Frm 00016
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
contained in the preamble makes
erroneous assumptions regarding costs
and benefits. Benefits to harvesters are
in part predicated on the idea that
somehow raw fish prices can increase if
harvesters have enough time available to
suspend their fishing activity and hold
fish processors hostage (‘‘The extended
period would give harvesters greater
latitude to hold out for better prices
compared to the no action alternative.’’
75 FR 33022). The commenter noted
that the idea that fishermen going on
strike to force higher prices of a
commodity that has substantial
substitutability in the marketplace was
unreasonable and referred the preparers
of the IRFA to review reports in local
and trade press regarding the groundfish
trawl vessel tie-up that occurred in
March and April of 2007 and its
aftermath to see where their
assumptions are erroneous. Similarly,
the commenter objected to the following
in the summary of the IRFA: ‘‘Even
though processors may have to pay
fishermen higher ex-vessel prices,
processors may see cost savings under
the preferred alternative to the degree
that rationalization allows greater
control over the timing and location of
landings.’’ The commenter noted that if
the preferred alternative is going to
allow fishermen to control timing
through their ability to hold out for
better prices, how can it also allow
processors to control timing?
Response. There are two versions of
the IRFA. The first version of the IRFA
was a preliminary analysis that was
developed for the DEISs (DEIS IRFAs):
Amendment 20—Rationalization of the
Pacific Coast Groundfish Limited Entry
Trawl Fishery, which would create the
structure and management details of the
trawl fishery rationalization program;
and Amendment 21—Allocation of
Harvest Opportunity Between Sectors of
the Pacific Coast Groundfish Fishery,
which would allocate the groundfish
stocks between trawl and non-trawl
fisheries. The second version of the
IRFA was developed to support the
proposed rule (75 FR 32994, June 10,
2010) associated with this final rule (PR
IRFA) and is a combination and update
of the DEIS IRFAs. NMFS has reviewed
the summary of the PR IRFA contained
in the preamble to the proposed rule
and concludes that the summary
statements are inconsistent with
Chapter 4 of the Amendment 20 DEIS
and with that DEIS IRFA.
The main analysis of the Amendment
20 DEIS IRFA included the following
correct statement, which was not
included in the PR IRFA: ‘‘Groundfish
compete in regional, national, and
global markets where many products are
E:\FR\FM\01OCR2.SGM
01OCR2
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 190 / Friday, October 1, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
substitutable. Therefore, west coast
groundfish producers (harvesters and
buyers/processors) have little ability to
influence price based on supply. In
general, the ability to influence price is
not expected to change under the
proposed action. However,
rationalization of the fishery could
allow quality improvement and the
development of new product forms/
markets that could increase prices for
certain species of fish currently caught.
As noted above as an example, the
whiting fishery operates as a derby
fishery (especially in relation to bycatch
species limits rather than the target
species) causing the fishery to close due
to imposed limits rather than
availability of fish or market conditions.
Whiting attain a larger size later in the
year, commanding a higher unit price.
Nonwhiting harvesters currently operate
under 2-month cumulative landing
limits, which allow greater flexibility in
terms of harvest timing between 2month periods but less flexibility within
periods (because any difference between
actual limits and the period limit cannot
be carried over to the next period). In
contrast, under the IFQ program
harvesters will have control over harvest
timing over the whole calendar year.
However, in terms of any influence on
price, this increased flexibility is
unlikely to have a noticeable effect. The
degree to which harvesters versus
processors are able to capture profits
due to increases in price depends on
their relative bargaining power * * *.’’
Bargaining power is a concept related to
the abilities of parties in a given
situation to exert influence over each
other. Fishermen and processors
negotiate the prices that are paid to the
fishermen for delivering their fish to the
processor. One way for fishermen to
exert influence on the prices they
receive for their fish is to delay the
delivery of fish until the processor
provides the desired price. Under the
IFQ system, fishermen have the ability
to choose when they can deliver their
fish. Under the current system, the
fishermen are given two month landing
limits and these limits are designed to
achieve a year-round fishery and to
address the seasonality of the market.
Given that the current system is already
designed to address the seasonality of
the market, the influence of fishermen
to raise market prices based on the
timing of deliveries relative to the
current timing of deliveries is not
expected to be great.
Chapter 4 of the FEIS (https://
www.pcouncil.org/groundfish/fisherymanagement-plan/fmp-amendment-20/
#EIS) provides the following analyses
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:37 Sep 30, 2010
Jkt 223001
concerning the issue of a fishermen’s
strike: ‘‘In order to foster the year-round
goal of this fishery, regulations are
created with the intention of spreading
the harvest throughout the year. These
management tools evolved into twomonth catch limits, which effectively
act as a two-month nontransferable
quota for vessels in the fishery. Because
of this two-month quota system,
Olympic conditions do not exist in this
fishery, and large pulses of harvest over
a short time generally do not occur,
except in cases where prolonged
episodes of poor weather have restricted
harvest opportunities. The two-month
limit structure and elimination of
Olympic fishery conditions make it
possible for harvesters in this sector to
collectively negotiate over ex-vessel
prices with processors compared to
harvesters in the whiting fishery.
However, the ability for these
negotiations to occur appears to be
somewhat limited by the length of the
two-month period. If harvesters strike
for more than 60 days, they risk
foregoing the harvest available to them
during that two-month period. While
managers may increase opportunities
later in the year to make up for lost
harvest, history has shown that often
this is not possible because of timesensitive interactions with rebuilding
stocks and the fact that protecting
rebuilding stocks often leads to a
reduction in harvest opportunity for
healthy stocks. This means that, while
harvesters have a greater likelihood of
collectively negotiating higher prices in
the nonwhiting fishery, the ability to do
so may break down quickly as the end
of a two-month limit approaches.
A review of relevant articles indicates
that 100 fishermen did undergo a six
week strike from March 1, 2007 to April
12, 2007, seeking an agreement with
processors for increased prices for
petrale sole and dover sole and that the
strike was unsuccessful. Within these
articles the following factors were
mentioned: Prestrike glut due to high
effort and trip limits; loss of income to
fishermen; differences between fishing
groups; differences between processors;
that the major products were sold in
fresh markets; competition with frozen
product; increased quotas for dover sole
and petrale sole; effects of the
bimonthly trip limits; processor fleets
versus fishermen’s association fleet;
independent fishermen; destabilized
prices; major decrease in prices, because
of the strike—loss of market share to
tilapia; and the inability of the largest
groundfish fishermen’s association and
two of the largest processors to come to
an agreement.
PO 00000
Frm 00017
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
60883
Therefore, in response to this
comment, the FRFA will contain this
comment and response and NMFS will
make the summary consistent with main
body of analysis by redrafting the
summary to reflect the following
statement: ‘‘Nonwhiting harvesters
currently operate under 2-month
cumulative landing limits, which allow
greater flexibility in terms of harvest
timing between 2-month periods but
less flexibility within periods (because
any difference between actual limits and
the period limit cannot be carried over
to the next period). In contrast, under
the IFQ program harvesters will have
control over harvest timing over the
whole calendar year. However, in terms
of any influence on price, this increased
flexibility is unlikely to have a
noticeable effect.’’
Comments on Policies and Legal
Standards
Comment 51. One commenter stated
that Amendment 20 fails to meet the
goals and objectives for the program
established for it by the Council which
are to: create and implement a capacity
rationalization plan that increases net
economic benefits, creates individual
economic stability, provides for full
utilization of the trawl sector allocation,
considers environmental impacts, and
achieves individual accountability of
catch and bycatch. The commenter
further states that Amendment 20 fails
to meet at least four of the eight specific
objectives identified by the Council: It
does not provide for a viable, profitable
and efficient groundfish fishery in
northern California; it does not increase
operational flexibility for the shoreside
non-whiting sector (in fact the opposite
is true); it does not ‘‘minimize adverse
effects from an IFQ program on fishing
communities and other fisheries to the
extent practical;’’ and it will destroy
fishing related employment in Fort
Bragg, rather than ‘‘promot[ing]
measurable economic and employment
benefits through the seafood catching,
processing, distribution elements and
support sectors of the industry.’’
Response. The analyses included in
the FEIS ‘‘Rationalization of the Pacific
Coast Groundfish Limited Entry Trawl
Fishery’’ fully disclose anticipated
impacts and recognize that catch share
programs can have disparate impacts on
different segments of the fishery. Thus,
while negative impacts will occur in
some areas, NMFS believes that
Amendment 20 will result in a fishery
that is more sustainable as a whole and
that will provide maximum benefits to
the nation.
E:\FR\FM\01OCR2.SGM
01OCR2
60884
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 190 / Friday, October 1, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with RULES2
a. Public Trust and Privatization
Comment 52. Some comments
expressed concern that the trawl IQ
program gives a public resource to
individual fishermen and fishing
corporations in perpetuity.
Response. The Amendments do not
change the fundamental nature of the
Pacific groundfish fishery. Fishery
resources continue to be public
resources managed under the MSA and
fish are not considered to be private
property until they are harvested. The
MSA authorizes the implementation of
limited access programs such as the
trawl IQ program. Under this program,
fishermen will need to acquire QS,
through initial allocation or subsequent
transfer, before harvesting fish. IQs are
Federal fishing permits that may be
transferred to qualified individuals or
entities. They also may be revoked,
limited or modified. NMFS and the
Council will monitor the programs
established by Amendments 20 and 21,
and can amend the programs if they are
not in the public interest.
Comment 53. A comment expressed
concern that QS will be treated as assets
to be traded, pledged as collateral, and
held by third parties with no interest in
fishing.
Response. QS are federal fishing
permits that may be revoked, limited or
modified. After the first 2 years of
program implementation, transfers of
QS would be allowed. While criteria for
initial issuance limit recipients to
owners of LE trawl permits, after the
first 2 years, transfers could be made to
a broader group. Generally, anyone
eligible to own a U.S.-documented
fishing vessel could acquire QS and QP
in increments as small as one pound. As
long as the regulatory requirements are
met, this rule does not limit private
arrangements for use or transfer of QS.
Comment 54: Some commenters
expressed concern that the American
public is not compensated for the
privatization of a public resource.
Response: The Council intends to
develop a trailing amendment that will
provide for a program of fees to recover
the agency costs of management, data
collection and analysis, and
enforcement activities, within limits
established by the MSA. In addition, the
Council considered an auction system to
collect royalties for the initial allocation
of QS, as required by the MSA. The
Council concluded that the collection of
resource rents without a phase-in would
be disruptive to the fishery. Therefore,
the Council deferred further
deliberations on royalties until the first
5-year review of the program. As the
trawl rationalization program matures in
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:37 Sep 30, 2010
Jkt 223001
the future, the Council may provide for
a greater return to the American public.
Comment 55: Commenters opposed
the future use of public funds to
compensate permittees, or to assist new
entrants in buying QS from those who
received it at no cost to themselves.
Response: These comments address
future actions and are beyond the scope
of this final rule. The regulations at 50
CFR 660.25(h)(2)(iii) state that the
permits do not confer a right to
compensation to the permit owner if a
permit is revoked, limited or modified.
In addition, the regulations at 50 CFR
660.24(h)(2)(iii) state that the permits do
not create any right, title or interest in
fish before the fish is harvested by the
holder. Courts have found that a fishing
ban and a revocation of a fishing permit
do not constitute a taking under the 5th
Amendment to the U.S. Constitution.
(See Conti v. United States, 291 F.3d
1334 (U.S. Ct. App. 2002); American
Pelagic Fishing Company v. United
States, 379 F.3d 1363 (U.S. Ct. App.
2004.) The Council will continue to
monitor the fishery and will solicit
public comments on future amendments
as necessary.
b. Magnuson-Stevens Act
Comment 56. Several commenters
made general statements that the
proposed rule and amendments appear
inconsistent with the Magnuson-Stevens
Act, National Standards 2, 7, 8, and 9
of the MSA, and/or other applicable
laws.
Response. NMFS disagrees for the
reasons described in this document, and
specifically in the responses to
comments 57 through 78.
Comment 57. One commenter stated
that, because allocations are not fair and
equitable, they do not achieve OY.
Specifically, the commenter states that
inequitable allocations of overfished
incidental catch species will result in
leaving sustainable stocks in the water,
undermining the ability to achieve
optimum yield.
Response. National Standard 1
requires that: ‘‘Conservation and
management measures shall prevent
overfishing while achieving, on a
continuing basis, the optimum yield
from each fishery * * *’’ MSA section
301(a)(1). The MSA defines OY to mean:
‘‘The amount of fish which—will
provide the greatest overall benefit to
the Nation, particularly with respect to
food production and recreational
opportunities, and taking into account
the protection of marine ecosystems; is
prescribed on the basis of the
‘‘maximum sustainable yield’’ (MSY)
from the fishery, as reduced by any
relevant social, economic, or ecological
PO 00000
Frm 00018
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
factor; and in the case of an overfished
fishery, provides for rebuilding to a
level consistent with producing the
maximum sustainable yield in such
fishery. MSA section 3(28); See also 50
CFR 600.310(e)(3). Thus, National
Standard 1 does not require that FMPs
provide for 100 percent harvest of all
healthy stocks.
As described in the preamble to the
proposed rule, Amendment 20 is
intended to ameliorate the existing
problem of overfished species
constraining the harvest of healthier
stocks. See response to comment 61
addressing the claims that the
allocations are not fair and equitable.
Comment 58. One commenter stated
that logbook data used to develop the
allocations of overfished species is not
the ‘‘best available data’’ because the
years selected skew the results.
Response. The Council’s selection of
years on which to base the allocations
of overfished species was a policy
decision. See responses to comments 29
and 31 for more information on the
rationale for that policy decision. The
data used to inform that
recommendation and the development
of the allocations complied with
National Standard 2.
The Council considered and rejected
the option of allocating overfished
species for nonwhiting trips using the
same method as for other nonwhiting
IFQ species as not appropriate under the
circumstances. In particular, the relative
weighting approach, by which landings
for a year are measured as a percent of
all landings for the year and species,
would have given a particularly high
amount of credit for pounds caught
during the rebuilding period.
Additionally, QS would have been
allocated to those who targeted some of
the overfished species in the mid-1990s
(before they were declared overfished)
rather than to those who need such QS
to access current target species.
Accordingly, the Council rejected the
approach of using the same allocation
formula for overfished species as for
nonwhiting target species based on the
desire to not reward bycatch during the
rebuilding period and in order to
provide QS to those who would need it
to cover incidental catch taken with
their target species QS allocation.
Comment 59. Some commenters
stated that the proposed rule and
amendments do not comply with
National Standard 2 because some
relevant case studies were not
considered.
Response. Chapter 4.3.2 of the EIS
provides descriptions of case studies
and lessons learned from IFQ programs
around the world. The Council and the
E:\FR\FM\01OCR2.SGM
01OCR2
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 190 / Friday, October 1, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
agency considered a broad range of case
studies that focused on IQ programs in
other parts of the United States or the
world. See also the response to
comment 68 below.
Comment 60. The comment stated
that the choice of 1994–2003 as the
qualifying years does not reflect the
‘‘best scientific information available,’’
as required by 16 U.S.C. 1851(a)(2),
because it ignores the dramatic changes
that began taking place in the whiting
fishery starting in 2001, and which have
been especially significant after 2003.
Response. Generally speaking, NMFs
disagrees that impermissibly dated or
stale information was used for this
action. The Council and NMFS have
used the best information available at
each step of the process in
implementing the trawl rationalization
program. The Council and NMFS
analyzed and considered data including
past and present participation, historical
dependence of various sectors on the
groundfish resource, economic impacts
of the action on various sectors, cultural
and social framework of the various
sectors, impacts on other fisheries, and
other relevant considerations.
As discussed in detail above, see
response to comment 29, the Council is
required to consider and balance several
factors, including current harvests and
historic harvests, when making initial
allocation decisions. Although the
Council did examine present
participation levels, the Council gave
greater weight to historic participation
in determining the initial allocation.
Comment 61. Commenters stated that
the allocation of overfished species QS
violates National Standard 4 because
some permit holders received up to 0.67
metric tons of Canary Rockfish while
others ‘‘in effect received zero.’’ Further,
this ‘‘failure to equitably allocate QS for
overfished incidental catch species’’ will
prevent the fishery from achieving
optimum yield. Because the plan will
benefit the offshore whiting fleet
primarily based in Washington and
Oregon while harming the non-whiting
shore based trawlers in Fort Bragg,
California, the plan discriminates
against citizens of different states. The
commenter stated that ‘‘participants
along the entire coast should bear
equally’’ the burdens of protecting
overfished stocks. Finally, the allocation
of QS of healthy stocks violates National
Standard 4 because it benefits ‘‘boats
that only fish off the lower west coast
on a part time basis,’’ while harming full
time fishermen from Oregon.
Response. National Standard 4
requires that conservation and
management measures shall not
discriminate between residents of
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:37 Sep 30, 2010
Jkt 223001
different States. If it becomes necessary
to allocate or assign fishing privileges
among various United States fishermen,
such allocation shall be (A) fair and
equitable to all such fishermen; (B)
reasonably calculated to promote
conservation; and (C) carried out in
such a manner that no particular
individual, cooperation, or other entity
acquires an excessive share of such
privileges.
The National Standard 4 guidelines at
§ 600.325(c)(3)(i)(B) state that: ‘‘An
allocation of fishing privileges may
impose a hardship on one group if it is
outweighed by the total benefits
received by another group or groups. An
allocation need not preserve the status
quo in the fishery to qualify as fair and
equitable, if a restructuring of fishing
privileges would maximize overall
benefits. The Council should make an
initial estimate of the relative benefits
and hardships imposed by the
allocation, and compare its
consequences with those of alternative
allocation schemes, including the status
quo.’’
Therefore, the Councils are given
wide latitude to determine what is
equitable within a particular fishery and
to create the appropriate management
measures to accomplish the goals of an
FMP.
With respect to the allocation of
overfished species in particular, see the
response to comments 29 and 31.
Generally, the adoption of any limited
access privilege program has the
potential to benefit certain fishermen,
while disadvantaging others. The
Council analyzed the positive and
negative consequences of its decisions,
and in Amendment 20 it chose to
allocate QS in a manner that emphasizes
historical participation in the
Groundfish fishery. The underlying
analyses adequately estimate the
relative benefits and hardships imposed
by the allocation, and the recommended
measures comply with National
Standard 4.
The trawl rationalization program was
developed through the Council process,
which facilitates substantial
participation by state representatives.
Generally, state proposals are brought
forward when alternatives are crafted
and integrated to the degree practicable.
Decisions about catch allocation
between different sectors or gear groups
are also part of this participatory
process, and emphasis is placed on
equitable division while ensuring
conservation goals. The Council
determined that none of the alternatives
considered, including the final plan,
would discriminate against residents of
different states. The rationalization
PO 00000
Frm 00019
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
60885
program was structured to provide fair
and equitable allocations of both target
species and overfished species to
participants.
Comment 62. One commenter
indicated that the amendments violate
National Standard 5’s requirement that
management measures may not have
economic allocation as the sole purpose.
Response. As described in the
preamble to the proposed rule at 75 FR
32996, Amendments 20 and 21 are
intended to achieve multiple objectives
beyond economic allocation.
Amendment 20 is intended to: Create
and implement a capacity
rationalization plan that increases net
economic benefits, creates individual
economic stability, provides for full
utilization of the trawl sector allocation,
considers environmental impacts, and
achieves individual accountability of
catch and bycatch. The Council further
identified eight specific objectives to
support achievement of the goal:
1. Provide a mechanism for total catch
accounting.
2. Provide for a viable, profitable, and
efficient groundfish fishery.
3. Promote practices that reduce
bycatch and discard mortality, and
minimize ecological impacts.
4. Increase operational flexibility.
5. Minimize adverse effects from an
IFQ program on fishing communities
and other fisheries to the extent
practical.
6. Promote measurable economic and
employment benefits through the
seafood catching, processing,
distribution elements, and support
sectors of the industry.
7. Provide quality product for the
consumer.
8. Increase safety in the fishery.
Because OY on healthy stocks is
constrained by rebuilding needs of cooccurring overfished stocks,
Amendment 20 is intended to
implement an approach that will
support attainment of OY while
improving bycatch avoidance and
supporting rebuilding.
The purposes of Amendment 21 are
to: Simplify or streamline future
decisions by establishing allocations of
specified groundfish stocks and stock
complexes within the Pacific Coast
Groundfish FMP; support
rationalization of the LE trawl fishery
(Amendment 20) by providing more
certainty to the affected sectors and
reducing the risk that these sectors
would be closed because of other nontrawl sectors exceeding their allocation;
facilitate individuals’ ability to make
long-range planning decisions based on
the allocation of harvest privileges;
support overall total catch accounting of
E:\FR\FM\01OCR2.SGM
01OCR2
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with RULES2
60886
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 190 / Friday, October 1, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
groundfish species by the group within
the trawl sector; and limit the bycatch
of Pacific halibut in future LE trawl
fisheries.
Comment 63. One commenter stated
that the proposed rule and amendments
violate national standard 7 because they
do not reduce costs compared to the
status quo.
Response. National Standard 7
requires that ‘‘Conservation and
management measures shall, where
practicable, minimize costs and avoid
unnecessary duplication.’’ MSA section
301(a)(7). This is not a simple question
of whether proposed measures will be
more expensive than the status quo. The
supporting analyses show that the costs
imposed by the proposed rule and
amendments are necessary and justified
in order to achieve the anticipated
benefits.
Comment 64. Some commenters
stated that the proposed rule and
amendments do not minimize impacts
on fishing communities to the extent
practicable. One commenter stated
further that the impacts on small
communities such as Fort Bragg have
not been sufficiently analyzed and the
approach of providing for mitigation
measures through a future action
violates NS 8.
Response. See responses to comments
39, 40, and 65–67.
Comment 65. Some commenters
stated that the analysis of the impacts of
consolidation on communities is
inadequate and provides examples of
impacts experienced in the Bering Sea/
Aleutian Islands crab fishery and the
British Columbia halibut fishery.
Response. NMFS and the Council
have analyzed the likely effects of
consolidation on communities. The
Executive Summary of the FEIS, on
pages xix and xx, lists the following
expectations: ‘‘Fishing communities
would be differentially affected due to
the fleet and processor consolidation.
Some communities would likely benefit
and others would be harmed. Fleet and
processor consolidation could result in
the concentration of vessels and
commercial infrastructure in fewer
ports, disadvantaging communities that
lose vessels and infrastructure. Limits
on the amount of QSs an entity can
control would reduce ownership
consolidation and would increase the
number and types of businesses
involved in the fishery, contributing to
diversity and stability. Isolated
communities, where there are few
alternative employment opportunities,
could be adversely affected by the loss
of fishing-related jobs. Processors would
likely consolidate and possibly move,
affecting processor labor and municipal
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:37 Sep 30, 2010
Jkt 223001
revenue. Fishing, in all its diversity, is
culturally important to coastal
communities. As a consequence,
communities experiencing a decline in
fishing activity due to trawl
rationalization would be adversely
affected. Family fishing businesses
would have to deal with the
implications of the asset value
associated with IFQs (or co-op shares).
This can complicate fishery entry and
exit, leading to intra-family strife.
Tourism could be adversely affected in
communities that lose a working
waterfront to the degree it is important
to the tourist identity of the community.
Nontrawl communities could be
affected by rationalization through
increased competition, gear conflicts,
impacts on the support sector,
infrastructure impacts, and competition
in the marketplace.’’
NMFS and the Council have
considered the case studies cited in
section 4.3.2.1 of the FEIS.
National Standard 8 requires
consideration of impacts on
communities, but recognizes the higher
priority of National Standard 1.
Specifically, National Standard 8 states
that ‘‘Conservation and management
measures shall, consistent with the
conservation requirements of the
Magnuson-Stevens Act (including the
prevention of overfishing and rebuilding
of overfished stocks), take into account
the importance of fishery resources to
fishing communities in order to: (1)
Provide for the sustained participation
of such communities; and (2) To the
extent practicable, minimize adverse
economic impacts on such
communities.’’
Chapter 4.14 of the analysis describes
anticipated impacts on communities
and acknowledges a possibly profound
impact on communities that depend on
trawling. This is due to the nature of
rationalization which results in fewer
fishery participants and likely
geographic shifts. The goal of attaining
a sustainable fishery as a whole requires
some impacts to individual
communities. However, the Council also
recommended measures that should
mitigate these impacts.
For example, the program would
allow communities to purchase quota or
permits to keep some of the fishery in
the community. In addition, the AMP is
intended for use in ameliorating impacts
on communities.
Comment 66. Some commenters
stated that captains and crew are an
integral component to ‘‘aggregate
community benefits,’’ and more data and
analysis are needed on impacts to
captains and crew in order to accurately
PO 00000
Frm 00020
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
evaluate the impacts of these
amendments.
Response. NMFS and the Council
considered effects on captains and crew
in chapter 4.7 of the FEIS. While more
data would be beneficial, the analysis
uses the best available information.
Comment 67. One commenter stated
that, with respect to leased quota,
National Standard 8 requires broader
control at the community level and with
restrictions on leasing as well as owneron-board requirements.
Response. National Standard 8
requires that: ‘‘Conservation and
management measures shall, consistent
with the conservation requirements of
this chapter (including the prevention of
overfishing and rebuilding of overfished
stocks), take into account the
importance of fishery resources to
fishing communities by utilizing
economic and social data that meet the
requirements of paragraph (2)(N.S. 2) in
order to: (A) Provide for the sustained
participation of such communities, and
(B) to the extent practicable, minimize
adverse economic impacts on such
communities.’’ MSA section 301(a)(8).
The adaptive management program is
intended to minimize adverse impacts
on communities.
Appendix A provides additional
discussion of the Council’s
consideration of communities at Section
A–2.1.1.a, and lists alternative means by
which Amendment 20 addresses
community needs, including:
• Maintenance of a split between the
at-sea and shoreside trawl sectors.
• Broad eligibility for ownership.
• A temporary moratorium on the
transfer of QS to ease the adjustment
period and allow for adaptive response.
• Specification of vessel and control
limits to spread QS among more owners
and potentially more communities.
• Inclusion of a community advisory
committee as a formal part of the
program performance review process.
• The Adaptive Management setaside.
While initial allocations of quota
would be limited based on qualifying
criteria, after the first two years, the
proposed program would allow both
ownership of privileges by communities
and acquisition by entry level
participants. In addition, parties,
including communities, desiring to
receive initial issuance would be able to
purchase limited entry permits such as
The Nature Conservancy has done and
receive initial issuance. Appendix A
Sections A–2.2.2.d and A–2.2.3 describe
entry level opportunities and transfer
provisions.
Comment 68. Some commenters
stated that the proposed rule and
E:\FR\FM\01OCR2.SGM
01OCR2
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 190 / Friday, October 1, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
amendments will not reduce bycatch,
which is one of the objectives of
National Standard 9. Specifically, one
stated that allowing lessees to fish will
reduce incentive to avoid bycatch and
undermine achievement of bycatch
reduction goals. Another stated that
catch shares could increase bycatch.
Response. There is a requirement that
when a fisher runs out of quota, he must
stop fishing regardless of whether he
leases or owns. Chapter 4.17.2.2 of the
EIS for Amendment 20 provides
information indicating that the
proposed trawl rationalization program
would be expected to be more effective
at reducing bycatch than the status quo.
Based on the information in the record,
NMFS believes that the proposed rule
and amendments will achieve
reductions in bycatch.
The study by Redstone Strategy Group
and Environmental Defense (2007)
analyzing pre- and post-implementation
performance of 10 LAPPs, including all
seven U.S. programs, cites interviews
with fishery participants and other
sources showing that QS value
‘‘transformed the mindset of fishermen,
who developed a real stake in the
outcome of their fishing practices’’ (p.
7). Other studies and reviews support
the proposition that individual
accountability fostered by IFQs (or the
small group collective responsibility of
the whiting co-ops) helps to reduce
bycatch. ‘‘Sharing the Fish,’’ a report on
IFQs requested by Congress from the
NRC (1999), includes bycatch reduction
as part of the rationale for implementing
IFQs, noting that harvesters can more
carefully choose their time and area of
fishing, which may ‘‘reduce bycatch of
non-target species since operations can
be moved to target more favorable
harvesting conditions, or it might allow
the opportunity to develop practices
that could reduce bycatch’’ (p. 35). The
aforementioned report by Redstone
Strategy Group and Environmental
Defense (2007) found that ‘‘nearly all the
fisheries experienced decreases in their
respective discard rates’’ when the LAPP
was implemented.
Comment 69. One commenter stated
that catch shares are not necessary to
reduce bycatch and that TAC could be
used as a stand-alone tool to reduce
bycatch.
Response. The proposed rule and
amendments offer multiple tools for
addressing bycatch. The multiple tools
employed are intended to increase the
overall effectiveness. See also response
to comment 68.
Comment 70. Some commenters
stated that the proposed rule and
amendments will help reduce bycatch
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:37 Sep 30, 2010
Jkt 223001
and will address bycatch problems that
the current system cannot solve.
Response. NMFS agrees.
Comment 71. One commenter stated
that the proposed rule and amendments
violate the MSA’s LAPP provisions
because they do not include owner-onboard requirements, restrictions on
leasing, a 10-year sunset, and
prohibitions on compensating for
revoked permits.
Response. The regulations at 50 CFR
660.25(h)(2)(iii) state that the permits do
not confer a right to compensation to the
permit owner if a permit is revoked,
limited, or modified. In addition, certain
provisions of section 303A of the MSA,
such as the permit characteristics in
section 303A(f) apply to all LAPPs and
do not need to be repeated in fishery
management plans or implementing
regulations. The Council and NMFS
have provided for transferability of
limited access privileges as required by
303A(c)(7). The Council considered, but
did not include, an owner-on-board
requirement. The MSA does not
mandate such requirements.
Comment 72. One commenter stated
that the proposed rule and amendments
do not comply with 303A(a)(1) and
(c)(1) of the MSA, which requires LAPPs
to ‘‘promote’’ not ‘‘consider’’
conservation. The commenter interprets
the preamble to the proposed rule as to
indicate that NMFS intends the action
to achieve economic benefits while only
considering, not promoting,
conservation.
Response. The preamble describes the
Council’s goals for Amendment 20 as
follows: ‘‘Create and implement a
capacity rationalization plan that
increases net economic benefits, creates
individual economic stability, provides
for full utilization of the trawl sector
allocation, considers environmental
impacts, and achieves individual
accountability of catch and bycatch. The
Council further identified eight specific
objectives to support achievement of the
goal:
1. Provide a mechanism for total catch
accounting.
2. Provide for a viable, profitable, and
efficient groundfish fishery.
3. Promote practices that reduce
bycatch and discard mortality, and
minimize ecological impacts.
4. Increase operational flexibility.
5. Minimize adverse effects from an
IFQ program on fishing communities
and other fisheries to the extent
practical.
6. Promote measurable economic and
employment benefits through the
seafood catching, processing,
distribution elements, and support
sectors of the industry.
PO 00000
Frm 00021
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
60887
7. Provide quality product for the
consumer.
8. Increase safety in the fishery.
Because OY on healthy stocks is
constrained by rebuilding needs of cooccurring overfished stocks,
Amendment 20 is intended to
implement an approach that will
support attainment of OY while
improving bycatch avoidance and
supporting rebuilding.’’
Read in complete context, the
Council’s goals and objectives comply
with the MSA. Furthermore, the effects
of the actions are anticipated to promote
both efficiency and conservation.
Comment 74. One commenter stated
that Congress required the Council to
develop criteria for qualifying
communities to participate including
initial allocation.
Response. Section 303A(c)(5) of the
MSA requires that a Council consider
the current and historical participation
of fishing communities when
establishing procedures to ensure fair
and equitable initial allocations. In
addition, the Council must consider the
basic cultural and social framework of
the fishery. The Council has complied
with these requirements. Section
303A(c)(3) addresses eligibility of
fishing communities, but does not
require that a Council develop criteria
for eligible communities to receive
initial allocations of limited access
privileges. The Council intends to
address eligibility of fishing
communities in future FMP
amendments.
Comment 75. One commenter
questioned NMFS’s compliance with
the Secretarial review provisions of the
MSA at 304(b)(1).
Response. NMFS has complied with
section 304 of the MSA which requires
that upon transmittal of an FMP
amendment by the Council NMFS shall:
(A) Immediately commence a review of
the plan or amendment to determine
whether it is consistent with the
national standards, the other provisions
of this chapter, and any other applicable
law; and (B) immediately publish in the
Federal Register a notice stating that the
plan or amendment is available and that
written information, views, or
comments of interested persons on the
plan or amendment may be submitted to
the Secretary during the 60-day period
beginning on the date the notice is
published, which was accomplished on
May 12, 2010 (75 FR 26702).
For regulations, the MSA requires
that, upon transmittal of proposed
regulations to implement an FMP or
amendment, NMFS must ‘‘immediately
initiate an evaluation of the proposed
regulations to determine whether they
E:\FR\FM\01OCR2.SGM
01OCR2
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with RULES2
60888
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 190 / Friday, October 1, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
are consistent with the fishery
management plan, plan amendment,
this chapter and other applicable law,’’
and within 15 days of initiating that
evaluation, make a determination, and
(A) if that determination is affirmative,
the Secretary shall publish such
regulations in the Federal Register, with
such technical changes as may be
necessary for clarity and an explanation
of those changes, for a public comment
period of 15 to 60 days (75 FR 32994,
June 10, 2010 had a comment period of
33 days); or (B) if that determination is
negative, the Secretary shall notify the
Council in writing of the inconsistencies
and provide recommendations on
revisions that would make the proposed
regulations consistent with the fishery
management plan, plan amendment,
this chapter, and other applicable law.
Comment 76. One commenter stated
that because of the expense of
participation, capital will be redirected
away from facilities, infrastructure and
vessel improvements. As a result safety
and efficiency will be sacrificed.
Response. NMFS and the Council
recognize that for new entrants, the cost
of acquiring individual quota will add
to the expense of entering the fishery.
An increase in profits (before taking into
account the cost of the quota and
normal profits after taking into account
the cost of the quota) and stability is
expected to compensate for the increase
in costs. Under status quo management,
the value of a new entrant’s capital
investment would be at greater risk
because of the potential erosion of
fishing opportunity through the
increased effort of others. With respect
to the capital badly needed for
infrastructure and vessel improvements,
this is a condition that has occurred
under status quo management. There is
no reason to believe that continuation of
status quo would improve the situation;
however, under IFQs, greater economic
stability may facilitate a safer fleet with
a stronger infrastructure.
Comment 77: Multiple commenters
suggested that NMFS should ‘‘remand’’
the proposal to the Council and require
the Council to develop and submit a
specific management alternative. For
example, one suggestion was to direct
the Council to revise the proposal to
consist of a whiting IFQ program for all
three sectors and develop program for
nonwhiting shoreside groundfish in the
future such as cap and rent, and owner
on board.
Response. The MSA expressly vests
the Council with responsibility for
developing and identifying which
management measures to recommend
through its open public process. It is not
appropriate for NMFS to dictate the
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:37 Sep 30, 2010
Jkt 223001
policy recommendations that are not
produced through the MSA Council
system.
Comment 78. One commenter stated
that the regulations as deemed do not
reflect Council intent.
Response. NMFS disagrees. NMFS
and the Council conducted an extensive
and public deeming process that
included public Council meetings and
public committee meetings.
c. Other Applicable Law
Comment 79. The EIS should have
analyzed other alternatives, including
existing catch share programs
worldwide, and their full range of
impacts.
Response. CEQ regulations at 40 CFR
1502.14 require agencies to ‘‘rigorously
explore and objectively evaluate all
reasonable alternatives.’’ The Council
engaged in an open scoping process to
determine the scope of issues to be
addressed and to identify the significant
issues related to the action. In addition,
other suggested alternatives were
addressed in the response to comments
in the FEIS. NMFS and the Council
considered many other programs as
described in section 4.3.2.1 of the EIS.
However, neither NEPA nor the MSA
requires that the Council, through the
EIS, analyze all existing catch share
programs worldwide.
Comment 80. A Supplemental EIS is
needed because portions of the program
related to observer coverage,
monitoring, and other conservationrelated measures are not included in
this rulemaking.
Response. NMFS disagrees. The
Council considered and the FEIS
analyzed alternatives relative to those
specific issues. NMFS, consistent with
Council intent, is implementing
regulations through two rulemakings;
the proposed rule for program
components was published on August
31, 2010 (75 FR 53380) and will be
implemented prior to the January 1,
2011 implementation date.
Comments on Intersector Allocations
Comment 81. Some commenters
raised concerns regarding the
allocations to the trawl sector.
Commenters argue that Groundfish are
being allocated away from the fixed gear
fleet to the trawl fleet, diminishing the
value of fixed gear permits and
impermissibly discriminating against
fixed gear permit holders. Others argue
that the trawl fishery is responsible for
overfished conditions, but open access
and fixed gear fishermen are being
penalized.
Response. NMFS does not agree that
the regulations punish the non-trawl
PO 00000
Frm 00022
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
sectors, or privilege the trawl sector.
Most of the species subject to trawl/nontrawl allocations in this action are trawl
dominant (sector dominance for a
species is defined in the Amendment 21
EIS as average landings during the 1995
to 2005 period to the sector at least 90
percent of total directed non-treaty
landings; see Amendment 21 FEIS Table
4–17) based on the sector catch histories
used in Amendment 21 analyses. The
action largely limits the trawl allocation
of many of the Amendment 21 species
to percentages less than the historical
trawl catch shares to the benefit of the
non-trawl sectors. For instance, the
proposed action limits the maximum
trawl allocation of any Amendment 21
species to 95 percent of the directed
harvest when historical trawl catch
shares for many of these species have
been higher than 95 percent.
Amendment 21 species’ allocations that
tend to favor non-trawl sectors (i.e.,
non-trawl sector allocations greater than
observed in the 1995 to 2005 historical
catch) include Pacific cod, Pacific ocean
perch, chilipepper rockfish south of
40°10′ N lat., splitnose rockfish south of
40°10′ N lat., shortspine thornyhead
north of 34°27′ N lat., longspine
thornyhead north of 34°27′ N lat.,
darkblotched rockfish, Dover sole,
English sole, petrale sole, arrowtooth
flounder, starry flounder, and species in
the Other Flatfish complex. All other
Amendment 21 species’ allocations
under the proposed action are generally
favorable to non-trawl sectors in that the
highest non-trawl sector catch
percentages analyzed were proposed to
be allocated to the non-trawl sectors.
The only exception to this is lingcod
where a more favorable trawl allocation
was adopted as the final action. The
rationale for a higher trawl allocation of
lingcod is that, unlike the non-trawl
sectors that predominantly use hookand-line gear to target groundfish, the
trawl sectors are not as constrained by
management measures designed to
foster yelloweye rockfish rebuilding.
This is because the mandatory use of
trawls with small-diameter footropes
(i.e., at least 8 inches) shoreward of the
RCA effectively keeps bottom trawls out
of the high relief habitats where
yelloweye occur. A higher trawl
allocation of lingcod would minimize
stranding of harvestable yields of
lingcod that would otherwise be
allocated to non-trawl sectors and
unavailable for harvest due to yelloweye
rebuilding constraints.
Thus, the inter-sector allocation does
not provide more bottom trawl
opportunity than status quo
management measures and allocations.
E:\FR\FM\01OCR2.SGM
01OCR2
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 190 / Friday, October 1, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
In addition, the trawl rationalization
allows limited entry trawl permit
holders to switch from trawl to fixed
gears to fish their quotas, which, in turn,
would reduce trawl impacts. It also
allows nontrawl vessels to harvest the
allocation to the trawl sector if they
acquire a trawl permit and IFQ. These
facts lead to the conclusion that
potential adverse impacts from trawl
gear could be expected to be lower
under the proposed action than under
status quo management or under any of
the other alternatives analyzed.
Moreover, the allocations are
consistent with the current distribution
of fishing opportunity among
Groundfish sectors. Even if the fixed
gear sector had the capacity and desire
to catch significantly greater amounts of
Groundfish, which is questionable,
those factors are not, in and of
themselves, criteria for determining
allocations. Allocations are necessary
precisely because more than one group
has some level of ‘‘capacity and desire,’’
which engenders potential conflicts
over resources access that must be
resolved through allocation.
Comment 82. One commenter felt that
the allocation of sablefish to the limited
entry tier system unfairly impacts open
access fishermen.
Response. This comment is not
specifically related to the actions
contemplated under Amendments 20
and 21. Under the FEIS ‘‘Allocation of
Harvest Opportunity Between Sectors of
the Pacific Coast Groundfish Fishery,
the Council recommended a sector split
between the trawl and non-trawl sectors
of the groundfish fishery. The Council
did not consider, as part of this process,
allocations of sablefish between the
limited entry fixed gear and directed
open access fisheries of the non-trawl
sector.
Comment 83. Trawl gear does more
damage to fishery resources than fixed
gear, but the program will favor the
trawl sector. Gear switching is not a
sufficient incentive for quota owners to
give up trawling in favor of less
damaging gear because gear switching
will only enable trawlers to fill in offseason by temporarily using fixed gear
to take huge hauls out of the fixed gear
fishing grounds.
Response. NMFS disagrees with the
commenter’s characterization of the
trawl fleet. That said, the FEIS identifies
and discloses the potential adverse
impacts of trawl gear cited by this
commenter. To the degree that these
impacts may exist, they are not
increased under trawl rationalization
and may be reduced because it allows
more opportunities for use of fixed gear
to harvest the trawl allocation. The
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:37 Sep 30, 2010
Jkt 223001
Council actions under Amendment 20
provide an opportunity for the
transition of harvest away from the
trawl sector and its action under
Amendment 21 limits the trawl fleet
allocation to the lower end of its recent
harvest share. Furthermore, the
allocations provided to trawlers in
Amendment 21 are not permanent and
may be changed in the future as it is
determined to be appropriate.
Additionally, trawl rationalization is
expected to decrease total trawling
hours required to take a given amount
of harvest. Amendment 20 allows some
movement of harvest toward the
nontrawl gear through gear switching
and the transfer of IFQ to the nontrawl
fleet. For the time being, that movement
is constrained by the number of trawl
permits available and the dictates of the
market place, combined with any
incentives or subsidies that may be
created.
Given that formal allocations of trawldominant and other important trawl
target species have been judged in the
scoping process to be important to
support trawl rationalization, the
proposed action under Amendment 21,
by indirectly supporting trawl
rationalization, should reduce species
impacts by monitoring 100 percent of
the total catch of IFQ species and
reducing potential habitat impacts
through rationalized fleet consolidation
relative to status quo allocations and
management measures.
While there are no formal incentives
to encourage gear switching, the existing
provision alone may have a mitigating
effect compared to status quo, since
trawl-endorsed permits are currently
prohibited from using other gear types
to fish against their bimonthly limits.
Any vessel switching gear types with
less habitat impacts would represent a
reduction in impacts compared to
existing, ongoing habitat impacts due to
trawl fishing under status quo. Under
the license limitation program, trawl
vessels are already allowed to use fixed
gear to take the trawl allocation, albeit
they must do so under the open access
regulations, which have much lower
limits. Fixed gear endorsements give a
vessel access to the fixed gear
allocation. Allowing trawl vessels to
gear switch (or other vessels to acquire
a trawl permit and IFQ) does not give
trawl permitted vessels access to the
fixed gear quota; it merely allows the
vessel to use nontrawl gear to take the
trawl IFQ.
Comment 84. One commenter felt the
halibut bycatch rates should be based on
all landed flatfish using 1994–2003 as
opposed to using petrale sole and
arrowtooth flounder harvests in 2003–
PO 00000
Frm 00023
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
60889
2006 to determine bycatch rates, so
targets match better with bycatch.
Response. Under the FEIS ‘‘Allocation
of Harvest Opportunity Between Sectors
of the Pacific Coast Groundfish Fishery,’’
the Council recommended to allocate 15
percent of the Area 2A (i.e. all waters off
Washington, Oregon, and California)
total constant exploitation yield (total
harvest expressed in terms of legal-sized
halibut, since the primary commercial
target halibut fishery, using gear other
than trawl, can only retain and land
legal-sized halibut) halibut to the
limited entry trawl sector, not to exceed
130,000 pounds for the first four years
of the program and not to exceed
100,000 pounds for years five and
beyond. The method for the initial
allocation of halibut is similar to that
used for overfished species (Appendix C
of the EIS ‘‘Rationalization of the Pacific
Coast Groundfish Limited Entry Trawl
Fishery.’’ The Council decided to base
initial allocation of IBQ on the different
rates of bycatch in different areas or in
association with various target species
(e.g. arrowtooth flounder and Petrale
sole). Halibut cannot be allocated based
on individual vessel records because
halibut mortality is estimated based on
fleet averages. The 130,000 pounds
recommended by the Council represents
an approximate reduction of 50 percent
from the total bycatch estimate provided
by the Northwest Fisheries Science
Center for the most recent year
estimated (2007) and is contained in
Agenda Item E.1.b, Supplemental NMFS
Report, September, 2008. Pacific halibut
IBQ would function in a manner similar
to IFQ for other species, except that
retention and landing of halibut would
be prohibited, and only pounds of dead
halibut would be counted against the
IBQ. Discard at sea of Pacific halibut
would be required; before discard
occurred, observers would estimate the
halibut bycatch mortality on that vessel
(average mortality rates would be
applied based on the condition of the
halibut in a particular tow) to provide
greater individual accountability and
incentives for harvesters to control
halibut mortality.
Under any of the allocation
alternatives suggested by the Council,
halibut IBQ as part of the trawl
rationalization program will be
constraining, and this was specifically
the intent in designing the methods
selected. Because the limit
recommended by the Council is lower
than the bycatch observed, it was
unclear how such a stringent limit
might affect the fishery. As stated under
the EIS ‘‘Allocation of Harvest
Opportunity Between Sectors of the
Pacific Coast Groundfish Fishery’’ on
E:\FR\FM\01OCR2.SGM
01OCR2
60890
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 190 / Friday, October 1, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
Page 36, ‘‘It may turn out that the
socioeconomic impacts are too great
under these stringent limits, and the
Council may ultimately decide to
increase the total catch limit.
Conversely, the trawl industry may
adjust well to these lower limits, and
the realized bycatch of Pacific halibut
will be lower than the prescribed limits.
In that case, the Council may want to
adjust the future total catch limit
downward from 100,000 pounds to
provide more benefits to Area 2A
directed halibut fisheries. In either case,
the Council preferred the flexibility of
deciding future total catch limits of
Pacific halibut in the biennial
specifications and management
measures process.
Items NMFS Requested Comment on in
the Proposed Rule
In addition to the comments received
above, NMFS specifically requested
comment on several items upon which
no comments were received. Where
NMFS has made changes to the
proposed rule where comments were
specifically requested, these specific
requests are identified in the section on
‘‘changes from the proposed rule.’’
Changes From the Proposed Rule
A. All Trawl Programs
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with RULES2
I. Definitions
In the proposed rule (75 FR 32994,
June 10, 2010), NMFS specifically
requested comment on revised
definitions. No comments were received
on the definitions in the proposed rule.
However, based on further review and
as the logical extension of what was
proposed, NMFS is making some
changes to the definitions as follows.
The definition of ‘‘ownership interest’’ at
§ 660.11 is revised for the limited entry
trawl fishery to reflect that ownership
interest information will also be
collected from owners of vessel
accounts because ownership of vessel
accounts may be tied to control of QS
or IBQ. In addition, the definition of
‘‘mutual agreement exception’’ at
§ 660.111 is revised to reflect that a
processor obligation applies to a MS/
CV-endorsed permit rather than the
vessel registered to that permit, and that
it is the catch history assignment of that
permit that is obligated to the
mothership processor.
II. Ownership Issues
Language was added to
§ 660.25(b)(4)(iv)(A) to cross-reference
the language in the specific trawl
rationalization programs that states the
owner of a limited entry trawl permit
may not change during the application
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:37 Sep 30, 2010
Jkt 223001
process for a QS permit, an MS/CV
endorsement, or a C/P endorsement, as
specified at §§ 660.140(d)(8)(viii),
660.150(g)(6)(vii), and 660.160(d)(7)(vi),
respectively.
NMFS is also revising the provisions
for determination of ownership interest
based on further review of the proposed
regulation. In reviewing provisions on
calculating ownership interest, NMFS
has identified two ownership structures
where the ownership of the permit may
not be clear for the purpose of
determining compliance with
accumulation limits: (1) Joint
ownership, and (2) ownership by a trust.
A joint ownership situation exists where
more than one person claims an interest
indivisible from that of another person,
such that the total ownership interest is
greater than 100 percent. In these
situations, NMFS would credit each
owner with the full percent claimed,
even though the sum of all ownership
interests would exceed 100 percent.
NMFS believes that for some owners,
the benefits of joint tenancy may be
greater than the parties’ concern for
accumulation limits, particularly if they
are more interested in estate planning
than accumulation of privileges, and
that if the parties to a joint tenancy
don’t want to avoid individual
accountability for the entire ownership
interest, they would have the option of
restructuring. With a trust, generally, a
trustee holds title to the property
granted by the trustor on behalf of the
beneficiaries of the trust. Because a trust
vests the legal title to the property in the
trustee, under the proposed rule NMFS
would credit ownership to the trustee.
If there is more than one trustee (i.e.,
‘‘co-trustees’’), NMFS would consider
each trustee to have 100 percent
ownership of the trust property. In the
preamble to the program components
proposed rule (75 FR 53380, August 31,
2010), NMFS requests additional
comment on any other ownership
structures that may affect accumulation
limits; NMFS may add provisions for
additional ownership structures as a
result. This final rule also includes
provisions that NMFS may ask for
additional information it believes to be
necessary for determination of
compliance with accumulation limits.
Some additional modifications have
been made to the accumulation limits
language. For the Shorebased IFQ
Program, as described in the responses
to comments, above, NMFS does not
intend that control rules would apply to
banks and other financial institutions
that rely on QS or IBQ as collateral for
loans, unless the financial documents
specify control beyond normal business
agreements. Accordingly, based on
PO 00000
Frm 00024
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
further agency consideration and in
response to public comment received,
NMFS further clarified the application
of the control rules for QS or IBQ at
§ 660.140(d)(4). In addition, in the MS
Coop Program, NMFS further clarified
the ownership language at
§§ 660.150(f)(3)(ii) and
660.150(g)(3)(i)(A) for MS permits and
MS/CV endorsements, respectively.
III. Allocations
In § 660.55, Allocations, paragraph (h)
on sablefish allocations north of 36° N.
lat., is corrected to specify that the
remainder of the sablefish quota after
deductions for the tribal fishery is
available to the nontribal fishery (both
commercial and recreational), not just to
the nontribal commercial fishery as had
been stated in the proposed rule. In
addition, sablefish allocations between
the commercial limited entry and open
access fisheries are specified in
regulation consistent with the FMP,
instead of just referencing the FMP.
In § 660.55(a) language has been
added to implement Amendment 21
stating that a formal allocation may be
suspended when a species is overfished.
The proposed rule only contained the
prior language from the existing FMP
regarding suspension of limited entry/
open access allocations for overfished
species. There are additional minor
edits in this section, consistent with the
partial disapproval of a minor section of
Amendment 21 to indicate that the
Amendment 21 allocations did not
override the limited entry/open access
allocations. These limited entry/open
access allocations have not been
implemented recently because the
constraints of the rebuilding plans have
overridden the ability to achieve these
allocations. The allocations are directly
suspended for the overfished species
themselves, and the access to healthy
stocks in various places in the EEZ has
been limited by the need to significantly
reduce fishing mortality on overfished
species.
IV. Application and Appeals Process
No comments were received on the
application and appeals process
specified in the proposed regulations.
Based on further agency consideration
of the proposed regulations, NMFS has
modified the regulations as described
here. The proposed regulations
specified in several places that NMFS
would ‘‘extract’’ landings data from
PacFIN, in the case of calculating
shoreside landings history, or NORPAC,
in the case of calculating at-sea harvest
history, on July 1, 2010. NMFS extended
the date for allowing the public to
correct NORPAC data until August 1,
E:\FR\FM\01OCR2.SGM
01OCR2
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 190 / Friday, October 1, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
2010, as announced on June 22, 2010;
this final regulation is modified
accordingly.
In addition, NMFS is clarifying that
the initial allocation calculations will be
based on the relevant ‘‘PacFIN dataset
on July 1, 2010,’’ and as appropriate, the
relevant ‘‘NORPAC dataset on August 1,
2010.’’ NMFS has removed the term
‘‘extracted’’ from the regulations in order
to be more specific. As explained above,
NMFS has determined that the July 1,
2010, dataset in PacFIN and the August
1, 2010, dataset in NORPAC as corrected
through the public process and in
conjunction with the relevant data base
QA/QC processes, constitute the best
scientific information available.
NMFS is also clarifying the specified
basis for appeal of the agency’s Initial
Administrative Determination (IAD) by
replacing the words ‘‘extracted’ or
extraction’’ with more specific terms.
The proposed regulations state in
several places that items not subject to
appeal include, but are not limited to,
the accuracy of the permit landings data
in ‘‘the data set extracted from PacFIN’’
or, as appropriate, ‘‘extracted from
NORPAC.’’ The proposed bases for
appeal of the IAD are ‘‘errors in NMFS’
extraction, aggregation, or expansion of
data, including: (1) Errors in NMFS’
extraction of landings data from PacFIN;
(2) errors in NMFS’ extraction of state
logbook data from PacFIN; (3) errors in
NMFS’ application of the QS allocation
formula; (4) errors in identification of
permit owner, permit combinations, or
vessel registration as listed on NMFS
permit database; and (5) errors in
identification of ownership information
for the first receiver or the processor
that first processed the fish.’’ In
addition, NMFS is adding another item
for appeal, ‘‘NMFS’ use or application of
ownership interest information.’’
In order to be more specific and
accurate, the final regulations specify
that items not subject to appeal include,
but are not limited to, the accuracy of
data in the relevant ‘‘PacFIN dataset on
July 1, 2010,’’ and as appropriate, the
relevant ‘‘NORPAC dataset on August 1,
2010.’’ Similarly, the bases for appeal
are revised to read: ‘‘Errors in NMFS’
use or application of data, including: (1)
Errors in NMFS’ use or application of
landings data from PacFIN; (2) errors in
NMFS’ use or application of state
logbook data from PacFIN; (3) errors in
NMFS’ application of the QS allocation
formula; (4) errors in identification of
permit owner, permit combinations, or
vessel registration as listed on NMFS
permit database; (5) errors in
identification of ownership information
for the first receiver or the processor
that first processed the fish; and (6)
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:37 Sep 30, 2010
Jkt 223001
errors in NMFS’ use or application of
ownership interest information.’’
As mentioned in the preamble to the
proposed rule and described in more
detail in a NMFS report for the March
2010 Council meeting, because of the
timing of this application process for an
initial issuance of a permit,
endorsement, or QS under the trawl
rationalization program, the owner of a
limited entry trawl permit may not
change during the application process
for the initial issuance of a QS permit,
an MS/CV-endorsed permit, or a C/Pendorsed permit, as specified at
§§ 660.140(d)(8)(viii), 660.150(g)(6)(vii),
and 660.160(d)(7)(vi), respectively. In
other words, the limited entry trawl
permit owner may not transfer his or her
permit to another owner once the
application process has started until the
application process is complete. This is
necessary for administration of the
agency process of considering
applications and making the IAD. The
proposed rule stated that the application
process would begin on the date of
publication of this final rule. NMFS
received no comment on this provision.
However, based on further agency
consideration of the proposed
regulations, NMFS has changed the start
of the application period during which
permits could not be transferred. In this
final rule, NMFS establishes that the
start date for the application period will
begin either 30 days after the
publication of this final rule, or when
the agency receives an application for
initial issuance of a QS permit, an MS/
CV-endorsed permit, or a C/P-endorsed
permit, whichever date occurs first.
NMFS is making this change to allow
permit owners an opportunity to
transfer their permits after receiving prefilled applications from NMFS
indicating anticipated issuance of QS or
endorsements based on PacFIN and/or
NORPAC data, as described above.
NMFS believes this change is consistent
with the Council intent to provide an
opportunity for entry level participants
to obtain a qualifying trawl limited
entry permit prior to initial issuance
with reasonable certainty of anticipated
QS that would be issued on the basis of
that permit. Further, for permit owners
that have qualifying history that would
exceed control limits, this change will
provide an opportunity to divest
permits prior to calculation of QS and
any redistribution of QS under
§ 660.140(d)(4)(v). Accordingly, NMFS
is changing the language to state,
‘‘NMFS will not review or approve any
request for a change in limited entry
trawl permit owner at any time after
either November 1, 2010 or the date
PO 00000
Frm 00025
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
60891
upon which the application is received
by NMFS, whichever occurs first, until
a final decision is made by the Regional
Administrator on behalf of the Secretary
of Commerce * * *’’ Limited entry
trawl permits may be transferred after
the application process is complete,
once the permit owner has received a
final decision (i.e., the QS, permit, or
endorsement has been issued and the
appeals process has been completed).
NMFS recognizes that during the
application process it may receive
multiple applications for QS that reflect
identical ownership. NMFS intends to
issue a single QS permit for each
individual owner, thus where multiple
applications are received for the same
person (e.g., where the same person
owns several qualifying permits), NMFS
will issue a single QS permit that
combines the amounts of all QS or IBQ
derived from all limited entry permits
for that unique owner, subject to
accumulation limits and divestiture
provisions. Because QS and IBQ
ownership is subject to accumulation
limits and because QS and IBQ will be
highly divisible, NMFS does not believe
there is any need to issue more than one
QS permit for each unique owner and is
taking this implementation approach to
reduce redundancy, minimize costs, and
improve efficiency in the administration
of the program. The proposed rule set
forth accumulation limits and
divestiture provisions, and the program
components proposed rule sets forth
divisibility of QS and IBQ. No
regulation change is made in this final
rule regarding NMFS approach to
combining QS or IBQ amounts from
multiple applications for the same
unique owner, because none is needed.
NMFS highlights this in this preamble
to clarify the initial issuance process for
QS permits.
V. Application Deadline
The application deadline for the
initial issuance of QS permits, MS
permits, MS/CV endorsements, and C/P
endorsements has been changed from
what was described in the proposed
rule. The proposed rule stated that
applications would be due no later than
60 days after date of publication of the
final rule in the Federal Register.
However, this final rule specifies that
applications are due no later than
November 1, 2010. NMFS has
determined that the November 1
deadline provides applicants with
sufficient time to submit applications,
while still providing the agency with
sufficient time to process the
applications. The agency intends that
pre-filled applications will be available
to current permit owners in mid-to-late
E:\FR\FM\01OCR2.SGM
01OCR2
60892
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 190 / Friday, October 1, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
September, and the agency will hold a
series of informational meetings with
the public during the month of
September to address, among other
things, the application process.
Therefore, with this final rule, NMFS is
setting a specific deadline date for all
applications of November 1, 2010.
Applications must be complete and
received by NMFS, or postmarked, no
later than November 1, 2010.
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with RULES2
VI. Changes To Reflect Recent NMFS
Actions
Some changes are made in this final
rule to update the regulations to reflect
inseason actions that have been
implemented at 50 CFR part 660 since
the proposed rule (75 FR 32994, June
10, 2010) was published. Section
660.231(b)(3)(iv) of this final rule is
updated to incorporate changes to the
retention of Pacific halibut in the fixed
gear sablefish fishery from an inseason
action published May 4, 2010 (75 FR
23615). Section 660.131(b)(5)(i) of this
final rule is updated to incorporate
changes to the bycatch limits for Pacific
whiting fisheries from a final rule
published May 4, 2010 (75 FR 23620)
[the 2010 tribal allocation was already
reflected the June 10th proposed rule].
VII. Whiting Closure and
Reapportionment Authority
The existing regulations at
§ 660.323(c) allow for closure of the
individual sectors when each sector’s
allocation is reached or projected to be
reached, and reapportionment of
unused whiting to another sector before
the end of the year. Under the Trawl
Rationalization program whiting sectors
will not be closed because the
achievement of the individual quotas or
coop allocations will close the fisheries,
and whiting will not be reapportioned
between sectors. In 2010, however, this
closure and reapportionment ability is
still in effect. In the reorganization of
the existing regulations in the proposed
rule this provision would have been
inadvertently overwritten. Therefore,
the closure and reapportionment
authority for whiting is being
renumbered and included in this final
rule at § 660.131(b)(6). NMFS intends to
remove this section in the program
components final rule, which
establishes the management measures
specific to the groundfish management
in 2011 and beyond under trawl
rationalization.
VIII. Minor Edits
NMFS has made some minor edits to
the regulations to make terminology
more consistent (e.g., references to
shorebased IFQ fishery are edited to
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:37 Sep 30, 2010
Jkt 223001
read Shorebased IFQ Program) and to
correct typographical errors and
technical errors (e.g., ‘‘Other fish’’ are
not an IFQ species and are thus
removed from the QS accumulation
limit table). In addition, Table 2d of Part
660, Subpart C (2012 At-sea Whiting
Fishery Set-asides) is removed and
Table 1d of Part 660, Subpart C is
relabeled, ‘‘At-Sea Whiting Fishery
Annual Set-Asides, 2011 and 2012’’ to
cover annual set-asides for both 2011
and 2012.
B. Shorebased IFQ Program
I. General
Some general changes are made to
regulatory language in this final rule.
Where appropriate, the terms ‘‘QS’’ and
‘‘QP’’ have been revised to read ‘‘QS and
IBQ’’ and ‘‘QP or IBQ pounds,’’
respectively. Pacific halibut is listed as
an IFQ species. However, Pacific halibut
has an individual bycatch quota (IBQ)
which is distinct from QS for groundfish
species listed under the groundfish
FMP. This change is to make it clear
that Pacific halibut IBQ or IBQ pounds
are distinct and may be managed
differently than QS or QP. This
distinction in the regulations was
highlighted by NMFS at the Council’s
June 2010 meeting.
II. Accumulation Limits
In the proposed rule (75 FR 32994,
June 10, 2010), NMFS specifically
requested comment on how NMFS
would calculate aggregate nonwhiting
QS for compliance with accumulation
limits. NMFS received no comment on
this issue. Consistent with the Council
motion, NMFS will calculate aggregate
nonwhiting QS using the 2010 OYS. To
determine the shoreside trawl allocation
for the purpose of determining
compliance with the control limit
during initial issuance, NMFS will
apply the Amendment 21 allocation
percentages to the 2010 OYs for species
that are allocated by Amendment 21,
and where applicable, will deduct the
Amendment 21 preliminary set-asides
for the at-sea sectors for these species.
To determine the shoreside trawl
allocations for species not allocated by
Amendment 21, NMFS will apply a
percentage based on the Northwest
Fisheries Science Center (NWFSC) final
report on 2010 estimated total fishing
mortality of groundfish by sector, or the
most recent final report available if the
final report for 2010 is not available.
The regulations at § 660.140(d)(4)(i)(B)
have been revised to reflect this
clarification.
NMFS also specifically requested
comment in the proposed rule (75 FR
PO 00000
Frm 00026
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
32994, June 10, 2010) on the method
(order) of calculating control limits for
divestiture purposes. NMFS received no
comments on this issue. Based on
further review of the record and in order
to result in an initial issuance of QS that
more closely reflects the weighting of
nonwhiting species in the permit’s
history, NMFS will calculate aggregate
limits first, when determining
compliance with control rules.
Regulations at § 660.140(d)(4)(v) in this
final rule have been revised to reflect
this clarification.
III. Initial Issuance Allocation Formulas
In the proposed rule (75 FR 32994,
June 10, 2010), NMFS specifically
requested comment on the use of data
other than PacFIN in cases where
species in PacFIN do not match IFQ
species. For example, unspecified
rockfish in PacFIN do not match an IFQ
species group. As described above, the
information contained in the PacFIN
database represents the best scientific
information available, and NMFS
believes that an analysis to match
groundfish species in PacFIN that do
not exactly match an IFQ species using
state landing receipts and logbook
information (instead of PacFIN) would
be impracticable, extremely time
consuming, and likely to result in
inaccurate information. NMFS received
no comments on this issue. Thus, in this
final rule, NMFS has removed the
regulatory language from the proposed
rule at § 660.140(d)(8)(iii)(A)(2) that
read, ‘‘For species that do not match IFQ
species categories after applying
standard PacFIN species composition
algorithms, NMFS will assign species to
an IFQ species category based on other
information from state landing receipts
or logbook information in PacFIN.’’
NMFS will use data from PacFIN that
matches IFQ species/species groupings
and will not make assumptions for
unspecified groundfish.
An additional change to the proposed
rule on the initial issuance allocation
formulas for QS and IBQ is a step added
at §§ 660.140(d)(8)(iii)(G) and
660.140(d)(8)(iv)(I) to clarify that NMFS
will redistribute any QS or IBQ in
excess of accumulation limits for
permits transferred after November 8,
2008, or not registered with NMFS by
November 30, 2008, as specified at
§ 660.140(d)(4)(v).
For the initial issuance calculation,
the Council motion requires that
bycatch rates be calculated for 8
geographic areas for overfished species
and 4 geographic areas for Pacific
halibut. These include zones stratified
by latitude and depth. Bycatch rates
included in the proposed rule were
E:\FR\FM\01OCR2.SGM
01OCR2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 190 / Friday, October 1, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
estimates used for example purposes.
Subsequently, NWFSC has completed
its calculation of bycatch rates based on
West Coast Groundfish Observer
Program (WCGOP) data, and the
finalized bycatch rates are included in
this final rule at § 660.140(d)(8).
In calculating the bycatch rates, to
determine depth stratification, the
NWFSC evaluated models to determine
an appropriate break to isolate data as
either shoreward or seaward of the
Rockfish Conservation Areas (RCAs).
The NWFSC concluded that the 115
fathom break was an appropriate means
of stratifying the data shoreward and
seaward of the RCA, as had been
previously requested by the Council for
Pacific halibut bycatch ratios. NMFS has
revised the final rule to reflect the use
of 115 fathoms as the division between
shoreward and seaward geographical
areas for the purpose of calculating QS
for Group 2 and Group 3 species.
Estimated bycatch rates in the
proposed rule were truncated to the
eighth decimal place, however, the
bycatch rates published in the final rule
are the rates calculated by the NWFSC
truncated to the ninth decimal place.
NMFS decided to extend the published
rates to the ninth decimal place in order
to assure accuracy of calculations to
one-tenth of one pound, consistent with
standard rounding rules discussed in
the regulations.
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with RULES2
C. At-Sea Coop Programs
I. MS Coop Program
In the MS Coop Program, eligibility
requirements for ownership of an MS
permit has been clarified. MS permits,
as a new type of limited entry permit,
are subject to eligibility requirements for
all limited entry permits at
§ 660.25(b)(1)(ii), which states: ‘‘Only a
person eligible to own a documented
vessel under the terms of 46 U.S.C.
12113(a) may be issued or may hold a
limited entry permit.’’ The proposed
rule at § 660.150(f)(1)(i) stated: ‘‘To
acquire an MS permit a person must be
eligible to own and control a U.S.
fishing vessel with a fishery
endorsement pursuant to 46 U.S.C.
12113 (general fishery endorsement
requirements and 75 percent citizenship
requirement for entities) and must be: A
United States citizen; a permanent
resident alien; or a corporation,
partnership or other entity established
under the laws of the United States or
any State.’’ The language in § 660.150
had been adopted by the Council with
regards to eligibility to own QS or IBQ
in the Shorebased IFQ Program, and had
been inadvertently repeated in the
provisions for the MS Coop Program.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:37 Sep 30, 2010
Jkt 223001
Accordingly, the provision included in
the proposed rule has been removed
from this final rule.
Another change from the proposed
rule for the MS Coop Program in this
final rule is the removal of all references
to ‘‘control’’ at § 660.150. The Council
motion for the MS Coop Program, as
reflected in Appendix E to the FMP, did
not identify any ownership rules or
control limits for either MS/CVendorsed permits or MS permits. At its
June 2010 meeting, the Council clarified
that for the purpose of accumulation
limits, ownership of MS/CV-endorsed
permits and MS permits is subject to the
individual and collective rule.
NMFS is also changing the divestiture
provisions for MS/CV-endorsed permits
from that described in the proposed
rule. Upon further review of the
regulation comparing the MS/CVendorsed permit and the QS permit
divestiture provisions and after
consideration of oral comments
submitted to the Council at its June
2010 meeting, NMFS is revising the
divestiture provisions for the MS/CVendorsed permits to provide additional
time for owners of MS/CV-endorsed
permits to come into compliance with
accumulation limits. The divestiture
provision for QS permits allows 2 years
for a permit owner to come in to
compliance with the requirement. As
drafted in the proposed rule, the
divestiture provision for owners of MS/
CV-endorsed permits would only allow
these individuals a couple of months, at
most, to come in to compliance with the
provision. NMFS believes that a longer
time for divestiture would be
appropriate for owners of MS/CVendorsed permits. Applying a similar
time frame for divestiture in the MS
Coop Program as the divestiture
provision for the Shorebased IFQ
Program is a logical extension from
what was proposed, and is consistent,
NMFS believes, with the Council’s
intent in Amendment 20. One difference
that will remain between the two
divestiture provisions is that the QS
permits must divest between years 3
and 4 after implementation of the
program, which is after the 2 year
moratorium on the transfer of QS. In
Amendment 20, the MS/CV-endorsed
permits are not subject to a 2 year
moratorium on transfers. Thus, NMFS is
revising the divestiture provision at
§ 660.150(g)(3)(i)(D) to allow MS/CVendorsed permit owners 2 years after
implementation of the program to divest
of excess ownership in MS/CV-endorsed
permit(s).
PO 00000
Frm 00027
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
60893
II. C/P Coop Program
There are no substantive changes to
the C/P Coop Program from the
proposed rule.
Classification
The Administrator, Northwest Region,
NMFS, determined that FMP
Amendments 20 and 21, as
implemented in part through this final
rule, are necessary for the conservation
and management of the Pacific coast
groundfish fishery and that they are
consistent with the MSA and other
applicable laws.
NMFS and the Council prepared final
environmental impact statements (EISs)
for Amendment 20 and for Amendment
21 to the Pacific Coast Groundfish FMP.
A notice of availability was published
on June 25, 2010 (75 FR 36386). In
partially approving FMP Amendments
20 and 21 on August 9, 2010, NMFS
issued a Record of Decision (ROD) for
each amendment identifying the
selected alternatives. Copies of the
RODs are available from NMFS (see
ADDRESSES).
This final rule has been determined to
be significant for purposes of Executive
Order 12866.
The preamble to the proposed rule (75
FR 32994, June 10, 2010) included a
detailed summary of the analyses
contained in the IRFA, and that
discussion is not repeated here. NMFS,
pursuant to section 604 of the
Regulatory Flexibility Act (RFA)
prepared a FRFA in support of this rule.
The FRFA incorporates the IRFA, a
summary of the significant issues raised
by the public comments in response to
the IRFA, and NMFS’s responses to
those comments. A copy of the FRFA is
available from NMFS (see ADDRESSES)
and a summary of the FRFA follows:
The Council has prepared two EIS
documents: Amendment 20—
Rationalization of the Pacific Coast
Groundfish Limited Entry Trawl
Fishery, which would create the
structure and management details of the
trawl fishery rationalization program;
and Amendment 21—Allocation of
Harvest Opportunity Between Sectors of
the Pacific Coast Groundfish Fishery,
which would allocate the groundfish
stocks between trawl and non-trawl
fisheries. The two draft EIS’s prepared
by the Council provide economic
analyses of the Council’s preferred
alternatives and draft RIR and IRFAs
(DEIS IRFAs). The DEIS IRFAs were
updated and combined into a single
RIR/IRFA for use with the ‘‘initial
issuance’’ proposed rule that was
published on June 10, 2010 (75 FR
32994) (PR IRFA). The PR IRFA
E:\FR\FM\01OCR2.SGM
01OCR2
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with RULES2
60894
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 190 / Friday, October 1, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
reviewed and summarized the benefits
and costs, and the economic effects of
the Council’s recommendations as
presented in the two EIS’s.
Although other alternatives were
examined in the EISs, the FRFA focuses
on the two key alternatives—the NoAction Alternative and the Preferred
Alternative. The EISs include an
economic analysis of the impacts of all
the alternatives and the PR IRFA and
the FRFA incorporates this analysis. For
the Amendment 20 EIS, the alternatives
ranged from status quo (no action), to
IFQ for all trawl sectors, IFQ for the
non-whiting sector and coops for all
whiting sectors, and IFQ for the
shorebased sector and coops for the atsea sectors (preferred). Various elements
were part of each of these alternatives
and varied among them, including
initial qualifications and allocations,
accumulation limits, grandfathering,
processor shares, species covered,
number of sectors, adaptive
management, area management, and
carryover provisions. The preferred
alternative is a blending of components
from the other alternatives analyzed in
the EIS. For the Amendment 21 EIS,
alternatives were provided for 6
decision points: (1) Limited entry trawl
allocations for Amendment 21 species,
(2) shoreside trawl sector allocations, (3)
trawl sector allocations of trawldominant overfished species, (4) at-sea
whiting trawl sector set-asides, (5)
Pacific halibut total bycatch limits, and
(6) formal allocations in the FMP. For
most of these decision points, the
alternatives within them were crafted
around approximately maintaining
historical catch levels by the sectors or,
in some cases, increasing opportunity
for the non-trawl sector.
By focusing on the two key
alternatives in the PR IRFA and in the
FRFA (no action and preferred), it
encompasses parts of the other
alternatives and informs the reader of
these regulations. The analysis of the no
action alternative describes what is
likely to occur in the absence of the
action. It provides a benchmark against
which the incremental effects of the
action can be compared. Under the no
action alternative, the current, primary
management tool used to control the
Pacific coast groundfish trawl catch
includes a system of two month
cumulative landing limits for most
species and season closures for Pacific
whiting. This management program
would continue under the no action
alternative. Only long-term, fixed
allocations for Pacific whiting and
sablefish north of 36° N. lat. would
exist. All other groundfish species
would not be formally allocated
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:37 Sep 30, 2010
Jkt 223001
between the trawl and non-trawl
sectors. Allocating the available harvest
of groundfish species and species
complexes would occur in the Council
process of deciding biennial harvest
specifications and management
measures and, as such, would be
considered short term allocations.
The analysis of the preferred
alternative describes what is likely to
occur as a result of the action.
Alternative 4b was the Council’s
preferred alternative for rationalizing
the west coast groundfish limited entry
trawl fishery. The Council’s preferred
alternative establishes IFQs for both
shoreside sectors of the trawl fishery
and allows them to trade IFQs between
one another, effectively combining both
shoreside sectors, whiting and nonwhiting, into one. Under the preferred
alternative, shoreside processors are
allocated 20 percent of the shoreside
IFQ for whiting. Under the preferred
alternative, shoreside processors would
not receive IFQ for nonwhiting species
that have been landed with whiting.
Furthermore, a subset of species is
covered with IFQs in the shoreside
fishery and with allocations in the at-sea
fishery, rather than all species in the
Council’s ABC/OY table for groundfish.
Those species which are not covered
with IFQs or allocations are excluded
because the incidental catch of those
species is small relative to management
targets and the inclusion of those
species may have negative economic
implications with little to no benefit to
management. The mothership sector is
managed with harvest cooperatives
(coops), and each catcher vessel wanting
to participate in a coop must declare a
mothership to which it will deliver in
the upcoming year. The catcherprocessor sector is managed with a
limited entry system designed to
facilitate the continuation of the
voluntary cooperative in that sector. In
the event that the voluntary cooperative
breaks apart, each permit is allocated an
equal number of QS, and the catcherprocessor sector becomes an IFQ
fishery.
Other provisions of Alternative 4b
include initial allocation that allocates
bycatch species based on a bycatch rate
(in the nonwhiting portion of the
fishery) and on a pro rata distribution
for the whiting portion of the fishery.
The initial allocation of IFQ to the
shoreside sectors divides the buyback
portion of catch history equally for some
IFQ species and is based on the years
1994 to 2003, where the two worst years
are dropped. This equal division only
applies to non-overfished species and
canary rockfish. The other overfished
species would be allocated based on
PO 00000
Frm 00028
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
current permits’ landing history alone.
In the mothership sector, the best 8 out
of 10 years are used between 1994 and
2003 for calculating catch history.
The need for a change from status quo
is identified in the problem statement.
After reviewing the status quo situation
and both the beneficial and adverse
impacts of the trawl rationalization
alternatives (as described in detail in
Chapter 2, Chapter 4, and the
appendices to the Amendment 20 EIS),
the Council’s judgment was that the
advantages of its final preferred
alternative for trawl rationalization,
Alternative 4b, outweighed the
disadvantages in comparison to
continuation with status quo
management, the other trawl
rationalization alternatives that were
considered, and other proposals for
modification of status quo (e.g.,
providing longer cumulative limit
periods). There are two primary drivers
in the problem statement that guided
this process: the first is the need to
account for, control, and reduce
bycatch, and the second is the need to
provide for an economically sustainable
fishery for the benefit of industry
participants and fishery dependent
communities. These needs are both
reflected in the goal for this action:
Create and implement a capacity
rationalization plan that increases net
economic benefits, creates individual
economic stability, provides for full
utilization of the trawl sector allocation,
considers environmental impacts, and
achieves individual accountability of
catch and bycatch. There are no
significant alternatives to this action
that accomplish the stated objectives of
applicable statutes and that minimize
any of the significant economic impact
of the rule on small entities. As
discussed below, the action includes
provisions that would have a beneficial
impact on small entities.
As described in the RIR/IRFA, NMFS
developed the following estimates of the
number of small entities to which this
rule would apply. NMFS makes the
following conclusions based primarily
on analyses associated with fish ticket
data and limited entry permit data,
available employment data provided by
processors, information on the
charterboat and tribal fleets, and
available industry responses industry to
on-going survey on ownership. Entities
were analyzed as to whether they were
only affected by the Amendment 21
allocation processes (non-trawl), or if
they were affected by both Amendment
20 and 21 (trawl).
The non-trawl businesses are
associated with the following fleets:
limited entry fixed gear (approximately
E:\FR\FM\01OCR2.SGM
01OCR2
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 190 / Friday, October 1, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
150 companies), open access groundfish
(1,100), charterboats (465), and the tribal
fleet (four tribes with 66 vessels).
Available information on average
revenue per vessel suggests that all the
entities in this group can be considered
small. For the trawl sector, there are 177
permit holders. Nine limited entry trawl
permits are associated with the catcherprocessing vessels which are considered
‘‘large’’ companies. Of the remaining 168
limited entry permits, 25 limited entry
trawl permits are either owned or
closely associated with a ‘‘large’’ shorebased processing company or with a
non-profit organization who considers
itself a ‘‘large’’ organization. Nine other
permit owners indicated that they were
large ‘‘companies.’’ Almost all of these
companies are associated with the
shorebased and mothership whiting
fisheries. The remaining 134 limited
entry trawl permits are projected to be
held by ‘‘small’’ companies. Three of the
six mothership processors are ‘‘large’’
companies. Within the 14 shorebased
whiting first receivers/processors, there
are four ‘‘large’’ companies. Including
the shorebased whiting first receivers, in
2008, there were 75 first receivers that
purchased limited entry trawl
groundfish. There were 36 small
purchasers (less than $150,000); 26
medium purchasers (purchases equal to
or greater than $150,000 but less than
$1,000,000); and 13 large purchasers
(purchases equal to or greater than $1.0
million). Because of the costs of
obtaining a ‘‘processor site license’’,
procuring and scheduling a catch
monitor, and installing and using the
electronic fish ticket software, these
‘‘small’’ purchasers will likely opt out of
buying groundfish, or make
arrangements to purchase fish from
another company that has obtained a
processing site license.
NMFS received one comment specific
to the RIR/IRFA. This comment
concerned the potential benefits to
harvesters concerning price negotiations
with processors from the perspective of
moving from 2-month cumulative
landings limits to IFQs. This comment
is summarized above as Comment 50.
NMFS responded that the summary of
the IRFA contained in the preamble of
the proposed rule was inconsistent with
Chapter 4 of the DEIS and with the draft
RIR/IRFA that was included with the
DEIS, NMFS will correct the summary
appropriately. The full response to this
comment is described above in the
response to Comment 50.
Although not specifically addressed
to RIR/IRFA, comments were received
that relate to the impacts on small
businesses. In particular, concerns were
raised about ‘‘negative impacts on
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:37 Sep 30, 2010
Jkt 223001
smaller boats, deckhands, and smaller
boats (Comment 19), ‘‘program costs to
fishermen, including the costs of
entering the fishery and the costs of
observers and monitoring are too high’’
(Comments 22 and 24), ‘‘observer rules
need to change for trawl and small boats
to reflect the vastly different bycatch
which occurs when mistakes are made.’’
(Comment 23); ‘‘impact of the allocation
formulas on Fort Bragg fishermen
(Comment 32); ‘‘concern that average
fishermen will not be able to afford to
participate and that this will lead to
increased consolidation and leave many
ports no longer viable’’ (Comment 34);
and ‘‘negative impacts on processors,
that small processors will be driven out
of business due to consolidation * * *
will eliminate the ‘‘mom and pop
businesses’’ (Comment 49).
NMFS has responded to these
comments above in detail and these
responses will not be repeated here.
However, as discussed in the response
to Comments 19 (small harvesters) and
49 (small processors) the overall general
nature of these responses is the
following. In terms of impacts on small
businesses, the trawl rationalization
program is intended to increase net
economic benefits, create economic
stability, provide full utilization of the
trawl sector allocation, consider
environmental impacts, and promote
conservation through individual
accountability for catch and bycatch.
The allocations of quota under the new
program do not differ significantly from
status quo allocations made biennially
in terms of total allocations. However,
instead of fleetwide quotas, there will
now be individual allocations of quota
shares and quota pounds to permit
owners. Allocations of overfished
species constrain all groundfish
fishermen, for both large and small
operations. In some cases, smaller
operators may be constrained to a
greater extent. This was recognized in
development of the program, and
operators are encouraged to work
together cooperatively, through
mechanisms like combining and sharing
quota amounts. The program provides
for leasing of additional quota as needed
to facilitate operations. The proposed
action includes provisions that would
have a beneficial impact on small
entities. It would create a management
program under which most recent
participants in the Pacific Coast
groundfish limited entry trawl fishery
(many of which are small entities)
would be eligible to continue
participating in the fishery and under
which the fishery itself would
experience an increase in economic
PO 00000
Frm 00029
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
60895
profitability. Small entities choosing to
exit the fishery should receive financial
compensation from selling their permit
or share of the resource. To prevent a
particular individual, corporation, or
other entity from acquiring an excessive
share of the total harvest privileges in
the program, accumulation limits would
restrict the amount of harvest privileges
that can be held, acquired, or used by
individuals and vessels. In addition, for
the shoreside sector of the fishery, an
AMP was created to mitigate any
adverse impacts, including impacts on
small entities and communities that
might result from the proposed action.
It is expected that the TIQ will lead
to consolidation and this may affect
small processors, particularly if they are
in disadvantaged ports. Chapter 4 of the
FEIS analyzed the effects on processors
from various perspectives: The
distribution of landings across west
coast ports may change as a result of
fleet consolidation, industry
agglomeration, and the comparative
advantage of ports (a function of bycatch
rates in the waters constituting the
operational area for the port, differences
in infrastructure, and other factors). In
particular, the Council analysis
indicated that processors associated
with disadvantaged communities may
see trawl groundfish volumes decline.
The analysis highlights that those
processors receiving landings from
Central California or Neah Bay may see
a reduction in trawl caught groundfish
if the market is able to redirect activity
toward more efficient and advantaged
ports. However, in addition to increased
landings that are expected to result from
the TIQ program, small processors and
disadvantaged communities may benefit
from the control limits, vessel limits,
and adaptive management policies.
Control limits will limit the ability of
large processors to obtain shares of the
fisheries while the adaptive
management processes will allow the
Council to consider the impacts on
small processors, and disadvantaged
communities when allocating the
adaptive management quota (10 percent
of the total non-whiting trawl quotas).
Although vessel accumulation limits
tend to lower economic efficiency and
restrict profitability for the average
vessel, they could help retain vessels in
communities because more vessels
would remain.
Another process by which small
processors and disadvantaged
communities may benefit from will be
the future establishment of regulations
and policies that allow CFAs to be
formed. Some of the potential benefits
of CFAs include: ensuring access to the
fishery resource in a particular area or
E:\FR\FM\01OCR2.SGM
01OCR2
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with RULES2
60896
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 190 / Friday, October 1, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
community to benefit the local fishing
economy; enabling the formation of risk
pools and sharing monitoring and other
costs; ensuring that fish delivered to a
local area will benefit local processors
and businesses; providing a local source
of QSs for new entrants and others
wanting to increase their participation
in the fishery; increasing local
accountability and responsibility for the
resource; and benefiting other providers
and users of local fishery infrastructure.
The development of CFAs could have a
positive impact on the culture of fishing
communities. Although little research
has been done on the effect of CFAs on
culture, it seems likely that CFAs could
strengthen a community’s cultural
associations with fishing by
contributing to a unique sense of
identity, increasing accountability for
both natural and cultural resources, and
building and strengthening connections
among community members.
In summary, as stated in the RIR/
IRFA, the major impacts of this rule
appear to be on three groups: Shoreside
processors which are a mix of large and
small processors; and shore-based
trawlers which are also a mix of large
and small companies. The non-whiting
shore-based trawlers are currently
operating at a loss or at best are
‘‘breaking even.’’ The new
rationalization program would lead to
profitability, but only with a reduction
of about 50 percent of the fleet. This
program would lead to major changes in
the fishery. To help mitigate against
these changes, as discussed above, the
agency has announced its intent, subject
to available Federal funding, that
participants would initially be
responsible for 10 percent of the cost of
hiring observers and catch monitors.
The industry proportion of the costs of
hiring observers and catch monitors
would be increased every year so that by
2014, once the fishery has transitioned
to the rationalization program, the
industry would be responsible for 100
percent of the cost of hiring the
observers and catch monitors. NMFS
believes that an incrementally reduced
subsidy to industry funding would
enhance the observer and catch monitor
program’s stability, ensure 100 percent
observer and catch monitor coverage,
and facilitate the industries’ successful
transition to the new quota system. In
addition, to help mitigate against the
negative impacts of this program, the
Council has adopted an Adaptive
Management Program where starting in
year 3 of the program, 10 percent of
non-whiting QS would be set aside
every year to address community
impacts and industry transition needs.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:37 Sep 30, 2010
Jkt 223001
After reviewing the initial effects of ITQ
programs in other parts of the world, the
council had placed a short term QS
trading prohibition so that fishermen
can learn from their experiences and not
make premature sales of their QS. The
Council is also envisioning future
regulatory processes that would allow
community fisheries associations to be
established to help aid communities and
fishermen.
Small Entity Compliance Guide
Section 212 of the Small Business
Regulatory Enforcement Fairness Act of
1996 states that, for each rule or group
of related rules for which an agency is
required to prepare a FRFA, the agency
shall publish one or more guides to
assist small entities in complying with
the rule, and shall designate such
publications as ‘‘small entity compliance
guides.’’ The agency shall explain the
actions a small entity is required to take
to comply with a rule or group of rules.
Copies of this final rule are available
from the Northwest Regional Office, and
the small entity compliance guide will
be sent to the following: (1) ‘‘Prequalified’’ limited entry trawl permit
owners, (2) ‘‘pre-qualified’’ shorebased
processors of Pacific whiting, (3) Pacific
whiting license owners, (4) owners of
vessels registered to limited entry trawl
permits, and (5) members of the
groundfish public notice e-mail list. The
guide and this final rule are also
available on the NMFS Northwest
Region Web site (https://
www.nwr.noaa.gov/Groundfish-Halibut/
Groundfish-Fishery-Management/TrawlProgram/index.cfm) and upon request.
This final rule contains a collectionof-information requirement subject to
the Paperwork Reduction Act (PRA) and
which has been approved by the Office
of Management and Budget (OMB)
under control number 0648–0611.
Public reporting burden for the QS
Initial Issuance/QS Permit Application
is estimated to average 6 hours per
response (180 responses). Public
reporting burden for the MS Permit
Application is estimated to average 1
hour per response (6 responses). Public
reporting burden for the MS/CV
Endorsement Application is estimated
to average 2 hours per response (30
responses). Public reporting burden for
the C/P Endorsement Application is
estimated to average 30 minutes per
response (10 responses). Public
reporting burden for the Ownership
Interest form is estimated to average 30
minutes per response (216 responses).
Public reporting burden for the Appeals
is estimated to average 6 hours per
response (100 responses). These
estimates include the time for reviewing
PO 00000
Frm 00030
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
instructions, searching existing data
sources, gathering and maintaining the
data needed, and completing and
reviewing the collection information.
No comments were received on the PRA
during the proposed rule comment
period. Send comments regarding these
burden estimates or any other aspect of
this data collection, including
suggestions for reducing the burden, to
NMFS (see ADDRESSES) and by e-mail to
OIRA_Submission@omb.eop.gov, or fax
to 202–395–7285.
Notwithstanding any other provision
of the law, no person is required to
respond to, and no person shall be
subject to penalty for failure to comply
with, a collection of information subject
to the requirements of the PRA, unless
that collection of information displays a
currently valid OMB control number.
NMFS issued Biological Opinions
under the Endangered Species Act
(ESA) on August 10, 1990, November
26, 1991, August 28, 1992, September
27, 1993, May 14, 1996, and December
15, 1999, pertaining to the effects of the
Pacific Coast groundfish FMP fisheries
on Chinook salmon (Puget Sound,
Snake River spring/summer, Snake
River fall, upper Columbia River spring,
lower Columbia River, upper Willamette
River, Sacramento River winter, Central
Valley spring, California coastal), coho
salmon (Central California coastal,
southern Oregon/northern California
coastal), chum salmon (Hood Canal
summer, Columbia River), sockeye
salmon (Snake River, Ozette Lake), and
steelhead (upper, middle and lower
Columbia River, Snake River Basin,
upper Willamette River, central
California coast, California Central
Valley, south/central California,
northern California, southern
California). These biological opinions
have concluded that implementation of
the FMP for the Pacific Coast groundfish
fishery was not expected to jeopardize
the continued existence of any
endangered or threatened species under
the jurisdiction of NMFS, or result in
the destruction or adverse modification
of critical habitat.
NMFS reinitiated a formal section 7
consultation under the ESA in 2005 for
both the Pacific whiting midwater trawl
fishery and the groundfish bottom trawl
fishery. The December 19, 1999,
Biological Opinion had defined an
11,000 Chinook incidental take
threshold for the Pacific whiting fishery.
During the 2005 Pacific whiting season,
the 11,000 fish Chinook incidental take
threshold was exceeded, triggering
reinitiation. Also in 2005, new data
from the West Coast Groundfish
Observer Program became available,
allowing NMFS to complete an analysis
E:\FR\FM\01OCR2.SGM
01OCR2
60897
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 190 / Friday, October 1, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
of salmon take in the bottom trawl
fishery.
NMFS prepared a Supplemental
Biological Opinion dated March 11,
2006, which addressed salmon take in
both the Pacific whiting midwater trawl
and groundfish bottom trawl fisheries.
In its 2006 Supplemental Biological
Opinion, NMFS concluded that catch
rates of salmon in the 2005 whiting
fishery were consistent with
expectations considered during prior
consultations. Chinook bycatch has
averaged about 7,300 fish over the last
15 years and has only occasionally
exceeded the reinitiation trigger of
11,000 fish.
Since 1999, annual Chinook bycatch
has averaged about 8,450 fish. The
Chinook ESUs most likely affected by
the whiting fishery has generally
improved in status since the 1999
section 7 consultation. Although these
species remain at risk, as indicated by
their ESA listing, NMFS concluded that
the higher observed bycatch in 2005
does not require a reconsideration of its
prior ‘‘no jeopardy’’ conclusion with
respect to the fishery. For the
groundfish bottom trawl fishery, NMFS
concluded that incidental take in the
groundfish fisheries is within the
overall limits articulated in the
Incidental Take Statement of the 1999
Biological Opinion. The groundfish
bottom trawl limit from that opinion
was 9,000 fish annually. NMFS will
continue to monitor and collect data to
analyze take levels. NMFS also
reaffirmed its prior determination that
implementation of the Groundfish FMP
is not likely to jeopardize the continued
existence of any of the affected ESUs.
Lower Columbia River coho (70 FR
37160, June 28, 2005) were recently
listed and Oregon Coastal coho (73 FR
7816, February 11, 2008) were recently
relisted as threatened under the ESA.
The 1999 biological opinion concluded
that the bycatch of salmonids in the
Pacific whiting fishery were almost
entirely Chinook salmon, with little or
no bycatch of coho, chum, sockeye, and
steelhead. The Southern Distinct
Population Segment (DPS) of green
sturgeon (71 FR 17757, April 7, 2006)
and the southern DPS of Pacific
eulachon (75 FR 13012, March 18, 2010)
were also recently listed as threatened
under the ESA. As a consequence,
NMFS has reinitiated its Section 7
consultation on the Groundfish FMP.
After reviewing the available
information, NMFS concluded that,
consistent with Sections 7(a)(2) and 7(d)
of the ESA, the implementation of this
final rule would not result in any
irreversible or irretrievable commitment
of resources that would have the effect
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:37 Sep 30, 2010
Jkt 223001
of foreclosing the formulation or
implementation of any reasonable and
prudent alternative measures.
Amendments 20 and 21 to the FMP
were developed after meaningful
consultation and collaboration, through
the Council process, with the tribal
representative on the Council. The
Amendments have no direct effect on
tribes; the reorganization of the
groundfish regulations includes
regulations that address tribal fishing;
these sections were deemed by the
Council as ‘‘necessary or appropriate’’ to
implement the FMP as amended.
CFR part or section where
the information collection
requirement is located
*
*
*
660.20 ...........................
660.25 ...........................
660.113 .........................
660.219 .........................
660.319 .........................
*
*
*
Current OMB
control number
(all numbers
begin with
0648¥)
*
*
¥0355
¥0203
¥0271
¥0352
¥0352
*
*
50 CFR Chapter VI
PART 660—FISHERIES OFF WEST
COAST STATES
List of Subjects
15 CFR Part 902
3. The authority citation for part 660
continues to read as follows:
■
Reporting and recordkeeping
requirements.
Authority: 16 U.S.C. 1801 et seq. and 16
U.S.C. 7001 et seq.
50 CFR Part 660
4. Add subparts C through F to read
as follows:
Fisheries, Fishing, and Indian
fisheries.
■
Dated: September 13, 2010.
John Oliver,
Deputy Assistant Administrator for
Operations, National Marine Fisheries
Service.
Subpart C—West Coast Groundfish
Fisheries
Sec.
660.10 Purpose and scope.
660.11 General definitions.
660.12 General groundfish prohibitions.
660.13 Recordkeeping and reporting.
660.14 Vessel Monitoring System (VMS)
requirements.
660.15 Equipment requirements.
660.16 Groundfish observer program.
660.17 Catch monitors and catch monitor
service providers [Reserved].
660.18 Certification and decertification
procedures for observers, catch monitors,
catch monitor providers and observer
providers.
660.20 Vessel and gear identification.
660.24 Limited entry and open access
fisheries
660.25 Permits.
660.26 Pacific whiting vessel licenses.
660.30 Compensation with fish for
collecting resource information—EFPs.
660.40 Overfished species rebuilding plans.
660.50 Pacific coast treaty Indian fisheries.
660.55 Allocations.
660.60 Specifications and management
measures.
660.65 Groundfish harvest specifications.
Table 1a to Part 660, Subpart C—2009,
Specifications of ABCs, OYs, and HGs,
by Management Area (weights in metric
tons)
Table 1b to Part 660, Subpart C—2009,
Harvest Guidelines for Minor Rockfish
by Depth Sub-groups (weights in metric
tons)
Table 1c to Part 660, Subpart C—2009, Open
Access and Limited Entry Allocations by
Species or Species Group (weights in
metric tons)
Table 1d to Part 660, Subpart C— At-Sea
Whiting Fishery Annual Set-Asides,
2011 and 2012.
Table 2a to Part 660, Subpart C—2010,
Specifications of ABCs, OYs, and HGs,
by Management Area (weights in metric
tons)
For the reasons set out in the
preamble, 15 CFR Chapter IX and 50
CFR Chapter VI are amended as follows:
■
15 CFR Chapter IX
PART 902—NOAA INFORMATION
COLLECTION REQUIREMENTS UNDER
THE PAPERWORK REDUCTION ACT:
OMB CONTROL NUMBERS
1. The authority citation for part 902
continues to read as follows:
■
Authority: 44 U.S.C. 3501 et seq.
2. In § 902.1(b), in the table under the
entry ‘‘50 CFR’’:
■ a. Remove the entries and
corresponding OMB numbers for
660.303, 660.305, 660.322, 660.323,
660.333, and 660.337.
■ b. Add new entries and corresponding
OMB numbers for 660.20, 660.25,
660.113, 660.219, and 660.319.
The additions read as follows:
■
§ 902.1 OMB control numbers assigned
pursuant to the Paperwork Reduction Act.
*
*
*
(b) * * *
*
*
CFR part or section where
the information collection
requirement is located
*
50 CFR
PO 00000
*
Frm 00031
*
Fmt 4701
Current OMB
control number
(all numbers
begin with
0648¥)
*
Sfmt 4700
*
E:\FR\FM\01OCR2.SGM
01OCR2
60898
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 190 / Friday, October 1, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
Table 2b to Part 660, Subpart C—2010, and
Beyond, Harvest Guidelines for Minor
Rockfish by Depth Sub-groups (weights
in metric tons)
Table 2c to Part 660, Subpart C—2010, and
Beyond, Open Access and Limited Entry
Allocations by Species or Species Group
(weights in metric tons)
Subpart D–West Coast Groundfish—Limited
Entry Trawl Fisheries
660.100 Purpose and scope.
660.111 Trawl fishery—definitions.
660.112 Trawl fishery—prohibitions.
660.113 Trawl fishery—recordkeeping and
reporting
660.116 Trawl fishery—observer
requirements.
660.120 Trawl fishery—crossover
provisions.
660.130 Trawl fishery—management
measures.
660.131 Pacific whiting fishery
management measures.
660.140 Shorebased IFQ Program.
660.150 Mothership (MS) Coop Program.
660.160 Catcher/processor (C/P) Coop
Program.
Table 1 (North) to Part 660, Subpart D—2010
Trip Limits for Limited Entry Trawl Gear
North of 40°10′ N. Lat.
Table 1 (South) to Part 660, Subpart D—2010
Trip Limits for Limited Entry Trawl Gear
South of 40°10′ N. Lat.
Figure 1 to Part 660, Subpart D—Diagram of
Selective Flatfish Trawl
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with RULES2
Subpart E—West Coast Groundfish—
Limited Entry Fixed Gear Fisheries
660.210 Purpose and scope.
660.211 Fixed gear fishery—definitions.
660.212 Fixed gear fishery—prohibitions.
660.213 Fixed gear fishery—recordkeeping
and reporting.
660.216 Fixed gear fishery—observer
requirements.
660.219 Fixed gear identification and
marking.
660.220 Fixed gear fishery—crossover
provisions.
660.230 Fixed gear fishery—management
measures.
660.231 Limited entry fixed gear primary
fishery for sablefish.
660.232 Limited entry daily trip limit (DTL)
fishery for sablefish
Table 2 (North) to Part 660, Subpart E—2010
Trip Limits for Limited Entry Fixed Gear
North of 40°10′ N. Lat.
Table 2 (South) to Part 660, Subpart E—2010
Trip Limits for Limited Entry Fixed Gear
South of 40°10′ N. Lat.
Subpart F—West Coast Groundfish—Open
Access Fisheries
660.310 Purpose and scope.
660.311 Open access fishery—definitions.
660.312 Open access fishery—prohibitions.
660.313 Open access fishery—
recordkeeping and reporting.
660.316 Open access fishery—observer
requirements.
660.319 Open access fishery gear
identification and marking.
660.320 Open access fishery—crossover
provisions.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:37 Sep 30, 2010
Jkt 223001
660.330 Open access fishery—management
measures.
660.332 Open access daily trip limit (DTL)
fishery for sablefish.
660.333 Open access non-groundfish trawl
fishery—management measures.
Table 3 (North) to Part 660, Subpart F—2010
Trip Limits for Open Access Gears North
of 40°10′ N. Lat.
Table 3 (South) to Part 660, Subpart F—2010
Trip Limits for Open Access Gears South
of 40°10′ N. Lat.
Subpart C—West Coast Groundfish
Fisheries
§ 660.10
Purpose and scope.
(a) Subparts C through G of this part
implement the Pacific Coast Groundfish
Fishery Management Plan (PCGFMP)
developed by the Pacific Fishery
Management Council. Subparts C
through G govern fishing vessels of the
U.S. in the EEZ off the coasts of
Washington, Oregon, and California. All
weights are in round weight or roundweight equivalents, unless specified
otherwise.
(b) Any person fishing subject to
subparts C through G of this part is
bound by the international boundaries
described in this section,
notwithstanding any dispute or
negotiation between the U.S. and any
neighboring country regarding their
respective jurisdictions, until such time
as new boundaries are established or
recognized by the U.S.
§ 660.11
General definitions.
These definitions are specific to the
fisheries covered in subparts C through
G of this part.
Active sampling unit means the
portion of the groundfish fleet in which
an observer coverage plan is being
applied.
Address of Record means the business
address a person has provided to NMFS
for NMFS use in providing notice of
agency actions and other business with
that person.
Allocation. (See § 600.10 of this
chapter)
Base permit, with respect to a limited
entry permit stacking program, means a
limited entry permit described at
§ 660.25(b)(3)(i), subpart C registered for
use with a vessel that meets the permit
length endorsement requirements
appropriate to that vessel, as described
at § 660.25(b)(3)(iii), subpart C.
Biennial fishing period means a 24month period beginning at 0001 local
time on January 1 and ending at 2400
local time on December 31 of the
subsequent year.
BMSY means the biomass level that
produces maximum sustainable yield
(MSY), as stated in the PCGFMP at
Section 4.2.
PO 00000
Frm 00032
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
Calendar day means the day
beginning at 0001 hours local time and
continuing for 24 consecutive hours.
Calendar year. (see ‘‘fishing year’’)
Catch, take, harvest. (See § 600.10 of
this chapter)
Catch monitor means an individual
that is certified by NMFS, is deployed
to a first receiver, and whose primary
duties include: monitoring and
verification of the sorting of fish relative
to federal requirements defined in
§ 660.60, subpart C; documentation of
the weighing of fish relative to the
requirements of § 660.13, subpart C; and
verification of first receivers reporting
relative to the requirements defined in
§ 660.113, subpart D.
Change in partnership or corporation
means the addition of a new
shareholder or partner to the corporate
or partnership membership. This
definition of a ‘‘change’’ will apply to
any person added to the corporate or
partnership membership since
November 1, 2000, including any family
member of an existing shareholder or
partner. A change in membership is not
considered to have occurred if a
member dies or becomes legally
incapacitated and a trustee is appointed
to act on his behalf, nor if the ownership
of shares among existing members
changes, nor if a member leaves the
corporation or partnership and is not
replaced. Changes in the ownership of
publicly held stock will not be deemed
changes in ownership of the
corporation.
Closure or closed means, when
referring to closure of a fishery or a
closed fishery, that taking and retaining,
possessing, or landing the particular
species or species group covered by the
fishing closure is prohibited. Unless
otherwise announced in the Federal
Register or authorized in this subpart,
offloading must begin before the closure
time.
Commercial fishing means:
(1) Fishing by a person who possesses
a commercial fishing license or is
required by law to possess such license
issued by one of the states or the Federal
Government as a prerequisite to taking,
landing and/or sale of fish; or
(2) Fishing that results in or can be
reasonably expected to result in sale,
barter, trade or other disposition of fish
for other than personal consumption.
Commercial harvest guideline or
commercial quota means the fishery
harvest guideline minus the estimated
recreational catch. Limited entry and
open access allocations are derived from
the commercial harvest guideline or
quota.
Conservation area(s) means either a
Groundfish Conservation Area (GCA),
E:\FR\FM\01OCR2.SGM
01OCR2
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 190 / Friday, October 1, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
an Essential Fish Habitat Conservation
Area (EFHCA), or both.
(1) Groundfish Conservation Area or
GCA means a geographic area defined
by coordinates expressed in degrees
latitude and longitude, wherein fishing
by a particular gear type or types may
be prohibited. GCAs are created and
enforced for the purpose of contributing
to the rebuilding of overfished West
Coast groundfish species. Regulations at
§ 660.70, Subpart C define coordinates
for these polygonal GCAs: Yelloweye
Rockfish Conservation Areas, Cowcod
Conservation Areas, waters encircling
the Farallon Islands, and waters
encircling the Cordell Banks. GCAs also
include Rockfish Conservation Areas or
RCAs, which are areas closed to fishing
by particular gear types, bounded by
lines approximating particular depth
contours. RCA boundaries may and do
change seasonally according to the
conservation needs of the different
overfished species. Regulations at
§§ 660.70 through 660.74, subpart C
define RCA boundary lines with
latitude/longitude coordinates;
regulations at Tables 1 (North) and 1
(South) of subpart D, Tables 2 (North)
and 2 (South) of subpart E, and Tables
3 (North) and 3 (South) of subpart F set
RCA seasonal boundaries. Fishing
prohibitions associated with GCAs are
in addition to those associated with EFH
Conservation Areas.
(2) Essential Fish Habitat
Conservation Area or EFHCA means a
geographic area defined by coordinates
expressed in degrees latitude and
longitude, wherein fishing by a
particular gear type or types may be
prohibited. EFHCAs are created and
enforced for the purpose of contributing
to the protection of West Coast
groundfish essential fish habitat.
Regulations at §§ 660.75, through
660.79, Subpart C define EFHCA
boundary lines with latitude/longitude
coordinates. Fishing prohibitions
associated with EFHCAs, which are
found at § 660.12, subpart C, are in
addition to those associated with GCAs.
Continuous transiting or transit
through means that a fishing vessel
crosses a groundfish conservation area
or EFH conservation area on a constant
heading, along a continuous straight
line course, while making way by means
of a source of power at all times, other
than drifting by means of the prevailing
water current or weather conditions.
Corporation means a legal, business
entity, including incorporated (INC) and
limited liability corporations (LLC).
Council means the Pacific Fishery
Management Council, including its
Groundfish Management Team (GMT),
Scientific and Statistical Committee
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:37 Sep 30, 2010
Jkt 223001
(SSC), Groundfish Advisory Subpanel
(GAP), and any other advisory body
established by the Council.
Date of landing means the date on
which the transfer of fish or offloading
of fish from any vessel to a processor or
other first receiver begins.
Direct financial interest means any
source of income to or capital
investment or other interest held by an
individual, partnership, or corporation
or an individual’s spouse, immediate
family member or parent that could be
influenced by performance or nonperformance of observer or catch
monitor duties.
Electronic fish ticket means a software
program or data files meeting data
export specifications approved by
NMFS that is used to send landing data
to the Pacific States Marine Fisheries
Commission. Electronic fish tickets are
used to collect information similar to
the information required in state fish
receiving tickets or landing receipts, but
do not replace or change any state
requirements.
Electronic Monitoring System or EMS
means a data collection tool that uses a
software operating system connected to
an assortment of electronic components,
including video recorders, to create a
collection of data on vessel activities.
Endorsement means an additional
specification affixed to the limited entry
permit that further restricts fishery
participation or further specifies a
harvest privilege, and is non-severable
from a limited entry permit.
Entity. (See ‘‘Person’’)
Essential Fish Habitat or EFH. (See
§ 600.10 of this chapter)
First Receiver means a person who
receives, purchases, or takes custody,
control, or possession of catch onshore
directly from a vessel.
Fish. (See § 600.10 of this chapter)
Fishery (See § 600.10 of this chapter)
Fishery harvest guideline means the
harvest guideline or quota after
subtracting from the OY any allocation
for the Pacific Coast treaty Indian tribes,
projected research catch, deductions for
fishing mortality in non-groundfish
fisheries, as necessary, and set-asides for
EFPs.
Fishery management area means the
EEZ off the coasts of Washington,
Oregon, and California between 3 and
200 nm offshore, and bounded on the
north by the Provisional International
Boundary between the U.S. and Canada,
and bounded on the south by the
International Boundary between the
U.S. and Mexico. The inner boundary of
the fishery management area is a line
coterminous with the seaward
boundaries of the States of Washington,
Oregon, and California (the ‘‘3–mile
PO 00000
Frm 00033
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
60899
limit’’). The outer boundary of the
fishery management area is a line drawn
in such a manner that each point on it
is 200 nm from the baseline from which
the territorial sea is measured, or is a
provisional or permanent international
boundary between the U.S. and Canada
or Mexico. All groundfish possessed
between 0–200 nm offshore or landed in
Washington, Oregon, or California are
presumed to have been taken and
retained from the EEZ, unless otherwise
demonstrated by the person in
possession of those fish.
Fishing. (See § 600.10 of this chapter)
Fishing gear includes the following
types of gear and equipment:
(1) Bottom contact gear means fishing
gear designed or modified to make
contact with the bottom. This includes,
but is not limited to, beam trawl, bottom
trawl, dredge, fixed gear, set net,
demersal seine, dinglebar gear, and
other gear (including experimental gear)
designed or modified to make contact
with the bottom. Gear used to harvest
bottom dwelling organisms (e.g. by
hand, rakes, and knives) are also
considered bottom contact gear for
purposes of this subpart.
(2) Demersal seine means a net
designed to encircle fish on the seabed.
The demersal seine is characterized by
having its net bounded by leadweighted ropes that are not encircled
with bobbins or rollers. Demersal seine
gear is fished without the use of steel
cables or otter boards (trawl doors).
Scottish and Danish Seines are demersal
seines. Purse seines, as defined at
§ 600.10 of this chapter, are not
demersal seines. Demersal seine gear is
included in the definition of bottom
trawl gear in paragraph (11)(i) of this
definition.
(3) Dredge gear means a gear
consisting of a metal frame attached to
a holding bag constructed of metal rings
or mesh. As the metal frame is dragged
upon or above the seabed, fish are
pushed up and over the frame, then into
the mouth of the holding bag.
(4) Entangling nets include the
following types of net gear:
(i) Gillnet. (See § 600.10 of this
chapter)
(ii) Set net means a stationary,
buoyed, and anchored gillnet or
trammel net.
(iii) Trammel net means a gillnet
made with two or more walls joined to
a common float line.
(5) Fixed gear (anchored nontrawl
gear) means the following gear types:
longline, trap or pot, set net, and
stationary hook-and-line (including
commercial vertical hook-and-line)
gears.
E:\FR\FM\01OCR2.SGM
01OCR2
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with RULES2
60900
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 190 / Friday, October 1, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
(6) Hook-and-line means one or more
hooks attached to one or more lines. It
may be stationary (commercial vertical
hook-and-line) or mobile (troll).
(i) Bottom longline means a
stationary, buoyed, and anchored
groundline with hooks attached, so as to
fish along the seabed. It does not
include pelagic hook-and-line or troll
gear.
(ii) Commercial vertical hook-and-line
means commercial fishing with hookand-line gear that involves a single line
anchored at the bottom and buoyed at
the surface so as to fish vertically.
(iii) Dinglebar gear means one or more
lines retrieved and set with a troll gurdy
or hand troll gurdy, with a terminally
attached weight from which one or more
leaders with one or more lures or baited
hooks are pulled through the water
while a vessel is making way.
(iv) Troll gear means a lure or jig
towed behind a vessel via a fishing line.
Troll gear is used in commercial and
recreational fisheries.
(7) Mesh size means the opening
between opposing knots. Minimum
mesh size means the smallest distance
allowed between the inside of one knot
to the inside of the opposing knot,
regardless of twine size.
(8) Nontrawl gear means all legal
commercial groundfish gear other than
trawl gear.
(9) Spear means a sharp, pointed, or
barbed instrument on a shaft.
(10) Trap or pot See § 600.10 of this
chapter, definition of ‘‘trap’’. These
terms are used as interchangeable
synonyms.
(11) Trawl gear means a cone or
funnel-shaped net that is towed through
the water, and can include a pair trawl
that towed simultaneously by two boats.
For the purpose of this definition, trawl
gear includes groundfish and nongroundfish trawl. See definitions for
groundfish trawl and non-groundfish
trawls (previously called ‘‘exempted
trawl’’).
(i) Bottom trawl means a trawl in
which the otter boards or the footrope
of the net are in contact with the seabed.
It includes demersal seine gear, and pair
trawls fished on the bottom. Any trawl
not meeting the requirements for a
midwater trawl in § 660.130(b), subpart
D is a bottom trawl.
(A) Beam trawl gear means a type of
trawl gear in which a beam is used to
hold the trawl open during fishing.
Otter boards or doors are not used.
(B) Large footrope trawl gear means a
bottom trawl gear with a footrope
diameter larger than 8 inches (20 cm,)
and no larger than 19 inches (48 cm)
including any rollers, bobbins, or other
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:37 Sep 30, 2010
Jkt 223001
material encircling or tied along the
length of the footrope.
(C) Small footrope trawl gear means a
bottom trawl gear with a footrope
diameter of 8 inches (20 cm) or smaller,
including any rollers, bobbins, or other
material encircling or tied along the
length of the footrope. Selective flatfish
trawl gear that meets the gear
component requirements in
§ 660.130(b), subpart D is a type of small
footrope trawl gear.
(ii) Midwater (pelagic or off-bottom)
trawl means a trawl in which the otter
boards and footrope of the net remain
above the seabed. It includes pair trawls
if fished in midwater. A midwater trawl
has no rollers or bobbins on any part of
the net or its component wires, ropes,
and chains. For additional midwater
trawl gear requirements and restrictions,
see § 660.130(b), subpart D.
(iii) Trawl gear components include:
(A) Breastline means a rope or cable
that connects the end of the headrope
and the end of the trawl fishing line
along the edge of the trawl web closest
to the towing point.
(B) Chafing gear means webbing or
other material attached to the codend of
a trawl net to protect the codend from
wear.
(C) Codend. (See § 600.10 of this
chapter)
(D) Double-bar mesh means webbing
comprised of two lengths of twine tied
into a single knot.
(E) Double-walled codend means a
codend constructed of two walls (layers)
of webbing.
(F) Footrope means a chain, rope, or
wire attached to the bottom front end of
the trawl webbing forming the leading
edge of the bottom panel of the trawl
net, and attached to the fishing line.
(G) Headrope means a chain, rope, or
wire attached to the trawl webbing
forming the leading edge of the top
panel of the trawl net.
(H) Rollers or bobbins means devices
made of wood, steel, rubber, plastic, or
other hard material that encircle the
trawl footrope. These devices are
commonly used to either bounce or
pivot over seabed obstructions, in order
to prevent the trawl footrope and net
from snagging on the seabed.
(I) Single-walled codend means a
codend constructed of a single wall of
webbing knitted with single or doublebar mesh.
(J) Trawl fishing line means a length
of chain, rope, or wire rope in the
bottom front end of a trawl net to which
the webbing or lead ropes are attached.
(K) Trawl riblines means a heavy rope
or line that runs down the sides, top, or
underside of a trawl net from the mouth
of the net to the terminal end of the
PO 00000
Frm 00034
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
codend to strengthen the net during
fishing.
Fishing or Calendar year means the
year beginning at 0001 local time on
January 1 and ending at 2400 local time
on December 31 of the same year. There
are two fishing years in each biennial
fishing period.
Fishing trip means a period of time
between landings when fishing is
conducted.
Fishing vessel. (See § 600.10 of this
chapter)
Grandfathered or first generation,
when referring to a limited entry
sablefish-endorsed permit owner, means
those permit owners who owned a
sablefish-endorsed limited entry permit
prior to November 1, 2000, and are,
therefore, exempt from certain
requirements of the sablefish permit
stacking program within the parameters
of the regulations at § 660.25(b), subpart
C and § 660.231, subpart E.
Groundfish means species managed
by the PCGFMP, specifically:
(1) Sharks: Leopard shark, Triakis
semifasciata; soupfin shark,
Galeorhinus zyopterus; spiny dogfish,
Squalus acanthias.
(2) Skates: Big skate, Raja binoculata;
California skate, R. inornata; longnose
skate, R. rhina.
(3) Ratfish: Ratfish, Hydrolagus
colliei.
(4) Morids: Finescale codling,
Antimora microlepis.
(5) Grenadiers: Pacific rattail,
Coryphaenoides acrolepis.
(6) Roundfish: Cabezon,
Scorpaenichthys marmoratus; kelp
greenling, Hexagrammos decagrammus;
lingcod, Ophiodon elongatus; Pacific
cod, Gadus macrocephalus; Pacific
whiting, Merluccius productus;
sablefish, Anoplopoma fimbria.
(7) Rockfish: In addition to the species
below, longspine thornyhead, S.
altivelis, and shortspine thornyhead, S.
alascanus, ‘‘rockfish’’ managed under
the PCGFMP include all genera and
species of the family Scorpaenidae that
occur off Washington, Oregon, and
California, even if not listed below. The
Scorpaenidae genera are Sebastes,
Scorpaena, Scorpaenodes, and
Sebastolobus. Where species below are
listed both in a major category
(nearshore, shelf, slope) and as an areaspecific listing (north or south of 40°10’
N. lat.) those species are considered
‘‘minor’’ in the geographic area listed.
(i) Nearshore rockfish includes black
rockfish, Sebastes melanops and the
following minor nearshore rockfish
species:
(A) North of 40°10′ N. lat.: Black and
yellow rockfish, S. chrysomelas; blue
rockfish, S. mystinus; brown rockfish, S.
E:\FR\FM\01OCR2.SGM
01OCR2
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 190 / Friday, October 1, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
auriculatus; calico rockfish, S. dalli;
China rockfish, S. nebulosus; copper
rockfish, S. caurinus; gopher rockfish, S.
carnatus; grass rockfish, S. rastrelliger;
kelp rockfish, S. atrovirens; olive
rockfish, S. serranoides; quillback
rockfish, S. maliger; treefish,. S.
serriceps.
(B) South of 40°10′ N. lat., nearshore
rockfish are divided into three
management categories:
(1) Shallow nearshore rockfish
consists of black and yellow rockfish, S.
chrysomelas; China rockfish, S.
nebulosus; gopher rockfish, S. carnatus;
grass rockfish, S. rastrelliger; kelp
rockfish, S. atrovirens.
(2) Deeper nearshore rockfish consists
of black rockfish, S. melanops; blue
rockfish, S. mystinus; brown rockfish, S.
auriculatus; calico rockfish, S. dalli;
copper rockfish, S. caurinus; olive
rockfish, S. serranoides; quillback
rockfish, S. maliger; treefish, S.
serriceps.
(3) California scorpionfish, Scorpaena
guttata.
(ii) Shelf rockfish includes bocaccio,
Sebastes paucispinis; canary rockfish, S.
pinniger; chilipepper, S. goodei;
cowcod, S. levis; shortbelly rockfish, S.
jordani; widow rockfish, S. entomelas;
yelloweye rockfish, S. ruberrimus;
yellowtail rockfish, S. flavidus and the
following minor shelf rockfish species:
(A) North of 40°10′ N. lat.:
Bronzespotted rockfish, S. gilli;
bocaccio, S. paucispinis; chameleon
rockfish, S. phillipsi; chilipepper, S.
goodei; cowcod, S. levis; dusky rockfish,
S. ciliatus; dwarf-red, S. rufianus; flag
rockfish, S. rubrivinctus; freckled, S.
lentiginosus; greenblotched rockfish, S.
rosenblatti; greenspotted rockfish, S.
chlorostictus; greenstriped rockfish, S.
elongatus; halfbanded rockfish, S.
semicinctus; harlequin rockfish, S.
variegatus; honeycomb rockfish, S.
umbrosus; Mexican rockfish, S.
macdonaldi; pink rockfish, S. eos;
pinkrose rockfish, S. simulator; pygmy
rockfish, S. wilsoni; redstripe rockfish,
S. proriger; rosethorn rockfish, S.
helvomaculatus; rosy rockfish, S.
rosaceus; silvergray rockfish, S.
brevispinis; speckled rockfish, S. ovalis;
squarespot rockfish, S. hopkinsi; starry
rockfish, S. constellatus; stripetail
rockfish, S. saxicola; swordspine
rockfish, S. ensifer; tiger rockfish, S.
nigrocinctus; vermilion rockfish, S.
miniatus.
(B) South of 40°10′ N. lat.:
Bronzespotted rockfish, S. gilli;
chameleon rockfish, S. phillipsi; dusky
rockfish, S. ciliatus; dwarf-red rockfish,
S. rufianus; flag rockfish, S.
rubrivinctus; freckled, S. lentiginosus;
greenblotched rockfish, S. rosenblatti;
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:37 Sep 30, 2010
Jkt 223001
greenspotted rockfish, S. chlorostictus;
greenstriped rockfish, S. elongatus;
halfbanded rockfish, S. semicinctus;
harlequin rockfish, S. variegatus;
honeycomb rockfish, S. umbrosus;
Mexican rockfish, S. macdonaldi; pink
rockfish, S. eos; pinkrose rockfish, S.
simulator; pygmy rockfish, S. wilsoni;
redstripe rockfish, S. proriger; rosethorn
rockfish, S. helvomaculatus; rosy
rockfish, S. rosaceus; silvergray
rockfish, S. brevispinis; speckled
rockfish, S. ovalis; squarespot rockfish,
S. hopkinsi; starry rockfish, S.
constellatus; stripetail rockfish, S.
saxicola; swordspine rockfish, S.
ensifer; tiger rockfish, S. nigrocinctus;
vermilion rockfish, S. miniatus;
yellowtail rockfish, S. flavidus.
(iii) Slope rockfish includes
darkblotched rockfish, S. crameri;
Pacific ocean perch, S. alutus; splitnose
rockfish, S. diploproa; and the following
minor slope rockfish species:
(A) North of 40°10′ N. lat.: Aurora
rockfish, Sebastes aurora; bank rockfish,
S. rufus; blackgill rockfish, S.
melanostomus; redbanded rockfish, S.
babcocki; rougheye rockfish, S.
aleutianus; sharpchin rockfish, S.
zacentrus; shortraker rockfish, S.
borealis; splitnose rockfish, S.
diploproa; yellowmouth rockfish, S.
reedi.
(B) South of 40°10′ N. lat.: Aurora
rockfish, Sebastes aurora; bank rockfish,
S. rufus; blackgill rockfish, S.
melanostomus; Pacific ocean perch, S.
alutus; redbanded rockfish, S. babcocki;
rougheye rockfish, S. aleutianus;
sharpchin rockfish, S. zacentrus;
shortraker rockfish, S. borealis;
yellowmouth rockfish, S. reedi.
(8) Flatfish: Arrowtooth flounder
(arrowtooth turbot), Atheresthes
stomias; butter sole, Isopsetta isolepis;
curlfin sole, Pleuronichthys decurrens;
Dover sole, Microstomus pacificus;
English sole, Parophrys vetulus; flathead
sole, Hippoglossoides elassodon; Pacific
sanddab, Citharichthys sordidus; petrale
sole, Eopsetta jordani; rex sole,
Glyptocephalus zachirus; rock sole,
Lepidopsetta bilineata; sand sole,
Psettichthys melanostictus; starry
flounder, Platichthys stellatus. Where
regulations of subparts C through G of
this part refer to landings limits for
‘‘other flatfish,’’ those limits apply to all
flatfish cumulatively taken except for
those flatfish species specifically listed
in Tables 1a and 2a of this subpart. (i.e.,
‘‘other flatfish’’ includes butter sole,
curlfin sole, flathead sole, Pacific
sanddab, rex sole, rock sole, and sand
sole.)
(9) ‘‘Other fish’’: Where regulations of
subparts C through G of this part refer
to landings limits for ‘‘other fish,’’ those
PO 00000
Frm 00035
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
60901
limits apply to all groundfish listed here
in paragraphs (1) through (8) of this
definition except for the following:
Those groundfish species specifically
listed in Tables 1a and 2a of this subpart
with an ABC for that area (generally
north and/or south of 40°10′ N. lat.); and
Pacific cod and spiny dogfish
coastwide. (i.e., ‘‘other fish’’ may include
all sharks (except spiny dogfish), skates,
ratfish, morids, grenadiers, and kelp
greenling listed in this section, as well
as cabezon in the north.)
(10) ‘‘DTS complex’’: Where
regulations of subparts C through G of
this part refer to ‘‘DTS complex’’ species,
that group of species includes Dover
sole, shortspine thornyhead, longspine
thornyhead, and sablefish.
Groundfish trawl means trawl gear
that is used under the authority of a
valid limited entry permit issued under
subparts C and D of this part endorsed
for trawl gear and which meets the gear
requirements specified in subpart D of
this part. It does not include any type
of trawl gear listed as non-groundfish
trawl gear (previously called ‘‘exempted
gear’’).
Harvest guideline means a specified
numerical harvest objective that is not a
quota. Attainment of a harvest guideline
does not require closure of a fishery.
Incidental catch or incidental species
means groundfish species caught while
fishing for the primary purpose of
catching a different species.
Initial Administrative Determination
(IAD) means a formal, written
determination made by NMFS on an
application or permit request, that is
subject to an appeal within NMFS.
Land or landing means to begin
transfer of fish, offloading fish, or to
offload fish from any vessel. Once
transfer of fish begins, all fish aboard
the vessel are counted as part of the
landing.
Legal fish means fish legally taken
and retained, possessed, or landed in
accordance with the provisions of 50
CFR part 660, subparts C through G, the
Magnuson-Stevens Act, any document
issued under part 660, and any other
regulation promulgated or permit issued
under the Magnuson-Stevens Act.
Length overall or LOA (with respect to
a vessel) means the length overall set
forth in the Certificate of Documentation
(CG–1270) issued by the USCG for a
documented vessel, or in a registration
certificate issued by a state or the USCG
for an undocumented vessel; for vessels
that do not have the LOA stated in an
official document, the LOA is the LOA
as determined by the USCG or by a
marine surveyor in accordance with the
USCG method for measuring LOA.
E:\FR\FM\01OCR2.SGM
01OCR2
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with RULES2
60902
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 190 / Friday, October 1, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
License owner means a person who is
the owner of record with NMFS, SFD,
Permits Office of a License issued under
§ 660.140, subpart D.
Limited entry fishery means the
fishery composed of vessels registered
for use with limited entry permits.
Limited entry gear means longline,
trap (or pot), or groundfish trawl gear
used under the authority of a valid
limited entry permit affixed with an
endorsement for that gear.
Limited entry permit means:
(1) The Federal permit required to fish
in the limited entry ‘‘A’’-endorsed
fishery, and includes any gear, size, or
species endorsements affixed to the
permit, or
(2) The Federal permit required to
receive and process fish as a mothership
processor.
Maximum Sustainable Yield or MSY.
(See § 600.310 of this chapter)
Mobile transceiver unit means a vessel
monitoring system or VMS device, as set
forth at § 660.14, subpart C installed on
board a vessel that is used for vessel
monitoring and transmitting the vessel’s
position as required by subpart C.
Non-groundfish fishery means any
fishing using non-groundfish trawl gear
or nontrawl gear when targeting salmon,
HMS, CPS, crab, prawn, or any other
species not managed under the
PCGFMP. Non-groundfish fishery is
sometimes referred to as the incidental
open access fishery in which groundfish
could be encountered with the gear
used, regardless of whether groundfish
is retained.
Non-groundfish trawl (previously
‘‘exempted’’ trawl) means any trawl gear
other than the Pacific Coast groundfish
trawl gear that is authorized for use with
a valid groundfish limited entry permit
endorsed for trawl gear. Non-groundfish
trawl gear includes trawl gear used to
fish for pink shrimp, ridgeback prawn,
California halibut south of Pt. Arena,
and sea cucumbers south of Pt. Arena.
Nontrawl fishery means
(1) For the purpose of allocations at
§ 660.55, subpart C, nontrawl fishery
means the limited entry fixed gear
fishery, the open access fishery, and the
recreational fishery.
(2) For the purposes of all other
management measures in subparts C
through G of this part, nontrawl fishery
means fishing with any legal limited
entry fixed gear or open access nontrawl groundfish gear other than trawl
gear (groundfish trawl gear and nongroundfish trawl gear), but does not
include the recreational fishery.
North-South management area means
the management areas defined in
paragraph (1) of this definition, or
defined and bounded by one or more or
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:37 Sep 30, 2010
Jkt 223001
the commonly used geographic
coordinates set out in paragraph (2) of
this definition for the purposes of
implementing different management
measures in separate geographic areas of
the U.S. West Coast.
(1) Management areas.
(i) Vancouver.
(A) The northeastern boundary is that
part of a line connecting the light on
Tatoosh Island, WA, with the light on
Bonilla Point on Vancouver Island,
British Columbia (at 48°35.73′ N. lat.,
124°43.00′ W. long.) south of the
International Boundary between the
U.S. and Canada (at 48°29.62′ N. lat.,
124°43.55′ W. long.), and north of the
point where that line intersects with the
boundary of the U.S. territorial sea.
(B) The northern and northwestern
boundary is a line connecting the
following coordinates in the order
listed, which is the provisional
international boundary of the EEZ as
shown on NOAA/NOS Charts 18480
and 18007:
Point
N. Lat.
1 ........................
2 ........................
3 ........................
4 ........................
5 ........................
6 ........................
7 ........................
8 ........................
9 ........................
10 ......................
11 ......................
12 ......................
13 ......................
14 ......................
15 ......................
16 ......................
17 ......................
W. Long.
48°29.62′
48°30.18′
48°30.37′
48°30.23′
48°29.95′
48°29.73′
48°28.15′
48°27.17′
48°26.78′
48°20.27′
48°18.37′
48°11.08′
47°49.25′
47°36.78′
47°22.00′
46°42.08′
46°31.78′
124°43.55′
124°47.22′
124°50.35′
124°54.87′
124°59.23′
125°00.10′
125°05.78′
125°08.42′
125°09.20′
125°22.80′
125°29.97′
125°53.80′
126°40.95′
127°11.97′
127°41.38′
128°51.93′
129°07.65′
(C) The southern limit is 47°30′ N. lat.
(ii) Columbia.
(A) The northern limit is 47°30′ N. lat.
(B) The southern limit is 43°00′ N. lat.
(iii) Eureka.
(A) The northern limit is 43°00′ N. lat.
(B) The southern limit is 40°30′ N. lat.
(iv) Monterey.
(A) The northern limit is 40°30′ N. lat.
(B) The southern limit is 36°00′ N. lat.
(v) Conception.
(A) The northern limit is 36°00′ N. lat.
(B) The southern limit is the U.S.Mexico International Boundary, which
is a line connecting the following
coordinates in the order listed:
Point
1
2
3
4
N. lat.
........................
........................
........................
........................
W. long.
32°35.37′
32°37.62′
31°07.97′
30°32.52′
117°27.82′
117°49.52′
118°36.30′
121°51.97′
(2) Commonly used geographic
coordinates.
PO 00000
Frm 00036
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
(i) Cape Alava, WA—48°10.00′ N. lat.
(ii) Queets River, WA—47°31.70′ N.
lat.
(iii) Pt. Chehalis, WA—46°53.30′ N.
lat.
(iv) Leadbetter Point, WA—46°38.17′
N. lat.
(v) Washington/Oregon border—
46°16.00′ N. lat.
(vi) Cape Falcon, OR—45°46.00′ N.
lat.
(vii) Cape Lookout, OR—45°20.25′ N.
lat.
(viii) Cascade Head, OR—45°03.83′ N.
lat.
(ix) Heceta Head, OR—44°08.30′ N.
lat.
(x) Cape Arago, OR—43°20.83′ N. lat.
(xi) Cape Blanco, OR—42°50.00′ N.
lat.
(xii) Humbug Mountain—42°40.50′ N.
lat.
(xiii) Marck Arch, OR—42°13.67′ N.
lat.
(xiv) Oregon/California border—
42°00.00′ N. lat.
(xv) Cape Mendocino, CA—40°30.00′
N. lat.
(xvi) North/South management line—
40°10.00′ N. lat.
(xvii) Point Arena, CA—38°57.50′ N.
lat.
(xviii) Point San Pedro, CA—
37°35.67′ N. lat.
(xix) Pigeon Point, CA—37°11.00′ N.
lat.
(xx) Ano Nuevo, CA—37°07.00′ N. lat.
(xxi) Point Lopez, CA—36°00.00′ N.
lat.
(xxii) Point Conception, CA—
34°27.00′ N. lat. [Note: Regulations that
apply to waters north of 34°27.00′ N. lat.
are applicable only west of 120°28.00′
W. long.; regulations that apply to
waters south of 34°27.00′ N. lat. also
apply to all waters both east of
120°28.00′ W. long. and north of
34°27.00′ N. lat.]
Observer. (See § 600.10 of this
chapter—U.S. Observer or Observer)
Observer Program or Observer
Program Office means the West Coast
Groundfish Observer Program (WCGOP)
Office of the Northwest Fishery Science
Center, National Marine Fisheries
Service, Seattle, Washington.
Office of Law Enforcement or OLE
refers to the National Marine Fisheries
Service, Office of Law Enforcement,
Northwest Division.
Open access fishery means the fishery
composed of commercial vessels using
open access gear fished pursuant to the
harvest guidelines, quotas, and other
management measures governing the
harvest of open access allocations
(detailed in § 660.55 and Tables 1c and
2c of subpart C of this part) or governing
the fishing activities of open access
E:\FR\FM\01OCR2.SGM
01OCR2
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 190 / Friday, October 1, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
vessels (detailed in subpart F of this
part). Any commercial vessel that is not
registered to a limited entry permit and
which takes and retains, possesses or
lands groundfish is a participant in the
open access groundfish fishery.
Open access gear means all types of
fishing gear except:
(1) Longline or trap (or pot) gear
fished by a vessel that has a limited
entry permit affixed with a gear
endorsement for that gear.
(2) Groundfish trawl.
Operate a vessel means any use of a
vessel, including, but not limited to,
fishing or drifting by means of the
prevailing water current or weather
conditions.
Operator. (See § 600.10)
Optimum yield or OY means the
amount of fish that will provide the
greatest overall benefit to the Nation,
particularly with respect to food
production and recreational
opportunities, and, taking into account
the protection of marine ecosystems, is
prescribed as such on the basis of the
MSY from the fishery, as reduced by
any relevant economic, social, or
ecological factor; and, in the case of an
overfished fishery, provides for
rebuilding to a level consistent with
producing the MSY in such fishery. OY
may be expressed numerically (as a
harvest guideline, quota, or other
specification) or non-numerically.
Overage means the amount of fish
harvested by a vessel in excess of:
(1) The applicable trip limit for any
fishery to which a trip limit applies;
(2) The amount authorized by the
applicable permit for trawl fisheries at
subpart D of this part;
(3) The amount authorized by the
applicable sablefish-endorsed permits
for fixed gear sablefish fisheries at
subpart E of this part.
Ownership interest means
participation in ownership of a
corporation, partnership, or other entity:
(1) For sablefish-endorsed permits,
ownership interest means participation
in ownership of a corporation,
partnership, or other entity that owns a
sablefish-endorsed permit. Ownership
interest does not mean owning stock in
a publicly owned corporation.
(2) For the limited entry trawl fishery
in subpart D of this part, ownership
interest means participation in
ownership of a corporation, partnership,
or other entity that owns a QS permit,
vessel account, MS permit, or an MS/
CV-endorsed limited entry permit.
Pacific Coast Groundfish Fishery
Management Plan or PCGFMP means
the Fishery Management Plan for the
Washington, Oregon, and California
Groundfish Fishery developed by the
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:37 Sep 30, 2010
Jkt 223001
Pacific Fishery Management Council
and approved by the Secretary on
January 4, 1982, and as it may be
subsequently amended.
Partnership is two or more
individuals, partnerships, or
corporations, or combinations thereof,
who have ownership interest in a
permit, including married couples and
legally recognized trusts and
partnerships, such as limited
partnerships (LP), general partnerships
(GP), and limited liability partnerships
(LLP).
Permit holder means a vessel owner
as identified on the USCG form 1270 or
state motor vehicle licensing document
and as registered on a limited entry
permit issued under Subparts C through
E of this part.
Permit owner means a person who is
the owner of record with NMFS, SFD,
Permits Office of a limited entry permit.
For first receiver site licenses, see
definition for ‘‘license owner.’’
Person, as it applies to limited entry
and open access fisheries conducted
under 50 CFR part 660, Subparts C
through G, means any individual,
corporation, partnership, association or
other entity (whether or not organized
or existing under the laws of any state),
and any Federal, state, or local
government, or any entity of any such
government that is eligible to own a
documented vessel under the terms of
46 U.S.C. 12102(a).
Processing or to process means the
preparation or packaging of groundfish
to render it suitable for human
consumption, retail sale, industrial uses
or long-term storage, including, but not
limited to, cooking, canning, smoking,
salting, drying, filleting, freezing, or
rendering into meal or oil, but does not
mean heading and gutting unless
additional preparation is done. (Also see
an exception to certain requirements at
§ 660.131(a), subpart D pertaining to
Pacific whiting shoreside vessels 75-ft
(23-m) or less LOA that, in addition to
heading and gutting, remove the tails
and freeze catch at sea.)
(1) At-sea processing means
processing that takes place on a vessel
or other platform that floats and is
capable of being moved from one
location to another, whether shorebased
or on the water.
(2) Shorebased processing or
processing means processing that takes
place at a facility that is permanently
fixed to land. (Also see the definition for
shoreside processing at § 660.140,
subpart D which defines shoreside
processing for the purposes of
qualifying for a Shorebased IFQ Program
QS permit.)
PO 00000
Frm 00037
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
60903
Processor means person, vessel, or
facility that engages in processing; or
receives live groundfish directly from a
fishing vessel for retail sale without
further processing. (Also see the
definition for processors at § 660.140,
subpart D which defines processor for
the purposes of qualifying for a
Shorebased IFQ Program QS permit.)
Prohibited species means those
species and species groups whose
retention is prohibited unless
authorized by provisions of this section
or other applicable law. The following
are prohibited species: Any species of
salmonid, Pacific halibut, Dungeness
crab caught seaward of Washington or
Oregon, and groundfish species or
species groups under the PCGFMP for
which quotas have been achieved and/
or the fishery closed.
Quota means a specified numerical
harvest objective, the attainment (or
expected attainment) of which causes
closure of the fishery for that species or
species group.
Recreational fishing means fishing
with authorized recreational fishing gear
for personal use only, and not for sale
or barter.
Regional Administrator means the
Administrator, Northwest Region,
NMFS.
Reserve means a portion of the harvest
guideline or quota set aside at the
beginning of the fishing year or biennial
fishing period to allow for uncertainties
in preseason estimates.
Round weight. (See § 600.10 of this
chapter). Round weight does not
include ice, water, or slime.
Sale or sell. (See § 600.10 of this
chapter)
Scientific research activity. (See
§ 600.10 of this chapter)
Secretary. (See § 600.10 of this
chapter)
Specification is a numerical or
descriptive designation of a
management objective, including but
not limited to: Acceptable biological
catch; optimum yield; harvest guideline;
quota; limited entry or open access
allocation; a set-aside or allocation for a
recreational or treaty Indian fishery; an
apportionment of the above to an area,
gear, season, fishery, or other
subdivision.
Spouse means a person who is legally
married to another person as recognized
by state law (i.e., one’s wife or husband).
Stacking is the practice of registering
more than one limited entry permit for
use with a single vessel (See
§ 660.25(b)(4)(iii), subpart C).
Sustainable Fisheries Division or SFD
means the Chief, Sustainable Fisheries
Division, Northwest Regional Office,
NMFS, or a designee.
E:\FR\FM\01OCR2.SGM
01OCR2
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with RULES2
60904
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 190 / Friday, October 1, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
Target fishing means fishing for the
primary purpose of catching a particular
species or species group (the target
species).
Tax-exempt organization means an
organization that received a
determination letter from the Internal
Revenue Service recognizing tax
exemption under 26 CFR part 1
(§§ 1.501 to 1.640).
Totally lost means the vessel being
replaced no longer exists in specie, or is
absolutely and irretrievably sunk or
otherwise beyond the possible control of
the owner, or the costs of repair
(including recovery) would exceed the
value of the vessel after repairs.
Trawl fishery means
(1) For the purpose of allocations at
§ 660.55, subpart C, trawl fishery means
the groundfish limited entry trawl
fishery.
(2) For the purposes of all other
management measures in subparts C
through G of this part, trawl fishery
means any fishery using trawl gear as
defined under the definition of fishing
gear in this section.
Trip. (See § 600.10 of this chapter)
Trip limits. Trip limits are used in the
commercial fishery to specify the
maximum amount of a fish species or
species group that may legally be taken
and retained, possessed, or landed, per
vessel, per fishing trip, or cumulatively
per unit of time, or the number of
landings that may be made from a vessel
in a given period of time, as follows:
(1) A per trip limit is the total
allowable amount of a groundfish
species or species group, by weight, or
by percentage of weight of legal fish on
board, that may be taken and retained,
possessed, or landed per vessel from a
single fishing trip.
(2) A daily trip limit is the maximum
amount of a groundfish species or
species group that may be taken and
retained, possessed, or landed per vessel
in 24 consecutive hours, starting at 0001
hours local time. Only one landing of
groundfish may be made in that 24-hour
period. Daily trip limits may not be
accumulated during multiple day trips.
(3) A weekly trip limit is the
maximum amount of a groundfish
species or species group that may be
taken and retained, possessed, or landed
per vessel in 7 consecutive days,
starting at 0001 hours local time on
Sunday and ending at 2400 hours local
time on Saturday. Weekly trip limits
may not be accumulated during
multiple week trips. If a calendar week
falls within two different months or two
different cumulative limit periods, a
vessel is not entitled to two separate
weekly limits during that week.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:37 Sep 30, 2010
Jkt 223001
(4) A cumulative trip limit is the
maximum amount of a groundfish
species or species group that may be
taken and retained, possessed, or landed
per vessel in a specified period of time
without a limit on the number of
landings or trips, unless otherwise
specified. The cumulative trip limit
periods for limited entry and open
access fisheries, which start at 0001
hours local time and end at 2400 hours
local time, are as follows, unless
otherwise specified:
(i) The 2-month or ‘‘major’’ cumulative
limit periods are: January 1–February
28/29, March 1–April 30, May 1–June
30, July 1–August 31, September 1–
October 31, and, November 1–December
31.
(ii) One month means the first day
through the last day of the calendar
month.
(iii) One week means 7 consecutive
days, Sunday through Saturday.
Vessel manager means a person or
group of persons whom the vessel
owner has given authority to oversee all
or a portion of groundfish fishing
activities aboard the vessel.
Vessel monitoring system or VMS
means a vessel monitoring system or
mobile transceiver unit as set forth in
§ 660.14, subpart C and approved by
NMFS for use on vessels that take
(directly or incidentally) species
managed under the PCGFMP, as
required by this subpart.
Vessel of the United States or U.S.
vessel. (See § 600.10)
Vessel owner or owner of a vessel, as
used in subparts C through G of this
part, means a person identified as the
current owner in the Certificate of
Documentation (CG–1270) issued by the
USCG for a documented vessel, or in a
registration certificate issued by a state
or the USCG for an undocumented
vessel.
§ 660.12
General groundfish prohibitions.
In addition to the general prohibitions
specified in § 600.725 of this chapter, it
is unlawful for any person to:
(a) General. (1) Retain any prohibited
species (defined in § 660.11, subpart C
and restricted in § 660.60(e), subpart C)
caught by means of fishing gear
authorized under this subpart, unless
authorized by part 600 or part 300 of
this chapter. Prohibited species must be
returned to the sea as soon as
practicable with a minimum of injury
when caught and brought on board.
(2) Falsify or fail to affix and maintain
vessel and gear markings as required by
§ 660.20 or § 660.219, subpart E or
§ 660.319, subpart F.
(3) Fish for groundfish in violation of
any terms or conditions attached to an
PO 00000
Frm 00038
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
EFP under § 600.745 of this chapter or
§ 660.30, subpart C of this part.
(4) Fish for groundfish using gear not
authorized in subparts C through G of
this part or in violation of any terms or
conditions attached to an EFP under
§ 660.30, subpart C of this part or part
600 of this chapter.
(5) Take and retain, possess, or land
more groundfish than specified under
§ 660.50, § 660.55, § 660.60 of subpart C,
or subpart D through G of this part, or
under an EFP issued under § 660.30,
subpart C of this part, or part 600 of this
chapter.
(6) Take, retain, possess, or land more
than a single cumulative limit of a
particular species, per vessel, per
applicable cumulative limit period,
except for sablefish taken in the primary
limited entry, fixed gear sablefish
season from a vessel authorized to fish
in that season, as described at § 660.231,
subpart E.
(7) Take and retain, possess, or land
groundfish in excess of the landing limit
for the open access fishery without
having a valid limited entry permit for
the vessel affixed with a gear
endorsement for the gear used to catch
the fish.
(8) Fail to sort, prior to the first
weighing after offloading, those
groundfish species or species groups for
which there is a trip limit, size limit,
scientific sorting designation, quota,
harvest guideline, or OY, if the vessel
fished or landed in an area during a
time when such trip limit, size limit,
scientific sorting designation, quota,
harvest guideline, or OY applied; except
as specified at § 660.131, subpart C for
vessels participating in the Pacific
whiting at-sea sectors.
(9) When requested or required by an
authorized officer, refuse to present
fishing gear for inspection, refuse to
present fish subject to such persons
control for inspection; or interfere with
a fishing gear or marine animal or plant
life inspection.
(10) Transfer fish to another vessel at
sea unless a vessel is participating in the
primary Pacific whiting fishery as part
of the mothership or catcher/processor
sectors.
(11) Fish with dredge gear (defined in
§ 660.11, subpart C) anywhere within
EFH within the EEZ. For the purposes
of regulation, EFH within the EEZ is
described at § 660.75, subpart C.
(12) Fish with beam trawl gear
(defined in § 660.11, subpart C)
anywhere within EFH within the EEZ.
For the purposes of regulation, EFH
within the EEZ is described at § 660.75,
subpart C.
(13) During times or in areas where atsea processing is prohibited, take and
E:\FR\FM\01OCR2.SGM
01OCR2
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 190 / Friday, October 1, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
retain or receive Pacific whiting, except
as cargo or fish waste, on a vessel in the
fishery management area that already
has processed Pacific whiting on board.
An exception to this prohibition is
provided if the fish are received within
the tribal U&A from a member of a
Pacific Coast treaty Indian tribe fishing
under § 660.50, subpart C.
(b) Reporting and Recordkeeping. (1)
Falsify or fail to make and/or file, retain
or make available any and all reports of
groundfish landings, containing all data,
and in the exact manner, required by the
applicable State law, as specified in
§ 660.13, subpart C, provided that
person is required to do so by the
applicable state law.
(2) Fail to retain on board a vessel
from which groundfish is landed, and
provide to an authorized officer upon
request, copies of any and all reports of
groundfish landings, or receipts
containing all data, and made in the
exact manner required by the applicable
state law throughout the cumulative
limit period during which such landings
occurred and for 15 days thereafter.
(c) Limited entry fisheries. (1) Carry
on board a vessel, or deploy, limited
entry gear when the limited entry
fishery for that gear is closed, except
that a vessel may carry on board limited
entry groundfish trawl gear as provided
in § 660.112(a)(1), subpart D.
(2) [Reserved]
(d) Limited entry permits.
(1) If a limited entry permit is
registered for use with a vessel, fail to
carry that permit onboard the vessel
registered for use with the permit. A
photocopy of the permit may not
substitute for the original permit itself.
(2) Make a false statement on an
application for issuance, renewal,
transfer, vessel registration, replacement
of a limited entry permit, or a
declaration of ownership interest in a
limited entry permit.
(e) Groundfish observer program. (1)
Forcibly assault, resist, oppose, impede,
intimidate, harass, sexually harass,
bribe, or interfere with an observer.
(2) Interfere with or bias the sampling
procedure employed by an observer
including either mechanically or
manually sorting or discarding catch
before sampling.
(3) Tamper with, destroy, or discard
an observer’s collected samples,
equipment, records, photographic film,
papers, or personal effects without the
express consent of the observer.
(4) Harass an observer by conduct
that:
(i) Has sexual connotations,
(ii) Has the purpose or effect of
interfering with the observer’s work
performance, and/or
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:37 Sep 30, 2010
Jkt 223001
(iii) Otherwise creates an
intimidating, hostile, or offensive
environment. In determining whether
conduct constitutes harassment, the
totality of the circumstances, including
the nature of the conduct and the
context in which it occurred, will be
considered. The determination of the
legality of a particular action will be
made from the facts on a case-by-case
basis.
(5) Fish for, land, or process fish
without observer coverage when a
vessel is required to carry an observer
under subparts C through G of this part.
(6) Require, pressure, coerce, or
threaten an observer to perform duties
normally performed by crew members,
including, but not limited to, cooking,
washing dishes, standing watch, vessel
maintenance, assisting with the setting
or retrieval of gear, or any duties
associated with the processing of fish,
from sorting the catch to the storage of
the finished product.
(7) Fail to provide departure or cease
fishing reports specified at § 660.116,
subpart D, § 660.216, subpart E, or
§ 660.316, subpart F.
(8) Fail to meet the vessel
responsibilities specified at § 660.116,
subpart D, § 660.216, subpart E, or
§ 660.316, subpart F.
(f) Vessel Monitoring Systems. (1) Use
any vessel required to operate and
maintain a VMS unit under § 660.14(b)
unless that vessel carries a NMFS OLE
type-approved mobile transceiver unit
and complies with all the requirements
described at § 660.14(c).
(2) Fail to install, activate, repair or
replace a mobile transceiver unit prior
to leaving port as specified at § 660.14.
(3) Fail to operate and maintain a
mobile transceiver unit on board the
vessel at all times as specified at
§ 660.14.
(4) Tamper with, damage, destroy,
alter, or in any way distort, render
useless, inoperative, ineffective, or
inaccurate the VMS, mobile transceiver
unit, or VMS signal required to be
installed on or transmitted by a vessel
as specified at § 660.14.
(5) Fail to contact NMFS OLE or
follow NMFS OLE instructions when
automatic position reporting has been
interrupted as specified at § 660.14.
(6) Register the same VMS transceiver
unit to more than one vessel at the same
time.
(7) Falsify any VMS activation report
or VMS exemption report that is
authorized or required, as specified at
§ 660.14.
(8) Falsify any declaration report that
is required, as specified at § 660.13.
PO 00000
Frm 00039
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
§ 660.13
60905
Recordkeeping and reporting.
(a) This subpart recognizes that catch
and effort data necessary for
implementing the PCGFMP are
collected by the States of Washington,
Oregon, and California under existing
state data collection requirements.
(b) Any person who is required to do
so by the applicable state law must
make and/or file, retain, or make
available any and all reports (i.e.,
logbooks, state landing receipts, etc.) of
groundfish harvests and landings
containing all data, and in the exact
manner, required by the applicable state
law.
(c) Any person landing groundfish
must retain on board the vessel from
which groundfish is landed, and
provide to an authorized officer upon
request, copies of any and all reports of
groundfish landings containing all data,
and in the exact manner, required by the
applicable state law throughout the
cumulative limit period during which a
landing occurred and for 15 days
thereafter.
(d) Declaration reporting
requirements—(1) Declaration reports
for vessels registered to limited entry
permits. The operator of any vessel
registered to a limited entry permit must
provide NMFS OLE with a declaration
report, as specified at paragraph
(d)(5)(iv) of this section, before the
vessel leaves port on a trip in which the
vessel is used to fish in U.S. ocean
waters between 0 and 200 nm offshore
of Washington, Oregon, or California.
(2) Declaration reports for all vessels
using non-groundfish trawl gear. The
operator of any vessel that is not
registered to a limited entry permit and
which uses non-groundfish trawl gear to
fish in the EEZ (3–200 nm offshore),
must provide NMFS OLE with a
declaration report, as specified at
paragraph (d)(5)(iv) of this section,
before the vessel leaves port to fish in
the EEZ.
(3) Declaration reports for open access
vessels using non trawl gear (all types of
open access gear other than nongroundfish trawl gear). The operator of
any vessel that is not registered to a
limited entry permit, must provide
NMFS with a declaration report, as
specified at paragraph (d)(5)(iv) of this
section, before the vessel leaves port on
a trip in which the vessel is used to take
and retain or possess groundfish in the
EEZ or land groundfish taken in the
EEZ.
(4) Declaration reports for tribal
vessels using trawl gear. The operator of
any tribal vessel using trawl gear must
provide NMFS with a declaration
report, as specified at paragraph
(d)(5)(iv) of this section, before the
E:\FR\FM\01OCR2.SGM
01OCR2
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with RULES2
60906
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 190 / Friday, October 1, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
vessel leaves port on a trip in which
fishing occurs within the trawl RCA.
(5) Declaration reports. (i) The
operator of a vessel specified in
paragraphs (d)(1), (d)(2), and (d)(3) of
this section must provide a declaration
report to NMFS OLE prior to leaving
port on the first trip in which the vessel
meets the requirement specified at
§ 660.14(b) to have a VMS.
(ii) The vessel operator must send a
new declaration report before leaving
port on a trip in which a gear type that
is different from the gear type most
recently declared for the vessel will be
used. A declaration report will be valid
until another declaration report revising
the existing gear declaration is received
by NMFS OLE.
(iii) During the period of time that a
vessel has a valid declaration report on
file with NMFS OLE, it cannot fish with
a gear other than a gear type declared by
the vessel.
(iv) Declaration reports will include:
The vessel name and/or identification
number, and gear type (as defined in
paragraph (d)(5)(iv)(A) of this section).
Upon receipt of a declaration report,
NMFS will provide a confirmation code
or receipt to confirm that a valid
declaration report was received for the
vessel. Retention of the confirmation
code or receipt to verify that a valid
declaration report was filed and the
declaration requirement was met is the
responsibility of the vessel owner or
operator. Vessels using non trawl gear
may declare more than one gear type,
however, vessels using trawl gear may
only declare one of the trawl gear types
listed in paragraph (d)(5)(iv)(A) of this
section on any trip and may not declare
non trawl gear on the same trip in
which trawl gear is declared.
(A) One of the following gear types
must be declared:
(1) Limited entry fixed gear,
(2) [Reserved]
(3) Limited entry mid water trawl,
non-whiting,
(4) Limited entry mid water trawl,
Pacific whiting shore based sector,
(5) Limited entry mid water trawl,
Pacific whiting catcher/processor sector,
(6) Limited entry mid water trawl,
Pacific whiting mother ship sector,
(7) Limited entry bottom trawl, not
including emerald trawl,
(8) Limited entry emerald trawl,
(9) Non-groundfish trawl gear for pink
shrimp,
(10) Non-groundfish trawl gear for
ridgeback prawn,
(11) Non-groundfish trawl gear for
California halibut,
(12) Non-groundfish trawl gear for sea
cucumber,
(13) Open access longline gear for
groundfish,
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:37 Sep 30, 2010
Jkt 223001
(14) Open access Pacific halibut
longline gear,
(15) Open access groundfish trap or
pot gear,
(16) Open access Dungeness crab trap
or pot gear,
(17) Open access prawn trap or pot
gear,
(18) Open access sheephead trap or
pot gear,
(19) Open access line gear for
groundfish,
(20) Open access HMS line gear,
(21) Open access salmon troll gear,
(22) Open access California Halibut
line gear,
(23) Open access net gear,
(24) Other gear, or
(25) Tribal trawl.
(B) [Reserved]
§ 660.14 Vessel Monitoring System (VMS)
requirements.
(a) What is a VMS? A VMS consists
of a NMFS OLE type-approved mobile
transceiver unit that automatically
determines the vessel’s position and
transmits it to a NMFS OLE typeapproved communications service
provider. The communications service
provider receives the transmission and
relays it to NMFS OLE.
(b) Who is Required to Have a VMS?
The following vessels are required to
install a NMFS OLE type-approved
mobile transceiver unit and to arrange
for a NMFS OLE type-approved
communications service provider to
receive and relay transmissions to
NMFS OLE prior to fishing:
(1) Any vessel registered for use with
a limited entry permit that fishes in
state or Federal waters seaward of the
baseline from which the territorial sea is
measured off the States of Washington,
Oregon or California (0–200 nm
offshore).
(2) Any vessel that uses nongroundfish trawl gear to fish in the EEZ.
(3) Any vessel that uses open access
gear to take and retain, or possess
groundfish in the EEZ or land
groundfish taken in the EEZ.
(c) How are Mobile Transceiver Units
and Communications Service Providers
Approved by NMFS OLE?
(1) NMFS OLE will publish typeapproval specifications for VMS
components in the Federal Register or
notify the public through other
appropriate media.
(2) Mobile transceiver unit
manufacturers or communication
service providers will submit products
or services to NMFS OLE for evaluation
based on the published specifications.
(3) NMFS OLE may publish a list of
NMFS OLE type-approved mobile
transceiver units and communication
PO 00000
Frm 00040
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
service providers for the Pacific Coast
groundfish fishery in the Federal
Register or notify the public through
other appropriate media. As necessary,
NMFS OLE may publish amendments to
the list of type-approved mobile
transceiver units and communication
service providers in the Federal
Register or through other appropriate
media. A list of VMS transceivers that
have been type-approved by NMFS OLE
may be mailed to the permit owner’s
address of record. NMFS will bear no
responsibility if a notification is sent to
the address of record and is not received
because the applicant’s actual address
has changed without notification to
NMFS, as required at
§ 660.25(b)(4)(i)(B).
(d) What are the Vessel Owner’s
Responsibilities? If you are a vessel
owner that must participate in the VMS
program, you or the vessel operator
must:
(1) Obtain a NMFS OLE typeapproved mobile transceiver unit and
have it installed on board your vessel in
accordance with the instructions
provided by NMFS OLE. You may
obtain a copy of the VMS installation
and operation instructions from the
NMFS OLE Northwest, VMS Program
Manager upon request at 7600 Sand
Point Way NE., Seattle, WA 98115–
6349, phone: (206) 526–6133.
(2) Activate the mobile transceiver
unit, submit an activation report at least
72 hours prior to leaving port on a trip
in which VMS is required, and receive
confirmation from NMFS OLE that the
VMS transmissions are being received
before participating in a fishery
requiring the VMS. Instructions for
submitting an activation report may be
obtained from the NMFS, Northwest
OLE VMS Program Manager upon
request at 7600 Sand Point Way NE.,
Seattle, WA 98115–6349, phone: (206)
526–6133. An activation report must
again be submitted to NMFS OLE
following reinstallation of a mobile
transceiver unit or change in service
provider before the vessel may be used
to fish in a fishery requiring the VMS.
(i) Activation reports. If you are a
vessel owner who must use VMS and
you are activating a VMS transceiver
unit for the first time or reactivating a
VMS transceiver unit following a
reinstallation of a mobile transceiver
unit or change in service provider, you
must fax NMFS OLE an activation
report that includes: Vessel name; vessel
owner’s name, address and telephone
number, vessel operator’s name, address
and telephone number, USCG vessel
documentation number/state
registration number; if applicable, the
groundfish permit number the vessel is
E:\FR\FM\01OCR2.SGM
01OCR2
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 190 / Friday, October 1, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
registered to; VMS transceiver unit
manufacturer; VMS communications
service provider; VMS transceiver
identification; identifying if the unit is
the primary or backup; and a statement
signed and dated by the vessel owner
confirming compliance with the
installation procedures provided by
NMFS OLE.
(ii) Transferring ownership of VMS
unit. Ownership of the VMS transceiver
unit may be transferred from one vessel
owner to another vessel owner if all of
the following documents are provided
to NMFS OLE: A new activation report,
which identifies that the transceiver
unit was previously registered to
another vessel; a notarized bill of sale
showing proof of ownership of the VMS
transceiver unit; documentation from
the communications service provider
showing proof that the service
agreement for the previous vessel was
terminated and that a service agreement
was established for the new vessel.
(3) Transceiver unit operation.
Operate and maintain the mobile
transceiver unit in good working order
continuously, 24 hours a day
throughout the fishing year, unless such
vessel is exempted under paragraph
(d)(4) of this section. The mobile
transceiver unit must transmit a signal
accurately indicating the vessel’s
position at least once every hour, 24
hours a day, throughout the year unless
a valid exemption report, as described
in paragraph (b)(4) of this section, has
been received by NMFS OLE. Less
frequent position reporting at least once
every four hours is authorized when a
vessel remains in port for an extended
period of time, but the mobile
transceiver unit must remain in
continuous operation at all times unless
the vessel is exempted under this
section.
(4) VMS exemptions. A vessel that is
required to operate and maintain the
mobile transceiver unit continuously 24
hours a day throughout the fishing year
may be exempted from this requirement
if a valid exemption report, as described
at paragraph (d)(4)(vii) of this section, is
received by NMFS OLE and the vessel
is in compliance with all conditions and
requirements of the VMS exemption
identified in this section and specified
in the exemption report.
(i) Haul out exemption. When it is
anticipated that a vessel will be
continuously out of the water for more
than 7 consecutive days and a valid
exemption report has been received by
NMFS OLE, electrical power to the VMS
mobile transceiver unit may be removed
and transmissions may be discontinued.
Under this exemption, VMS
transmissions can be discontinued from
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:37 Sep 30, 2010
Jkt 223001
the time the vessel is removed from the
water until the time that the vessel is
placed back in the water.
(ii) Outside areas exemption. When
the vessel will be operating seaward of
the EEZ off Washington, Oregon, or
California continuously for more than 7
consecutive days and a valid exemption
report has been received by NMFS OLE,
the VMS mobile transceiver unit
transmissions may be reduced or
discontinued from the time the vessel
leaves the EEZ off the coasts of
Washington, Oregon or California until
the time that the vessel re-enters the
EEZ off the coasts of Washington,
Oregon or California. Under this
exemption, the vessel owner or operator
can request that NMFS OLE reduce or
discontinue the VMS transmissions after
receipt of an exemption report, if the
vessel is equipped with a VMS
transceiver unit that NMFS OLE has
approved for this exemption.
(iii) Permit transfer exemption. If the
limited entry permit has been
transferred from a vessel (for the
purposes of this section, this includes
permits placed into ‘‘unidentified’’
status) the vessel may be exempted from
VMS requirements providing the vessel
is not used to fish in state or Federal
waters seaward of the baseline from
which the territorial sea is measured off
the States of Washington, Oregon or
California (0–200 nm offshore) for the
remainder of the fishing year. If the
vessel is used to fish in this area for any
species of fish at any time during the
remaining portion of the fishing year
without being registered to a limited
entry permit, the vessel is required to
have and use VMS.
(iv) Long-term departure exemption.
A vessel participating in the open access
fishery that is required to have VMS
under paragraph (b)(3) of this section
may be exempted from VMS provisions
after the end of the fishing year in
which it fished in the open access
fishery, providing the vessel submits a
completed exemption report signed by
the vessel owner that includes a
statement signed by the vessel owner
indicating that the vessel will not be
used to take and retain or possess
groundfish in the EEZ or land
groundfish taken in the EEZ during the
new fishing year.
(v) Emergency exemption. Vessels
required to have VMS under paragraph
(b) of this section may be exempted
from VMS provisions in emergency
situations that are beyond the vessel
owner’s control, including but not
limited to: Fire, flooding, or extensive
physical damage to critical areas of the
vessel. A vessel owner may apply for an
emergency exemption from the VMS
PO 00000
Frm 00041
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
60907
requirements specified in paragraph (b)
of this section for his/her vessel by
sending a written request to NMFS OLE
specifying the following information:
The reasons for seeking an exemption,
including any supporting documents
(e.g., repair invoices, photographs
showing damage to the vessel, insurance
claim forms, etc.); the time period for
which the exemption is requested; and
the location of the vessel while the
exemption is in effect. NMFS OLE will
issue a written determination granting
or denying the emergency exemption
request. A vessel will not be covered by
the emergency exemption until NMFS
OLE issues a determination granting the
exemption. If an exemption is granted,
the duration of the exemption will be
specified in the NMFS OLE
determination.
(vi) Submission of exemption reports.
Signed long-term departure exemption
reports must be submitted by fax or by
emailing an electronic copy of the actual
report. In the event of an emergency in
which an emergency exemption request
will be submitted, initial contact with
NMFS OLE must be made by telephone,
fax or email within 24 hours from when
the incident occurred. Emergency
exemption requests must be requested
in writing within 72 hours from when
the incident occurred. Other exemption
reports must be submitted through the
VMS or another method that is
approved by NMFS OLE and announced
in the Federal Register. Submission
methods for exemption requests, except
long-term departures and emergency
exemption requests, may include email,
facsimile, or telephone. NMFS OLE will
provide, through appropriate media,
instructions to the public on submitting
exemption reports. Instructions and
other information needed to make
exemption reports may be mailed to the
vessel owner’s address of record. NMFS
will bear no responsibility if a
notification is sent to the address of
record for the vessel owner and is not
received because the vessel owner’s
actual address has changed without
notification to NMFS. Owners of vessels
required to use VMS who do not receive
instructions by mail are responsible for
contacting NMFS OLE during business
hours at least 3 days before the
exemption is required to obtain
information needed to make exemption
reports. NMFS OLE must be contacted
during business hours (Monday through
Friday between 0800 and 1700 Pacific
Time).
(vii) Valid exemption reports. For an
exemption report to be valid, it must be
received by NMFS at least 2 hours and
not more than 24 hours before the
exempted activities defined at
E:\FR\FM\01OCR2.SGM
01OCR2
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with RULES2
60908
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 190 / Friday, October 1, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
paragraphs (d)(4)(i) through (iv) of this
section occur. An exemption report is
valid until NMFS receives a report
canceling the exemption. An exemption
cancellation must be received at least 2
hours before the vessel re-enters the EEZ
following an outside areas exemption; at
least 2 hours before the vessel is placed
back in the water following a haul out
exemption; at least 2 hours before the
vessel resumes fishing for any species of
fish in state or Federal waters off the
States of Washington, Oregon, or
California after it has received a permit
transfer exemption; or at least 2 hours
before a vessel resumes fishing in the
open access fishery after a long-term
departure exemption. If a vessel is
required to submit an activation report
under paragraph (d)(2)(i) of this section
before returning to fish, that report may
substitute for the exemption
cancellation. Initial contact must be
made with NMFS OLE not more than 24
hours after the time that an emergency
situation occurred in which VMS
transmissions were disrupted and
followed by a written emergency
exemption request within 72 hours from
when the incident occurred. If the
emergency situation upon which an
emergency exemption is based is
resolved before the exemption expires,
an exemption cancellation must be
received by NMFS at least 2 hours
before the vessel resumes fishing.
(5) When aware that transmission of
automatic position reports has been
interrupted, or when notified by NMFS
OLE that automatic position reports are
not being received, contact NMFS OLE
at 7600 Sand Point Way NE, Seattle, WA
98115–6349, phone: (206) 526–6133 and
follow the instructions provided to you.
Such instructions may include, but are
not limited to, manually communicating
to a location designated by NMFS OLE
the vessel’s position or returning to port
until the VMS is operable.
(6) After a fishing trip during which
interruption of automatic position
reports has occurred, the vessel’s owner
or operator must replace or repair the
mobile transceiver unit prior to the
vessel’s next fishing trip. Repair or
reinstallation of a mobile transceiver
unit or installation of a replacement,
including change of communications
service provider shall be in accordance
with the instructions provided by NMFS
OLE and require the same certification.
(7) Make the mobile transceiver units
available for inspection by NMFS OLE
personnel, USCG personnel, state
enforcement personnel or any
authorized officer.
(8) Ensure that the mobile transceiver
unit is not tampered with, disabled,
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:37 Sep 30, 2010
Jkt 223001
destroyed, operated, or maintained
improperly.
(9) Pay all charges levied by the
communication service provider as
necessary to ensure continuous
operation of the VMS transceiver units.
§ 660.15
Equipment requirements.
(a) Applicability. This section
contains the equipment and operational
requirements for scales used to weigh
catch at sea, scales used to weigh catch
at IFQ first receivers, computer
hardware for electronic fish ticket
software and computer hardware for
electronic logbook software.
(b) Performance and technical
requirements for scales used to weigh
catch at sea. [Reserved]
(c) Performance and technical
requirements for scales used to weigh
catch at IFQ first receivers. [Reserved]
(d) Electronic fish tickets. Pacific
whiting shoreside first receivers using
the electronic fish ticket software
provided by Pacific States Marine Fish
Commission are required to meet the
hardware and software requirements
below. Those Pacific whiting shoreside
first receivers who have NMFSapproved software compatible with the
standards specified by Pacific States
Marine Fish Commission for electronic
fish tickets are not subject to any
specific hardware or software
requirements.
(1) Hardware and software
requirements. (i) A personal computer
with Pentium 75-MHz or higher.
Random Access Memory (RAM) must
have sufficient megabyte (MB) space to
run the operating system, plus an
additional 8 MB for the software
application and available hard disk
space of 217 MB or greater. A CD–ROM
drive with a Video Graphics Adapter
(VGA) or higher resolution monitor
(super VGA is recommended).
(ii) Microsoft Windows 2000 (64 MB
or greater RAM required), Windows XP
(128 MB or greater RAM required) or
later operating system.
(iii) Microsoft Access 2003 or newer.
(2) NMFS approved software
standards and Internet access. The first
receiver is responsible for obtaining,
installing and updating electronic fish
tickets software either provided by
Pacific States Marine Fish Commission,
or compatible with the data export
specifications specified by Pacific States
Marine Fish Commission and for
maintaining Internet access sufficient to
transmit data files via e-mail. Requests
for data export specifications can be
submitted to: Attn: Frank Lockhart,
National Marine Fisheries Service,
Northwest Region Sustainable Fisheries
Division, 7600 Sand Point Way NE.,
PO 00000
Frm 00042
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
Seattle, WA 98115, or via e-mail to
frank.lockhart@noaa.gov.
(3) Maintenance. The Pacific whiting
shoreside first receiver is responsible for
ensuring that all hardware and software
required under this subsection are fully
operational and functional whenever
the Pacific whiting primary season
deliveries are accepted.
(4) Improving data quality. Vessel
owners and operators, Pacific whiting
shoreside first receivers, or shoreside
processor owners, or managers may
contact NMFS in writing to request
assistance in improving data quality and
resolving issues. Requests may be
submitted to: Attn: Frank Lockhart,
National Marine Fisheries Service,
Northwest Region Sustainable Fisheries
Division, 7600 Sand Point Way NE.,
Seattle, WA 98115, or via e-mail to
frank.lockhart@noaa.gov.
§ 660.16
Groundfish observer program.
(a) General. Vessel owners, operators,
and managers are jointly and severally
responsible for their vessels’ compliance
with observer requirements specified in
this section and within § 660.116,
subpart D, § 660.216, subpart E,
§ 660.316, subpart F, or subpart G.
(b) Purpose. The purpose of the
Groundfish Observer Program is to
collect fisheries data deemed by the
Northwest Regional Administrator,
NMFS, to be necessary and appropriate
for management, compliance
monitoring, and research in the
groundfish fisheries and for the
conservation of living marine resources
and their habitat.
(c) Catcher vessels. For the purposes
of observer coverage requirements the
term ‘‘catcher vessel’’ includes the
vessels described in paragraphs (c)(1)
through (c)(3) of this section. The term
‘‘catcher vessel’’ does not include:
Catcher/processor or mothership
vessels, Pacific whiting shoreside
vessels that sort catch at sea, or
recreational vessels.
(1) Any vessel registered for use with
a Pacific Coast groundfish limited entry
permit that fishes in state or Federal
waters seaward of the baseline from
which the territorial sea is measured off
the States of Washington, Oregon or
California (0–200 nm offshore).
(2) Any vessel other than a vessel
described in paragraph (c)(1) of this
section that is used to take and retain,
possess, or land groundfish in or from
the EEZ.
(3) Any vessel that is required to take
a Federal observer by the applicable
State law.
(d) Observer coverage requirements.
The following table provides references
E:\FR\FM\01OCR2.SGM
01OCR2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 190 / Friday, October 1, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
60909
to the regulatory sections with the
observer coverage requirements.
Regulation subpart and
section
West Coast Groundfish Fishery/Program
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with RULES2
Catcher Vessels in the Trawl Fishery, and Pacific Whiting Shoreside Vessels that Sort Catch At Sea ......................
Mothership Processors ...................................................................................................................................................
Catcher/Processors ........................................................................................................................................................
Catcher Vessels in the Fixed Gear Fisheries ................................................................................................................
Catcher Vessels in the Open Access Fisheries .............................................................................................................
(e) NMFS-certified Observer
Certification and Observer
Responsibilities—(1) Observer
Certification—(i) Applicability.
Observer certification authorizes an
individual to fulfill duties as specified
in writing by the NMFS Observer
Program Office while under the employ
of a NMFS-permitted observer provider
and according to certification
endorsements as designated under
paragraph (e)(3) of this section.
(ii) Certification requirements. NMFS
will certify individuals who:
(A) Are employed by an observer
provider company permitted pursuant
to 50 CFR 679.50 at the time of the
issuance of the certification;
(B) Have provided, through their
observer provider:
(1) Information identified by NMFS at
50 CFR 679.50(i)(2)(x)(A)(1)(iii) and (iv);
and
(2) Information identified by NMFS at
50 CFR 679.50(i)(2)(x)(C) regarding the
observer candidate’s health and
physical fitness for the job;
(C) Meet all education and health
standards as specified in 50 CFR
679.50(i)(2)(i)(A) and (i)(2)(x)(C),
respectively; and
(D) Have successfully completed
NMFS-approved training as prescribed
by the Observer Program.
(1) Successful completion of training
by an observer applicant consists of
meeting all attendance and conduct
standards issued in writing at the start
of training; meeting all performance
standards issued in writing at the start
of training for assignments, tests, and
other evaluation tools; and completing
all other training requirements
established by the Observer Program.
(2) If a candidate fails training, he or
she will be notified in writing on or
before the last day of training. The
notification will indicate: The reasons
the candidate failed the training;
whether the candidate can retake the
training, and under what conditions, or
whether, the candidate will not be
allowed to retake the training. If a
determination is made that the
candidate may not pursue further
training, notification will be in the form
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:37 Sep 30, 2010
Jkt 223001
of an IAD denying certification, as
specified under paragraph (e)(2)(i) of
this section.
(E) Have not been decertified as
specified in § 660.18(b), or pursuant to
50 CFR 679.50.
(2) Agency determinations on
observer certification—(i) Issuance of an
observer certification. An observer
certification will be issued upon
determination by the observer
certification official (see § 660.18,
subpart C) that the candidate has
successfully met all requirements for
certification as specified in paragraph
(e)(1)(ii) of this section.
(ii) Denial of a certification. The
NMFS observer certification official (see
§ 660.18, subpart C) will issue a written
IAD denying observer certification when
the observer certification official
determines that a candidate has
unresolvable deficiencies in meeting the
requirements for certification as
specified in § 660.18, subpart C. The
IAD will identify the reasons
certification was denied and what
requirements were deficient.
(iii) Appeals. A candidate who
receives an IAD that denies his or her
certification may appeal pursuant to
§ 660.18, subpart C. A candidate who
appeals the IAD will not be issued an
interim observer certification, and will
not receive a certification unless the
final resolution of that appeal is in the
candidate’s favor.
(3) Endorsements. The following
endorsements must be obtained, in
addition to observer certification, in
order for an observer to deploy.
(i) Certification training endorsement.
A certification training endorsement
signifies the successful completion of
the training course required to obtain
observer certification. This endorsement
expires when the observer has not been
deployed and performed sampling
duties as required by the Observer
Program Office for a period of time,
specified by the Observer Program, after
his or her most recent debriefing. The
observer can renew the endorsement by
successfully completing certification
training once more.
PO 00000
Frm 00043
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
subpart
subpart
subpart
subpart
subpart
D, § 660.116.
D, § 660.116.
D, § 660.116.
E, § 660.216.
F, § 660.316.
(ii) Annual general endorsements.
Each observer must obtain an annual
general endorsement to their
certification prior to his or her first
deployment within any calendar year
subsequent to a year in which a
certification training endorsement is
obtained. To obtain an annual general
endorsement, an observer must
successfully complete the annual
briefing, as specified by the Observer
Program. All briefing attendance,
performance, and conduct standards
required by the Observer Program must
be met.
(iii) Deployment endorsements. Each
observer who has completed an initial
deployment after certification or annual
briefing must receive a deployment
endorsement to their certification prior
to any subsequent deployments for the
remainder of that year. An observer may
obtain a deployment endorsement by
successfully completing all pre-cruise
briefing requirements. The type of
briefing the observer must attend and
successfully complete will be specified
in writing by the Observer Program
during the observer’s most recent
debriefing.
(iv) Pacific whiting fishery
endorsements. A Pacific whiting fishery
endorsement is required for purposes of
performing observer duties aboard
vessels that process groundfish at sea in
the Pacific whiting fishery. A Pacific
whiting fishery endorsement to an
observer’s certification may be obtained
by meeting the following requirements:
(A) Be a prior NMFS-certified
observer in the groundfish fisheries off
Alaska or the Pacific Coast, unless an
individual with this qualification is not
available;
(B) Receive an evaluation by NMFS
for his or her most recent deployment (if
any) that indicated that the observer’s
performance met Observer Program
expectations for that deployment;
(C) Successfully complete a NMFSapproved observer training and/or
Pacific whiting briefing as prescribed by
the Observer Program; and
(D) Comply with all of the other
requirements of this section.
E:\FR\FM\01OCR2.SGM
01OCR2
60910
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 190 / Friday, October 1, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
(4) Standards of observer conduct—(i)
Standards of behavior. Observers must
avoid any behavior that could adversely
affect the confidence of the public in the
integrity of the Observer Program or of
the government, including but not
limited to the following:
(A) Observers must perform their
assigned duties as described in the
Observer Manual or other written
instructions from the Observer Program
Office.
(B) Observers must accurately record
their sampling data, write complete
reports, and report accurately any
observations of suspected violations of
regulations relevant to conservation of
marine resources or their environment.
(C) Observers must not disclose
collected data and observations made on
board the vessel or in the processing
facility to any person except the owner
or operator of the observed vessel or
processing facility, an authorized
officer, or NMFS.
(D) Observers must refrain from
engaging in any illegal actions or any
other activities that would reflect
negatively on their image as
professional scientists, on other
observers, or on the Observer Program
as a whole. This includes, but is not
limited to:
(1) Violating the drug and alcohol
policy established by and available from
the Observer Program;
(2) Engaging in the use, possession, or
distribution of illegal drugs; or
(3) Engaging in physical sexual
contact with personnel of the vessel or
processing facility to which the observer
is assigned, or with any vessel or
processing plant personnel who may be
substantially affected by the
performance or non-performance of the
observer’s official duties.
§ 660.17 Catch monitors and catch
monitor service providers. [Reserved]
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with RULES2
§ 660.18 Certification and decertification
procedures for observers, catch monitors,
catch monitor providers, and observer
providers.
(a) Observer certification official. The
Regional Administrator (or a designee)
will designate a NMFS observer
certification official who will make
decisions for the Observer Program
Office on whether to issue or deny
observer certification pursuant to the
regulations at § 660.16(e), subpart C.
(b) Observer suspension and
decertification.
(1) Suspension and decertification
review official. The Regional
Administrator (or a designee) will
designate a suspension and
decertification review official(s), who
will have the authority to review
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:37 Sep 30, 2010
Jkt 223001
certifications and issue initial
administrative determinations of
certification suspension and/or
decertification.
(2) Causes for suspension or
decertification. The suspension/
decertification official may initiate
suspension or decertification
proceedings against an observer:
(i) When it is alleged that the observer
has committed any acts or omissions of
any of the following:
(A) Failed to satisfactorily perform the
duties of observers as specified in
writing by the NMFS Observer Program;
or
(B) Failed to abide by the standards of
conduct for observers as prescribed
under § 660.16(e)(4), subpart C.
(ii) Upon conviction of a crime or
upon entry of a civil judgment for:
(A) Commission of fraud or other
violation in connection with obtaining
or attempting to obtain certification, or
in performing the duties as specified in
writing by the NMFS Observer Program;
(B) Commission of embezzlement,
theft, forgery, bribery, falsification or
destruction of records, making false
statements, or receiving stolen property;
(C) Commission of any other offense
indicating a lack of integrity or honesty
that seriously and directly affects the
fitness of observers.
(D) Conflict of interest as specified at
§ 660.18 (d) of this section.
(3) Issuance of initial administrative
determination. Upon determination that
suspension or decertification is
warranted under § 660.18(b) of this
section the suspension/decertification
official will issue a written IAD to the
observer and send it via certified mail
to the observer’s most current address of
record as provided to NMFS. The IAD
will identify whether a certification is
suspended or revoked and will identify
the specific reasons for the action taken.
If the IAD issues a suspension of a
certification, the terms of the
suspension will be specified.
Suspension or decertification is
effective immediately as of the date of
issuance, unless the suspension/
decertification official notes a
compelling reason for maintaining
certification for a specified period and
under specified conditions.
(4) Appeals. A certified observer who
receives an IAD that suspends or
revokes certification may appeal
pursuant to paragraph (c) of this section.
(c) Appeals process—(1) Decisions.
Decisions on appeals of initial
administrative decisions denying
certification to, or suspending, or
decertifying, will be made by the
Regional Administrator (or designated
official). Appeals decisions shall be in
PO 00000
Frm 00044
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
writing and shall state the reasons
therefore.
(2) Filing an appeal of the
determination. An appeal must be filed
with the Regional Administrator within
30 days of the initial administrative
determination denying, suspending, or
revoking the certification.
(3) Content of an appeal. The appeal
must be in writing, and must allege facts
or circumstances to show why the
certification should be granted, or
should not be suspended or revoked,
under the criteria in this section.
(4) Decision on an appeal. Absent
good cause for further delay, the
Regional Administrator (or designated
official) will issue a written decision on
the appeal within 45 days of receipt of
the appeal. The Regional
Administrator’s decision is the final
decision of the Regional Administrator
acting on behalf of the Secretary of
Commerce as of the date of the decision.
(d) Limitations on conflict of
interest—(1) Limitations on conflict of
interest for observers: (i) Must not have
a direct financial interest, other than the
provision of observer or catch monitor
services, in a North Pacific fishery
managed pursuant to an FMP for the
waters off the coast of Alaska, Alaska
state waters, or in a Pacific Coast fishery
managed by either the state or Federal
governments in waters off Washington,
Oregon, or California, including but not
limited to:
(A) Any ownership, mortgage holder,
or other secured interest in a vessel,
shorebased or floating stationary
processor facility involved in the
catching, taking, harvesting or
processing of fish,
(B) Any business involved with
selling supplies or services to any
vessel, shorebased or floating stationary
processing facility; or
(C) Any business involved with
purchasing raw or processed products
from any vessel, shorebased or floating
stationary processing facilities.
(ii) Must not solicit or accept, directly
or indirectly, any gratuity, gift, favor,
entertainment, loan, or anything of
monetary value from anyone who either
conducts activities that are regulated by
NMFS or has interests that may be
substantially affected by the
performance or nonperformance of the
observers’ official duties.
(iii) May not serve as observer on any
vessel or at any shoreside or floating
stationary processing facility owned or
operated where a person was previously
employed.
(iv) May not solicit or accept
employment as a crew member or an
employee of a vessel, shoreside
processor, or stationary floating
E:\FR\FM\01OCR2.SGM
01OCR2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 190 / Friday, October 1, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
processor while employed by an
observer or catch monitor provider.
(2) Provisions for remuneration of
observers or catch monitors under this
section do not constitute a conflict of
interest.
(3) Limitations on conflict of interest
for catch monitors. [Reserved]
(4) Limitations on conflict of interest
for catch monitors providers. [Reserved]
§ 660.20
Vessel and gear identification.
(a) Vessel identification—(1) Display.
The operator of a vessel that is over 25
ft (7.6 m) in length and is engaged in
commercial fishing for groundfish must
display the vessel’s official number on
the port and starboard sides of the
deckhouse or hull, and on a weather
deck so as to be visible from above. The
number must contrast with the
background and be in block Arabic
numerals at least 18 inches (45.7 cm)
high for vessels over 65 ft (19.8 m) long
and at least 10 inches (25.4 cm) high for
vessels between 25 and 65 ft (7.6 and
19.8 m) in length. The length of a vessel
for purposes of this section is the length
set forth in USCG records or in state
records, if no USCG record exists.
(2) Maintenance of numbers. The
operator of a vessel engaged in
commercial fishing for groundfish must
keep the identifying markings required
by paragraph (a)(1) of this section
clearly legible and in good repair, and
must ensure that no part of the vessel,
its rigging, or its fishing gear obstructs
the view of the official number from an
enforcement vessel or aircraft.
(3) Commercial passenger vessels.
This section does not apply to vessels
carrying fishing parties on a per-capita
basis or by charter.
(b) Gear identification. Gear
identification requirements specific to
fisheries using fixed gear (limited entry
and open access) are described at
§ 660.219, subpart E and § 660.319,
subpart F.
§ 660.24 Limited entry and open access
fisheries.
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with RULES2
(a) General. All commercial fishing
for groundfish must be conducted in
accordance with the regulations
governing limited entry and open access
fisheries, except such fishing by treaty
Indian tribes as may be separately
provided for.
(b) [Reserved]
§ 660.25
Permits.
(a) General. Each of the permits or
licenses in this section has different
conditions or privileges as part of the
permit or license. The permits or
licenses in this section confer a
conditional privilege of participating in
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:37 Sep 30, 2010
Jkt 223001
the Pacific coast groundfish fishery, in
accordance with Federal regulations in
50 CFR part 660, subparts C through G.
(b) Limited entry permit—(1)
Eligibility and registration—(i) General.
In order for a vessel to be used to fish
in the limited entry fishery, the vessel
owner must hold a limited entry permit
and, through SFD, must register that
vessel for use with a limited entry
permit. When participating in the
limited entry fishery, a vessel is
authorized to fish with the gear type
endorsed on the limited entry permit
registered for use with that vessel,
except that the MS permit does not have
a gear endorsement. There are three
types of gear endorsements: Trawl,
longline, and pot (or trap). All limited
entry permits, except the MS permit,
have size endorsements; a vessel
registered for use with a limited entry
permit must comply with the vessel size
requirements of this subpart. A sablefish
endorsement is also required for a vessel
to be used to fish in the primary season
for the limited entry fixed gear sablefish
fishery, north of 36° N. lat. Certain
limited entry permits will also have
endorsements required for participation
in a specific fishery, such as the MS/CV
endorsement and the C/P endorsement.
(A) Until the trawl rationalization
program is implemented, a catcher
vessel participating in either the Pacific
whiting shorebased or mothership
sector must, in addition to being
registered for use with a limited entry
permit, be registered for use with a
sector-appropriate Pacific whiting vessel
license under § 660.26, subpart C. A
vessel participating in the Pacific
whiting catcher/processor sector must,
in addition to being registered for use
with a limited entry permit, be
registered for use with a sectorappropriate Pacific whiting vessel
license under § 660.26, subpart C.
Although a mothership vessel
participating in the Pacific whiting
mothership sector is not required to be
registered for use with a limited entry
permit, such vessel must be registered
for use with a sector-appropriate Pacific
whiting vessel license under § 660.26,
subpart C.
(B) [Reserved]
(ii) Eligibility. Only a person eligible
to own a documented vessel under the
terms of 46 U.S.C. 12113 (a) may be
issued or may hold a limited entry
permit.
(iii) Registration. Limited entry
permits will normally be registered for
use with a particular vessel at the time
the permit is issued, renewed,
transferred, or replaced. If the permit
will be used with a vessel other than the
one registered on the permit, the permit
PO 00000
Frm 00045
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
60911
owner must register that permit for use
with the new vessel through the SFD.
The reissued permit must be placed on
board the new vessel in order for the
vessel to be used to fish in the limited
entry fishery.
(A) For all limited entry permits,
including MS permits, MS/CV-endorsed
permits, and C/P-endorsed permits
when they are not fishing in the at-sea
whiting fisheries, registration of a
limited entry permit to be used with a
new vessel will take effect no earlier
than the first day of the next major
limited entry cumulative limit period
following the date SFD receives the
transfer form and the original permit.
(B) For MS permits, MS/CV-endorsed
permits, and C/P-endorsed permits
when they are fishing in the at-sea
whiting fisheries, registration of a
limited entry permit to be used with a
new vessel will take effect on the date
NMFS approves and issuance of the
transferred permit.
(iv) Limited entry permits indivisible.
Limited entry permits may not be
divided for use by more than one vessel.
(v) Initial administrative
determination. SFD will make an IAD
regarding permit endorsements,
renewal, replacement, and change in
vessel registration. SFD will notify the
permit owner in writing with an
explanation of any determination to
deny a permit endorsement, renewal,
replacement, or change in vessel
registration. The SFD will decline to act
on an application for permit
endorsement, renewal, transfer,
replacement, or registration of a limited
entry permit if the permit is subject to
sanction provisions of the MagnusonStevens Act at 16 U.S.C. 1858 (a) and
implementing regulations at 15 CFR part
904, subpart D, apply.
(2) Mothership (MS) permit. The MS
permit conveys a conditional privilege
for the vessel registered to it,, to
participate in the MS fishery by
receiving and processing deliveries of
groundfish in the Pacific whiting
mothership sector. An MS permit is a
type of limited entry permit. An MS
permit does not have any endorsements
affixed to the permit, as listed in
paragraph (b)(3) of this section. The
provisions for the MS permit, including
eligibility, renewal, change of permit
ownership, vessel registration, fees, and
appeals are described at § 660.150,
subpart D.
(3) Endorsements—(i) ‘‘A’’
endorsement. A limited entry permit
with an ‘‘A’’ endorsement entitles the
vessel registered to the permit to fish in
the limited entry fishery for all
groundfish species with the type(s) of
limited entry gear specified in the
E:\FR\FM\01OCR2.SGM
01OCR2
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with RULES2
60912
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 190 / Friday, October 1, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
endorsement, except for sablefish
harvested north of 36° N. lat. during
times and with gears for which a
sablefish endorsement is required. See
paragraph (b)(3)(iv) of this section for
provisions on sablefish endorsement
requirements. An ‘‘A’’ endorsement is
transferable with the limited entry
permit to another person, or to a
different vessel under the same
ownership under paragraph (b)(4) of this
section. An ‘‘A’’ endorsement expires on
failure to renew the limited entry permit
to which it is affixed. An MS permit is
not considered a limited entry ‘‘A’’endorsed permit.
(ii) Gear endorsement. There are three
types of gear endorsements: Trawl,
longline and pot (trap). When limited
entry ‘‘A’’-endorsed permits were first
issued, some vessel owners qualified for
more than one type of gear endorsement
based on the landings history of their
vessels. Each limited entry ‘‘A’’endorsed permit has one or more gear
endorsement(s). Gear endorsement(s)
assigned to the permit at the time of
issuance will be permanent and shall
not be modified. While participating in
the limited entry fishery, the vessel
registered to the limited entry ‘‘A’’endorsed permit is authorized to fish
the gear(s) endorsed on the permit.
While participating in the limited entry,
fixed gear primary fishery for sablefish
described at § 660.231, subpart E, a
vessel registered to more than one
limited entry permit is authorized to
fish with any gear, except trawl gear,
endorsed on at least one of the permits
registered for use with that vessel.
During the limited entry fishery, permit
holders may also fish with open access
gear, except that vessels fishing against
primary sablefish season cumulative
limits described at § 660.231, subpart E,
may not fish with open access gear
against those limits. An MS permit does
not have a gear endorsement.
(iii) Vessel size endorsements—(A)
General. Each limited entry ‘‘A’’endorsed permit will be endorsed with
the LOA for the size of the vessel that
initially qualified for the permit, except
when permits are combined into one
permit to be registered for use with a
vessel requiring a larger size
endorsement, the new permit will be
endorsed for the size that results from
the combination of the permits.
(B) Limitations of size endorsements.
(1) A limited entry permit may be
registered for use with a vessel up to 5
ft (1.52 m) longer than, the same length
as, or any length shorter than, the size
endorsed on the existing permit without
requiring a combination of permits or a
change in the size endorsement.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:37 Sep 30, 2010
Jkt 223001
(2) The vessel harvest capacity rating
for each of the permits being combined
is that indicated in Table 3 of subpart
C for the LOA (in feet) endorsed on the
respective limited entry permit. Harvest
capacity ratings for fractions of a foot in
vessel length will be determined by
multiplying the fraction of a foot in
vessel length by the difference in the
two ratings assigned to the nearest
integers of vessel length. The length
rating for the combined permit is that
indicated for the sum of the vessel
harvest capacity ratings for each permit
being combined. If that sum falls
between the sums for two adjacent
lengths on Table 3 of subpart C, the
length rating shall be the higher length.
(C) Size endorsement requirements for
sablefish-endorsed permits.
Notwithstanding paragraphs
(b)(3)(iii)(A) and (B) of this section,
when multiple permits are ‘‘stacked’’ on
a vessel, as described in paragraph
(b)(4)(iii), at least one of the permits
must meet the size requirements of
those sections. The permit that meets
the size requirements of those sections
is considered the vessel’s ‘‘base’’ permit,
as defined in § 660.11, subpart C. If
more than one permit registered for use
with the vessel has an appropriate
length endorsement for that vessel,
NMFS SFD will designate a base permit
by selecting the permit that has been
registered to the vessel for the longest
time. If the permit owner objects to
NMFS’ selection of the base permit, the
permit owner may send a letter to
NMFS SFD requesting the change and
the reasons for the request. If the permit
requested to be changed to the base
permit is appropriate for the length of
the vessel, NMFS SFD will reissue the
permit with the new base permit. Any
additional permits that are stacked for
use with a vessel participating in the
limited entry fixed gear primary
sablefish fishery may be registered for
use with a vessel even if the vessel is
more than 5 ft (1.5 m) longer or shorter
than the size endorsed on the permit.
(iv) Sablefish endorsement and tier
assignment—(A) General. Participation
in the limited entry fixed gear sablefish
fishery during the primary season north
of 36° N. lat., described in § 660.231,
Subpart E, requires that an owner of a
vessel hold (by ownership or lease) a
limited entry permit, registered for use
with that vessel, with a longline or trap
(or pot) endorsement and a sablefish
endorsement. Up to three permits with
sablefish endorsements may be
registered for use with a single vessel.
Limited entry permits with sablefish
endorsements are assigned to one of
three different cumulative trip limit
PO 00000
Frm 00046
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
tiers, based on the qualifying catch
history of the permit.
(1) A sablefish endorsement with a
tier assignment will be affixed to the
permit and will remain valid when the
permit is transferred.
(2) A sablefish endorsement and its
associated tier assignment are not
separable from the limited entry permit,
and therefore may not be transferred
separately from the limited entry
permit.
(B) Issuance process for sablefish
endorsements and tier assignments. No
new applications for sablefish
endorsements will be accepted after
November 30, 1998. All tier assignments
and subsequent appeals processes were
completed by September 1998.
(C) Ownership requirements and
limitations. (1) No partnership or
corporation may own a limited entry
permit with a sablefish endorsement
unless that partnership or corporation
owned a limited entry permit with a
sablefish endorsement on November 1,
2000. Otherwise, only individual
human persons may own limited entry
permits with sablefish endorsements.
(2) No individual person, partnership,
or corporation in combination may have
ownership interest in or hold more than
3 permits with sablefish endorsements
either simultaneously or cumulatively
over the primary season, except for an
individual person, or partnerships or
corporations that had ownership
interest in more than 3 permits with
sablefish endorsements as of November
1, 2000. The exemption from the
maximum ownership level of 3 permits
only applies to ownership of the
particular permits that were owned on
November 1, 2000. An individual
person, or partnerships or corporations
that had ownership interest in 3 or more
permits with sablefish endorsements as
of November 1, 2000, may not acquire
additional permits beyond those
particular permits owned on November
1, 2000. If, at some future time, an
individual person, partnership, or
corporation that owned more than 3
permits as of November 1, 2000, sells or
otherwise permanently transfers (not
holding through a lease arrangement)
some of its originally owned permits,
such that they then own fewer than 3
permits, they may then acquire
additional permits, but may not have
ownership interest in or hold more than
3 permits.
(3) A partnership or corporation will
lose the exemptions provided in
paragraphs (b)(3)(iv)(C)(1) and (2) of this
section on the effective date of any
change in the corporation or partnership
from that which existed on November 1,
2000. A ‘‘change’’ in the partnership or
E:\FR\FM\01OCR2.SGM
01OCR2
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 190 / Friday, October 1, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
corporation is defined at § 660.11,
subpart C. A change in the partnership
or corporation must be reported to SFD
within 15 calendar days of the addition
of a new shareholder or partner.
(4) Any partnership or corporation
with any ownership interest in or that
holds a limited entry permit with a
sablefish endorsement shall document
the extent of that ownership interest or
the individuals that hold the permit
with the SFD via the Identification of
Ownership Interest Form sent to the
permit owner through the annual permit
renewal process and whenever a change
in permit owner, permit holder, and/or
vessel registration occurs as described at
paragraph (b)(4)(iv) and (v) of this
section. SFD will not renew a sablefishendorsed limited entry permit through
the annual renewal process described at
paragraph (b)(4)(i) of this section, or
approve a change in permit owner,
permit holder, and/or vessel registration
unless the Identification of Ownership
Interest Form has been completed.
Further, if SFD discovers through
review of the Identification of
Ownership Interest Form that an
individual person, partnership, or
corporation owns or holds more than 3
permits and is not authorized to do so
under paragraph (b)(3)(iv)(C)(2) of this
section, the individual person,
partnership or corporation will be
notified and the permits owned or held
by that individual person, partnership,
or corporation will be void and reissued
with the vessel status as ‘‘unidentified’’
until the permit owner owns and/or
holds a quantity of permits appropriate
to the restrictions and requirements
described in paragraph (b)(3)(iv)(C)(2) of
this section. If SFD discovers through
review of the Identification of
Ownership Interest Form that a
partnership or corporation has had a
change in membership since November
1, 2000, as described in paragraph
(b)(3)(iv)(C)(3) of this section, the
partnership or corporation will be
notified, SFD will void any existing
permits, and reissue any permits owned
and/or held by that partnership or
corporation in ‘‘unidentified’’ status
with respect to vessel registration until
the partnership or corporation is able to
transfer those permits to persons
authorized under this section to own
sablefish-endorsed limited entry
permits.
(5) A person, partnership, or
corporation that is exempt from the
owner-on-board requirement may sell
all of their permits, buy another
sablefish-endorsed permit within up to
a year from the date the last permit was
approved for transfer, and retain their
exemption from the owner-on-board
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:37 Sep 30, 2010
Jkt 223001
requirements. An individual person,
partnership or corporation could only
obtain a permit if it has not added or
changed individuals since November 1,
2000, excluding individuals that have
left the partnership or corporation or
that have died.
(D) Sablefish at-sea processing
prohibition and exemption. Vessels are
prohibited from processing sablefish at
sea that were caught in the primary
sablefish fishery without sablefish at-sea
processing exemptions. The sablefish atsea processing exemption has been
issued to a particular vessel and that
permit and vessel owner who requested
the exemption. The exemption is not
part of the limited entry permit. The
exemption is not transferable to any
other vessel, vessel owner, or permit
owner for any reason. The sablefish atsea processing exemption will expire
upon transfer of the vessel to a new
owner or if the vessel is totally lost, as
defined at § 660.11, subpart C.
(v) MS/CV endorsement. An MS/CV
endorsement on a trawl limited entry
permit conveys a conditional privilege
that allows a vessel registered to it to
fish in either the coop or non-coop
fishery in the MS Coop Program
described at § 660.150, subpart D. The
provisions for the MS/CV-endorsed
limited entry permit, including
eligibility, renewal, change of permit
ownership, vessel registration,
combinations, accumulation limits, fees,
and appeals are described at § 660.150,
subpart D.
(vi) C/P endorsement. A C/P
endorsement on a trawl limited entry
permit conveys a conditional privilege
that allows a vessel registered to it to
fish in the C/P Coop Program described
at § 660.160, subpart D. The provisions
for the C/P-endorsed limited entry
permit, including eligibility, renewal,
change of permit ownership, vessel
registration, combinations, fees, and
appeals are described at § 660.160,
subpart D.
(vii) Endorsement and exemption
restrictions. ‘‘A’’ endorsements, gear
endorsements, sablefish endorsements
and sablefish tier assignments, MS/CV
endorsements, and C/P endorsements
may not be transferred separately from
the limited entry permit. Sablefish atsea processing exemptions are
associated with the vessel and not with
the limited entry permit and may not be
transferred at all.
(4) Limited entry permit actions—
renewal, combination, stacking, change
of permit ownership or permit
holdership, and transfer—(i) Renewal of
limited entry permits and gear
endorsements. (A) Limited entry
permits expire at the end of each
PO 00000
Frm 00047
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
60913
calendar year, and must be renewed
between October 1 and November 30 of
each year in order to remain in force the
following year.
(B) Notification to renew limited entry
permits will be issued by SFD prior to
September 1 each year to the permit
owner’s most recent address in the SFD
record. The permit owner shall provide
SFD with notice of any address change
within 15 days of the change.
(C) Limited entry permit renewal
requests received in SFD between
November 30 and December 31 will be
effective on the date that the renewal is
approved. A limited entry permit that is
allowed to expire will not be renewed
unless the permit owner requests
reissuance by March 31 of the following
year and the SFD determines that failure
to renew was proximately caused by
illness, injury, or death of the permit
owner.
(D) Limited entry permits with
sablefish endorsements, as described at
paragraph (b)(3)(iv) of this section, will
not be renewed until SFD has received
complete documentation of permit
ownership as required under paragraph
(b)(3)(iv)(C)(4) of this section.
(E) Limited entry permits with an
MS/CV endorsement or an MS permit,
will not be renewed until SFD has
received complete documentation of
permit ownership as required under
§ 660.150(g) and § 660.150(f) of subpart
D, respectively.
(ii) Combining limited entry ‘‘A’’
permits. Two or more limited entry
permits with ‘‘A’’ gear endorsements for
the same type of limited entry gear may
be combined and reissued as a single
permit with a larger size endorsement as
described in paragraph (b)(3)(iii) of this
section.
(A) Sablefish-endorsed permit. With
respect to limited entry permits
endorsed for longline and pot (trap)
gear, a sablefish endorsement will be
issued for the new permit only if all of
the permits being combined have
sablefish endorsements. If two or more
permits with sablefish endorsements are
combined, the new permit will receive
the same tier assignment as the tier with
the largest cumulative landings limit of
the permits being combined.
(B) MS/CV-endorsed permit. When an
MS/CV-endorsed permit is combined
with another non-C/P-endorsed permit
(including unendorsed permits), the
resulting permit will be MS/CVendorsed. If an MS/CV-endorsed permit
is combined with a C/P-endorsed
permit, the MS/CV endorsement and
catch history assignment will not be
reissued on the combined permit.
(C) C/P-endorsed permit. A C/Pendorsed permit that is combined with
E:\FR\FM\01OCR2.SGM
01OCR2
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with RULES2
60914
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 190 / Friday, October 1, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
a limited entry trawl permit that is not
C/P-endorsed will result in a single
C/P-endorsed permit with a larger size
endorsement. An MS/CV endorsement
on one of the permits being combined
will not be reissued on the resulting
permit.
(iii) Stacking limited entry permits.
‘‘Stacking’’ limited entry permits, as
defined at § 660.11, subpart C, refers to
the practice of registering more than one
sablefish-endorsed permit for use with a
single vessel. Only limited entry permits
with sablefish endorsements may be
stacked. Up to 3 limited entry permits
with sablefish endorsements may be
registered for use with a single vessel
during the primary sablefish season
described at § 660.231, subpart E.
Privileges, responsibilities, and
restrictions associated with stacking
permits to fish in the primary sablefish
fishery are described at § 660.231,
subpart E and at paragraph (b)(3)(iv) of
this section.
(iv) Changes in permit ownership and
permit holder. (A) General. The permit
owner may convey the limited entry
permit to a different person. The new
permit owner will not be authorized to
use the permit until the change in
permit ownership has been registered
with and approved by the SFD. The SFD
will not approve a change in permit
ownership for a limited entry permit
with a sablefish endorsement that does
not meet the ownership requirements
for such permit described at paragraph
(b)(3)(iv)(C) of this section. The SFD
will not approve a change in permit
ownership for a limited entry permit
with an MS/CV endorsement that does
not meet the ownership requirements
for such permit described at
§ 660.150(g)(3), subpart D. Change in
permit owner and/or permit holder
applications must be submitted to SFD
with the appropriate documentation
described at paragraph (b)(4)(vii) of this
section.
(1) During the initial issuance
application period for the trawl
rationalization program, NMFS will not
review or approve any request for a
change in limited entry trawl permit
owner at any time during the
application period, as specified at
§ 660.140(d)(8)(viii) for QS applicants,
at § 660.150(g)(6)(vii) for MS/CV
endorsement applicants, and at
§ 660.160(d)(7)(vi) for C/P endorsement
applicants. The initial issuance
application period for the trawl
rationalization program will begin on
either November 1, 2010 or the date
upon which the application is received
by NMFS, whichever occurs first.
(2) [Reserved]
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:37 Sep 30, 2010
Jkt 223001
(B) Effective date. The change in
ownership of the permit or change in
the permit holder will be effective on
the day the change is approved by SFD,
unless there is a concurrent change in
the vessel registered to the permit.
Requirements for changing the vessel
registered to the permit are described at
paragraph (e) of this section.
(C) Sablefish-endorsed permits. If a
permit owner submits an application to
transfer a sablefish-endorsed limited
entry permit to a new permit owner or
holder (transferee) during the primary
sablefish season described at § 660.231,
subpart E (generally April 1 through
October 31), the initial permit owner
(transferor) must certify on the
application form the cumulative
quantity, in round weight, of primary
season sablefish landed against that
permit as of the application signature
date for the then current primary
season. The transferee must sign the
application form acknowledging the
amount of landings to date given by the
transferor. This certified amount should
match the total amount of primary
season sablefish landings reported on
state landing receipts. As required at
§ 660.12(b), subpart C, any person
landing sablefish must retain on board
the vessel from which sablefish is
landed, and provide to an authorized
officer upon request, copies of any and
all reports of sablefish landings from the
primary season containing all data, and
in the exact manner, required by the
applicable state law throughout the
primary sablefish season during which
a landing occurred and for 15 days
thereafter.
(v) Changes in vessel registrationtransfer of limited entry permits and
gear endorsements—(A) General. A
permit may not be used with any vessel
other than the vessel registered to that
permit. For purposes of this section, a
permit transfer occurs when, through
SFD, a permit owner registers a limited
entry permit for use with a new vessel.
Permit transfer applications must be
submitted to SFD with the appropriate
documentation described at paragraph
(b)(4)(vii) of this section. Upon receipt
of a complete application, and following
review and approval of the application,
the SFD will reissue the permit
registered to the new vessel.
Applications to transfer limited entry
permits with sablefish endorsements
will not be approved until SFD has
received complete documentation of
permit ownership as described at
paragraph (b)(3)(iv)(C)(4) of this section
and as required under paragraph
(b)(4)(vii) of this section.
(B) Application. A complete
application must be submitted to SFD in
PO 00000
Frm 00048
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
order for SFD to review and approve a
change in vessel registration. At a
minimum, a permit owner seeking to
transfer a limited entry permit shall
submit to SFD a signed application form
and his/her current limited entry permit
before the first day of the cumulative
limit period in which they wish to fish.
If a permit owner provides a signed
application and current limited entry
permit after the first day of a cumulative
limit period, the permit will not be
effective until the succeeding
cumulative limit period. SFD will not
approve a change in vessel registration
(transfer) until it receives a complete
application, the existing permit, a
current copy of the USCG 1270, and
other required documentation.
(C) Effective date. Changes in vessel
registration on permits will take effect
no sooner than the first day of the next
major limited entry cumulative limit
period following the date that SFD
receives the signed permit transfer form
and the original limited entry permit.
No transfer is effective until the limited
entry permit has been reissued as
registered with the new vessel.
(D) Sablefish-endorsed permits. If a
permit owner submits an application to
register a sablefish-endorsed limited
entry permit to a new vessel during the
primary sablefish season described at
§ 660.231, subpart E (generally April 1
through October 31), the initial permit
owner (transferor) must certify on the
application form the cumulative
quantity, in round weight, of primary
season sablefish landed against that
permit as of the application signature
date for the then current primary
season. The new permit owner or holder
(transferee) associated with the new
vessel must sign the application form
acknowledging the amount of landings
to date given by the transferor. This
certified amount should match the total
amount of primary season sablefish
landings reported on state landing
receipts. As required at § 660.12(b),
subpart C, any person landing sablefish
must retain on board the vessel from
which sablefish is landed, and provide
to an authorized officer upon request,
copies of any and all reports of sablefish
landings from the primary season
containing all data, and in the exact
manner, required by the applicable state
law throughout the primary sablefish
season during which a landing occurred
and for 15 days thereafter.
(vi) Restriction on frequency of
transfers—(A) General. A permit owner
may designate the vessel registration for
a permit as ‘‘unidentified,’’ meaning that
no vessel has been identified as
registered for use with that permit. No
vessel is authorized to use a permit with
E:\FR\FM\01OCR2.SGM
01OCR2
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 190 / Friday, October 1, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
the vessel registration designated as
‘‘unidentified.’’ A vessel owner who
removes a permit from his vessel and
registers that permit as ‘‘unidentified’’ is
not exempt from VMS requirements at
§ 660.14, subpart C unless specifically
authorized by that section. When a
permit owner requests that the permit’s
vessel registration be designated as
‘‘unidentified,’’ the transaction is not
considered a ‘‘transfer’’ for purposes of
this section. Any subsequent request by
a permit owner to change from the
‘‘unidentified’’ status of the permit in
order to register the permit with a
specific vessel will be considered a
change in vessel registration (transfer)
and subject to the restriction on
frequency and timing of changes in
vessel registration (transfer).
(B) Limited entry fixed gear and trawlendorsed permits (without MS/CV or
C/P endorsements). Limited entry fixed
gear and trawl-endorsed permits
(without MS/CV or C/P endorsements)
permits may not be registered for use
with a different vessel (transfer) more
than once per calendar year, except in
cases of death of a permit holder or if
the permitted vessel is totally lost as
defined in § 660.11, subpart C. The
exception for death of a permit holder
applies for a permit held by a
partnership or a corporation if the
person or persons holding at least 50
percent of the ownership interest in the
entity dies.
(C) Limited entry MS permits and
limited entry permits with MS/CV or
C/P endorsements. Limited entry MS
permits and limited entry permits with
MS/CV or C/P endorsements may be
registered to another vessel up to two
times during the fishing season as long
as the second transfer is back to the
original vessel. The original vessel is
either the vessel registered to the permit
as of January 1, or if no vessel is
registered to the permit as of January 1,
the original vessel is the first vessel to
which the permit is registered after
January 1. After the original vessel has
been established, the first transfer
would be to another vessel, but any
second transfer must be back to the
original vessel.
(vii) Application and supplemental
documentation. Permit holders may
request a transfer (change in vessel
registration) and/or change in permit
ownership or permit holder by
submitting a complete application form.
In addition, a permit owner applying for
renewal, replacement, transfer, or
change of ownership or change of
permit holder of a limited entry permit
has the burden to submit evidence to
prove that qualification requirements
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:37 Sep 30, 2010
Jkt 223001
are met. The following evidentiary
standards apply:
(A) For a request to change a vessel
registration and/or change in permit
ownership or permit holder, the permit
owner must provide SFD with a current
copy of the USCG Form 1270 for vessels
of 5 net tons or greater, or a current copy
of a state registration form for vessels
under 5 net tons.
(B) For a request to change a vessel
registration and/or change in permit
ownership or permit holder for
sablefish-endorsed permits with a tier
assignment for which a corporation or
partnership is listed as permit owner
and/or holder, an Identification of
Ownership Interest Form must be
completed and included with the
application form.
(C) For a request to change permit
ownership for an MS permit or for a
request to change a vessel registration
and/or change in permit ownership or
permit holder for an MS/CV-endorsed
limited entry trawl permit, an
Identification of Ownership Interest
Form must be completed and included
with the application form.
(D) For a request to change the vessel
registration to a permit, the permit
owner must submit to SFD a current
marine survey conducted by a certified
marine surveyor in accordance with
USCG regulations to authenticate the
length overall of the vessel being newly
registered with the permit. Marine
surveys older than 3 years at the time
of the request for change in vessel
registration will not be considered
‘‘current’’ marine surveys for purposes of
this requirement.
(E) For a request to change a permit’s
ownership where the current permit
owner is a corporation, partnership or
other business entity, the applicant
must provide to SFD a corporate
resolution that authorizes the
conveyance of the permit to a new
owner and which authorizes the
individual applicant to request the
conveyance on behalf of the
corporation, partnership, or other
business entity.
(F) For a request to change a permit’s
ownership that is necessitated by the
death of the permit owner(s), the
individual(s) requesting conveyance of
the permit to a new owner must provide
SFD with a death certificate of the
permit owner(s) and appropriate legal
documentation that either: specifically
transfers the permit to a designated
individual(s); or, provides legal
authority to the transferor to convey the
permit ownership.
(G) For a request to change a permit’s
ownership that is necessitated by
divorce, the individual requesting the
PO 00000
Frm 00049
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
60915
change in permit ownership must
submit an executed divorce decree that
awards the permit to a designated
individual(s).
(H) Such other relevant, credible
documentation as the applicant may
submit, or the SFD or Regional
Administrator may request or acquire,
may also be considered.
(viii) Application forms available.
Application forms for the change in
vessel registration (transfer) and change
of permit ownership or permit holder of
limited entry permits are available from
the SFD (see part 600 for address of the
Regional Administrator). Contents of the
application, and required supporting
documentation, are specified in the
application form.
(ix) Records maintenance. The SFD
will maintain records of all limited
entry permits that have been issued,
renewed, transferred, registered, or
replaced.
(5) Small fleet. (i) Small limited entry
fisheries fleets that are controlled by a
local government, are in existence as of
July 11, 1991, and have negligible
impacts on the groundfish resource,
may be certified as consistent with the
goals and objectives of the limited entry
program and incorporated into the
limited entry fishery. Permits issued
under this subsection will be issued in
accordance with the standards and
procedures set out in the PCGFMP and
will carry the rights explained therein.
(ii) A permit issued under this section
may be registered only to another vessel
that will continue to operate in the same
certified small fleet, provided that the
total number of vessels in the fleet does
not increase. A vessel may not use a
small fleet limited entry permit for
participation in the limited entry fishery
outside of authorized activities of the
small fleet for which that permit and
vessel have been designated.
(c) Quota share (QS) permit. A QS
permit conveys a conditional privilege
to a person to own QS or IBQ for
designated species and species groups
and to fish in the Shorebased IFQ
Program described § 660.140, subpart D.
A QS permit is not a limited entry
permit. The provisions for the QS
permit, including eligibility, renewal,
change of permit ownership,
accumulation limits, fees, and appeals
are described at § 660.140, subpart D.
(d) First receiver site license. The first
receiver site license conveys a
conditional privilege to a first receiver
to receive, purchase, or take custody,
control or possession of landings from
the Shorebased IFQ Program. The first
receiver site license is issued for a
person and a unique physical site
consistent with the terms and
E:\FR\FM\01OCR2.SGM
01OCR2
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with RULES2
60916
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 190 / Friday, October 1, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
conditions required to account for and
weigh the landed species. A first
receiver site license is not a limited
entry permit. The provisions for the
First Receiver Site License, including
eligibility, registration, change of
ownership, fees, and appeals are
described at § 660.140(f), subpart D.
(e) Coop permit. [Reserved]
(1) MS coop permit. [Reserved]
(2) C/P coop permit. [Reserved]
(f) Permit fees. The Regional
Administrator is authorized to charge
fees to cover administrative expenses
related to issuance of permits including
initial issuance, renewal, transfer, vessel
registration, replacement, and appeals.
The appropriate fee must accompany
each application.
(g) Permit appeals process—(1)
General. For permit actions, including
issuance, renewal, change in vessel
registration, change in permit owner or
permit holder, and endorsement
upgrade, the Assistant Regional
Administrator for Sustainable Fisheries
will make an initial administrative
determination (IAD) on the action. In
cases where the applicant disagrees
with the IAD, the applicant may appeal
that decision. Final decisions on
appeals of IADs regarding issuance,
renewal, change in vessel registration,
change in permit owner or permit
holder, and endorsement upgrade, will
be made in writing by the Regional
Administrator acting on behalf of the
Secretary of Commerce and will state
the reasons therefore. This section
describes the procedures for appealing
the IAD on permit actions made in this
title under subparts C through G of part
660. Additional information regarding
appeals of an IAD related to the trawl
rationalization program is contained in
the specific program sections under
subpart D of part 660.
(2) Who May Appeal? Only a person
who received an IAD that disapproved
any part of their application may file a
written appeal. For purposes of this
section, such person will be referred to
as the ‘‘applicant.’’
(3) Submission of appeals. (i) The
appeal must be in writing, must allege
credible facts or circumstances to show
why the criteria in this subpart have
been met, and must include any
relevant information or documentation
to support the appeal.
(ii) Appeals must be mailed or faxed
to: National Marine Fisheries Service,
Northwest Region, Sustainable Fisheries
Division, ATTN: Appeals, 7600 Sand
Point Way NE., Seattle, WA, 98115; Fax:
206–526–6426; or delivered to National
Marine Fisheries Service at the same
address.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:37 Sep 30, 2010
Jkt 223001
(4) Timing of appeals. (i) If an
applicant appeals an IAD, the appeal
must be postmarked, faxed, or hand
delivered to NMFS no later than 30
calendar days after the date on the IAD.
If the applicant does not appeal the IAD
within 30 calendar days, the IAD
becomes the final decision of the
Regional Administrator acting on behalf
of the Secretary of Commerce.
(ii) The time period to submit an
appeal begins with the date on the IAD.
If the last day of the time period is a
Saturday, Sunday, or Federal holiday,
the time period will extend to the close
of business on the next business day.
(5) Address of record. For purposes of
the appeals process, NMFS will
establish as the address of record, the
address used by the applicant in initial
correspondence to NMFS. Notifications
of all actions affecting the applicant
after establishing an address of record
will be mailed to that address, unless
the applicant provides NMFS, in
writing, with any changes to that
address. NMFS bears no responsibility if
a notification is sent to the address of
record and is not received because the
applicant’s actual address has changed
without notification to NMFS.
(6) Decisions on appeals. (i) For the
appeal of an IAD related to the
application and initial issuance process
for the trawl rationalization program
listed in subpart D of part 660, the
Regional Administrator shall appoint an
appeals officer. After determining there
is sufficient information and that all
procedural requirements have been met,
the appeals officer will review the
record and issue a recommendation on
the appeal to the Regional
Administrator, which shall be advisory
only. The recommendation must be
based solely on the record. Upon
receiving the findings and
recommendation, the Regional
Administrator shall issue a final
decision on the appeal acting on behalf
of the Secretary of Commerce in
accordance with paragraph (g)(6)(ii) of
this section.
(ii) Final decision on appeal. The
Regional Administrator will issue a
written decision on the appeal which is
the final decision of the Secretary of
Commerce.
(7) Status of permits pending appeal.
(i) For all permit actions, except those
actions related to the application and
initial issuance process for the trawl
rationalization program listed in subpart
D of part 660, the permit registration
remains as it was prior to the request
until the final decision has been made.
(ii) For permit actions related to the
application and initial issuance process
for the trawl rationalization program
PO 00000
Frm 00050
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
listed in subpart D of part 660, the status
of permits pending appeal is as follows:
(A) For permit and endorsement
qualifications and eligibility appeals
(i.e., QS permit, MS permit, MS/CV
endorsement, C/P endorsement), any
permit or endorsement under appeal
after December 31, 2010 may not be
used to fish in the Pacific Coast
groundfish fishery until a final decision
on the appeal has been made. If the
permit or endorsement will be issued,
the permit or endorsement will be
effective upon approval, except for QS
permits, which will be effective at the
start of the next fishing year.
(B) For a QS or IBQ amount for
specific IFQ management unit species
under appeal, the QS or IBQ amount for
the IFQ species under appeal will
remain as the amount assigned to the
associated QS permit in the IAD). The
QS permit may be used to fish in the
Pacific Coast groundfish fishery with
the QS or IBQ amounts assigned to the
QS permit in the IAD. Once a final
decision on the appeal has been made
and if a revised QS or IBQ amount for
a specific IFQ species will be assigned
to the QS permit, the additional QS or
IBQ amount associated with the QS
permit will be effective at the start of the
next calendar year following the final
decision.
(C) For a Pacific whiting catch history
assignment associated with an MS/CV
endorsement under appeal, the catch
history assignment will remain as that
previously assigned to the associated
MS/CV-endorsed limited entry permit
in the IAD). The MS/CV-endorsed
limited entry permit may be used to fish
in the Pacific Coast groundfish fishery
with the catch history assigned to the
MS/CV-endorsed permit in the IAD.
Once a final decision on the appeal has
been made, and if a revised catch
history assignment will be issued, the
additional Pacific whiting catch history
assignment associated with the MS/CV
endorsement will be effective at the start
of the next calendar year following the
final decision.
(h) Permit sanctions. (1) All permits
and licenses issued or applied for under
Subparts C through G are subject to
sanctions pursuant to the MagnusonStevens Act at 16 U.S.C. 1858(g) and 15
CFR part 904, subpart D.
(2) All Shorebased IFQ Program
permits (QS permit, first receiver site
license), QS accounts, vessel accounts,
and MS Coop Program permits (MS
permit, MS/CV-endorsed permit, and
MS coop permit), and C/P Coop
Program permits (C/P-endorsed permit,
C/P coop permit) issued under subpart
D:
E:\FR\FM\01OCR2.SGM
01OCR2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 190 / Friday, October 1, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
(i) Are considered permits for the
purposes of 16 U.S.C. 1857, 1858, and
1859;
(ii) May be revoked, limited, or
modified at any time in accordance with
the Magnuson-Stevens Act, including
revocation if the system is found to have
jeopardized the sustainability of the
stocks or the safety of fishermen;
(iii) Shall not confer any right of
compensation to the holder of such
permits, licenses, and accounts if it is
revoked, limited, or modified;
(iv) Shall not create, or be construed
to create, any right, title, or interest in
or to any fish before the fish is harvested
by the holder; and
(v) Shall be considered a grant of
permission to the holder of the permit,
license, or account to engage in
activities permitted by such permit,
license, or account.
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with RULES2
§ 660.26
Pacific whiting vessel licenses.
(a) General. After May 11, 2009,
participation in the Pacific whiting
seasons described in § 660.131(b),
subpart D requires:
(1) An owner of any vessel that
catches Pacific whiting must own a
limited entry permit, registered for use
with that vessel, with a trawl gear
endorsement; and, a Pacific whiting
vessel license registered for use with
that vessel and appropriate to the sector
or sectors in which the vessel intends to
fish;
(2) An owner of any mothership
vessel that processes Pacific whiting to
hold a Pacific whiting vessel license
registered for use with that vessel and
appropriate to the sector or sectors in
which the vessel intends to fish.
(b) In combination with a limited
entry permit. Pacific whiting vessel
licenses are separate from limited entry
permits and do not license a vessel to
harvest Pacific whiting in the primary
Pacific whiting season unless that vessel
is also registered for use with a limited
entry permit with a trawl gear
endorsement.
(c) Pacific whiting vessel license
qualifying criteria—(1) Qualifying catch
and/or processing history. Vessel catch
and/or processing history will be used
to determine whether that vessel meets
the qualifying criteria for a Pacific
whiting vessel license and to determine
the sectors for which that vessel may
qualify. Vessel catch and/or processing
history includes only the catch and/or
processed product of that particular
vessel, as identified in association with
the vessel’s USCG number. Only Pacific
whiting regulated 50 CFR part 660,
subparts C and D that was taken with
midwater (or pelagic) trawl gear will be
considered for the Pacific whiting vessel
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:37 Sep 30, 2010
Jkt 223001
license. Pacific whiting harvested or
processed by a vessel that has since
been totally lost, scrapped, or is rebuilt
such that a new U.S.C.G. documentation
number would be required will not be
considered for this license. Pacific
whiting harvested or processed illegally
or landed illegally will not be
considered for this license. Catch and/
or processing history associated with a
vessel whose permit was purchased by
the Federal Government through the
Pacific Coast groundfish fishing
capacity reduction program, as
identified at 68 FR 62435 (November 4,
2003), does not qualify a vessel for a
Pacific whiting vessel license and no
vessel owner may apply for or receive
a Pacific whiting vessel license based on
catch and/or processing history from
one of those buyback vessels. The
following sector-specific license
qualification criteria apply:
(i) For catcher/processor vessels, the
qualifying criteria for a Pacific whiting
vessel license is evidence of having
caught and processed any amount of
Pacific whiting during a primary
catcher/processor season during the
period January 1, 1997 through January
1, 2007.
(ii) For mothership at-sea processing
vessels, the qualifying criteria for a
Pacific whiting vessel license is
documentation of having received and
processed any amount of Pacific whiting
during a primary mothership season
during the period January 1, 1997
through January 1, 2007.
(iii) For catcher vessels delivering
Pacific whiting to at-sea mothership
processing vessels, the qualifying
criteria for a Pacific whiting vessel
license is documentation of having
delivered any amount of Pacific whiting
to a mothership processor during a
primary mothership season during the
period January 1, 1997, through January
1, 2007.
(iv) For catcher vessels delivering
Pacific whiting to Pacific whiting
shoreside first receivers, the qualifying
criteria for a Pacific whiting vessel
license is documentation of having
made at least one landing of Pacific
whiting taken with midwater trawl gear
during a primary shorebased season
during the period January 1, 1994,
through January 1, 2007, and where the
weight of Pacific whiting exceeded 50
percent of the total weight of the
landing.
(2) Documentation and burden of
proof. A vessel owner applying for a
Pacific whiting vessel license has the
burden to submit documentation that
qualification requirements are met. An
application that does not include
documentation of meeting the
PO 00000
Frm 00051
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
60917
qualification requirements during the
qualifying years will be considered
incomplete and will not be reviewed.
The following standards apply:
(i) A certified copy of the current
vessel document (USCG or State) is the
best documentation of vessel ownership
and LOA.
(ii) A certified copy of a State fish
receiving ticket is the best
documentation of a landing at a Pacific
whiting shoreside first receiver, and of
the type of gear used.
(iii) For participants in the at-sea
Pacific whiting fisheries, documentation
of participation could include, but is not
limited to: A final observer report
documenting a particular catcher vessel,
mothership, or catcher/processor’s
participation in the Pacific whiting
fishery in an applicable year and during
the applicable primary season, a bill of
lading for Pacific whiting from an
applicable year and during the
applicable primary season, a catcher
vessel receipt from a particular
mothership known to have fished in the
Pacific whiting fishery during an
applicable year, a signed copy of a Daily
Receipt of Fish and Cumulative
Production Logbook (mothership sector)
or Daily Fishing and Cumulative
Production Logbook (catcher/processor
sector) from an applicable year during
the applicable primary season.
(iv) Such other relevant, credible
documentation as the applicant may
submit, or the SFD or the Regional
Administrator request or acquire, may
also be considered.
(d) Issuance process for Pacific
whiting vessel licenses. (1) SFD will
mail, to the most recent address
provided to the SFD, Permits Office, a
Pacific whiting vessel license
application to all current and prior
owners of vessels that have been
registered for use with limited entry
permits with trawl endorsements,
excluding owners of those vessels
whose permits were purchased through
the Pacific Coast groundfish fishing
capacity reduction program. NMFS will
also make license applications available
online at: https://www.nwr.noaa.gov/
Groundfish-Halibut/GroundfishPermits/index.cfm. A vessel owner who
believes that his/her vessel may qualify
for the Pacific whiting vessel license
will have until May 11, 2009, to submit
an application with documentation
showing how his/her vessel has met the
qualifying criteria described in this
section. NMFS will not accept
applications for Pacific whiting vessel
licenses received after May 11, 2009.
(2) After receipt of a complete
application, NMFS will notify
applicants by letter of its determination
E:\FR\FM\01OCR2.SGM
01OCR2
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with RULES2
60918
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 190 / Friday, October 1, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
whether their vessels qualify for Pacific
whiting vessel licenses and the sector or
sectors to which the licenses apply.
Vessels that have met the qualification
criteria will be issued the appropriate
licenses at that time. After May 11,
2009, NMFS will publish a list of
vessels that qualified for Pacific whiting
vessel licenses in the Federal Register.
(3) If a vessel owner files an appeal
from the determination under paragraph
(d)(2) of this section, the appeal must be
filed with the Regional Administrator
within 30 calendar days of the issuance
of the letter of determination. The
appeal must be in writing and must
allege facts or circumstances, and
include credible documentation
demonstrating why the vessel qualifies
for a Pacific whiting vessel license. The
appeal of a denial of an application for
a Pacific whiting vessel license will not
be referred to the Council for a
recommendation, nor will any appeals
be accepted by NMFS after June 15,
2009.
(4) Absent good cause for further
delay, the Regional Administrator will
issue a written decision on the appeal
within 30 calendar days of receipt of the
appeal. The Regional Administrator’s
decision is the final decision of the
Regional Administrator acting on behalf
of the Secretary of Commerce as of the
date of the decision.
(e) Notification to NMFS of changes to
Pacific whiting vessel license
information. The owner of a vessel
registered for use with a Pacific whiting
vessel license must provide a written
request to NMFS to change the name or
names of vessel owners provided on the
vessel license, or to change the licensed
vessel’s name. The request must detail
the names of all new vessel owners as
registered with U.S. Coast Guard, a
business address for the vessel owner,
business phone and fax number, tax
identification number, date of birth,
and/or date of incorporation for each
individual and/or entity, and a copy of
the vessel documentation (USCG 1270)
to show proof of ownership. NMFS will
reissue a new vessel license with the
names of the new vessel owners and/or
vessel name information. The Pacific
Whiting vessel license is considered
void if the name of the vessel or vessel
owner is changed from that given on the
license. In addition, the vessel owner
must report to NMFS any change in
address for the vessel owner within 15
days of that change. Although the name
of an individual vessel registered for use
with a Pacific whiting vessel license
may be changed, the license itself may
not be registered to any vessel other
than the vessel to which it was
originally issued, as identified by that
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:37 Sep 30, 2010
Jkt 223001
vessel’s United States Coast Guard
documentation number.
§ 660.30 Compensation with fish for
collecting resource information—EFPs.
In addition to the reasons stated in
§ 600.745(b)(1) of this chapter, an EFP
may be issued under this subpart C for
the purpose of compensating the owner
or operator of a vessel for collecting
resource information according to a
protocol approved by NMFS. NMFS
may issue an EFP allowing a vessel to
retain fish as compensation in excess of
trip limits or to be exempt from other
specified management measures for the
Pacific coast groundfish fishery.
(a) Compensation EFP for vessels
under contract with NMFS to conduct a
resource survey. NMFS may issue an
EFP to the owner or operator of a vessel
that conducted a resource survey
according to a contract with NMFS. A
vessel’s total compensation from all
sources (in terms of dollars or amount
of fish, including fish from survey
samples or compensation fish) will be
determined through normal Federal
procurement procedures. The
compensation EFP will specify the
maximum amount or value of fish the
vessel may take and retain after the
resource survey is completed.
(1) Competitive offers. NMFS may
initiate a competitive solicitation
(request for proposals or RFP) to select
vessels to conduct resource surveys that
use fish as full or partial compensation,
following normal Federal procurement
procedures.
(2) Consultation and approval. At a
Council meeting, NMFS will consult
with the Council and receive public
comment on upcoming resource surveys
to be conducted if groundfish could be
used as whole or partial compensation.
Generally, compensation fish would be
similar to surveyed species, but there
may be reasons to provide payment with
healthier, more abundant, less restricted
stocks, or more easily targeted species.
For example, NMFS may decline to pay
a vessel with species that are, or are
expected to be, overfished, or that are
subject to overfishing, or that are
unavoidably caught with species that
are overfished or subject to overfishing.
NMFS may also consider levels of
discards, bycatch, and other factors. If
the Council does not approve providing
whole or partial compensation for the
conduct of a survey, NMFS will not use
fish, other than fish taken during the
scientific research, as compensation for
that survey. For each proposal, NMFS
will present:
(i) The maximum number of vessels
expected or needed to conduct the
survey,
PO 00000
Frm 00052
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
(ii) An estimate of the species and
amount of fish likely to be needed as
compensation,
(iii) When the survey and
compensation fish would be taken, and
(iv) The year in which the
compensation fish would be deducted
from the ABC before determining the
optimum yield (harvest guideline or
quota).
(3) Issuance of the compensation EFP.
Upon successful completion of the
survey, NMFS will issue a
‘‘compensation EFP’’ to the vessel if it
has not been fully compensated. The
procedures in § 600.745(b)(1) through
(b)(4) of this chapter do not apply to a
compensation EFP issued under this
subpart for the Pacific coast groundfish
fishery (50 CFR part 660, subparts C
through G).
(4) Terms and conditions of the
compensation EFP. Conditions for
disposition of bycatch or any excess
catch, for reporting the value of the
amount landed, and other appropriate
terms and conditions may be specified
in the EFP. Compensation fishing must
occur during the period specified in the
EFP, but no later than the end of
September of the fishing year following
the survey, and must be conducted
according to the terms and conditions of
the EFP.
(5) Reporting the compensation catch.
The compensation EFP may require the
vessel owner or operator to keep
separate records of compensation
fishing and to submit them to NMFS
within a specified period of time after
the compensation fishing is completed.
(6) Accounting for the compensation
catch. As part of the harvest
specifications process, as described at
§ 660.60, subpart C, NMFS will advise
the Council of the amount of fish
authorized to be retained under a
compensation EFP, which then will be
deducted from the next harvest
specifications (ABCs) set by the Council.
Fish authorized in an EFP too late in the
year to be deducted from the following
year’s ABCs will be accounted for in the
next management cycle where it is
practicable to do so.
(b) Compensation for commercial
vessels collecting resource information
under a standard EFP. NMFS may issue
an EFP to allow a commercial fishing
vessel to take and retain fish in excess
of current management limits for the
purpose of collecting resource
information (§ 600.745(b) of this
chapter). The EFP may include a
compensation clause that allows the
participating vessel to be compensated
with fish for its efforts to collect
resource information according to
NMFS’ approved protocol. If
E:\FR\FM\01OCR2.SGM
01OCR2
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 190 / Friday, October 1, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
compensation with fish is requested in
an EFP application, or proposed by
NMFS, the following provisions apply
in addition to those at § 600.745(b) of
this chapter.
(1) Application. In addition to the
requirements in § 600.745(b) of this
chapter, application for an EFP with a
compensation clause must clearly state
whether a vessel’s participation is
contingent upon compensation with
groundfish and, if so, the minimum
amount (in metric tons, round weight)
and the species. As with other EFPs
issued under § 600.745 of this chapter,
the application may be submitted by
any individual, including a state fishery
management agency or other research
institution.
(2) Denial. In addition to the reasons
stated in § 600.745(b)(3)(iii) of this
chapter, the application will be denied
if the requested compensation fishery,
species, or amount is unacceptable for
reasons such as, but not limited to, the
following: NMFS concludes the value of
the resource information is not
commensurate with the value of the
compensation fish; the proposed
compensation involves species that are
(or are expected to be) overfished or
subject to overfishing, fishing in times
or areas where fishing is otherwise
prohibited or severely restricted, or
fishing for species that would involve
unavoidable bycatch of species that are
overfished or subject to overfishing; or
NMFS concludes the information can
reasonably be obtained at a less cost to
the resource.
(3) Window period for other
applications. If the Regional
Administrator or designee agrees that
compensation should be considered,
and that more than a minor amount
would be used as compensation, then a
window period will be announced in
the Federal Register during which
additional participants will have an
opportunity to apply. This notification
would be made at the same time as
announcement of receipt of the
application and request for comments
required under § 600.745(b). If there are
more qualified applicants than needed
for a particular time and area, NMFS
will choose among the qualified vessels,
either randomly, in order of receipt of
the completed application, or by other
impartial selection methods. If the
permit applicant is a state, university, or
Federal entity other than NMFS, and
NMFS approves the selection method,
the permit applicant may choose among
the qualified vessels, either randomly,
in order of receipt of the vessel
application, or by other impartial
selection methods.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:37 Sep 30, 2010
Jkt 223001
(4) Terms and conditions. The EFP
will specify the amounts that may be
taken as scientific samples and as
compensation, the time period during
which the compensation fishing must
occur, management measures that
NMFS will waive for a vessel fishing
under the EFP, and other terms and
conditions appropriate to the fishery
and the collection of resource
information. NMFS may require
compensation fishing to occur on the
same trip that the resource information
is collected.
(5) Accounting for the catch. Samples
taken under this EFP, as well as any
compensation fish, count toward the
current year’s catch or landings.
§ 660.40
plans.
Overfished species rebuilding
For each overfished groundfish stock
with an approved rebuilding plan, this
section contains the standards to be
used to establish annual or biennial
OYs, specifically the target date for
rebuilding the stock to its MSY level
and the harvest control rule to be used
to rebuild the stock. The harvest control
rule is expressed as a ‘‘Spawning
Potential Ratio’’ or ‘‘SPR’’ harvest rate.
(a) Bocaccio. The target year for
rebuilding the southern bocaccio stock
to BMSY is 2026. The harvest control rule
to be used to rebuild the southern
bocaccio stock is an annual SPR harvest
rate of 77.7 percent.
(b) Canary rockfish. The target year
for rebuilding the canary rockfish stock
to BMSY is 2021. The harvest control rule
to be used to rebuild the canary rockfish
stock is an annual SPR harvest rate of
88.7 percent.
(c) Cowcod. The target year for
rebuilding the cowcod stock south of
Point Conception to BMSY is 2072. The
harvest control rule to be used to
rebuild the cowcod stock is an annual
SPR harvest rate of 82.1 percent.
(d) Darkblotched rockfish. The target
year for rebuilding the darkblotched
rockfish stock to BMSY is 2028. The
harvest control rule to be used to
rebuild the darkblotched rockfish stock
is an annual SPR harvest rate of 62.1
percent.
(e) Pacific Ocean Perch (POP). The
target year for rebuilding the POP stock
to BMSY is 2017. The harvest control rule
to be used to rebuild the POP stock is
an annual SPR harvest rate of 86.4
percent.
(f) Widow rockfish. The target year for
rebuilding the widow rockfish stock to
BMSY is 2015. The harvest control rule
to be used to rebuild the widow rockfish
stock is an annual SPR harvest rate of
95.0 percent.
PO 00000
Frm 00053
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
60919
(g) Yelloweye rockfish. The target year
for rebuilding the yelloweye rockfish
stock to BMSY is 2084. The harvest
control rule to be used to rebuild the
yelloweye rockfish stock is an annual
SPR harvest rate of 66.3 percent in 2009
and in 2010. Yelloweye rockfish is
subject to a ramp-down strategy where
the harvest level has been reduced
annually from 2007 through 2009.
Yelloweye rockfish will remain at the
2009 level in 2010. Beginning in 2011,
yelloweye rockfish will be subject to a
constant harvest rate strategy with a
constant SPR harvest rate of 71.9
percent.
§ 660.50 Pacific Coast treaty Indian
fisheries.
(a) Pacific Coast treaty Indian tribes
have treaty rights. Pacific Coast treaty
Indian tribes have treaty rights to
harvest groundfish in their usual and
accustomed fishing areas in U.S. waters.
In 1994, the United States formally
recognized that the four Washington
coastal treaty Indian tribes (Makah,
Quileute, Hoh, and Quinault) have
treaty rights to fish for groundfish in the
Pacific Ocean, and concluded that, in
general terms, the quantification of
those rights is 50 percent of the
harvestable surplus of groundfish that
pass through the tribes U&A fishing
areas.
(b) Pacific Coast treaty Indian tribes.
For the purposes of this part, Pacific
Coast treaty Indian tribes means the
Hoh, Makah, and Quileute Indian Tribes
and the Quinault Indian Nation.
(c) Usual and accustomed fishing
areas (U&A). The Pacific Coast treaty
Indian tribes’ U&A fishing areas within
the fishery management area (FMA) are
set out below in paragraphs (c)(1)
through (c)(4) of this section.
Boundaries of a tribe’s fishing area may
be revised as ordered by a Federal court.
(1) Makah. That portion of the FMA
north of 48°02.25′ N. lat. (Norwegian
Memorial) and east of 125°44′ W. long.
(2) Quileute. That portion of the FMA
between 48°07.60′ N. lat. (Sand Point)
and 47°31.70′ N. lat. (Queets River) and
east of 125°44′ W. long.
(3) Hoh. That portion of the FMA
between 47°54.30′ N. lat. (Quillayute
River) and 47°21′ N. lat. (Quinault
River) and east of 125°44′ W. long.
(4) Quinault. That portion of the FMA
between 47°40.10′ N. lat. (Destruction
Island) and 46°53.30′ N. lat. (Point
Chehalis) and east of 125°44′ W. long.
(d) Procedures. The rights referred to
in paragraph (a) of this section will be
implemented by the Secretary, after
consideration of the tribal request, the
recommendation of the Council, and the
comments of the public. The rights will
E:\FR\FM\01OCR2.SGM
01OCR2
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with RULES2
60920
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 190 / Friday, October 1, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
be implemented either through an
allocation or set-aside of fish that will
be managed by the tribes, or through
regulations in this section that will
apply specifically to the tribal fisheries.
(1) Tribal allocations, set-asides, and
regulations. An allocation, set-aside or a
regulation specific to the tribes shall be
initiated by a written request from a
Pacific Coast treaty Indian tribe to the
Regional Administrator, prior to the first
Council meeting in which biennial
harvest specifications and management
measures are discussed for an upcoming
biennial management period. The
Secretary generally will announce the
annual tribal allocations at the same
time as the announcement of the harvest
specifications.
(2) Co-management. The Secretary
recognizes the sovereign status and comanager role of Indian tribes over
shared Federal and tribal fishery
resources. Accordingly, the Secretary
will develop tribal allocations and
regulations under this paragraph in
consultation with the affected tribe(s)
and, insofar as possible, with tribal
consensus.
(e) Fishing by a member of a Pacific
Coast treaty Indian tribe. A member of
a Pacific Coast treaty Indian tribe fishing
under this section and within their U&A
fishing area is not subject to the
provisions of other sections of subparts
C through G of this part.
(1) Identification. A valid treaty
Indian identification card issued
pursuant to 25 CFR part 249, subpart A,
is prima facie evidence that the holder
is a member of the Pacific Coast treaty
Indian tribe named on the card.
(2) Permits. A limited entry permit
described under § 660.25, subpart C is
not required for a member of a Pacific
Coast treaty Indian tribe to fish in a
tribal fishery described in paragraph (d)
of this section.
(3) Federal and tribal laws and
regulations. Any member of a Pacific
Coast treaty Indian tribe must comply
with this section, and with any
applicable tribal law and regulation,
when participating in a tribal
groundfish fishery described in this
section.
(4) Fishing outside the U&A or
without a groundfish allocation. Fishing
by a member of a Pacific Coast treaty
Indian tribe outside the applicable
Indian tribe’s usual and accustomed
fishing area, or for a species of
groundfish not covered by an allocation,
set-aside, or regulation under this
section, is subject to the regulations in
the other sections of subpart C through
subpart G of this part. Treaty fisheries
operating within tribal allocations are
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:37 Sep 30, 2010
Jkt 223001
prohibited from operating outside U&A
fishing areas.
(f) Pacific Coast treaty Indian fisheries
allocations and harvest guidelines. The
tribal harvest guideline for black
rockfish is provided in paragraph (f)(1)
of this section. Tribal fishery allocations
for sablefish are provided in paragraph
(f)(2) of this section, and Pacific whiting
are provided in paragraph (f)(4) of this
section. Trip limits for certain species
were recommended by the tribes and
the Council and are specified here with
the tribal allocations.
(1) Black rockfish. (i) Harvest
guidelines for commercial harvests of
black rockfish by members of the Pacific
Coast Indian tribes using hook and line
gear will be established biennially for
two subsequent one-year periods for the
areas between the U.S.-Canadian border
and Cape Alava (48°09.50′ N. lat.) and
between Destruction Island (47°40′ N.
lat.) and Leadbetter Point (46°38.17′ N.
lat.), in accordance with the procedures
for implementing harvest specifications
and management measures. Pacific
Coast treaty Indians fishing for black
rockfish in these areas under these
harvest guidelines are subject to the
provisions in this section, and not to the
restrictions in other sections of subparts
C through G of this part.
(ii) For the commercial harvest of
black rockfish off Washington State, a
treaty Indian tribes’ harvest guideline is
set at 30,000 lb (13,608 kg) for the area
north of Cape Alava, WA (48°09.50′ N.
lat) and 10,000 lb (4,536 kg) for the area
between Destruction Island, WA (47°40′
N. lat.) and Leadbetter Point, WA
(46°38.17′ N. lat.). This harvest
guideline applies and is available to the
Pacific Coast treaty Indian tribes. There
are no tribal harvest restrictions for
black rockfish in the area between Cape
Alava and Destruction Island.
(2) Sablefish. (i) The sablefish
allocation to Pacific coast treaty Indian
tribes is 10 percent of the sablefish total
catch OY for the area north of 36° N. lat.
This allocation represents the total
amount available to the treaty Indian
fisheries before deductions for discard
mortality.
(ii) The tribal allocation is 694 mt per
year. This allocation is, for each year, 10
percent of the Monterey through
Vancouver area (North of 36° N. lat.)
OY, less 1.6 percent estimated discard
mortality.
(3) Lingcod. Lingcod taken in the
treaty fisheries are subject to an overall
expected total lingcod catch of 250 mt.
(4) Pacific whiting. The tribal
allocation for 2010 is 49,939 mt.
(5) Pacific cod. There is a tribal
harvest guideline of 400 mt of Pacific
cod. The tribes will manage their
PO 00000
Frm 00054
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
fisheries to stay within this harvest
guideline.
(g) Washington coastal tribal fisheries
management measures—(1) Rockfish.
The tribes will require full retention of
all overfished rockfish species and all
other marketable rockfish species during
treaty fisheries.
(2) Thornyheads. The tribes will
manage their fisheries to the limited
entry trip limits in place at the
beginning on the year for both
shortspine and longspine thornyheads
as follows:
(i) Trawl gear. (A) Shortspine
thornyhead cumulative trip limits are as
follows:
(1) Small and large footrope trawl
gear—17,000-lb (7,711-kg) per 2 months.
(2) Selective flatfish trawl gear—
3,000-lb (1,361-kg) per 2 months.
(3) Multiple bottom trawl gear—3,000lb (1,361-kg) per 2 months.
(B) Longspine thornyhead cumulative
trip limits are as follows:
(1) Small and large footrope trawl
gear—22,000-lb (9,979-kg) per 2 months.
(2) Selective flatfish trawl gear—
5,000-lb (2,268-kg) per 2 months.
(3) Multiple bottom trawl gear—5,000lb (2,268-kg) per 2 months.
(ii) Fixed gear. (A) Shortspine
thornyhead cumulative trip limits are
2,000-lb (907-kg) per 2 months.
(B) Longspine thornyhead cumulative
trip limits are 10,000-lb (4,536-kg) per 2
months.
(3) Canary rockfish—are subject to a
300-lb (136-kg) trip limit.
(4) Yelloweye rockfish—are subject to
a 100-lb (45-kg) trip limit.
(5) Yellowtail and widow rockfish.
The Makah Tribe will manage the
midwater trawl fisheries as follows:
Yellowtail rockfish taken in the directed
tribal mid-water trawl fisheries are
subject to a cumulative limit of 180,000lb (81,647 kg) per 2 month period for the
entire fleet. Landings of widow rockfish
must not exceed 10 percent of the
weight of yellowtail rockfish landed, for
a given vessel, throughout the year.
These limits may be adjusted by the
tribe inseason to minimize the
incidental catch of canary rockfish and
widow rockfish, provided the average 2month cumulative yellowtail rockfish
limit does not exceed 180,000-lb (81,647
kg) for the fleet.
(6) Other rockfish. Other rockfish,
including minor nearshore, minor shelf,
and minor slope rockfish groups are
subject to a 300-lb (136-kg) trip limit per
species or species group, or to the nontribal limited entry trip limit for those
species if those limits are less restrictive
than 300-lb (136 kg) per trip.
(7) Flatfish and other fish. Treaty
fishing vessels using bottom trawl gear
E:\FR\FM\01OCR2.SGM
01OCR2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 190 / Friday, October 1, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
are subject to the limits applicable to the
non-tribal limited entry trawl fishery for
Dover sole, English sole, rex sole,
arrowtooth flounder, and other flatfish
in place at the beginning of the season.
For Dover sole and arrowtooth flounder,
the limited entry trip limits in place at
the beginning of the season will be
combined across periods and the fleet to
create a cumulative harvest target. The
limits available to individual vessels
will then be adjusted inseason to stay
within the overall harvest target as well
as estimated impacts to overfished
species. For petrale sole, treaty fishing
vessels are restricted to a 50,000-lb
(22,680 kg) per 2 month limit for the
entire year. Trawl vessels are restricted
to using small footrope trawl gear.
(8) Pacific whiting. Tribal whiting
processed at-sea by non-tribal vessels,
must be transferred within the tribal
U&A from a member of a Pacific Coast
treaty Indian tribe fishing under this
section.
(9) Spiny dogfish. The tribes will
manage their spiny dogfish fishery
within the limited entry trip limits for
the non-tribal fisheries.
(10) Groundfish without a tribal
allocation. Makah tribal members may
use midwater trawl gear to take and
retain groundfish for which there is no
tribal allocation and will be subject to
the trip landing and frequency and size
limits applicable to the limited entry
fishery.
(11) EFH. Measures implemented to
minimize adverse impacts to groundfish
EFH, as described in § 660.12 of this
subpart, do not apply to tribal fisheries
in their U&A fishing areas.
§ 660.55
Allocations.
(a) General. An allocation is the
apportionment of a harvest privilege for
a specific purpose, to a particular
person, group of persons, or fishery
sector. The opportunity to harvest
Pacific Coast groundfish is allocated
among participants in the fishery when
the OYs for a given year are established
in the biennial harvest specifications.
For any stock that has been declared
overfished, any formal allocation may
be temporarily revised for the duration
of the rebuilding period. For certain
species, primarily trawl-dominant
species, beginning with the 2011–2012
biennial specifications process, separate
allocations for the trawl fishery and
nontrawl fishery (which for this purpose
includes limited entry fixed gear, open
access, and recreational fisheries) will
be established biennially or annually
using the standards and procedures
described in Chapter 6 of the PCGFMP.
Chapter 6 of the PCGFMP provides the
allocation structure and percentages for
species allocated between the trawl and
nontrawl fisheries. Also, separate
allocations for the limited entry and
open access fisheries may be established
using the procedures described in
Chapters 6 and 11 of the PCGFMP and
this subpart. Allocation of sablefish
north of 36° N. lat. is described in
paragraph (h) of this section and in the
PCGFMP. Allocation of Pacific whiting
is described in paragraph (i) of this
section and in the PCGFMP. Allocation
of black rockfish is described in
paragraph (l) of this section. Allocation
of Pacific halibut bycatch is described in
paragraph (m) of this section.
Allocations not specified in the
PCGFMP are established in regulation
through the biennial harvest
specifications and are listed in Tables 1
a through d and Tables 2 a through d of
this subpart.
(b) Fishery harvest guidelines and
reductions made prior to fishery
60921
allocations. Beginning with the 2011–
2012 biennial specifications process and
prior to the setting of fishery allocations,
the OY is reduced by the Pacific Coast
treaty Indian tribal harvest (allocations,
set-asides, and estimated harvest under
regulations at § 660.50); projected
scientific research catch of all
groundfish species, estimates of fishing
mortality in non-groundfish fisheries
and, as necessary, set-asides for EFPs.
The remaining amount after these
deductions is the fishery harvest
guideline or quota. (Note: recreational
estimates are not deducted here).
(1) Pacific Coast treaty Indian tribal
allocations, set-asides, and regulations
are specified during the biennial harvest
specifications process and are found at
§ 660.50 and in Tables 1a and 2a of this
subpart.
(2) Scientific research catch results
from scientific research activity as
defined in regulations at § 600.10.
(3) Estimates of fishing mortality in
non-groundfish fisheries are based on
historical catch and projected fishing
activities.
(4) EFPs are authorized and governed
by § 660.60(f).
(c) Trawl/nontrawl allocations. (1)
Beginning with the 2011–2012 biennial
specifications process, the fishery
harvest guideline or quota, may be
divided into allocations for groundfish
trawl and nontrawl (limited entry fixed
gear, open access, and recreational)
fisheries. IFQ species not listed in the
table below will be allocated between
the trawl and nontrawl fisheries through
the biennial harvest specifications
process. Species/species groups and
areas allocated between the trawl and
nontrawl fisheries listed in Chapter 6,
Table 6–1 of the PCGFMP are allocated
based on the percentages that follow:
ALLOCATION PERCENTAGES FOR LIMITED ENTRY TRAWL AND NON-TRAWL SECTORS SPECIFIED FOR FMP GROUNDFISH
STOCKS AND STOCK COMPLEXES
All non-treaty LE trawl sectors
%
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with RULES2
Stock or complex
Lingcod ...............................................................................................
Pacific Cod .........................................................................................
Sablefish S. of 36° N. lat. ..................................................................
PACIFIC OCEAN PERCH .................................................................
WIDOW ..............................................................................................
Chilipepper S. of 40°10′ N. lat. ..........................................................
Splitnose S. of 40°10′ N. lat. .............................................................
Yellowtail N. of 40°10′ N. lat. .............................................................
Shortspine N. of 34°27′ N. lat. ...........................................................
Shortspine S. of 34°27′ N. lat. ...........................................................
Longspine N. of 34°27′ N. lat. ...........................................................
DARKBLOTCHED ..............................................................................
Minor Slope RF North of 40°10′ N. lat. .............................................
Minor Slope RF South of 40°10′ N. lat. .............................................
Dover Sole .........................................................................................
English Sole .......................................................................................
Petrale Sole .......................................................................................
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:37 Sep 30, 2010
Jkt 223001
PO 00000
Frm 00055
45
95
42
95
91
75
95
88
95
50
95
95
81
63
95
95
95
Fmt 4701
................................................
................................................
................................................
................................................
................................................
................................................
................................................
................................................
................................................
mt ...........................................
................................................
................................................
................................................
................................................
................................................
................................................
................................................
Sfmt 4700
E:\FR\FM\01OCR2.SGM
All non-treaty non-trawl sectors
%
55
5
58
5
9
25
5
12
5
Remaining Yield
5
5
18
37
5
5
5
01OCR2
60922
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 190 / Friday, October 1, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
ALLOCATION PERCENTAGES FOR LIMITED ENTRY TRAWL AND NON-TRAWL SECTORS SPECIFIED FOR FMP GROUNDFISH
STOCKS AND STOCK COMPLEXES—Continued
All non-treaty LE trawl sectors
%
Arrowtooth Flounder ..........................................................................
Starry Flounder ..................................................................................
Other Flatfish .....................................................................................
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with RULES2
Stock or complex
95 ................................................
50 ................................................
90 ................................................
(i) Trawl fishery allocation. The
allocation for the limited entry trawl
fishery is derived by applying the trawl
allocation percentage by species/species
group and area as specified in paragraph
(c) of this section and as specified
during the biennial harvest
specifications process to the fishery
harvest guideline for that species/
species group and area. For IFQ species
other than darkblotched rockfish,
Pacific Ocean Perch, and widow
rockfish, the trawl allocation will be
further subdivided among the trawl
sectors (MS, C/P, and IFQ) as specified
in §§ 660.140, 660.150, and 660.160 of
subpart D. For darkblotched rockfish,
Pacific Ocean Perch, and widow
rockfish, the trawl allocation is further
subdivided among the trawl sectors
(MS, C/P, and IFQ) as follows:
(A) Darkblotched rockfish. Allocate 9
percent or 25 mt, whichever is greater,
of the total trawl allocation of
darkblotched rockfish to the whiting
fisheries (MS, C/P, and IFQ combined).
The distribution of the whiting trawl
allocation of darkblotched to each sector
(MS, C/P, and IFQ) will be done pro rata
relative to the sectors’ whiting
allocation. After deducting allocations
for the whiting fisheries, allocate the
remainder of the trawl allocation to the
nonwhiting fishery.
(B) Pacific Ocean Perch (POP).
Allocate 17 percent or 30 mt, whichever
is greater, of the total trawl allocation of
Pacific ocean perch to the whiting
fisheries (MS, C/P, and IFQ combined).
The distribution of the whiting trawl
allocation of POP to each sector (MS, C/
P, and IFQ) will be done pro rata
relative to the sectors’ whiting
allocation. After deducting allocations
for the whiting fisheries, allocate the
remainder of the trawl allocation to the
nonwhiting fishery.
(C) Widow rockfish. Allocate 52
percent of the total trawl allocation of
widow rockfish to the whiting sectors if
the stock is under rebuilding or 10
percent of the total trawl allocation or
500 mt of the trawl allocation to the
whiting sectors, whichever is greater, if
the stock is rebuilt. The latter allocation
scheme automatically kicks in when
widow rockfish is declared rebuilt. The
distribution of the whiting trawl
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:37 Sep 30, 2010
Jkt 223001
allocation of widow to each sector (MS,
C/P, and IFQ) will be done pro rata
relative to the sectors’ whiting
allocation. After deducting allocations
for the whiting fisheries, allocate the
remainder of the trawl allocation to the
nonwhiting fishery.
(ii) Nontrawl fishery allocation. The
allocation for the nontrawl fishery is the
fishery harvest guideline minus the
allocation of the species/species group
and area to the trawl fishery. These
amounts will equal the nontrawl
allocation percentage or amount by
species for species listed in paragraph
(c) of this section and the nontrawl
allocation percentage from the biennial
harvest specifications for other IFQ
species. The nontrawl allocation will be
shared between the limited entry fixed
gear, open access, and recreational
fisheries as specified through the
biennial harvest specifications process
and consistent with allocations in the
PCGFMP.
(2) [Reserved]
(d) Commercial harvest guidelines.
Beginning with the 2011–2012 biennial
specifications process, to derive the
commercial harvest guideline, the
fishery harvest guideline is further
reduced by the recreational set-asides.
The commercial harvest guideline is
then allocated between the limited entry
fishery (both trawl and fixed gear) and
the directed open access fishery, as
appropriate.
(e) Limited entry (LE)/open access
(OA) allocations—(1) LE/OA allocation
percentages. The allocations between
the limited entry and open access
fisheries are based on standards from
the PCGFMP.
(2) Species with LE/OA allocations.
For species with LE/OA allocations, the
allocation between the limited entry
(both trawl and fixed gear) and the open
access fisheries is determined by
applying the percentage for those
species with a LE/OA allocation to the
commercial harvest guideline plus the
amount set-aside for the non-groundfish
fisheries.
(i) Limited entry allocation. The
allocation for the limited entry fishery is
the commercial harvest guideline minus
any allocation to the directed open
access fishery.
PO 00000
Frm 00056
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
All non-treaty non-trawl sectors
%
5
50
10
(ii) Open access allocation. The
allocation for the open access fishery is
derived by applying the open access
allocation percentage to the annual
commercial harvest guideline or quota
plus the non-groundfish fishery (i.e.,
incidental open access fishery) amount
described in paragraph (b) of this
section. The result is the total open
access allocation. The portion that is
set-aside for the non-groundfish
fisheries is deducted and the remainder
is the directed open access portion. For
management areas or stocks for which
quotas or harvest guidelines for a stock
are not fully utilized, no separate
allocation will be established for the
open access fishery until it is projected
that the allowable catch for a species
will be reached.
(A) Open access allocation
percentage. For each species with a
harvest guideline or quota, the initial
open access allocation percentage is
calculated by:
(1) Computing the total catch for that
species during the window period (July
11, 1984 through August 1, 1988) for the
limited entry program by any vessel that
did not initially receive a limited entry
permit.
(2) Dividing that amount by the total
catch during the window period by all
gear.
(3) The guidelines in this paragraph
apply to recalculation of the open access
allocation percentage. Any recalculated
allocation percentage will be used in
calculating the following biennial
fishing period’s open access allocation.
(B) [Reserved]
(f) Catch accounting. Catch
accounting refers to how the catch in a
fishery is monitored against the
allocations described in this section. For
species with trawl/nontrawl allocations,
catch of those species are counted
against the trawl/nontrawl allocations as
explained in paragraph (f)(1) of this
section. For species with limited entry/
open access allocations in a given
biennial cycle, catch of those species are
counted against the limited entry/open
access allocations as explained in
paragraph (f)(2) of this section.
(1) Between the trawl and nontrawl
fisheries—(i) Catch accounting for the
trawl allocation. Any groundfish caught
E:\FR\FM\01OCR2.SGM
01OCR2
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 190 / Friday, October 1, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
by a vessel registered to a limited entry
trawl-endorsed permit will be counted
against the trawl allocation while they
are declared in to a groundfish limited
entry trawl fishery and while the
applicable trawl fishery listed in subpart
D of this part for that vessel’s limited
entry permit is open.
(ii) Catch accounting for the nontrawl
allocation. All groundfish caught by a
vessel not registered to a limited entry
permit and not fishing in the nongroundfish fishery will be counted
against the nontrawl allocation. All
groundfish caught by a vessel registered
to a limited entry permit when the
fishery for a vessel’s limited entry
permit has closed or they are not
declared in to a limited entry fishery,
will be counted against the nontrawl
allocation, unless they are declared in to
a non-groundfish fishery. Catch by
vessels fishing in the non-groundfish
fishery, as defined at § 660.11, will be
accounted for in the estimated mortality
in the non-groundfish fishery that is
deducted from the OY.
(2) Between the limited entry and
open access fisheries. Any groundfish
caught by a vessel with a limited entry
permit will be counted against the
limited entry allocation while the
limited entry fishery for that vessel’s
limited entry gear is open. When the
fishery for a vessel’s limited entry gear
has closed, groundfish caught by that
vessel with open access gear will be
counted against the open access
allocation. All groundfish caught by
vessels without limited entry permits
will be counted against the open access
allocation.
(g) Recreational fisheries. Recreational
fishing for groundfish is outside the
scope of, and not affected by, the
regulations governing limited entry and
open access fisheries. Certain amounts
of groundfish will be set aside for the
recreational fishery during the biennial
specifications process. These amounts
will be estimated prior to dividing the
commercial harvest guideline between
the limited entry and open access
fisheries.
(h) Sablefish Allocations (north of 36°
N. lat.). The allocations of sablefish
north of 36° N. lat. described in
paragraph (h) of this section are
specified in Chapter 6 of the PCGFMP.
(1) Tribal/nontribal allocation. The
sablefish allocation to Pacific coast
treaty Indian tribes is identified at
§ 660.50(f)(2), subpart C. The remainder
is available to the nontribal fishery
(limited entry, open access (directed
and incidental), and research).
(2) Between the limited entry and
open access fisheries. The allocation of
sablefish after tribal deductions is
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:37 Sep 30, 2010
Jkt 223001
further reduced by the estimated total
mortality of sablefish in research and
incidental catch in non-groundfish
fisheries (incidental open access); the
remaining yield (nontribal share) is
divided between open access and
limited entry fisheries. The limited
entry fishery allocation is 90.6 percent
and the open access allocation is 9.4
percent.
(3) Between the limited entry trawl
and limited entry fixed gear fisheries.
The limited entry sablefish allocation is
further allocated 58 percent to the trawl
fishery and 42 percent to the limited
entry fixed gear (longline and pot/trap)
fishery.
(4) Between the limited entry fixed
gear primary season and daily trip limit
fisheries. Within the limited entry fixed
gear fishery allocation, 85 percent is
reserved for the primary season
described in § 660.231, subpart E,
leaving 15 percent for the limited entry
daily trip limit fishery described in
§ 660.232, subpart E.
(5) Ratios between tiers for sablefishendorsed limited entry permits. The
Regional Administrator will biennially
or annually calculate the size of the
cumulative trip limit for each of the
three tiers associated with the sablefish
endorsement such that the ratio of limits
between the tiers is approximately
1:1.75:3.85 for Tier 3:Tier 2:Tier 1,
respectively. The size of the cumulative
trip limits will vary depending on the
amount of sablefish available for the
primary fishery and on estimated
discard mortality rates within the
fishery. The size of the cumulative trip
limits for the three tiers in the primary
fishery will be announced in
§ 660.231(b)(3), subpart E.
(i) Pacific whiting allocation. The
allocation structure and percentages for
Pacific whiting are described in the
PCGFMP.
(1) Annual treaty tribal Pacific
whiting allocations are provided in
§ 660.50, subpart C.
(2) The commercial harvest guideline
for Pacific whiting is allocated among
three sectors, as follows: 34 percent for
the catcher/processor sector; 24 percent
for the mothership sector; and 42
percent for the Shorebased IFQ Program.
No more than 5 percent of the
shorebased allocation may be taken and
retained south of 42° N. lat. before the
start of the primary Pacific whiting
season north of 42° N. lat. Specific
sector allocations for a given calendar
year are found in Tables 1a and 2a of
this subpart. Set asides for other species
for the at-sea whiting fishery for a given
calendar year are found in Tables 1d
and 2d of this subpart.
PO 00000
Frm 00057
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
60923
(j) Fishery set-asides. Annual setasides are not formal allocations but
they are amounts which are not
available to the other fisheries during
the fishing year. For the catcher/
processor and mothership sectors of the
at-sea Pacific whiting fishery, set-asides
will be deducted from the limited entry
trawl fishery allocation. Set-aside
amounts will be specified in Tables 1a
through 2d of this subpart and may be
adjusted through the biennial harvest
specifications and management
measures process.
(k) Exempted fishing permit setasides. Annual set-asides for EFPs
described at § 660.60(f), will be
deducted from the OY. Set-aside
amounts will be adjusted through the
biennial harvest specifications and
management measures process.
(l) Black rockfish harvest guideline.
The commercial tribal harvest guideline
for black rockfish off Washington State
is specified at § 660.50(f)(1), subpart C.
(m) Pacific halibut bycatch allocation.
The Pacific halibut fishery off
Washington, Oregon and California
(Area 2A in the halibut regulations) is
managed under regulations at 50 CFR
part 300, subpart E. Beginning with the
2011–2012 biennial specifications
process, the PCGFMP sets a trawl
mortality bycatch limit for legal and
sublegal halibut at 15 percent of the
Area 2A constant exploitation yield
(CEY) for legal size halibut, not to
exceed 130,000 pounds for the first four
years of trawl rationalization and not to
exceed 100,000 pounds starting in the
fifth year. This total bycatch limit may
be adjusted downward or upward
through the biennial specifications and
management measures process. Part of
the overall total catch limit is a set-aside
of 10 mt of Pacific halibut, to
accommodate bycatch in the at-sea
Pacific whiting fishery and in the
shoreside trawl fishery south of 40°10′
N lat (estimated to be approximately 5
mt each).
§ 660.60 Specifications and management
measures.
(a) General. NMFS will establish and
adjust specifications and management
measures biennially or annually and
during the fishing year. Management of
the Pacific Coast groundfish fishery will
be conducted consistent with the
standards and procedures in the
PCGFMP and other applicable law. The
PCGFMP is available from the Regional
Administrator or the Council.
Regulations under this subpart may be
promulgated, removed, or revised
during the fishing year. Any such action
will be made according to the
framework standards and procedures in
E:\FR\FM\01OCR2.SGM
01OCR2
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with RULES2
60924
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 190 / Friday, October 1, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
the PCGFMP and other applicable law,
and will be published in the Federal
Register.
(b) Biennial actions. The Pacific Coast
Groundfish fishery is managed on a
biennial, calendar year basis. Harvest
specifications and management
measures will be announced biennially,
with the harvest specifications for each
species or species group set for two
sequential calendar years. In general,
management measures are designed to
achieve, but not exceed, the
specifications, particularly optimum
yields (harvest guidelines and quotas),
fishery harvest guidelines, commercial
harvest guidelines and quotas, limited
entry and open access allocations, or
other approved fishery allocations, and
to protect overfished and depleted
stocks. Management measures will be
designed to take into account the cooccurrence ratios of target species with
overfished species, and will select
measures that will minimize bycatch to
the extent practicable.
(c) Routine management measures. In
addition to the catch restrictions in
subparts D through G of this part, other
catch restrictions that are likely to be
adjusted on a biennial or more frequent
basis may be imposed and announced
by a single notification in the Federal
Register if good cause exists under the
APA to waive notice and comment, and
if they have been designated as routine
through the two-meeting process
described in the PCGFMP. Routine
management measures that may be
revised during the fishing year via this
process are implemented in paragraph
(h) of this section, and in subparts D
through G of this part, including Tables
1 (North) and 1 (South) of subpart D,
Tables 2 (North) and 2 (South) of
subpart E, Tables 3 (North) and 3
(South) of subpart F. Most trip, bag, and
size limits, and area closures in the
groundfish fishery have been designated
‘‘routine,’’ which means they may be
changed rapidly after a single Council
meeting. Council meetings are held in
the months of March, April, June,
September, and November. Inseason
changes to routine management
measures are announced in the Federal
Register pursuant to the requirements of
the Administrative Procedure Act
(APA). Changes to trip limits are
effective at the times stated in the
Federal Register. Once a change is
effective, it is illegal to take and retain,
possess, or land more fish than allowed
under the new trip limit. This means
that, unless otherwise announced in the
Federal Register, offloading must begin
before the time a fishery closes or a
more restrictive trip limit takes effect.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:37 Sep 30, 2010
Jkt 223001
The following catch restrictions have
been designated as routine:
(1) Commercial Limited Entry and
Open Access Fisheries. (i) Trip landing
and frequency limits, size limits, all
gear. Trip landing and frequency limits
have been designated as routine for the
following species or species groups:
Widow rockfish, canary rockfish,
yellowtail rockfish, Pacific ocean perch,
yelloweye rockfish, black rockfish, blue
rockfish, splitnose rockfish, chilipepper
rockfish, bocaccio, cowcod, minor
nearshore rockfish or shallow and
deeper minor nearshore rockfish, shelf
or minor shelf rockfish, and minor slope
rockfish; DTS complex which is
composed of Dover sole, sablefish,
shortspine thornyheads, and longspine
thornyheads; petrale sole, rex sole,
arrowtooth flounder, Pacific sanddabs,
and the flatfish complex, which is
composed of those species plus any
other flatfish species listed at § 660.11,
subpart C; Pacific whiting; lingcod;
Pacific cod; spiny dogfish; and ‘‘other
fish’’ as a complex consisting of all
groundfish species listed at § 660.11,
subpart C and not otherwise listed as a
distinct species or species group. Size
limits have been designated as routine
for sablefish and lingcod. Trip landing
and frequency limits and size limits for
species with those limits designated as
routine may be imposed or adjusted on
a biennial or more frequent basis for the
purpose of keeping landings within the
harvest levels announced by NMFS, and
for the other purposes given in
paragraphs (c)(1)(i)(A) and (B) of this
section.
(A) Trip landing and frequency limits.
To extend the fishing season; to
minimize disruption of traditional
fishing and marketing patterns; to
reduce discards; to discourage target
fishing while allowing small incidental
catches to be landed; to protect
overfished species; to allow small
fisheries to operate outside the normal
season; and, for the open access fishery
only, to maintain landings at the
historical proportions during the 1984–
88 window period.
(B) Size limits. To protect juvenile
fish; to extend the fishing season.
(ii) Differential trip landing limits and
frequency limits based on gear type,
closed seasons, and bycatch limits. Trip
landing and frequency limits that differ
by gear type and closed seasons may be
imposed or adjusted on a biennial or
more frequent basis for the purpose of
rebuilding and protecting overfished or
depleted stocks. To achieve the
rebuilding of an overfished or depleted
stock, bycatch limits may be established
and adjusted to be used to close the
primary season for any sector of the
PO 00000
Frm 00058
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
Pacific whiting fishery described at
§ 660.131(b), before the sector’s Pacific
whiting allocation is achieved if the
applicable bycatch limit is reached.
Bycatch limit amounts are specified at
§ 660.131(b)(5), subpart D.
(iii) Type of limited entry trawl gear
on board. Limits on the type of limited
entry trawl gear on board a vessel may
be imposed on a biennial or more
frequent basis. Requirements and
restrictions on limited entry trawl gear
type are found at § 660.130, subpart D.
(2) Recreational fisheries all gear
types. Routine management measures
for all groundfish species, separately or
in any combination, include bag limits,
size limits, time/area closures, boat
limits, hook limits, and dressing
requirements. All routine management
measures on recreational fisheries are
intended to keep landings within the
harvest levels announced by NMFS, to
rebuild and protect overfished or
depleted species, and to maintain
consistency with State regulations, and
for the other purposes set forth in this
section.
(i) Bag limits. To spread the available
catch over a large number of anglers; to
protect and rebuild overfished species;
to avoid waste.
(ii) Size limits. To protect juvenile
fish; to protect and rebuild overfished
species; to enhance the quality of the
recreational fishing experience.
(iii) Season duration restrictions. To
spread the available catch over a large
number of anglers; to protect and
rebuild overfished species; to avoid
waste; to enhance the quality of the
recreational fishing experience.
(3) All fisheries, all gear types, depthbased management measures. Depthbased management measures,
particularly the setting of closed areas
known as Groundfish Conservation
Areas, may be implemented in any
fishery that takes groundfish directly or
incidentally. Depth-based management
measures are set using specific
boundary lines that approximate depth
contours with latitude/longitude
waypoints found at § 660.70 through
660.74. Depth-based management
measures and the setting of closed areas
may be used: to protect and rebuild
overfished stocks, to prevent the
overfishing of any groundfish species by
minimizing the direct or incidental
catch of that species, to minimize the
incidental harvest of any protected or
prohibited species taken in the
groundfish fishery, to extend the fishing
season; for the commercial fisheries, to
minimize disruption of traditional
fishing and marketing patterns; for the
recreational fisheries, to spread the
available catch over a large number of
E:\FR\FM\01OCR2.SGM
01OCR2
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 190 / Friday, October 1, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
anglers; to discourage target fishing
while allowing small incidental catches
to be landed; and to allow small
fisheries to operate outside the normal
season.
(d) Automatic actions. Automatic
management actions may be initiated by
the NMFS Regional Administrator
without prior public notice, opportunity
to comment, or a Council meeting.
These actions are nondiscretionary, and
the impacts must have been taken into
account prior to the action. Unless
otherwise stated, a single notice will be
published in the Federal Register
making the action effective if good cause
exists under the APA to waive notice
and comment.
(1) Automatic actions are used in the
Pacific whiting fishery to:
(i) Close sectors of the fishery or to
reinstate trip limits in the shorebased
fishery when a whiting harvest
guideline, commercial harvest
guideline, or a sector’s allocation is
reached, or is projected to be reached;
(ii) Close all sectors or a single sector
of the fishery when a bycatch limit is
reached or projected to be reached;
(iii) Reapportion unused Pacific
whiting allocation to other sectors of the
fishery;
(iv) Reapportion unused bycatch limit
species to other sectors of the Pacific
whiting fishery.
(v) Implement the Ocean Salmon
Conservation Zone, described at
§ 660.131(c)(3), subpart D, when NMFS
projects the Pacific whiting fishery may
take in excess of 11,000 Chinook within
a calendar year.
(vi) Implement Pacific Whiting
Bycatch Reduction Areas, described at
§ 660.131(c)(4) Subpart D, when NMFS
projects a sector-specific bycatch limit
will be reached before the sector’s
whiting allocation.
(2) [Reserved]
(e) Prohibited species. Groundfish
species or species groups under the
PCGFMP for which quotas have been
achieved and/or the fishery closed are
prohibited species. In addition, the
following are prohibited species:
(1) Any species of salmonid.
(2) Pacific halibut.
(3) Dungeness crab caught seaward of
Washington or Oregon.
(f) Exempted fishing permits (EFP). (1)
The Regional Administrator may issue
EFPs under regulations at § 660.30,
subpart C, for compensation with fish
for collecting resource information.
Such EFPs may include the collecting of
scientific samples of groundfish species
that would otherwise be prohibited for
retention.
(2) The Regional Administrator may
also issue EFPs under regulations at 50
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:37 Sep 30, 2010
Jkt 223001
CFR part § 600.745 for limited testing,
public display, data collection,
exploratory, health and safety,
environmental cleanup, and/or hazard
removal purposes, the target or
incidental harvest of species managed
under an FMP or fishery regulations that
would otherwise be prohibited.
(3) U.S. vessels operating under an
EFP are subject to restrictions in
§§ 660.10 through 660.79, unless
otherwise provided in the permit.
(g) Applicability. Groundfish species
harvested in the territorial sea (0–3 nm)
will be counted toward the catch
limitations in Tables 1a through 2d of
this subpart, and those specified in
subparts D through G, including Tables
1 (North) and 1 (South) of subpart D,
Tables 2 (North) and 2 (South) of
subpart E, Tables 3 (North) and 3
(South) of subpart F.
(h) Fishery restrictions—(1)
Commercial trip limits and recreational
bag and boat limits. Commercial trip
limits and recreational bag and boat
limits defined in Tables 1a through 2d
of this subpart, and those specified in
subparts D through G of this part,
including Tables 1 (North) and 1 (South)
of subpart D, Tables 2 (North) and 2
(South) of subpart E, Tables 3 (North)
and 3 (South) of subpart F must not be
exceeded.
(2) Landing. As stated at § 660.11,
subpart C (in the definition of
‘‘Landing’’), once the offloading of any
species begins, all fish aboard the vessel
are counted as part of the landing and
must be reported as such. Transfer of
fish at sea is prohibited under § 660.12,
subpart C, unless a vessel is
participating in the primary whiting
fishery as part of the mothership or
catcher/processor sectors, as described
at § 660.131(a), subpart D.
(3) Fishing ahead. Unless the fishery
is closed, a vessel that has landed its
cumulative or daily limit may continue
to fish on the limit for the next legal
period, so long as no fish (including, but
not limited to, groundfish with no trip
limits, shrimp, prawns, or other
nongroundfish species or shellfish) are
landed (offloaded) until the next legal
period. Fishing ahead is not allowed
during or before a closed period.
(4) Weights and percentages. All
weights are round weights or roundweight equivalents unless otherwise
specified. Percentages are based on
round weights, and, unless otherwise
specified, apply only to legal fish on
board.
(5) Size limits, length measurement,
and weight limits. (i) Size limits and
length measurement. Unless otherwise
specified, size limits in the commercial
and recreational groundfish fisheries
PO 00000
Frm 00059
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
60925
apply to the ‘‘total length,’’ which is the
longest measurement of the fish without
mutilation of the fish or the use of force
to extend the length of the fish. No fish
with a size limit may be retained if it is
in such condition that its length has
been extended or cannot be determined
by these methods. For conversions not
listed here, contact the state where the
fish will be landed. Washington state
regulations require all fish with a size
limit landed into Washington to be
landed with the head on.
(A) Whole fish. For a whole fish, total
length is measured from the tip of the
snout (mouth closed) to the tip of the
tail in a natural, relaxed position.
(B) ‘‘Headed’’ fish. For a fish with the
head removed (‘‘headed’’), the length is
measured from the origin of the first
dorsal fin (where the front dorsal fin
meets the dorsal surface of the body
closest to the head) to the tip of the
upper lobe of the tail; the dorsal fin and
tail must be left intact.
(C) Filets. A filet is the flesh from one
side of a fish extending from the head
to the tail, which has been removed
from the body (head, tail, and backbone)
in a single continuous piece. Filet
lengths may be subject to size limits for
some groundfish taken in the
recreational fishery off California (see
subpart G of this part). A filet is
measured along the length of the longest
part of the filet in a relaxed position;
stretching or otherwise manipulating
the filet to increase its length is not
permitted.
(ii) Weight limits and conversions.
The weight limit conversion factor
established by the state where the fish
is or will be landed will be used to
convert the processed weight to round
weight for purposes of applying the trip
limit. Weight conversions provided
herein are those conversions currently
in use by the States of Washington,
Oregon and California and may be
subject to change by those states.
Fishery participants should contact
fishery enforcement officials in the state
where the fish will be landed to
determine that state’s official conversion
factor. To determine the round weight,
multiply the processed weight times the
conversion factor.
(iii) Sablefish. The following
conversion applies to both the limited
entry and open access fisheries when
trip limits are in effect for those
fisheries. For headed and gutted
(eviscerated) sablefish the weight
conversion factor is 1.6 (multiply the
headed and gutted weight by 1.6 to
determine the round weight).
(iv) Lingcod. The following
conversions apply in both limited entry
and open access fisheries.
E:\FR\FM\01OCR2.SGM
01OCR2
60926
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 190 / Friday, October 1, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with RULES2
(A) North of 42° N. lat., for lingcod
with the head removed, the minimum
size limit is 18 inches (46 cm), which
corresponds to 22 inches (56 cm) total
length for whole fish.
(B) South of 42° N. lat., for lingcod
with the head removed, the minimum
size limit is 19.5 inches (49.5 cm),
which corresponds to 24 inches (61 cm)
total length for whole fish.
(C) The weight conversion factor for
headed and gutted lingcod is 1.5. The
conversion factor for lingcod that has
only been gutted with the head on is
1.1.
(6) Sorting. Trawl fishery sorting
requirements are specified at
§ 660.130(d), subpart D. Limited entry
fixed gear fishery sorting requirements
are specified at § 660.230(c), subpart E,
and Open access fishery sorting
requirements are specified at
§ 660.330(c), subpart F.
(7) Crossover provisions. NMFS uses
different types of management areas for
West Coast groundfish management.
One type of management area is the
north-south management area, a large
ocean area with northern and southern
boundary lines wherein trip limits,
seasons, and conservation areas follow a
single theme. Within each north-south
management area, there may be one or
more conservation areas, defined at
§ 660.11 and §§ 660.60 through 660.74,
subpart C. The provisions within this
paragraph apply to vessels operating in
different north-south management areas.
Crossover provisions also apply to
vessels that fish in both the limited
entry and open access fisheries, or that
use open access non-trawl gear while
registered to limited entry fixed gear
permits. Fishery specific crossover
provisions can be found in subparts D
through F of this part.
(i) Operating in north-south
management areas with different trip
limits. Trip limits for a species or a
species group may differ in different
north-south management areas along the
coast. The following crossover
provisions apply to vessels operating in
different geographical areas that have
different cumulative or ‘‘per trip’’ trip
limits for the same species or species
group. Such crossover provisions do not
apply to species that are subject only to
daily trip limits, or to the trip limits for
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:37 Sep 30, 2010
Jkt 223001
black rockfish off Washington, as
described at § 660.230(d), subpart E and
§ 660.330(e), subpart F.
(A) Going from a more restrictive to a
more liberal area. If a vessel takes and
retains any groundfish species or
species group of groundfish in an area
where a more restrictive trip limit
applies before fishing in an area where
a more liberal trip limit (or no trip limit)
applies, then that vessel is subject to the
more restrictive trip limit for the entire
period to which that trip limit applies,
no matter where the fish are taken and
retained, possessed, or landed.
(B) Going from a more liberal to a
more restrictive area. If a vessel takes
and retains a groundfish species or
species group in an area where a higher
trip limit or no trip limit applies, and
takes and retains, possesses or lands the
same species or species group in an area
where a more restrictive trip limit
applies, that vessel is subject to the
more restrictive trip limit for the entire
period to which that trip limit applies,
no matter where the fish are taken and
retained, possessed, or landed.
(C) Operating in two different areas
where a species or species group is
managed with different types of trip
limits. During the fishing year, NMFS
may implement management measures
for a species or species group that set
different types of trip limits (for
example, per trip limits versus
cumulative trip limits) for different
areas. If a vessel fishes for a species or
species group that is managed with
different types of trip limits in two
different areas within the same
cumulative limit period, then that vessel
is subject to the most restrictive overall
cumulative limit for that species,
regardless of where fishing occurs.
(D) Minor rockfish. Several rockfish
species are designated with speciesspecific limits on one side of the 40°10′
N. lat. management line, and are
included as part of a minor rockfish
complex on the other side of the line.
A vessel that takes and retains fish from
a minor rockfish complex (nearshore,
shelf, or slope) on both sides of a
management line during a single
cumulative limit period is subject to the
more restrictive cumulative limit for
that minor rockfish complex during that
period.
PO 00000
Frm 00060
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
(1) If a vessel takes and retains minor
slope rockfish north of 40°10′ N. lat.,
that vessel is also permitted to take and
retain, possess or land splitnose rockfish
up to its cumulative limit south of
40°10′ N. lat., even if splitnose rockfish
were a part of the landings from minor
slope rockfish taken and retained north
of 40°10′ N. lat.
(2) If a vessel takes and retains minor
slope rockfish south of 40°10′ N. lat.,
that vessel is also permitted to take and
retain, possess or land POP up to its
cumulative limit north of 40°10′ N. lat.,
even if POP were a part of the landings
from minor slope rockfish taken and
retained south of 40°10′ N. lat.
(ii) Operating in both limited entry
and open access fisheries. Open access
trip limits apply to any fishing
conducted with open access gear, even
if the vessel has a valid limited entry
permit with an endorsement for another
type of gear. A vessel that operates in
both the open access and limited entry
fisheries is not entitled to two separate
trip limits for the same species. If a
vessel has a limited entry permit and
uses open access gear, but the open
access limit is smaller than the limited
entry limit, the open access limit may
not be exceeded and counts toward the
limited entry limit. If a vessel has a
limited entry permit and uses open
access gear, but the open access limit is
larger than the limited entry limit, the
smaller limited entry limit applies, even
if taken entirely with open access gear.
§ 660.65 Groundfish harvest
specifications.
Fishery specifications include ABCs,
the designation of OYs (which may be
represented by harvest guidelines (HGs)
or quotas for species that need
individual management,) and the
allocation of fishery HGs between the
trawl and nontrawl segments of the
fishery, and the allocation of
commercial HGs between the open
access and limited entry segments of the
fishery. These specifications include
fish caught in state ocean waters (0–3
nm offshore) as well as fish caught in
the EEZ (3–200 nm offshore). Harvest
specifications are provided at Tables 1a
through 2d of this subpart.
BILLING CODE 3510–22–P
E:\FR\FM\01OCR2.SGM
01OCR2
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:37 Sep 30, 2010
Jkt 223001
PO 00000
Frm 00061
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\01OCR2.SGM
01OCR2
60927
ER01OC10.000
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 190 / Friday, October 1, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
VerDate Mar<15>2010
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 190 / Friday, October 1, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
17:37 Sep 30, 2010
Jkt 223001
PO 00000
Frm 00062
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\01OCR2.SGM
01OCR2
ER01OC10.001
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with RULES2
60928
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:37 Sep 30, 2010
Jkt 223001
PO 00000
Frm 00063
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\01OCR2.SGM
01OCR2
60929
ER01OC10.002
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 190 / Friday, October 1, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 190 / Friday, October 1, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
BILLING CODE 3510–22–C
a ABCs
apply only to the U.S. portion of the
Vancouver area.
b Optimum Yields (OYs) and Harvest
Guidelines (HGs) are specified as total catch
values. A harvest guideline is a specified
harvest target and not a quota. The use of this
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:37 Sep 30, 2010
Jkt 223001
term may differ from the use of similar terms
in state regulation.
c Lingcod—A coastwide lingcod stock
assessment was prepared in 2005. The
lingcod biomass was estimated to be at 64
percent of its unfished biomass coastwide in
2005. The ABC of 5,278 mt was calculated
using an FMSY proxy of F45%. Because the
PO 00000
Frm 00064
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
stock is above B40%coastwide, the coastwide
OY was set equal to the ABC. The tribal
harvest guideline is 250 mt.
d ‘‘Other species’’—these species are neither
common nor important to the commercial
and recreational fisheries in the areas
footnoted. Accordingly, these species are
included in the harvest guidelines of ‘‘other
E:\FR\FM\01OCR2.SGM
01OCR2
ER01OC10.003
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with RULES2
60930
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 190 / Friday, October 1, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
fish’’, ‘‘other rockfish’’ or ‘‘remaining
rockfish’’.
e Pacific Cod—The 3,200 mt ABC for the
Vancouver-Columbia area is based on
historical landings data. The 1,600 mt OY is
the ABC reduced by 50 percent as a
precautionary adjustment. A tribal harvest
guideline of 400 mt is deducted from the OY
resulting in a commercial OY of 1,200 mt.
f Pacific whiting—The most recent stock
assessment was prepared in February 2009.
The stock assessment base model estimated
the Pacific whiting biomass to be at 32
percent (50th percentile estimate of
depletion) of its unfished biomass in 2009.
The U.S Canada coastwide ABC is 253,582
mt, the U.S. share of the ABC is 187,346 mt
(73.88 percent of the coastwide ABC). The
U.S.-Canada coastwide OY is 184,000 mt
with a corresponding U.S. OY of 135,939 mt.
The tribal set aside is 50,000 mt. The amount
estimated to be taken as research catch and
in non-groundfish fisheries is 4,000 mt. The
commercial OY is 81,939 mt. Each sector
receives a portion of the commercial OY,
with the catcher/processors getting 34
percent (27,859 mt), motherships getting 24
percent (19,665 mt), and the shore-based
sector getting 42 percent (34,414 mt). The
allocation for the fishery south of 42°N. lat.
is 1,721 mt.
g Sablefish—A coastwide sablefish stock
assessment was prepared in 2007. The
sablefish biomass was estimated to be at 38.3
percent of its unfished biomass in 2007. The
coastwide ABC of 9,914 mt was based on the
new stock assessment with a FMSY proxy of
F45%. The 40–10 harvest policy was applied
to the ABC then apportion between the
northern and southern areas with 72 percent
going to the area north of 36° N. lat. and 28
percent going to the area south of 36° N. lat.
The OY for the area north of 36° N. lat. is
7,052 mt. When establishing the OY for the
area south of 36° N. lat. a 50 percent
reduction was made resulting in a
Conception area OY of 1,371 mt. The
coastwide OY of 8,423 mt is the sum of the
northern and southern area OYs. The tribal
allocation for the area north of 36° N. lat. is
705 mt (10 percent of the OY north of 36° N.
lat.), which is further reduced by 1.6 percent
(11 mt) to account for discard mortality. The
tribal landed catch value is 694 mt.
h Cabezon south of 42° N. lat. was assessed
in 2005. The Cabezon stock was estimated to
be at 40 percent of its unfished biomass north
of 34° 27′N. lat. and 28 percent of its
unfished biomass south of 34° 27′N. lat. in
2005. The ABC of 106 mt is based on the
2005 stock assessment with a harvest rate
proxy of F45%. The OY of 69 mt is consistent
with the application of a 60–20 harvest rate
policy specified in the California Nearshore
Fishery Management Plan.
i Dover sole north of 34° 27’ N. lat. was
assessed in 2005. The Dover sole biomass
was estimated to be at 59.8 percent of its
unfished biomass in 2005 and was projected
to be increasing. The ABC of 29,453 mt is
based on the results of the 2005 assessment
with an FMSY proxy of F40%. Because the
stock is above B40%coastwide, the OY could
be set equal to the ABC. The OY of 16,500
mt is less than the ABC. The OY is set at the
MSY harvest level which is considerably
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:37 Sep 30, 2010
Jkt 223001
larger than the coastwide catches in any
recent years.
j A coastwide English sole stock assessment
was prepared in 2005 and updated in 2007.
The stock was estimated to be at 116 percent
of its unfished biomass in 2007. The stock
biomass is believed to be declining. The ABC
of 14,326 mt is based on the results of the
2007 assessment update with an FMSY proxy
of F40%. Because the stock is above B40%,
the OY was set equal to the ABC.
k A petrale sole stock assessment was
prepared for 2005. In 2005 the petrale sole
stock was estimated to be at 32 percent of its
unfished biomass coastwide (34 percent in
the northern assessment area and 29 percent
of in the southern assessment area). The ABC
of 2,811 mt is based on the 2005 stock
assessment with a F40%FMSYproxy. To
derive the OY, the 40–10 harvest policy was
applied to the ABC for both the northern and
southern assessment areas. As a
precautionary measure, an additional 25
percent reduction was made in the OY
contribution for the southern area due
assessment uncertainty. The coastwide OY is
2,433 mt in 2009.
l Arrowtooth flounder was assessed in 2007
and was estimated to be at 79 percent of its
unfished biomass in 2007. Because the stock
is above B40%, the OY is set equal to the
ABC.
m Starry Flounder was assessed for the first
time in 2005 and was estimated to be above
40 percent of its unfished biomass in 2005.
However, the stock was projected to decline
below 40 percent in both the northern and
southern areas after 2008. The starry flounder
assessment was considered to be a data-poor
assessment relative to other groundfish
assessments. For 2009, the coastwide ABC of
1,509 mt is based on the 2005 assessment
with a FMSY proxy of F40%. To derive the
OY (1,004 mt), the 40–10 harvest policy was
applied to the ABC for both the northern and
southern assessment areas then an additional
25 percent reduction was made due to
assessment uncertainty.
n ‘‘Other flatfish’’ are those flatfish species
that do not have individual ABC/OYs and
include butter sole, curlfin sole, flathead
sole, Pacific sand dab, rex sole, rock sole, and
sand sole. The other flatfish ABC is based on
historical catch levels. The ABC of 6,731 mt
is based on the highest landings for sanddabs
(1995) and rex sole (1982) for the 1981–2003
period and on the average landings from the
1994–1998 period for the remaining other
flatfish species. The OY of 4,884 mt is based
on the ABC with a 25 percent precautionary
adjustment for sanddabs and rex sole and a
50 percent precautionary adjustment for the
remaining species.
o A POP stock assessment was prepared in
2005 and was updated in 2007. The stock
assessment update estimated the stock to be
at 27.5 percent of its unfished biomass in
2007. The ABC of 1,160 mt for the Vancouver
and Columbia areas is based on the 2007
stock assessment update with an FMSY
proxy of F50%. The OY of 189 mt is based
on a rebuilding plan with a target year to
rebuild of 2017 and an SPR harvest rate of
86.4 percent. The OY is reduced by 2.0 mt
for the amount anticipated to be taken during
research activity and 0.14 mt for the amount
expected to be taken during EFP fishing.
PO 00000
Frm 00065
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
60931
p Shortbelly rockfish remains an
unexploited stock and is difficult to assess
quantitatively. To understand the potential
environmental determinants of fluctuations
in the recruitment and abundance of an
unexploited rockfish population in the
California Current ecosystem, a nonquantitative assessment was conducted in
2007. The results of the assessment indicated
the shortbelly stock was healthy with an
estimated spawning stock biomass at 67
percent of its unfished biomass in 2005. The
ABC and OY are being set at 6,950 mt which
is 50 percent of the 2008 ABC and OY values.
The stock is expected to remain at its current
equilibrium with these harvest specifications.
q Widow rockfish was assessed in 2005 and
an update was prepared in 2007. The stock
assessment update estimated the stock to be
at 36.2 percent of its unfished biomass in
2006. The ABC of 7,728 mt is based on the
stock assessment update with an
F50%FMSYproxy. The OY of 522 mt is based
on a rebuilding plan with a target year to
rebuild of 2015 and an SPR harvest rate of
95 percent. To derive the commercial harvest
guideline of 460.4 mt the OY is reduced by
1.1 mt for the amount anticipated to be taken
during research activity, 45.5 mt for the tribal
set-aside, 7.2 mt the amount estimated to be
taken in the recreational fisheries, 0.4 mt for
the amount expected to be taken incidentally
in non-groundfish fisheries, and 7.4 mt for
the amount projected to be taken during EFP
fishing. The following are the sector specific
bycatch limits established for the Pacific
whiting fishery: 85.0 mt for catcher/
processors, 60.0 mt for motherships, and
105.0 mt for shore-based.
r Canary rockfish—A canary rockfish stock
assessment was completed in 2007 and the
stock was estimated to be at 32.7 percent of
its unfished biomass coastwide in 2007. The
coastwide ABC of 937 mt based on the 2007
rebuilding plan. The OY of 105 mt is based
on a rebuilding plan with a target year to
rebuild of 2021 and a SPR harvest rate of 88.7
percent. To derive the commercial harvest
guideline of 42.3 mt, the OY is reduced by
8.0 mt for the amount anticipated to be taken
during research activity, 7.3 mt the tribal setaside, 43.8 mt the amount estimated to be
taken in the recreational fisheries, 0.9 mt for
the amount expected to be taken incidentally
in non-groundfish fisheries, and 2.7 mt for
the amount expected to be taken during EFP
fishing. The following harvest guidelines are
being specified for catch sharing in 2009:
19.7 mt for limited entry Non-Whiting Trawl,
18.0 mt for limited entry Whiting Trawl, 2.2
mt for limited entry fixed gear, 2.5 mt for
directed open access, 4.9 mt for Washington
recreational, 16.0 mt for Oregon recreational,
and 22.9 mt for California recreational.
s Chilipepper rockfish was assessed in 2007
and the stock was estimated to be at 71
percent of its unfished biomass coastwide in
2007. The ABC of 3,037 mt is based on a
FMSY proxy of F50%. Because the unfished
biomass is estimated to be above 40 percent
the unfished biomass, the default OY could
be set equal to the ABC. However, the OY of
2,885 mt was the ABC reduced by 5 percent
as a precautionary measure for uncertainty in
the stock assessment. Open access is
allocated 44.3 percent (1,278 mt) of the
E:\FR\FM\01OCR2.SGM
01OCR2
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with RULES2
60932
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 190 / Friday, October 1, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
commercial HG and limited entry is allocated
55.7 percent (1,607 mt) of the commercial
HG.
t A bocaccio stock assessment and a
rebuilding analysis were prepared in 2007.
The bocaccio stock was estimated to be at
13.8 percent of its unfished biomass in 2007.
The ABC of 793 mt for the MontereyConception area is based on the new
assessment with an FMSY proxy of F50%.
The OY of 288 mt is based on a rebuilding
plan with a target year to rebuild of 2026 and
a SPR harvest rate of 77.7 percent. To derive
the commercial harvest guideline of 206.4
mt, the OY is reduced by 2.0 mt for the
amount anticipated to be taken during
research activity, 67.3 mt for the amount
estimated to be taken in the recreational
fisheries, 1.3 mt for the amount expected to
be taken incidentally in non-groundfish
fisheries, and 11.0 mt for the amount
expected to be taken during EFP fishing.
u Splitnose rockfish—The ABC is 615 mt in
the Monterey-Conception area. The 461 mt
OY for the area reflects a 25 percent
precautionary adjustment because of the less
rigorous stock assessment for this stock. In
the north (Vancouver, Columbia and Eureka
areas), splitnose is included within the minor
slope rockfish OY. Because the harvest
assumptions used to forecast future harvest
were likely overestimates, carrying the
previously used ABCs and OYs forward into
2009 was considered to be conservative and
based on the best available data.
v Yellowtail rockfish—A yellowtail
rockfish stock assessment was prepared in
2005 for the Vancouver, Columbia, Eureka
areas. Yellowtail rockfish was estimated to be
above 40 percent of its unfished biomass in
2005. The ABC of 4,562 mt is based on the
2005 stock assessment with the FMSY proxy
of F50%. The OY of 4,562 mt was set equal
to the ABC, because the stock is above the
precautionary threshold of B40%.
w Shortspine thornyhead was assessed in
2005 and the stock was estimated to be at 63
percent of its unfished biomass in 2005. The
ABC of 2,437 mt is based on a
F50%FMSYproxy. For that portion of the
stock (66 percent of the biomass) north of
Point Conception (34°27′N. lat.), the OY of
1,608 mt was set at equal to the ABC because
the stock is estimated to be above the
precautionary threshold. For that portion of
the stock south of 34°27′N. lat. (34 percent of
the biomass), the OY of 414 mt was the
portion of the ABC for the area reduced by
50 percent as a precautionary adjustment due
to the short duration and amount of survey
data for that area.
x Longspine thornyhead was assessed
coastwide in 2005 and the stock was
estimated to be at 71 percent of its unfished
biomass in 2005. The coastwide ABC of 3,766
mt is based on a F50%FMSYproxy. The OY
is set equal to the ABC because the stock is
above the precautionary threshold. Separate
OYs are being established for the areas north
and south of 34°27′N. lat. (Point Conception).
The OY of 2,231 mt for that portion of the
stock in the northern area (79 percent) the
ABC reduced by 25 percent as a
precautionary adjustment. For that portion of
the stock in the south of 34°27′N. lat. (21
percent), the OY of 395 mt was the portion
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:37 Sep 30, 2010
Jkt 223001
of the ABC for the area reduced by 50 percent
as a precautionary adjustment due to the
short duration and amount of survey data for
that area.
y Cowcod in the Conception area was
assessed in 2007 and the stock was estimated
to be between 3.4 to 16.3 percent of its
unfished biomass. The ABC for the area
south of 36°N. lat., the Conception and
Monterey areas, is 13 mt and is based on the
2007 rebuilding analysis in which the
Conception area stock assessment projection
was doubled to account for both areas. A
single OY of 4 mt is being set for both areas.
The OY of 4 mt is based on a rebuilding plan
with a target year to rebuild of 2072 and an
SPR rate of 82.1 percent. The amount
anticipated to be taken during research
activity is 0.2 mt and the amount expected
to be taken during EFP activity is 0.24 mt.
z Darkblotched rockfish was assessed in
2007 and a rebuilding analysis was prepared.
The new stock assessment estimated the
stock to be at 22.4 percent of its unfished
biomass in 2007. The ABC is projected to be
437 mt and is based on the 2007 stock
assessment with an FMSYproxy of F50%.
The OY of 285 mt is based on a rebuilding
plan with a target year to rebuild of 2028 and
an SPR harvest rate of 62.1 percent. The
commercial OY of 282.05 mt is the OY
reduced by 2.0 mt for the amount anticipated
to be taken during research activity and 0.95
mt for the amount projected to be taken
during EFP activity.
aa Yelloweye rockfish was fully assessed in
2006 and an assessment update was
completed in 2007. The 2007 stock
assessment update estimated the spawning
stock biomass in 2006 to be at 14 percent of
its unfished biomass coastwide. The 31 mt
coastwide ABC was derived from the base
model in the new stock assessment with an
FMSY proxy of F50%. The 17 mt OY is based
on a rebuilding plan with a target year to
rebuild of 2084 and an SPR harvest rate of
66.3 percent in 2009 and 2010 and an SPR
harvest rate of 71.9 percent for 2011 and
beyond. The OY is reduced by 2.8 mt for the
amount anticipated to be taken during
research activity, 2.3 mt the amount
estimated to be taken in the tribal fisheries
and 0.3 mt for the amount expected to be
taken incidentally in non-groundfish
fisheries. The catch sharing harvest
guidelines for yelloweye rockfish in 2009 are:
limited entry non-whiting trawl 0.6 mt,
limited entry whiting 0.0 mt, limited entry
fixed gear 1.4 mt, directed open access 1.1
mt, Washington recreational 2.7 mt, Oregon
recreational 2.4 mt, California recreational
2.8 mt, and 0.3 mt for exempted fishing.
bb California Scorpionfish south of 34°27′N.
lat. was assessed in 2005 and was estimated
to be above 40 percent of its unfished
biomass in 2005. The ABC of 175 mt is based
on the new assessment with a harvest rate
proxy of F50%. Because the stock is above
B40%coastwide, the OY is set equal to the
ABC.
cc New assessments were prepared for
black rockfish south of 45°56.00 N. lat. (Cape
Falcon, Oregon) and for black rockfish north
of Cape Falcon. The ABC for the area north
of 46°16′N. lat. (Washington) is 490 mt (97
percent) of the 505 mt ABC contribution from
PO 00000
Frm 00066
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
the northern assessment area. The ABC for
the area south of 46°16′N. lat. (Oregon and
California) is 1,469 mt which is the sum of
a contribution of 15 mt (3 percent) from the
northern area assessment, and 1,454 mt from
the southern area assessment. The ABCs were
based on the results of the new assessment
and derived using an FMSYproxy of F50%.
Because both portions of the stock are above
40 percent, the OYs could be set equal to the
ABCs. For the area north of 46°16′N. lat., the
OY of 490 mt is set equal to the ABC. The
following tribal harvest guidelines are being
set: 20,000 lb (9.1 mt) north of Cape Alava,
WA (48°09.50′N. lat.) and 10,000 lb (4.5 mt)
between Destruction Island, WA (47°40′N.
lat.) and Leadbetter Point, WA (46°38.17′N.
lat.) The OY for the area south of 46°16′N. lat.
is being set at 1,000 mt which is a constant
harvest level. The black rockfish OY in the
area south of 46°16′N. lat., is subdivided with
separate HGs being set for the area north of
42° N. lat. (580 mt/58 percent) and for the
area south of 42° N. lat. (420 mt/42 percent).
dd Minor rockfish north includes the
‘‘remaining rockfish’’ and ‘‘other rockfish’’
categories in the Vancouver, Columbia, and
Eureka areas combined. These species
include ‘‘remaining rockfish’’, which
generally includes species that have been
assessed by less rigorous methods than stock
assessments, and ‘‘other rockfish’’, which
includes species that do not have
quantifiable stock assessments. Blue rockfish
has been removed from the ‘‘other rockfish’’
and added to the remaining rockfish. The
ABC of 3,678 mt is the sum of the individual
‘‘remaining rockfish’’ ABCs plus the ‘‘other
rockfish’’ ABCs. The remaining rockfish
ABCs continue to be reduced by 25 percent
(F = 0.75M) as a precautionary adjustment.
To obtain the total catch OY of 2,283 mt, the
remaining rockfish ABCs were further
reduced by 25 percent and other rockfish
ABCs were reduced by 50 percent. This was
a precautionary measure to address limited
stock assessment information.
ee Minor rockfish south includes the
‘‘remaining rockfish’’ and ‘‘other rockfish’’
categories in the Monterey and Conception
areas combined. These species include
‘‘remaining rockfish’’ which generally
includes species that have been assessed by
less rigorous methods than stock assessment,
and ‘‘other rockfish’’ which includes species
that do not have quantifiable stock
assessments. Blue rockfish has been removed
from the ‘‘other rockfish’’ and added to the
remaining rockfish. The ABC of 3,384 mt is
the sum of the individual ‘‘remaining
rockfish’’ ABCs plus the ‘‘other rockfish’’
ABCs. The remaining rockfish ABCs continue
to be reduced by 25 percent (F = 0.75M) as
a precautionary adjustment. The remaining
rockfish ABCs are further reduced by 25
percent, with the exception of blackgill
rockfish (see footnote gg). The other rockfish
ABCs were reduced by 50 percent. This was
a precautionary measure due to limited stock
assessment information. The resulting minor
rockfish OY is 1,990 mt.
ff Bank rockfish—The ABC is 350 mt which
is based on a 2000 stock assessment for the
Monterey and Conception areas. This stock
contributes 263 mt towards the minor
rockfish OY in the south.
E:\FR\FM\01OCR2.SGM
01OCR2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 190 / Friday, October 1, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with RULES2
gg Blackgill rockfish in the Monterey and
Conception areas was assessed in 2005 and
is estimated to be at 49.9 percent of its
unfished biomass in 2008. The ABC of 292
mt for the Monterey and Conception areas is
based on the 2005 stock assessment with an
FMSY proxy of F50%and is the two year
average ABC for the 2007 and 2008 periods.
This stock contributes 292 mt towards minor
rockfish south.
hh ‘‘Other rockfish’’ includes rockfish
species listed in 50 CFR 660.302. A new
stock assessment was conducted for blue
rockfish in 2007. As a result of the new stock
assessment, the blue rockfish contribution to
the other rockfish group, of 30 mt in the
north and 232 mt in the south, are removed.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:37 Sep 30, 2010
Jkt 223001
A new contribution of 28 mt contribution in
the north and 202 mt contribution in the
south is added to the remaining rockfish. The
ABC for the remaining species is based on
historical data from a 1996 review landings
and includes an estimate of recreational
landings. Most of these species have never
been assessed quantitatively.
ii Longnose skate was fully assessed in 2006
and an assessment update was completed in
2007. The ABC of 3,428 is based on the 2007
with an FMSYproxy of F45%. Longnose
skate was previously managed as part of the
Other Fish complex. The 2009 OY of 1,349
mt is a precautionary OY based on historical
total catch increased by 50 percent.
PO 00000
Frm 00067
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
60933
jj ‘‘Other fish’’ includes sharks, skates, rays,
ratfish, morids, grenadiers, kelp greenling,
and other groundfish species noted above in
footnote d/. The longnose skate contribution
is being removed from this complex.
kk Sablefish allocation north of 36° N. lat.—
The limited entry allocation is further
divided with 58 percent allocated to the
trawl fishery and 42 percent allocated to the
fixed-gear fishery.
ll Specific open access/limited entry
allocations specified in the FMP have been
suspended during the rebuilding period as
necessary to meet the overall rebuilding
target while allowing harvest of healthy
stocks.
BILLING CODE 3510–22–P
E:\FR\FM\01OCR2.SGM
01OCR2
VerDate Mar<15>2010
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 190 / Friday, October 1, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
17:37 Sep 30, 2010
Jkt 223001
PO 00000
Frm 00068
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\01OCR2.SGM
01OCR2
ER01OC10.004
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with RULES2
60934
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:37 Sep 30, 2010
Jkt 223001
PO 00000
Frm 00069
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\01OCR2.SGM
01OCR2
60935
ER01OC10.005
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 190 / Friday, October 1, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
VerDate Mar<15>2010
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 190 / Friday, October 1, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
17:37 Sep 30, 2010
Jkt 223001
PO 00000
Frm 00070
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\01OCR2.SGM
01OCR2
ER01OC10.006
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with RULES2
60936
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:37 Sep 30, 2010
Jkt 223001
PO 00000
Frm 00071
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\01OCR2.SGM
01OCR2
60937
ER01OC10.007
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 190 / Friday, October 1, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
VerDate Mar<15>2010
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 190 / Friday, October 1, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
17:37 Sep 30, 2010
Jkt 223001
PO 00000
Frm 00072
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\01OCR2.SGM
01OCR2
ER01OC10.008
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with RULES2
60938
60939
BILLING CODE 3510–22–C
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:02 Sep 30, 2010
Jkt 223001
PO 00000
Frm 00073
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
E:\FR\FM\01OCR2.SGM
01OCR2
ER01OC10.009
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 190 / Friday, October 1, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with RULES2
60940
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 190 / Friday, October 1, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
a ABCs apply only to the U.S. portion of the
Vancouver area.
b Optimum Yields (OYs) and Harvest
Guidelines (HGs) are specified as total catch
values. A harvest guideline is a specified
harvest target and not a quota. The use of this
term may differ from the use of similar terms
in state regulation.
c Lingcod—A coastwide lingcod stock
assessment was prepared in 2005. The
lingcod biomass was estimated to be at 64
percent of its unfished biomass coastwide in
2005. The ABC of 4,829 mt was calculated
using an FMSY proxy of F45%. Because the
stock is above B40%coastwide, the coastwide
OY was set equal to the ABC. The tribal
harvest guideline is 250 mt.
d ‘‘Other species’’—these species are neither
common nor important to the commercial
and recreational fisheries in the areas
footnoted. Accordingly, these species are
included in the harvest guidelines of ‘‘other
fish’’, ‘‘other rockfish’’ or ‘‘remaining
rockfish’’.
e Pacific Cod—The 3,200 mt ABC for the
Vancouver-Columbia area is based on
historical landings data. The 1,600 mt OY is
the ABC reduced by 50 percent as a
precautionary adjustment. A tribal harvest
guideline of 400 mt is deducted from the OY
resulting in a commercial OY of 1,200 mt.
f Pacific whiting—The most recent stock
assessment was prepared in January 2010.
The stock assessment base model estimated
the Pacific whiting biomass to be at 31
percent (50th percentile estimate of
depletion) of its unfished biomass in 2010.
The U.S.-Canada coastwide ABC is 455,550
mt, the U.S. share of the ABC is 336,560 mt
(73.88 percent of the coastwide ABC). The
U.S.-Canada coastwide Pacific whiting OY is
262,500 mt, with a corresponding U.S. OY of
193,935 mt. The tribal allocation is 49,939
mt. The amount estimated to be taken as
research catch and in non-groundfish
fisheries is 3,000 mt. The commercial OY is
140,996 mt. Each sector receives a portion of
the commercial OY, with the catcher/
processors getting 34 percent (47,939 mt),
motherships getting 24 percent (33,839 mt),
and the shore-based sector getting 42 percent
(59,218 mt). No more than 2,961 mt (5
percent of the shore-based allocation) may be
taken in the fishery south of 42° N. lat. prior
to the start of the primary season for the
shorebased fishery north of 42° N. lat.
g Sablefish—A coastwide sablefish stock
assessment was prepared in 2007. The
coastwide sablefish biomass was estimated to
be at 38.3 percent of its unfished biomass in
2007. The coastwide ABC of 9,217 mt was
based on the new stock assessment with a
FMSY proxy of F45%. The 40–10 harvest
policy was applied to the ABC then
apportion between the northern and southern
areas with 72 percent going to the area north
of 36* N. lat. and 28 percent going to the area
south of 36* N. lat. The OY for the area north
of 36* N. lat. is 6,471 mt. When establishing
the OY for the area south of 36* N. lat. a 50
percent reduction was made resulting in a
Conception area OY of 1,258 mt. The
Coastwide OY of 7,729 mt is the sum of the
northern and southern area OYs. The tribal
allocation for the area north of 36* N. lat. is
647 mt (10 percent of the OY north of 36*
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:02 Sep 30, 2010
Jkt 223001
N. lat.), which is further reduced by 1.6
percent (10 mt) to account for discard
mortality. The tribal landed catch value is
637 mt.
h Cabezon south of 42* N. lat. was assessed
in 2005. The Cabezon stock was estimated to
be at 40 percent of its unfished biomass north
of 34* 27 ′N. lat. and 28 percent of its
unfished biomass south of 34* 27 ′N. lat. in
2005. The ABC of 111 mt is based on the
2005 stock assessment with a harvest rate
proxy of F45%. The OY of 79 mt is consistent
with the application of a 60–20 harvest rate
policy specified in the California Nearshore
Fishery Management Plan.
i Dover sole north of 34* 27′ N. lat. was
assessed in 2005. The Dover sole biomass
was estimated to be at 59.8 percent of its
unfished biomass in 2005 and was projected
to be increasing. The ABC of 28,582 mt is
based on the results of the 2005 assessment
with an FMSY proxy of F40%. Because the
stock is above B40%coastwide, the OY could
be set equal to the ABC. The OY of 16,500
mt is less than the ABC. The OY is set at the
MSY harvest level which is considerably
larger than the coastwide catches in any
recent years.
j A coastwide English sole stock assessment
was prepared in 2005 and updated in 2007.
The stock was estimated to be at 116 percent
of its unfished biomass in 2007. The stock
biomass is believed to be declining. The ABC
of 9,745 mt is based on the results of the 2007
assessment update with an FMSY proxy of
F40%. Because the stock is above B40%, the
OY was set equal to the ABC.
k A petrale sole stock assessment was
prepared for 2005. In 2005 the petrale sole
stock was estimated to be at 32 percent of its
unfished biomass coastwide (34 percent in
the northern assessment area and 29 percent
in the southern assessment area). The 2010
ABC of 2,751 mt is based on the 2005
assessment with a F40% FMSY proxy. To
derive the 2010 OY, the 40 10 harvest policy
was applied to the ABC for both the northern
and southern assessment areas. As a
precautionary measure, an additional 25
percent reduction was made in the OY
contribution for the southern area due to
assessment uncertainty. As another
precautionary measure, an additional 1,193
mt reduction was made in the coastwide OY
due to preliminary results of the more
pessimistic 2009 stock assessment. The
coastwide OY is 1,200 mt in 2010.
l Arrowtooth flounder was assessed in 2007
and was estimated to be at 79 percent of its
unfished biomass in 2007. Because the stock
is above B40%, the OY is set equal to the
ABC.
m Starry Flounder was assessed for the first
time in 2005 and was estimated to be above
40 percent of its unfished biomass in 2005.
However, the stock was projected to decline
below 40 percent in both the northern and
southern areas after 2008. For 2010, the
coastwide ABC of 1,578 mt is based on the
2005 assessment with a FMSY proxy of
F40%. To derive the OY of 1,077 mt, the 40–
10 harvest policy was applied to the ABC for
both the northern and southern assessment
areas then an additional 25 percent reduction
was made due to assessment uncertainty.
n ‘‘Other flatfish’’ are those flatfish species
that do not have individual ABC/OYs and
PO 00000
Frm 00074
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
include butter sole, curlfin sole, flathead
sole, Pacific sanddab, rex sole, rock sole, and
sand sole. The other flatfish ABC is based on
historical catch levels. The ABC of 6,731 mt
is based on the highest landings for sanddabs
(1995) and rex sole (1982) for the 1981–2003
period and on the average landings from the
1994–1998 period for the remaining other
flatfish species. The OY of 4,884 mt is based
on the ABC with a 25 percent precautionary
adjustment for sanddabs and rex sole and a
50 percent precautionary adjustment for the
remaining species.
o A POP stock assessment was prepared in
2005 and was updated in 2007. The stock
assessment update estimated the stock to be
at 27.5 percent of its unfished biomass in
2007. The ABC of 1,173 mt for the Vancouver
and Columbia areas is based on the 2007
stock assessment update with an FMSY
proxy of F50%. The OY of 200 mt is based
on a rebuilding plan with a target year to
rebuild of 2017 and an SPR harvest rate of
86.4 percent. The OY is reduced by 2.0 mt
for the amount anticipated to be taken during
research activity and 0.14 mt for the amount
expected to be taken during EFP fishing.
p Shortbelly rockfish remains an
unexploited stock and is difficult to assess
quantitatively. To understand the potential
environmental determinants of fluctuations
in the recruitment and abundance of an
unexploited rockfish population in the
California Current ecosystem, a nonquantitative assessment was conducted in
2007. The results of the assessment indicated
the shortbelly stock was healthy with an
estimated spawning stock biomass at 67
percent of its unfished biomass in 2005. The
ABC and OY are being set at 6,950 mt which
is 50 percent of the 2008 ABC and OY values.
The stock is expected to remain at its current
equilibrium with these harvest specifications.
q Widow rockfish was assessed in 2005,
and an update was prepared in 2007. The
stock assessment update estimated the stock
to be at 36.2 percent of its unfished biomass
in 2006. The ABC of 6,937 mt is based on the
stock assessment update with an F50%
FMSY proxy. The OY of 509 mt is based on
a rebuilding plan with a target year to rebuild
of 2015 and an SPR harvest rate or 95
percent. To derive the commercial harvest
guideline of 447.4 mt, the OY is reduced by
1.1 mt for the amount anticipated to be taken
during research activity, 45.5 mt for the tribal
set-aside, 7.2 mt the amount estimated to be
taken in the recreational fisheries, 0.4 mt for
the amount expected to be taken incidentally
in non-groundfish fisheries, and 7.4 mt for
EFP fishing activities.
r Canary rockfish—A canary rockfish stock
assessment was completed in 2007 and the
stock was estimated to be at 32.7 percent of
its unfished biomass coastwide in 2007. The
coastwide ABC of 940 mt is based on a FMSY
proxy of F50%. The OY of 105 mt is based
on a rebuilding plan with a target year to
rebuild of 2021 and a SPR harvest rate of 88.7
percent. To derive the commercial harvest
guideline of 42.3 mt, the OY is reduced by
8.0 mt for the amount anticipated to be taken
during research activity, 7.3 mt the tribal setaside, 43.8 mt the amount estimated to be
taken in the recreational fisheries, 0.9 mt for
the amount expected to be taken incidentally
E:\FR\FM\01OCR2.SGM
01OCR2
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 190 / Friday, October 1, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
in non-groundfish fisheries, and 2.7 mt for
the amount expected to be taken during EFP
fishing. The following harvest guidelines are
being specified for catch sharing in 2009:
19.7 mt for limited entry Non-Whiting Trawl,
18.0 mt for limited entry Whiting Trawl, 2.2
mt for limited entry fixed gear, 2.5 mt for
directed open access, 4.9 mt for Washington
recreational, 16.0 mt for Oregon recreational,
and 22.9 mt for California recreational.
s Chilipepper rockfish was assessed in 2007
and the stock was estimated to be at 71
percent of its unfished biomass coastwide in
2007. The ABC of 2,576 mt is based on the
new assessment with an FMSY proxy of
F50%. Because the unfished biomass is
estimated to be above 40 percent of the
unfished biomass, the default OY could be
set equal to the ABC. However, the OY of
2,447 mt was the ABC reduced by 5 percent
as a precautionary measure. Open access is
allocated 44.3 percent (1,084 mt) of the
commercial HG and limited entry is allocated
55.7 percent (1,363 mt) of the commercial
HG.
t A bocaccio stock assessment and a
rebuilding analysis were prepared in 2007.
The bocaccio stock was estimated to be at
13.8 percent of its unfished biomass in 2007.
The ABC of 793 mt for the MontereyConception area is based on the new stock
assessment with an FMSY proxy of F50%.
The OY of 288 is based on a rebuilding plan
with a target year to rebuild of 2026 and a
SPR harvest rate of 77.7 percent. To derive
the commercial harvest guideline of 206.4
mt, the OY is reduced by 2.0 mt for the
amount anticipated to be taken during
research activity, 67.3 mt for the amount
estimated to be taken in the recreational
fisheries, 1.3 mt for the amount expected to
be taken incidentally in non-groundfish
fisheries, and 11.0 mt for the amount
expected to be taken during EFP fishing.
u Splitnose rockfish—The ABC is 615 mt in
the Monterey-Conception area. The 461 mt
OY for the area reflects a 25 percent
precautionary adjustment because of the less
rigorous stock assessment for this stock. In
the north (Vancouver, Columbia and Eureka
areas), splitnose is included within the minor
slope rockfish OY. Because the harvest
assumptions used to forecast future harvest
were likely overestimates, carrying the
previously used ABCs and OYs forward into
2010 was considered to be conservative and
based on the best available data.
v Yellowtail rockfish—A yellowtail
rockfish stock assessment was prepared in
2005 for the Vancouver, Columbia, Eureka
areas. Yellowtail rockfish was estimated to be
above 40 percent of its unfished biomass in
2005. The ABC of 4,562 mt is based on the
2005 stock assessment with the FMSY proxy
of F50%. The OY of 4,562 mt was set equal
to the ABC, because the stock is above the
precautionary threshold of B40%.
w Shortspine thornyhead was assessed in
2005 and the stock was estimated to be at 63
percent of its unfished biomass in 2005. The
ABC of 2,411 mt is based on a
F50%FMSYproxy. For that portion of the
stock (66 percent of the biomass) north of
Point Conception (34°27′ N. lat.), the OY of
1,591 mt was set at equal to the ABC because
the stock is estimated to be above the
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:02 Sep 30, 2010
Jkt 223001
precautionary threshold. For that portion of
the stock south of 34°27′ N. lat. (34 percent
of the biomass), the OY of 410 mt was the
portion of the ABC for the area reduced by
50 percent as a precautionary adjustment due
to the short duration and amount of survey
data for that area.
x Longspine thornyhead was assessed
coastwide in 2005 and the stock was
estimated to be at 71 percent of its unfished
biomass in 2005. The coastwide ABC of 3,671
mt is based on a F50%FMSYproxy. The OY
is set equal to the ABC because the stock is
above the precautionary threshold. Separate
OYs are being established for the areas north
and south of 34°27′ N. lat. (Point
Conception). The OY of 2,175 mt for that
portion of the stock in the northern area (79
percent) was the ABC reduced by 25 percent
as a precautionary adjustment. For that
portion of the stock in the southern area (21
percent), the OY of 385 mt was the portion
of the ABC for the area reduced by 50 percent
as a precautionary adjustment due to the
short duration and amount of survey data for
that area.
y Cowcod in the Conception area was
assessed in 2007 and the stock was estimated
to be between 3.4 to 16.3 percent of its
unfished biomass. The ABC for the Monterey
and Conception areas is 14 mt and is based
on the 2007 rebuilding analysis in which the
Conception area stock assessment projection
was doubled to account for both areas. A
single OY of 4 mt is being set for both areas.
The OY of 4 mt is based on the need to
conform the 2010 cowcod harvest
specifications to the Court’s Order in Natural
Resources Defense Council v. Locke, Civil
Action No. C 01–0421 JL. The amount
anticipated to be taken during scientific
research activity is 0.2 mt and the amount
expected to be taken during EFP activity is
0.24 mt.
z Darkblotched rockfish was assessed in
2007 and a rebuilding analysis was prepared.
The new stock assessment estimated the
stock to be at 22.4 percent of its unfished
biomass in 2007. The ABC is projected to be
440 mt and is based on the 2007 stock
assessment with an FMSY proxy of F50%.
The OY of 330 mt is based on the need to
conform the 2010 darkblotched rockfish
harvest specifications to the Court’s Order in
Natural Resources Defense Council v. Locke,
Civil Action No. C 01–0421 JL. The amount
anticipated to be taken during scientific
research activity is 2.0 mt and the amount
anticipated to be taken during EFP activity is
0.95 mt.
aa Yelloweye rockfish was fully assessed in
2006 and an assessment update was
completed in 2007. The 2007 stock
assessment update estimated the spawning
stock biomass in 2006 to be at 14 percent of
its unfished biomass coastwide. The 32 mt
coastwide ABC was derived from the base
model in the new stock assessment with an
FMSY proxy of F50%. The 14 mt OY is based
on the need to conform the 2010 yelloweye
rockfish harvest specifications to the Court’s
Order in Natural Resources Defense Council
v. Locke, Civil Action No. C 01–0421 JL. The
amount anticipated to be taken during
scientific research activity is 1.3 mt, the
amount anticipated to be taken in the tribal
PO 00000
Frm 00075
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
60941
fisheries is 2.3 mt, and the amount
anticipated to be taken incidentally in nongroundfish fisheries is 0.3 mt. The catch
sharing harvest guidelines for yelloweye
rockfish in 2010 are: Limited entry nonwhiting trawl 0.3 mt, limited entry whiting
0.0 mt, limited entry fixed gear 0.8 mt,
directed open access 1.2 mt, Washington
recreational 2.6 mt, Oregon recreational 2.3
mt, California recreational 2.7 mt, and 0.2 mt
for exempted fishing.
bb California Scorpionfish south of 34°27′N.
lat. (point Conception) was assessed in 2005
and was estimated to be above 40 percent of
its unfished biomass in 2005. The ABC of 155
mt is based on the new assessment with a
harvest rate proxy of F50%. Because the
stock is above B40% coastwide, the OY is set
equal to the ABC.
cc New assessments were prepared for
black rockfish south of 45°56.00 N. lat. (Cape
Falcon, Oregon) and for black rockfish north
of Cape Falcon. The ABC for the area north
of 46°16′N. lat. (Washington) is 464 mt (97
percent) of the 478 mt ABC contribution from
the northern assessment area. The ABC for
the area south of 46°16′N. lat. (Oregon and
California) is 1,317 mt which is the sum of
a contribution of 14 mt (3 percent) from the
northern area assessment, and 1,303 mt from
the southern area assessment. The ABCs were
derived using an FMSY proxy of F50%.
Because both portions of the stock are above
40 percent, the OYs could be set equal to the
ABCs. For the area north of 46°16′N. lat., the
OY of 490 mt is set equal to the ABC. The
following tribal harvest guidelines are being
set: 30,000 lb (13.6 mt) north of Cape Alava,
WA (48°09.50′N. lat.) and 10,000 lb (4.5 mt)
between Destruction Island, WA (47°40′N.
lat.) and Leadbetter Point, WA (46°38.17′N.
lat.) For the area south of 46°16′N. lat., the
OY of 1,000 mt is a constant harvest level.
The black rockfish OY in the area south of
46°16′N. lat., is subdivided with separate
HGs being set for the area north of 42° N. lat.
(580 mt/58 percent) and for the area south of
42° N. lat. (420 mt/42 percent).
dd Minor rockfish north includes the
‘‘remaining rockfish’’ and ‘‘other rockfish’’
categories in the Vancouver, Columbia, and
Eureka areas combined. These species
include ‘‘remaining rockfish’’, which
generally includes species that have been
assessed by less rigorous methods than stock
assessments, and ‘‘other rockfish’’, which
includes species that do not have
quantifiable stock assessments. Blue rockfish
has been removed from the ‘‘other rockfish’’
and added to the remaining rockfish. The
ABC of 3,678 mt is the sum of the individual
‘‘remaining rockfish’’ ABCs plus the ‘‘other
rockfish’’ ABCs. The remaining rockfish
ABCs continue to be reduced by 25 percent
(F = 0.75M) as a precautionary adjustment.
To obtain the total catch OY of 2,283 mt, the
remaining rockfish ABCs were further
reduced by 25 percent and other rockfish
ABCs were reduced by 50 percent. This was
a precautionary measure to address limited
stock assessment information.
ee Minor rockfish south includes the
‘‘remaining rockfish’’ and ‘‘other rockfish’’
categories in the Monterey and Conception
areas combined. These species include
‘‘remaining rockfish’’ which generally
E:\FR\FM\01OCR2.SGM
01OCR2
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with RULES2
60942
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 190 / Friday, October 1, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
includes species that have been assessed by
less rigorous methods than stock assessment,
and ‘‘other rockfish’’ which includes species
that do not have quantifiable stock
assessments. Blue rockfish has been removed
from the ‘‘other rockfish’’ and added to the
remaining rockfish. The ABC of 3,382 mt is
the sum of the individual ‘‘remaining
rockfish’’ ABCs plus the ‘‘other rockfish’’
ABCs. The remaining rockfish ABCs continue
to be reduced by 25 percent (F = 0.75M) as
a precautionary adjustment. The remaining
rockfish ABCs are further reduced by 25
percent, with the exception of blackgill
rockfish (see footnote gg). The other rockfish
ABCs were reduced by 50 percent. This was
a precautionary measure due to limited stock
assessment information. The resulting minor
rockfish OY is 1,990 mt.
ff Bank rockfish—The ABC is 350 mt which
is based on a 2000 stock assessment for the
Monterey and Conception areas. This stock
contributes 263 mt towards the minor
rockfish OY in the south.
gg Blackgill rockfish in the Monterey and
Conception areas was assessed in 2005 and
is estimated to be at 49.9 percent of its
unfished biomass in 2008. The ABC of 292
mt for the Monterey and Conception areas is
based on the 2005 stock assessment with an
FMSY proxy of F50%and is the two year
average ABC for the 2007 and 2008 periods.
This stock contributes 292 mt towards minor
rockfish south.
hh ‘‘Other rockfish’’ includes rockfish
species listed in 50 CFR 660.302. A new
stock assessment was conducted for blue
rockfish in 2007. As a result of the new stock
assessment, the blue rockfish contribution to
the other rockfish group, of 30 mt in the
north and 232 mt in the south, are removed.
A new contribution of 28 mt contribution in
the north and 202 mt contribution in the
south is added to the remaining rockfish. The
ABC for the remaining species is based on
historical data from a 1996 review landings
and includes an estimate of recreational
landings. Most of these species have never
been assessed quantitatively.
ii Longnose skate was fully assessed in
2006 and an assessment update was
completed in 2007. The ABC of 3,428 is
based on the 2007 with an FMSY proxy of
F45%. Longnose skate was previously
managed as part of the Other Fish complex.
The 2009 OY of 1,349 mt is a precautionary
OY based on historical total catch increased
by 50 percent.
jj ‘‘Other fish’’ includes sharks, skates, rays,
ratfish, morids, grenadiers, kelp greenling,
and other groundfish species noted above in
footnote d/. The longnose skate contribution
is being removed from this complex.
kk Sablefish allocation north of 36* N.
lat.—The limited entry allocation is further
divided with 58 percent allocated to the
trawl fishery and 42 percent allocated to the
fixed-gear fishery.
ll Specific open access/limited entry
allocations specified in the FMP have been
suspended during the rebuilding period as
necessary to meet the overall rebuilding
target while allowing harvest of healthy
stocks.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:02 Sep 30, 2010
Jkt 223001
Subpart D—West Coast Groundfish—
Limited Entry Trawl Fisheries
§ 660.100
Purpose and scope.
This subpart covers the Pacific Coast
Groundfish limited entry trawl fishery.
Under the trawl rationalization program,
the limited entry trawl fishery consists
of the Shorebased IFQ Program, the MS
Coop Program, and the C/P Coop
Program.
§ 660.111
Trawl fishery—definitions.
These definitions are specific to the
limited entry trawl fisheries covered in
this subpart. General groundfish
definitions are found at § 660.11,
subpart C.
Catch history assignment means a
percentage of the mothership sector
allocation of Pacific whiting based on a
limited entry permit’s qualifying history
and which is specified on the MS/CVendorsed limited entry permit.
Catcher/processor coop or C/P coop
means a harvester group that includes
all eligible catcher/processor at-sea
Pacific whiting endorsed permit owners
who voluntarily form a coop and who
manage the catcher/processor-specified
allocations through private agreements
and contracts.
Catcher/Processor Coop Program or
C/P Coop Program means the C/P Coop
Program described at § 660.160, subpart
D.
Coop agreement means a private
agreement between a group of MS/CVendorsed limited entry permit owners or
C/P-endorsed permit owners that
contains all information specified at
§§ 660.150 and 660.160, subpart D.
Coop member means a permit owner
of an MS/CV-endorsed permit for the
MS Coop Program that is a party to an
MS coop agreement, or a permit owner
of a C/P-endorsed permit for the C/P
Coop Program that is legally obligated to
the C/P coop.
Coop permit means a Federal permit
required to participate as a Pacific
whiting coop in the catcher/processor or
mothership sectors.
Designated coop manager means an
individual appointed by a permitted
coop that is identified in the coop
agreement and is responsible for actions
described at §§ 660.150 (for an MS coop)
or 660.160 (for a C/P coop), subpart D.
IBQ pounds means the quotas,
expressed in round weight of fish, that
are issued annually to each QS permit
owner in the Shorebased IFQ Program
based on the amount of IBQ they own
and the amount of allowable bycatch
mortality allocated to the Shorebased
IFQ Program. IBQ pounds have the same
species/species group and area
PO 00000
Frm 00076
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
designations as the IBQ from which they
are issued.
IFQ first receivers mean persons who
first receive, purchase, or take custody,
control, or possession of catch onshore
directly from a vessel that harvested the
catch while fishing under the
Shorebased IFQ Program described at
§ 660.140, subpart D.
IFQ landing means an offload of fish
harvested under the Shorebased IFQ
Program described at § 660.140, subpart
D.
Individual bycatch quota (IBQ) means
the amount of bycatch quota for an
individual species/species group and
area expressed as a percentage of the
annual allocation of allowable bycatch
mortality to the Shorebased IFQ
Program. IBQ is used as the basis for the
annual calculation and allocation of a
QS permit owner’s IBQ pounds in the
Shorebased IFQ Program. Both IBQ and
QS may be listed on a QS permit and
in the associated QS account. Species
for which IBQ will be issued for the
Shorebased IFQ Program are listed at
§ 660.140, subpart D.
Individual fishing quota (IFQ) means
a Federal permit to harvest a quantity of
fish, expressed as a percentage of the
total allowable catch of a fishery that
may be received or held for exclusive
use by a person. An IFQ is a harvest
privilege that may be revoked at any
time in accordance with the MagnusonStevens Act. IFQ species for the
Shorebased IFQ Program are listed at
§ 660.140, subpart D.
Inter-coop means two or more
permitted coops that have submitted an
accepted inter-coop agreement to NMFS
that specifies a coordinated strategy for
harvesting pooled allocations of Pacific
whiting and non-whiting groundfish.
Inter-coop agreement means a written
agreement between two or more
permitted mothership coops and which
contains private contractual
arrangements for sharing catch and/or
bycatch with one another.
Material change means, for the
purposes of a coop agreement, a change
to any of the required components of the
coop agreement, defined at §§ 660.150
and 660.160, subpart D, which was
submitted to NMFS during the
application process for the coop permit.
Mothership coop or MS coop means a
group of MS/CV-endorsed limited entry
permit owners that are authorized by
means of a coop permit to jointly
harvest and process from a single coop
allocation.
Mothership Coop Program or MS
Coop Program means the MS Coop
Program described at § 660.150, subpart
D, and includes both the coop and noncoop fisheries.
E:\FR\FM\01OCR2.SGM
01OCR2
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 190 / Friday, October 1, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
Mutual agreement exception means,
for the purpose of § 660.150, subpart D,
an agreement that allows the owner of
an MS/CV-endorsed limited entry
permit to withdraw the permit’s
obligation of its catch history
assignment to a permitted mothership
processor, when mutually agreed to
with the mothership processor, and to
obligate to a different permitted
mothership processor.
Pacific halibut set-aside means an
amount of Pacific halibut annually set
aside for the at-sea whiting fisheries
(mothership and C/P sectors) and which
is based on the trawl allocation of
Pacific whiting.
Pacific whiting IFQ fishery means a
trip in which a vessel registered to a
trawl-endorsed limited entry permit
uses legal midwater groundfish trawl
gear with a valid declaration for limited
entry midwater trawl, Pacific whiting
IFQ, as specified at § 660.13(d)(5),
subpart C, during the dates what the
midwater Pacific whiting season is
open.
Pacific whiting shoreside first
receivers means persons who first
receive, purchase, or take custody,
control, or possession of Pacific whiting
onshore directly from a Pacific whiting
shoreside vessel.
Pacific whiting shoreside or
shorebased fishery means Pacific
whiting shoreside vessels and Pacific
whiting shoreside first receivers.
Pacific whiting shoreside vessel
means any vessel that fishes using
midwater trawl gear to take, retain,
possess and land 4,000-lb (1,814 kg) or
more of Pacific whiting per fishing trip
from the Pacific whiting shorebased
sector allocation for delivery to a Pacific
whiting shoreside first receiver during
the primary season.
Processor obligation means an annual
requirement for an MS/CV-endorsed
limited entry permit to assign the
amount of catch available from the
permit’s catch history assignment to a
particular MS permit.
Quota pounds (QP) means the quotas,
expressed in round weight of fish, that
are issued annually to each QS permit
owner in the Shorebased IFQ Program
based on the amount of QS they own
and the amount of fish allocated to the
Shorebased IFQ Program. QP have the
same species/species group and area
designations as the QS from which they
are issued.
Quota share (QS) means the amount
of fishing quota for an individual
species/species group and area
expressed as a percentage of the annual
allocation of fish to the Shorebased IFQ
Program. The QS is used as the basis for
the annual calculation and allocation of
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:37 Sep 30, 2010
Jkt 223001
a QS permit owner’s QP in the
Shorebased IFQ Program. Both QS and
IBQ may be listed on a QS permit and
in the associated QS account. Species
for which QS will be issued for the
Shorebased IFQ Program are listed at
§ 660.140, subpart D.
Shorebased IFQ Program means the
Shorebased IFQ Program described at
§ 660.140, subpart D.
Vessel account means an account
held by the vessel owner where QP and
IBQ pounds are registered for use by a
vessel in the Shorebased IFQ Program.
Vessel limits means the maximum
amount of QP or IBQ pounds a vessel
owner can hold, acquire, and/or use
during a calendar year. Vessel limits
specify the maximum amount of QP or
IBQ pounds that may be registered to a
single vessel account during the year
(QP Vessel Limit) and, for some species,
the maximum amount of unused QP or
IBQ pounds registered to a vessel
account at any one time (Unused QP
Vessel Limit).
§ 660.112
Trawl fishery—prohibitions.
These prohibitions are specific to the
limited entry trawl fisheries. General
groundfish prohibitions are defined at
§ 660.12, subpart C. In addition to the
general prohibitions specified in
§ 600.725 of this chapter, it is unlawful
for any person or vessel to:
(a) General—(1) Trawl gear
endorsement. Fish with groundfish
trawl gear, or carry groundfish trawl
gear on board a vessel that also has
groundfish on board, unless the vessel
is registered for use with a valid limited
entry permit with a trawl gear
endorsement, with the following
exception.
(i) The vessel is in continuous transit
from outside the fishery management
area to a port in Washington, Oregon, or
California;
(ii) The vessel is registered to a
limited entry MS permit with a valid
mothership fishery declaration, in
which case trawl nets and doors must be
stowed in a secured and covered
manner, and detached from all towing
lines, so as to be rendered unusable for
fishing.
(2) Sorting. [Reserved]
(3) Recordkeeping and reporting. (i)
Fail to comply with all recordkeeping
and reporting requirements at § 660.13,
subpart C; including failure to submit
information, submission of inaccurate
information, or intentionally submitting
false information on any report required
at § 660.13(d), subpart C.
(ii) Falsify or fail to make and/or file,
retain or make available any and all
reports of groundfish landings,
containing all data, and in the exact
PO 00000
Frm 00077
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
60943
manner, required by the regulation at
§ 660.13, subpart C, or § 660.113,
subpart D.
(4) Fishing in conservation areas with
trawl gear. (i) Operate any vessel
registered to a limited entry permit with
a trawl endorsement and trawl gear on
board in a applicable GCA (defined at
§ 660.11, subpart C and § 660.130(e),
subpart D), except for purposes of
continuous transiting, with all
groundfish trawl gear stowed in
accordance with § 660.130(e)(4), subpart
D or except as authorized in the
groundfish management measures
published at § 660.130, subpart D.
(ii) Fish with bottom trawl gear
(defined at § 660.11, subpart C)
anywhere within EFH seaward of a line
approximating the 700-fm (1280-m)
depth contour, as defined in § 660.76,
subpart C. For the purposes of
regulation, EFH seaward of 700-fm
(1280-m) within the EEZ is described at
§ 660.75, subpart C.
(iii) Fish with bottom trawl gear
(defined at § 660.11, subpart C) with a
footrope diameter greater than 19 inches
(48 cm) (including rollers, bobbins or
other material encircling or tied along
the length of the footrope) anywhere
within EFH within the EEZ. For the
purposes of regulation, EFH within the
EEZ is described at § 660.75, subpart C.
(iv) Fish with bottom trawl gear
(defined at § 660.11, subpart C) with a
footrope diameter greater than 8 inches
(20 cm) (including rollers, bobbins or
other material encircling or tied along
the length of the footrope) anywhere
within the EEZ shoreward of a line
approximating the 100-fm (183-m)
depth contour (defined at § 660.73,
subpart C).
(v) Fish with bottom trawl gear
(defined at § 660.11, subpart C), within
the EEZ in the following areas (defined
at §§ 660.77 and 660.78, Subpart C):
Olympic 2, Biogenic 1, Biogenic 2,
Grays Canyon, Biogenic 3, Astoria
Canyon, Nehalem Bank/Shale Pile,
Siletz Deepwater, Daisy Bank/Nelson
Island, Newport Rockpile/Stonewall
Bank, Heceta Bank, Deepwater off Coos
Bay, Bandon High Spot, Rogue Canyon.
(vi) Fish with bottom trawl gear
(defined at § 660.11, subpart C), other
than demersal seine, unless otherwise
specified in this section or § 660.381,
within the EEZ in the following areas
(defined at § 660.79, subpart C): Eel
River Canyon, Blunts Reef, Mendocino
Ridge, Delgada Canyon, Tolo Bank,
Point Arena North, Point Arena South
Biogenic Area, Cordell Bank/Biogenic
Area, Farallon Islands/Fanny Shoal,
Half Moon Bay, Monterey Bay/Canyon,
Point Sur Deep, Big Sur Coast/Port San
Luis, East San Lucia Bank, Point
E:\FR\FM\01OCR2.SGM
01OCR2
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with RULES2
60944
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 190 / Friday, October 1, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
Conception, Hidden Reef/Kidney Bank
(within Cowcod Conservation Area
West), Catalina Island, Potato Bank
(within Cowcod Conservation Area
West), Cherry Bank (within Cowcod
Conservation Area West), and Cowcod
EFH Conservation Area East.
(vii) Fish with bottom contact gear
(defined at § 660.11, subpart C) within
the EEZ in the following areas (defined
at §§ 660.78 and 660.79, subpart C):
Thompson Seamount, President Jackson
Seamount, Cordell Bank (50–fm (91-m)
isobath), Harris Point, Richardson Rock,
Scorpion, Painted Cave, Anacapa Island,
Carrington Point, Judith Rock, Skunk
Point, Footprint, Gull Island, South
Point, and Santa Barbara.
(viii) Fish with bottom contact gear
(defined at § 660.11, subpart C), or any
other gear that is deployed deeper than
500-fm (914-m), within the Davidson
Seamount area (defined at § 660.79,
subpart C).
(b) Shorebased IFQ Program.
[Reserved]
(c) MS and C/P Coop Programs.
[Reserved]
(d) MS Coop Program (coop and noncoop fisheries). [Reserved]
(e) C/P Coop Program. [Reserved]
(f) Pacific Whiting Fisheries—(1)
Pacific whiting vessel license
requirements prior to trawl
rationalization. Fish in any of the
sectors of the whiting fishery described
at § 660.131(a), subpart D, after May 11,
2009 using a vessel that is not registered
for use with a sector-appropriate Pacific
whiting vessel license under § 660.26,
subpart C. After May 11, 2009, vessels
are prohibited from fishing, landing, or
processing primary season Pacific
whiting with a catcher/processor,
mothership or mothership catcher
vessel that has no history of
participation within that specific sector
of the whiting fishery during the period
from January 1, 1997, through January 1,
2007, or with a shoreside catcher vessels
that has no history of participation
within the shorebased sector of the
whiting fishery during the period from
January 1, 1994 through January 1, 2007,
as specified in § 660.26(c), subpart C.
For the purpose of this paragraph,
‘‘historic participation’’ for a specific
sector is the same as the qualifying
criteria listed in § 660.26(c), subpart C.
(i) If a Pacific whiting vessel license
is registered for use with a vessel, fail
to carry that license onboard the vessel
registered for use with the license at any
time the vessel is licensed. A photocopy
of the license may not substitute for the
license itself.
(ii) [Reserved]
(2) Process whiting in the fishery
management area during times or in
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:37 Sep 30, 2010
Jkt 223001
areas where at-sea processing is
prohibited for the sector in which the
vessel participates, unless:
(i) The fish are received from a
member of a Pacific Coast treaty Indian
tribe fishing under § 660.50, subpart C;
(ii) The fish are processed by a wasteprocessing vessel according to
§ 660.131(j), subpart D; or
(iii) The vessel is completing
processing of whiting taken on board
during that vessel’s primary season.
(3) During times or in areas where atsea processing is prohibited, take and
retain or receive whiting, except as
cargo or fish waste, on a vessel in the
fishery management area that already
has processed whiting on board. An
exception to this prohibition is provided
if the fish are received within the tribal
U&A from a member of a Pacific Coast
treaty Indian tribe fishing under
§ 660.50, subpart C.
(4) Fish as a mothership if that vessel
operates in the same calendar year as a
catcher/processor in the whiting fishery,
according to § 660.131, subpart D.
(5) Operate as a waste-processing
vessel within 48 hours of a primary
season for whiting in which that vessel
operates as a catcher/processor or
mothership, according to § 660.131(j),
subpart D.
(6) On a vessel used to fish for
whiting, fail to keep the trawl doors on
board the vessel, when taking and
retention is prohibited under
§ 660.131(f), subpart D.
(7) Sort or discard any portion of the
catch taken by a catcher vessel in the
mothership sector prior to the catch
being received on a mothership, and
prior to the observer being provided
access to the unsorted catch, with the
exception of minor amounts of catch
that are lost when the codend is
separated from the net and prepared for
transfer.
(8) Pacific whiting shoreside first
receivers. (i) [Reserved]
(ii) Fail to sort fish received from a
Pacific whiting shoreside vessel prior to
first weighing after offloading as
specified at § 660.131(k)(2), subpart D
for the Pacific whiting fishery.
(iii) Process, sell, or discard any
groundfish received from a Pacific
whiting shoreside vessel that has not
been weighed on a scale that is in
compliance with requirements at
§ 660.131 (k)(1)(i), subpart D, and
accounted for on an electronic fish
ticket with the identification number for
the Pacific whiting shoreside vessel that
delivered the fish.
(iv) Fail to weigh fish landed from a
Pacific whiting shoreside vessel prior to
transporting any fish from that landing
away from the point of landing.
PO 00000
Frm 00078
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
§ 660.113 Trawl fishery—recordkeeping
and reporting.
General groundfish recordkeeping and
reporting requirements are defined at
§ 660.13, subpart C. The following
recordkeeping and reporting
requirements are in addition to those
and are specific to the limited entry
trawl fisheries.
(a) Shorebased IFQ Program.
[Reserved]
(b) MS Coop Program (coop and noncoop fisheries). [Reserved]
(c) C/P Coop Program. [Reserved]
(d) Participants in the Pacific whiting
shoreside fishery prior to trawl
rationalization. Reporting requirements
defined in the following section are in
addition to reporting requirements
under applicable state law and
requirements described at § 660.13,
subpart C.
(1) Reporting requirements for any
Pacific whiting shoreside first receiver.
(i) Responsibility for compliance. The
Pacific whiting shoreside first receiver
is responsible for compliance with all
reporting requirements described in this
paragraph.
(ii) General requirements. All records
or reports required by this paragraph
must: Be maintained in English, be
accurate, be legible, be based on local
time, and be submitted in a timely
manner as required in paragraph
(d)(1)(iv)(E) of this section.
(iii) Required information. All Pacific
whiting shoreside first receivers must
provide the following types of
information: Date of landing, Pacific
whiting shoreside vessel that made the
delivery, gear type used, first receiver,
round weights of species landed listed
by species or species group including
species with no value, number of
salmon by species, number of Pacific
halibut, and any other information
deemed necessary by the Regional
Administrator as specified on the
appropriate electronic fish ticket form.
(iv) Electronic fish ticket submissions.
The Pacific whiting shoreside first
receiver must:
(A) Sort all fish, prior to first
weighing, by species or species groups
as specified at § 660.131(l)(2)(ii), subpart
D.
(B) Include as part of each electronic
fish ticket submission, the actual scale
weight for each groundfish species as
specified by requirements at
§ 660.131(l)(i), subpart D, and the
Pacific whiting shoreside vessel
identification number.
(C) Use for the purpose of submitting
electronic fish tickets, and maintain in
good working order, computer
equipment as specified at § 660.15(d),
subpart C;
E:\FR\FM\01OCR2.SGM
01OCR2
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 190 / Friday, October 1, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
(D) Install, use, and update as
necessary, any NMFS-approved
software described at § 660.15(d),
subpart C;
(E) Submit a completed electronic fish
ticket for every landing that includes
4,000-lb (1,814 kg) or more of Pacific
whiting (round weight equivalent) no
later than 24 hours after the date the fish
are received, unless a waiver of this
requirement has been granted under
provisions specified below at paragraph
(d)(1)(vii) of this section.
(v) Revising a submitted electronic
fish ticket submission. In the event that
a data error is found, electronic fish
ticket submissions may be revised by
resubmitting the revised form.
Electronic fish tickets are to be used for
the submission of final data.
Preliminary data, including estimates of
fish weights or species composition,
shall not be submitted on electronic fish
tickets.
(vi) Retention of Records. [Reserved]
(vii) Waivers for submission of
electronic fish tickets upon written
request. On a case-by-case basis, a
temporary written waiver of the
requirement to submit electronic fish
tickets may be granted by the Assistant
Regional Administrator or designee if
he/she determines that circumstances
beyond the control of a Pacific whiting
shoreside first receiver would result in
inadequate data submissions using the
electronic fish ticket system. The
duration of the waiver will be
determined on a case-by-case basis.
(viii) Reporting requirements when a
temporary waiver has been granted.
Pacific whiting shoreside first receivers
that have been granted a temporary
waiver from the requirement to submit
electronic fish tickets must submit on
paper the same data as is required on
electronic fish tickets within 24 hours of
the date received during the period that
the waiver is in effect. Paper state
landing receipts must be sent by
facsimile to NMFS, Northwest Region,
Sustainable Fisheries Division, 206–
526–6736 or by delivering it in person
to 7600 Sand Point Way NE., Seattle,
WA 98115. The requirements for
submissions of paper tickets in this
paragraph are separate from, and in
addition to existing state requirements
for landing receipts or fish receiving
tickets.
(2) [Reserved]
§ 660.116 Trawl fishery—observer
requirements.
(a) Observer coverage requirements—
(1) NMFS-certified observers.
(i) A catcher/processor or mothership
125-ft (38.1-m) LOA or longer must
carry two NMFS-certified observers, and
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:37 Sep 30, 2010
Jkt 223001
a catcher/processor or mothership
shorter than 125-ft (38.1-m) LOA must
carry one NMFS-certified observer, each
day that the vessel is used to take,
retain, receive, land, process, or
transport groundfish.
(ii) A Pacific whiting shoreside vessel
that sorts catch at sea must carry one
NMFS-certified observer, from the time
the vessel leaves port on a trip in which
the catch is sorted at sea to the time that
all catch from that trip has been
offloaded.
(2) Catcher vessels. When NMFS
notifies the owner, operator, permit
holder, or the manager of a catcher
vessel, specified at § 660.16(c), Subpart
C of any requirement to carry an
observer, the catcher vessel may not be
used to fish for groundfish without
carrying an observer.
(i) Notice of departure—basic rule. At
least 24 hours (but not more than 36
hours) before departing on a fishing trip,
a vessel that has been notified by NMFS
that it is required to carry an observer,
or that is operating in an active
sampling unit, must notify NMFS (or its
designated agent) of the vessel’s
intended time of departure. Notice will
be given in a form to be specified by
NMFS.
(A) Optional notice—weather delays.
A vessel that anticipates a delayed
departure due to weather or sea
conditions may advise NMFS of the
anticipated delay when providing the
basic notice described in paragraph
(a)(2)(i) of this section. If departure is
delayed beyond 36 hours from the time
the original notice is given, the vessel
must provide an additional notice of
departure not less than 4 hours prior to
departure, in order to enable NMFS to
place an observer.
(B) Optional notice—back-to-back
fishing trips. A vessel that intends to
make back-to-back fishing trips (i.e.,
trips with less than 24 hours between
offloading from one trip and beginning
another), may provide the basic notice
described in paragraph (a)(2)(i) of this
section for both trips, prior to making
the first trip. A vessel that has given
such notice is not required to give
additional notice of the second trip.
(ii) Cease fishing report. Within 24
hours of ceasing the taking and retaining
of groundfish, vessel owners, operators,
or managers must notify NMFS or its
designated agent that fishing has ceased.
This requirement applies to any vessel
that is required to carry an observer, or
that is operating in a segment of the fleet
that NMFS has identified as an active
sampling unit.
(b) Waiver. The Northwest Regional
Administrator may provide written
notification to the vessel owner stating
PO 00000
Frm 00079
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
60945
that a determination has been made to
temporarily waive coverage
requirements because of circumstances
that are deemed to be beyond the
vessel’s control.
(c) Procurement of observer services
by catcher/processors, motherships, and
Pacific whiting shoreside vessels that
sort at sea. Owners of vessels required
to carry observers under provisions at
paragraph (a)(1)(i) or (ii) of this section
must arrange for observer services from
an observer provider permitted by the
North Pacific Groundfish Observer
Program under 50 CFR 679.50(i), except
that:
(1) Vessels are required to procure
observer services directly from NMFS
when NMFS has determined and given
notification that the vessel must carry
NMFS staff or an individual authorized
by NMFS in lieu of an observer
provided by a permitted observer
provider.
(2) Vessels are required to procure
observer services directly from NMFS
and a permitted observer provider when
NMFS has determined and given
notification that the vessel must carry
NMFS staff or individuals authorized by
NMFS, in addition to an observer
provided by a permitted observer
provider.
(d) Vessel responsibilities. An
operator of a vessel required to carry
one or more observer(s) must provide:
(1) Accommodations and food.
Provide accommodations and food that
are:
(i) At-sea processors. Equivalent to
those provided for officers, engineers,
foremen, deck-bosses or other
management level personnel of the
vessel.
(ii) Catcher vessels. Equivalent to
those provided to the crew.
(2) Safe conditions. Maintain safe
conditions on the vessel for the
protection of observer(s) including
adherence to all USCG and other
applicable rules, regulations, or statutes
pertaining to safe operation of the
vessel, and provisions at §§ 600.725 and
600.746 of this chapter.
(3) Observer communications.
Facilitate observer communications by:
(i) Observer use of equipment.
Allowing observer(s) to use the vessel’s
communication equipment and
personnel, on request, for the entry,
transmission, and receipt of workrelated messages, at no cost to the
observer(s) or the U.S. or designated
agent.
(ii) Functional equipment. Ensuring
that the vessel’s communications
equipment, used by observers to enter
and transmit data, is fully functional
and operational.
E:\FR\FM\01OCR2.SGM
01OCR2
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with RULES2
60946
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 190 / Friday, October 1, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
(iii) Hardware and software. Pacific
whiting vessels that are required to
carry one or more NMFS-certified
observers under provisions at
paragraphs (a)(1)(i) or (ii) of this section
must provide hardware and software
pursuant to regulations at 50 CFR
679.50(g)(1)(iii)(B) and 50 CFR
679.50(g)(2)(iii), as follows:
(A) Providing for use by the observer
a personal computer in working
condition that contains a full Pentium
120 Mhz or greater capacity processing
chip, at least 32 megabytes of RAM, at
least 75 megabytes of free hard disk
storage, a Windows 9x or NT compatible
operating system, an operating mouse,
and a 3.5-inch (8.9 cm) floppy disk
drive. The associated computer monitor
must have a viewable screen size of at
least 14.1 inches (35.8 cm) and
minimum display settings of 600 x 800
pixels. The computer equipment
specified in this paragraph (A) must be
connected to a communication device
that provides a modem connection to
the NMFS host computer and supports
one or more of the following protocols:
ITU V.22, ITU V.22bis, ITU V.32, ITU
V.32bis, or ITU V.34. Processors that use
a modem must have at least a 28.8kbs
Hayes-compatible modem. The abovespecified hardware and software
requirements do not apply to processors
that do not process groundfish.
(B) NMFS-supplied software.
Ensuring that each vessel that is
required to carry a NMFS-certified
observer obtains the data entry software
provided by the NMFS for use by the
observer.
(4) Vessel position. Allow observer(s)
access to, and the use of, the vessel’s
navigation equipment and personnel, on
request, to determine the vessel’s
position.
(5) Access. Allow observer(s) free and
unobstructed access to the vessel’s
bridge, trawl or working decks, holding
bins, processing areas, freezer spaces,
weight scales, cargo holds, and any
other space that may be used to hold,
process, weigh, or store fish or fish
products at any time.
(6) Prior notification. Notify
observer(s) at least 15 minutes before
fish are brought on board, or fish and
fish products are transferred from the
vessel, to allow sampling the catch or
observing the transfer, unless the
observer specifically requests not to be
notified.
(7) Records. Allow observer(s) to
inspect and copy any state or Federal
logbook maintained voluntarily or as
required by regulation.
(8) Assistance. Provide all other
reasonable assistance to enable
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:37 Sep 30, 2010
Jkt 223001
observer(s) to carry out their duties,
including, but not limited to:
(i) Measuring decks, codends, and
holding bins.
(ii) Providing the observer(s) with a
safe work area.
(iii) Collecting bycatch when
requested by the observer(s).
(iv) Collecting and carrying baskets of
fish when requested by the observer(s).
(v) Allowing the observer(s) to collect
biological data and samples.
(vi) Providing adequate space for
storage of biological samples.
(9) At-sea transfers to or from
processing vessels. Processing vessels
must:
(i) Ensure that transfers of observers at
sea via small boat or raft are carried out
during daylight hours, under safe
conditions, and with the agreement of
observers involved.
(ii) Notify observers at least 3 hours
before observers are transferred, such
that the observers can collect personal
belongings, equipment, and scientific
samples.
(iii) Provide a safe pilot ladder and
conduct the transfer to ensure the safety
of observers during transfers.
(iv) Provide an experienced crew
member to assist observers in the small
boat or raft in which any transfer is
made.
(e) Sample station and operational—
(1) Observer sampling station. This
paragraph contains the requirements for
observer sampling stations. The vessel
owner must provide an observer
sampling station that complies with this
section so that the observer can carry
out required duties.
(i) Accessibility. The observer
sampling station must be available to
the observer at all times.
(ii) Location. The observer sampling
station must be located within 4 m of
the location from which the observer
samples unsorted catch. Unobstructed
passage must be provided between the
observer sampling station and the
location where the observer collects
sample catch.
(iii) Minimum work space aboard atsea processing vessels. The observer
must have a working area of 4.5 square
meters, including the observer’s
sampling table, for sampling and storage
of fish to be sampled. The observer must
be able to stand upright and have a work
area at least 0.9 m deep in the area in
front of the table and scale.
(iv) Table aboard at-sea processing
vessels. The observer sampling station
must include a table at least 0.6 m deep,
1.2 m wide and 0.9 m high and no more
than 1.1 m high. The entire surface area
of the table must be available for use by
the observer. Any area for the observer
PO 00000
Frm 00080
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
sampling scale is in addition to the
minimum space requirements for the
table. The observer’s sampling table
must be secured to the floor or wall.
(v) Diverter board aboard at-sea
processing vessels. The conveyor belt
conveying unsorted catch must have a
removable board (diverter board) to
allow all fish to be diverted from the
belt directly into the observer’s
sampling baskets. The diverter board
must be located downstream of the scale
used to weigh total catch. At least 1 m
of accessible belt space, located
downstream of the scale used to weigh
total catch, must be available for the
observer’s use when sampling.
(vi) Other requirement for at-sea
processing vessels. The sampling station
must be in a well-drained area that
includes floor grating (or other material
that prevents slipping), lighting
adequate for day or night sampling, and
a hose that supplies fresh or sea water
to the observer.
(vii) Observer sampling scale. The
observer sample station must include a
NMFS-approved platform scale
(pursuant to requirements at 50 CFR
679.28(d)(5)) with a capacity of at least
50 kg located within 1 m of the
observer’s sampling table. The scale
must be mounted so that the weighing
surface is no more than 0.7 m above the
floor.
(2) [Reserved]
§ 660.120 Trawl fishery—crossover
provisions.
(a) General. In addition to the General
provisions listed at § 660.60, subpart C,
the crossover provisions of this section
apply to vessels operating in the limited
entry trawl fishery.
(b) Operating in north-south
management areas with different trip
limits—(1) Minor Rockfish.
(i) If a trawl vessel takes and retains
minor shelf rockfish south of 40°10′N.
lat., that vessel is also permitted to take
and retain, possess, or land yellowtail
rockfish up to its cumulative limits
north of 40°10′N. lat., even if yellowtail
rockfish is part of the landings from
minor shelf rockfish taken and retained
south of 40°10′N. lat. Widow rockfish is
included in overall shelf rockfish limits
for all gear groups.
(ii) If a trawl vessel takes and retains
minor shelf rockfish north of 40°10′N.
lat., that vessel is also permitted to take
and retain, possess, or land chilipepper
rockfish up to its cumulative limits
south of 40°10′ N. lat., even if
chilipepper rockfish is part of the
landings from minor shelf rockfish
taken and retained north of 40°10′ N. lat.
(2) DTS complex. Differential trawl
trip limits for the ‘‘DTS complex’’ north
E:\FR\FM\01OCR2.SGM
01OCR2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 190 / Friday, October 1, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
and south of latitudinal management
lines may be specified in trip limits,
Table 1 (North) and Table 1 (South) of
this subpart. Vessels operating in the
limited entry trawl fishery are subject to
the crossover provisions in this
paragraph when making landings that
include any one of the four species in
the ‘‘DTS complex.’’
(3) Flatfish complex. There are often
differential trip limits for the flatfish
complex (butter, curlfin, English,
flathead, petrale, rex, rock, and sand
soles, Pacific sanddab, and starry
flounder) north and south of latitudinal
management lines. Vessels operating in
the limited entry trawl fishery are
subject to the crossover provisions in
this paragraph when making landings
that include any one of the species in
the flatfish complex.
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with RULES2
§ 660.130 Trawl fishery—management
measures.
(a) General. Limited entry trawl
vessels include those vessels registered
to a limited entry permit with a trawl
endorsement. Most species taken in
limited entry trawl fisheries will be
managed with cumulative trip limits
(see trip limits in Tables 1 (North) and
1 (South) of this subpart), size limits
(see § 660.60(h)(5), subpart C), seasons
(see Pacific whiting at § 660.131(b),
subpart D), gear restrictions (see
paragraph (b) of this section) and closed
areas (see paragraph (e) of this section
and §§ 660.70 through 660.79, subpart
C). The trawl fishery has gear
requirements and trip limits that differ
by the type of trawl gear on board and
the area fished. Cowcod retention is
prohibited in all fisheries and
groundfish vessels operating south of
Point Conception must adhere to CCA
restrictions (see paragraph (e)(1) of this
section and § 660.70, subpart C). The
trip limits in Tables 1 (North) and 1
(South) of this subpart apply to vessels
participating in the limited entry
groundfish trawl fishery and may not be
exceeded. Federal commercial
groundfish regulations are not intended
to supersede any more restrictive state
commercial groundfish regulations
relating to federally-managed
groundfish.
(b) Trawl gear requirements and
restrictions. Trawl nets may be fished
with or without otter boards, and may
use warps or cables to herd fish.
(1) Codends. Only single-walled
codends may be used in any trawl.
Double-walled codends are prohibited.
(2) Mesh size. Groundfish trawl gear
must meet the minimum mesh size
requirements in this paragraph. Mesh
size requirements apply throughout the
net. Minimum trawl mesh sizes are:
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:37 Sep 30, 2010
Jkt 223001
Bottom trawl, 4.5 inches (11.4 cm);
midwater trawl, 3.0 inches (7.6 cm).
Minimum trawl mesh size requirements
are met if a 20-gauge stainless steel
wedge, less one thickness of the metal
wedge, can be passed with only thumb
pressure through at least 16 of 20 sets
of two meshes each of wet mesh.
(3) Chafing gear. Chafing gear may
encircle no more than 50 percent of the
net’s circumference. No section of
chafing gear may be longer than 50
meshes of the net to which it is
attached. Chafing gear may be used only
on the last 50 meshes, measured from
the terminal (closed) end of the codend.
Except at the corners, the terminal end
of each section of chafing gear on all
trawl gear must not be connected to the
net. (The terminal end is the end
farthest from the mouth of the net.)
Chafing gear must be attached outside
any riblines and restraining straps.
There is no limit on the number of
sections of chafing gear on a net.
(4) Large footrope trawl gear. Large
footrope gear is bottom trawl gear with
a footrope diameter larger than 8 inches
(20 cm) (including rollers, bobbins or
other material encircling or tied along
the length of the footrope). Fishing with
bottom trawl gear with a footrope
diameter greater than 19 inches (48 cm)
(including rollers, bobbins, or other
material encircling or tied along the
length of the footrope) is prohibited
anywhere in EFH within the EEZ, as
defined by latitude/longitude
coordinates at § 660.75, subpart C.
(5) Small footrope trawl gear. Small
footrope gear is bottom trawl gear with
a footrope diameter of 8 inches (20 cm)
or smaller (including rollers, bobbins or
other material encircling or tied along
the length of the footrope). Other lines
or ropes that run parallel to the footrope
may not be augmented with material
encircling or tied along their length
such that they have a diameter larger
than 8 inches (20 cm). For enforcement
purposes, the footrope will be measured
in a straight line from the outside edge
to the opposite outside edge at the
widest part on any individual part,
including any individual disk, roller,
bobbin, or any other device.
(i) Selective flatfish trawl gear.
Selective flatfish trawl gear is a type of
small footrope trawl gear. The selective
flatfish trawl net must be a two-seamed
net with no more than two riblines,
excluding the codend. The breastline
may not be longer than 3 ft (0.92 m) in
length. There may be no floats along the
center third of the headrope or attached
to the top panel except on the riblines.
The footrope must be less than 105 ft
(32.26 m) in length. The headrope must
be not less than 30 percent longer than
PO 00000
Frm 00081
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
60947
the footrope. An explanatory diagram of
a selective flatfish trawl net is provided
as Figure 1 of part 660, subpart D.
(ii) [Reserved]
(6) Midwater (or pelagic) trawl gear.
Midwater trawl gear must have
unprotected footropes at the trawl
mouth, and must not have rollers,
bobbins, tires, wheels, rubber discs, or
any similar device anywhere on any
part of the net. The footrope of
midwater gear may not be enlarged by
encircling it with chains or by any other
means. Ropes or lines running parallel
to the footrope of midwater trawl gear
must be bare and may not be suspended
with chains or any other materials.
Sweep lines, including the bottom leg of
the bridle, must be bare. For at least 20
ft (6.15 m) immediately behind the
footrope or headrope, bare ropes or
mesh of 16-inch (40.6-cm) minimum
mesh size must completely encircle the
net. A band of mesh (a ‘‘skirt’’) may
encircle the net under transfer cables,
lifting or splitting straps (chokers), but
must be: over riblines and restraining
straps; the same mesh size and coincide
knot-to-knot with the net to which it is
attached; and no wider than 16 meshes.
(c) Cumulative trip limits and
prohibitions by limited entry trawl gear
type. Management measures may vary
depending on the type of trawl gear (i.e.,
large footrope, small footrope, selective
flatfish, or midwater trawl gear) used
and/or on board a vessel during a
fishing trip, cumulative limit period,
and the area fished. Trawl nets may be
used on and off the seabed. For some
species or species groups, Table 1
(North) and Table 1 (South) of this
subpart provide cumulative and/or trip
limits that are specific to different types
of trawl gear: large footrope, small
footrope (including selective flatfish),
selective flatfish, midwater, and
multiple types. If Table 1 (North) and
Table 1 (South) of this subpart provide
gear specific limits for a particular
species or species group, it is unlawful
to take and retain, possess or land that
species or species group with limited
entry trawl gears other than those listed.
(1) Fishing with large footrope trawl
gear. It is unlawful for any vessel using
large footrope gear to fish for groundfish
shoreward of the RCAs defined at
paragraph (e)(4) of this section and at
§§ 660.70 through 660.74, subpart C.
The use of large footrope gear is
permitted seaward of the RCAs
coastwide.
(2) Fishing with small footrope trawl
gear. North of 40°10′ N. lat., it is
unlawful for any vessel using small
footrope gear (except selective flatfish
gear) to fish for groundfish or have small
footrope trawl gear (except selective
E:\FR\FM\01OCR2.SGM
01OCR2
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with RULES2
60948
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 190 / Friday, October 1, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
flatfish gear) onboard while fishing
shoreward of the RCA defined at
paragraph (d) of this section and at
§§ 660.70 through 660.74, subpart C.
South of 40°10′ N. lat., small footrope
gear is required shoreward of the RCA.
Small footrope gear is permitted
seaward of the RCA coastwide.
(i) North of 40°10′ N. lat., selective
flatfish gear is required shoreward of the
RCA defined at paragraph (d) of this
section and at §§ 660.70, through
660.74, subpart C. South of 40°10′N. lat.,
selective flatfish gear is permitted, but
not required, shoreward of the RCA. The
use of selective flatfish trawl gear is
permitted seaward of the RCA
coastwide.
(ii) [Reserved]
(3) Fishing with midwater trawl gear.
North of 40°10′ N. lat., midwater trawl
gear is permitted only for vessels
participating in the primary Pacific
whiting fishery (for details on the
Pacific whiting fishery see § 660.131,
subpart D.) South of 40°10′ N. lat., the
use of midwater trawl gear is prohibited
shoreward of the RCA and permitted
seaward of the RCA.
(4) More than one type of trawl gear
on board. The cumulative trip limits in
Table 1 (North) or Table 1 (South) of
this subpart must not be exceeded.
(i) The following restrictions apply to
vessels operating north of 40°10′ N. lat.:
(A) A vessel may not have both
groundfish trawl gear and nongroundfish trawl gear onboard
simultaneously. A vessel may not have
both bottom trawl gear and midwater
trawl gear onboard simultaneously. A
vessel may have more than one type of
limited entry bottom trawl gear on
board, either simultaneously or
successively, during a cumulative limit
period.
(B) If a vessel fishes exclusively with
large or small footrope trawl gear during
an entire cumulative limit period, the
vessel is subject to the small or large
footrope trawl gear cumulative limits
and that vessel must fish seaward of the
RCA during that limit period.
(C) If a vessel fishes exclusively with
selective flatfish trawl gear during an
entire cumulative limit period, then the
vessel is subject to the selective flatfish
trawl gear-cumulative limits during that
limit period, regardless of whether the
vessel is fishing shoreward or seaward
of the RCA.
(D) If more than one type of bottom
trawl gear (selective flatfish, large
footrope, or small footrope) is on board,
either simultaneously or successively, at
any time during a cumulative limit
period, then the most restrictive
cumulative limit associated with the
bottom trawl gear on board during that
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:37 Sep 30, 2010
Jkt 223001
cumulative limit period applies for the
entire cumulative limit period,
regardless of whether the vessel is
fishing shoreward or seaward of the
RCA.
(E) If a vessel fishes both north and
south of 40°10′ N. lat. with any type of
small footrope gear onboard the vessel
at any time during the cumulative limit
period, the most restrictive trip limit
associated with the gear on board
applies for that trip and will count
toward the cumulative trip limit for that
gear (See crossover provisions at
§ 660.120, subpart D.)
(F) Midwater trawl gear is allowed
only for vessels participating in the
primary whiting season.
(ii) The following restrictions apply to
vessels operating south of 40°10′ N. lat.:
(A) A vessel may not have both
groundfish trawl gear and nongroundfish trawl gear onboard
simultaneously. A vessel may not have
both bottom trawl gear and midwater
trawl gear onboard simultaneously. A
vessel may not have small footrope
trawl gear and any other type of bottom
trawl gear onboard simultaneously.
(B) For vessels using more than one
type of trawl gear during a cumulative
limit period, limits are additive up to
the largest limit for the type of gear used
during that period. (Example: If a vessel
harvests 300-lb (136 kg) of chilipepper
rockfish with small footrope-gear, it may
harvest up to 11,700–lb (5,209 kg) of
chilipepper rockfish with large footrope
gear during the July and August
cumulative period, because the largest
cumulative limit for chilipepper
rockfish during that period is 12,000–lb
(5,443 kg) for large footrope gear.)
(C) If a vessel fishes both north and
south of 40°10′ N. lat. with any type of
small footrope gear onboard the vessel
at any time during the cumulative limit
period, the most restrictive trip limit
associated with the gear on board
applies for that trip and will count
toward the cumulative trip limit for that
gear (See crossover provisions at
§ 660.120, subpart D.)
(d) Sorting. Under § 660.12 (a)(8),
subpart C, it is unlawful for any person
to ‘‘fail to sort, prior to the first weighing
after offloading, those groundfish
species or species groups for which
there is a trip limit, size limit, scientific
sorting designation, quota, harvest
guideline, or OY, if the vessel fished or
landed in an area during a time when
such trip limit, size limit, scientific
sorting designation, quota, harvest
guideline, or OY applied.’’ The States of
Washington, Oregon, and California
may also require that vessels record
their landings as sorted on their state
landing receipt.
PO 00000
Frm 00082
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
(1) Coastwide. Widow rockfish,
canary rockfish, darkblotched rockfish,
yelloweye rockfish, shortbelly rockfish,
black rockfish, blue rockfish, minor
nearshore rockfish, minor shelf rockfish,
minor slope rockfish, shortspine and
longspine thornyhead, Dover sole,
arrowtooth flounder, petrale sole, starry
flounder, English sole, other flatfish,
lingcod, sablefish, Pacific cod, spiny
dogfish, other fish, longnose skate, and
Pacific whiting;
(2) North of 40°10′ N. lat. POP,
yellowtail rockfish;
(3) South of 40°10′ N. lat. Minor
shallow nearshore rockfish, minor
deeper nearshore rockfish, California
scorpionfish, chilipepper rockfish,
bocaccio rockfish, splitnose rockfish,
Pacific sanddabs, cowcod,
bronzespotted rockfish and cabezon.
(e) Groundfish conservation areas
(GCAs) applicable to trawl vessels. A
GCA, a type of closed area, is a
geographic area defined by coordinates
expressed in degrees of latitude and
longitude. The latitude and longitude
coordinates of the GCA boundaries are
specified at §§ 660.70 through 660.74,
subpart C. A vessel that is fishing within
a GCA listed in this paragraph (d) with
trawl gear authorized for use within a
GCA may not have any other type of
trawl gear on board the vessel. The
following GCAs apply to vessels
participating in the limited entry trawl
fishery. Additional closed areas that
specifically apply to the Pacific whiting
fisheries are described at § 660.131(c),
subpart D.
(1) Cowcod conservation areas
(CCAs). Vessels using limited entry
trawl gear are prohibited from fishing
within the CCAs. See § 660.70 for the
coordinates that define the CCAs.
Limited entry trawl vessels may transit
through the Western CCA with their
gear stowed and groundfish on board
only in a corridor through the Western
CCA bounded on the north by the
latitude line at 33°00.50′ N. lat., and
bounded on the south by the latitude
line at 32°59.50′ N. lat. It is unlawful to
take and retain, possess, or land
groundfish within the CCAs, except as
authorized in this paragraph, when
those waters are open to fishing.
(2) Farallon islands. Under California
law, commercial fishing for all
groundfish is prohibited between the
shoreline and the 10 fm (18 m) depth
contour around the Farallon Islands.
(See § 660.70, subpart C)
(3) Cordell Banks. Commercial fishing
for groundfish is prohibited in waters of
depths less than 100-fm (183-m) around
Cordell Banks as defined by specific
latitude and longitude coordinates at
§ 660.70, subpart C.
E:\FR\FM\01OCR2.SGM
01OCR2
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 190 / Friday, October 1, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
(4) Trawl rockfish conservation areas.
The trawl RCAs are closed areas,
defined by specific latitude and
longitude coordinates which are
specified at §§ 660.70 through 660.74,
subpart C. Boundaries for the trawl
RCAs applicable to groundfish trawl
vessels throughout the year are provided
in the header to Table 1 (North) and
Table 1 (South) of this subpart and may
be modified by NMFS inseason
pursuant to § 660.60(c), subpart C.
(i) It is unlawful to operate a vessel
with trawl gear onboard within the
trawl RCA, except for the purpose of
continuous transiting, or when the use
of trawl gear is authorized in this
section. It is lawful to fish with
groundfish trawl gear within the trawl
RCA only under the following
conditions: vessels fishing with
midwater trawl gear on Pacific whiting
trips during the primary whiting season,
provided a valid declaration report has
been filed with NMFS OLE, as required
at § 660.12(d), subpart C; and vessels
fishing with demersal seine gear
between 38° N. lat. and 36° N. lat.
shoreward of a boundary line
approximating the 100 fm (183 m) depth
contour as defined at § 660.73, subpart
C, provided a valid declaration report
has been filed.
(ii) Trawl vessels may transit through
an applicable GCA, with or without
groundfish on board, provided all
groundfish trawl gear is stowed either:
below deck; or if the gear cannot readily
be moved, in a secured and covered
manner, detached from all towing lines,
so that it is rendered unusable for
fishing; or remaining on deck uncovered
if the trawl doors are hung from their
stanchions and the net is disconnected
from the doors. These restrictions do not
apply to vessels fishing with midwater
trawl gear for whiting during a primary
season.
(iii) It is unlawful to take and retain,
possess, or land groundfish taken with
limited entry trawl gear within the trawl
RCA, unless otherwise authorized in
this section.
(iv) If a vessel fishes in the trawl RCA,
it may not participate in any fishing on
that trip that is prohibited within the
trawl RCA. [For example, if a vessel
fishes in the pink shrimp fishery within
the RCA, the vessel cannot on the same
trip fish in the DTS fishery seaward of
the RCA.] Nothing in these Federal
regulations supersedes any state
regulations that may prohibit trawling
shoreward of the fishery management
area (3–200 nm).
(5) Essential fish habitat conservation
areas. An EFHCA, a type of closed area,
is a geographic area defined by
coordinates expressed in degrees of
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:37 Sep 30, 2010
Jkt 223001
latitude and longitude at §§ 660.75
through 660.79, subpart C, where
specified types of fishing are prohibited
in accordance with § 660.12, subpart C.
EFHCAs apply to vessels using bottom
trawl gear or to vessels using ‘‘bottom
contact gear,’’ which is defined at
§ 660.11, subpart C, to include bottom
trawl gear, among other gear types.
(i) The following EFHCAs apply to
vessels operating within the West Coast
EEZ with bottom trawl gear:
(A) Seaward of a boundary line
approximating the 700-fm (1280-m)
depth contour. Fishing with bottom
trawl gear is prohibited in waters of
depths greater than 700 fm (1280 m)
within the EFH, as defined by specific
latitude and longitude coordinates at
§§ 660.75 and 660.76, subpart C.
(B) Shoreward of a boundary line
approximating the 100-fm (183-m)
depth contour. Fishing with bottom
trawl gear with a footrope diameter
greater than 8 inches (20 cm) is
prohibited in waters shoreward of a
boundary line approximating the 100-fm
(183-m) depth contour, as defined by
specific latitude and longitude
coordinates at § 660.73, subpart C.
(C) EFHCAs for all bottom trawl gear.
Fishing with bottom trawl gear is
prohibited within the following
EFHCAs, which are defined by specific
latitude and longitude coordinates at
§§ 660.77 through 660.78, subpart C:
Olympic 2, Biogenic 1, Biogenic 2,
Grays Canyon, Biogenic 3, Astoria
Canyon, Nehalem Bank/Shale Pile,
Siletz Deepwater, Daisy Bank/Nelson
Island, Newport Rockpile/Stonewall
Bank, Heceta Bank, Deepwater off Coos
Bay, Bandon High Spot, Rogue Canyon.
(D) EFHCAs for all bottom trawl gear,
except demersal seine gear. Fishing
with bottom trawl gear except demersal
seine gear (defined at § 660.11, subpart
C) is prohibited within the following
EFHCAs, which are defined by specific
latitude and longitude coordinates at
§ 660.79, subpart C: Eel River Canyon,
Blunts Reef, Mendocino Ridge, Delgada
Canyon, Tolo Bank, Point Arena North,
Point Arena South Biogenic Area,
Cordell Bank/Biogenic Area, Farallon
Islands/Fanny Shoal, Half Moon Bay,
Monterey Bay/Canyon, Point Sur Deep,
Big Sur Coast/Port San Luis, East San
Lucia Bank, Point Conception, Hidden
Reef/Kidney Bank (within Cowcod
Conservation Area West), Catalina
Island, Potato Bank (within Cowcod
Conservation Area West), Cherry Bank
(within Cowcod Conservation Area
West), and Cowcod EFH Conservation
Area East.
(ii) EFHCAs for bottom contact gear,
which includes bottom trawl gear.
Fishing with bottom contact gear,
PO 00000
Frm 00083
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
60949
including bottom trawl gear is
prohibited within the following
EFHCAs, which are defined by specific
latitude and longitude coordinates at
§§ 660.75 through 660.79, subpart C:
Thompson Seamount, President Jackson
Seamount, Cordell Bank (50 fm (91 m)
isobath), Harris Point, Richardson Rock,
Scorpion, Painted Cave, Anacapa Island,
Carrington Point, Judith Rock, Skunk
Point, Footprint, Gull Island, South
Point, and Santa Barbara. Fishing with
bottom contact gear is also prohibited
within the Davidson Seamount EFH
Area, which is defined with specific
latitude and longitude coordinates at
§ 660.75, subpart C.
§ 660.131 Pacific whiting fishery
management measures.
(a) Sectors. In order for a vessel to fish
in a particular whiting fishery sector
after May 11, 2009, that vessel must be
registered for use with a sector-specific
Pacific whiting vessel license under
§ 660.26, subpart C.
(1) The catcher/processor sector is
composed of catcher/processors, which
are vessels that harvest and process
whiting during a calendar year.
(2) The mothership sector is
composed of motherships and catcher
vessels that harvest whiting for delivery
to motherships. Motherships are vessels
that process, but do not harvest, whiting
during a calendar year.
(3) The shorebased sector is composed
of vessels that harvest whiting for
delivery to Pacific whiting shoreside
first receivers. Notwithstanding the
other provisions of 50 CFR part 660,
subpart C or D, a vessel that is 75 feet
or less LOA that harvests whiting and,
in addition to heading and gutting, cuts
the tail off and freezes the whiting, is
not considered to be a catcher/processor
nor is it considered to be processing
fish. Such a vessel is considered a
participant in the shorebased whiting
sector, and is subject to regulations and
allocations for that sector.
(b) Pacific whiting seasons.
(1) Primary seasons. The primary
seasons for the whiting fishery are:
(i) For the shorebased sector, the
period(s) when the large-scale target
fishery is conducted (when trip limits
under paragraph (b) of this section are
not in effect);
(ii) For catcher/processors, the
period(s) when at-sea processing is
allowed and the fishery is open for the
catcher/processor sector; and
(iii) For vessels delivering to
motherships, the period(s) when at-sea
processing is allowed and the fishery is
open for the mothership sector.
(2) Before and after the primary
seasons. Before and after the primary
E:\FR\FM\01OCR2.SGM
01OCR2
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with RULES2
60950
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 190 / Friday, October 1, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
seasons, trip landing or frequency limits
may be imposed under § 660.60(c). The
sectors are defined at § 660.60(a).
(3) Different primary season start
dates. North of 40°30′ N. lat., different
starting dates may be established for the
catcher/processor sector, the mothership
sector, catcher vessels delivering to
shoreside processors north of 42° N. lat.,
and catcher vessels delivering to
shoreside processors between 42° N. lat.
through 40°30′ N. lat.
(i) Procedures. The primary seasons
for the whiting fishery north of 40°30′ N.
lat. generally will be established
according to the procedures of the
PCGFMP for developing and
implementing harvest specifications and
apportionments. The season opening
dates remain in effect unless changed,
generally with the harvest specifications
and management measures.
(ii) Criteria. The start of a primary
season may be changed based on a
recommendation from the Council and
consideration of the following factors, if
applicable: Size of the harvest
guidelines for whiting and bycatch
species; age/size structure of the whiting
population; expected harvest of bycatch
and prohibited species; availability and
stock status of prohibited species;
expected participation by catchers and
processors; environmental conditions;
timing of alternate or competing
fisheries; industry agreement; fishing or
processing rates; and other relevant
information.
(iii) Primary whiting season start
dates and duration. After the start of a
primary season for a sector of the
whiting fishery, the season remains
open for that sector until the quota is
taken or a bycatch limit is reached and
the fishery season for that sector is
closed by NMFS. The starting dates for
the primary seasons for the whiting
fishery are as follows:
(A) Catcher/processor sector—May 15.
(B) Mothership sector—May 15.
(C) Shorebased sector
(1) North of 42° N. lat.—June 15;
(2) Between 42°–40°30′ N. lat.—April
1; and
(3) South of 40°30′ N. lat.—April 15.
(4) Trip limits in the whiting fishery.
The ‘‘per trip’’ limit for whiting before
and after the regular (primary) season
for the shorebased sector is announced
in Table 1 of this subpart, and is a
routine management measure under
§ 660.60(c). This trip limit includes any
whiting caught shoreward of 100-fm
(183-m) in the Eureka, CA area. The ‘‘per
trip’’ limit for other groundfish species
before, during, and after the regular
(primary) season are announced in
Table 1 (North) and Table 1 (South) of
this subpart and apply as follows:
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:37 Sep 30, 2010
Jkt 223001
(i) During the groundfish cumulative
limit periods both before and after the
primary whiting season, vessels may use
either small and/or large footrope gear,
but are subject to the more restrictive
trip limits for those entire cumulative
periods.
(ii) If, during a primary whiting
season, a whiting vessel harvests a
groundfish species other than whiting
for which there is a midwater trip limit,
then that vessel may also harvest up to
another footrope-specific limit for that
species during any cumulative limit
period that overlaps the start or end of
the primary whiting season.
(5) Bycatch limits in the whiting
fishery. The bycatch limits for the
whiting fishery may be established,
adjusted, and used inseason to close a
sector or sectors of the whiting fishery
to achieve the rebuilding of an
overfished or depleted stock. These
limits are routine management measures
under § 660.60(c), subpart C, and, as
such, may be adjusted inseason or may
have new species added to the list of
those with bycatch limits. Closure of a
sector or sectors when a bycatch limit is
projected to be reached is an automatic
action under § 660.60(d), subpart C.
(i) The whiting fishery bycatch limit
is apportioned among the sectors
identified in paragraph (a) of this
section based on the same percentages
used to allocate whiting among the
sectors, established in § 660.55(i)(2),
subpart C. The sector specific bycatch
limits are: For catcher/processors 4.8 mt
of canary rockfish, 95 mt of widow
rockfish, and 8.5 mt of darkblotched
rockfish; for motherships 3.3 mt of
canary rockfish, 67 mt of widow
rockfish, and 6.0 mt of darkblotched
rockfish; and for shorebased 5.9 mt of
canary rockfish, 117 mt of widow
rockfish, and 10.5 mt of darkblotched
rockfish.
(ii) The Regional Administrator may
make available for harvest to the other
sectors of the whiting fishery identified
in § 660.131(a) of this subpart, the
amounts of a sector’s bycatch limit
species remaining when a sector is
closed because its whiting allocation or
a bycatch limit has been reached or is
projected to be reached. The remaining
bycatch limit species shall be
redistributed in proportion to each
sector’s initial whiting allocation. When
considering redistribution of bycatch
limits between the sectors of the whiting
fishery, the Regional Administrator will
take into consideration the best
available data on total projected fishing
impacts on the bycatch limit species, as
well as impacts on other groundfish
species.
PO 00000
Frm 00084
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
(iii) If a bycatch limit is reached or is
projected to be reached, the following
action, applicable to the sector may be
taken.
(A) Catcher/processor sector. Further
taking and retaining, receiving, or at-sea
processing of whiting by a catcher/
processor is prohibited. No additional
unprocessed whiting may be brought on
board after at-sea processing is
prohibited, but a catcher/processor may
continue to process whiting that was on
board before at-sea processing was
prohibited.
(B) Mothership sector. Further
receiving or at-sea processing of whiting
by a mothership is prohibited. No
additional unprocessed whiting may be
brought on board after at-sea processing
is prohibited, but a mothership may
continue to process whiting that was on
board before at-sea processing was
prohibited. Whiting may not be taken
and retained, possessed, or landed by a
catcher vessel participating in the
mothership sector.
(C) Shorebased sector. Whiting may
not be taken and retained, possessed, or
landed by a catcher vessel participating
in the shorebased sector except as
authorized under a trip limit specified
under § 660.60(c), subpart C.
(iv) The Regional Administrator will
announce in the Federal Register when
a bycatch limit is reached, or is
projected to be reached, specifying the
action being taken as specified under
paragraph (b)(5) of this section. The
Regional Administrator will announce
in the Federal Register any
reapportionment of bycatch limit
species. In order to prevent exceeding
the bycatch limits or to avoid
underutilizing the Pacific whiting
resource, prohibitions against further
taking and retaining, receiving, or at-sea
processing of whiting, or
reapportionment of bycatch limits
species may be made effective
immediately by actual notice to fishers
and processors, by e-mail, Internet
(https://www.nwr.noaa.gov/GroundfishHalibut/Groundfish-FisheryManagement/Whiting-Management/
index.cfm), phone, fax, letter, press
release, and/or USCG Notice to Mariners
(monitor channel 16 VHF), followed by
publication in the Federal Register.
(6) Pacific whiting allocation
attainment and inseason allocation
reapportionment. (i) Reaching an
allocation. If the whiting harvest
guideline, commercial harvest
guideline, or a sector’s allocation is
reached, or is projected to be reached,
the following action(s) for the applicable
sector(s) may be taken as provided
under paragraph (b)(6)(iv) of this section
and will remain in effect until
E:\FR\FM\01OCR2.SGM
01OCR2
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 190 / Friday, October 1, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
additional amounts are made available
the next calendar year or under
paragraph (b)(6)(ii) of this section.
(A) Catcher/processor sector. Further
taking and retaining, receiving, or at-sea
processing of whiting by a catcher/
processor is prohibited. No additional
unprocessed whiting may be brought on
board after at-sea processing is
prohibited, but a catcher/processor may
continue to process whiting that was on
board before at-sea processing was
prohibited.
(B) Mothership sector. Further
receiving or at-sea processing of whiting
by a mothership is prohibited. No
additional unprocessed whiting may be
brought on board after at-sea processing
is prohibited, but a mothership may
continue to process whiting that was on
board before at-sea processing was
prohibited. Whiting may not be taken
and retained, possessed, or landed by a
catcher vessel participating in the
mothership sector.
(C) Shore-based sector coastwide.
Whiting may not be taken and retained,
possessed, or landed by a catcher vessel
participating in the shore-based sector
except as authorized under a trip limit
specified under § 660.60(c).
(D) Shore-based south of 42° N. lat. If
5 percent of the shore-based allocation
for whiting is taken and retained south
of 42° N. lat. before the primary season
for the shore-based sector begins north
of 42° N. lat., then a trip limit specified
under § 660.60(c) may be implemented
south of 42° N. lat. until the northern
primary season begins, at which time
the southern primary season would
resume.
(ii) Reapportionments. That portion of
a sector’s allocation that the Regional
Administrator determines will not be
used by the end of the fishing year shall
be made available for harvest by the
other sectors, if needed, in proportion to
their initial allocations, on September
15 or as soon as practicable thereafter.
NMFS may release whiting again at a
later date to ensure full utilization of the
resource. Whiting not needed in the
fishery authorized under § 660.50 may
also be made available.
(iii) Estimates. Estimates of the
amount of whiting harvested will be
based on actual amounts harvested,
projections of amounts that will be
harvested, or a combination of the two.
Estimates of the amount of Pacific
whiting that will be used by shore-based
processors by the end of the calendar
year will be based on the best
information available to the Regional
Administrator from state catch and
landings data, the testimony received at
Council meetings, and/or other relevant
information.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:37 Sep 30, 2010
Jkt 223001
(iv) Announcements. The Regional
Administrator will announce in the
Federal Register when a harvest
guideline, commercial harvest
guideline, or an allocation of whiting is
reached, or is projected to be reached,
specifying the appropriate action being
taken under paragraph (b)(6)(i) of this
section. The Regional Administrator
will announce in the Federal Register
any reapportionment of surplus whiting
to others sectors on September 15, or as
soon as practicable thereafter. In order
to prevent exceeding the limits or to
avoid underutilizing the resource,
prohibitions against further taking and
retaining, receiving, or at-sea processing
of whiting, or reapportionment of
surplus whiting may be made effective
immediately by actual notice to fishers
and processors, by e-mail, internet
(https://www.nwr.noaa.gov/GroundfishHalibut/Groundfish-FisheryManagement/Whiting-Management/
index.cfm), phone, fax, letter, press
release, and/or USCG Notice to Mariners
(monitor channel 16 VHF), followed by
publication in the Federal Register, in
which instance public comment will be
sought for a reasonable period of time
thereafter.
(c) Closed areas. Pacific whiting may
not be taken and retained in the
following portions of the fishery
management area:
(1) Klamath river salmon conservation
zone. The ocean area surrounding the
Klamath River mouth bounded on the
north by 41°38.80′ N. lat.
(approximately 6 nm north of the
Klamath River mouth), on the west by
124°23′ W. long. (approximately 12 nm
from shore), and on the south by
41°26.80′ N. lat. (approximately 6 nm
south of the Klamath River mouth).
(2) Columbia river salmon
conservation zone. The ocean area
surrounding the Columbia River mouth
bounded by a line extending for 6 nm
due west from North Head along 46°18′
N. lat. to 124°13.30′ W. long., then
southerly along a line of 167 True to
46°11.10′ N. lat. and 124°11′ W. long.
(Columbia River Buoy), then northeast
along Red Buoy Line to the tip of the
south jetty.
(3) Ocean salmon conservation zone.
All waters shoreward of a boundary line
approximating the 100 fm (183 m) depth
contour. Latitude and longitude
coordinates defining the boundary line
approximating the 100 fm (183 m) depth
contour are provided at § 660.73,
subpart C. This closure will be
implemented through automatic action,
defined at § 660.60(d), subpart C, when
NMFS projects the Pacific whiting
fishery may take in excess of 11,000
Chinook within a calendar year.
PO 00000
Frm 00085
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
60951
(4) Pacific whiting bycatch reduction
areas (BRAs). Vessels using limited
entry midwater trawl gear during the
primary whiting season may be
prohibited from fishing shoreward of a
boundary line approximating the 75-fm
(137-m), 100-fm (183-m) or 150-fm (274m) depth contours. Latitude and
longitude coordinates for the boundary
lines approximating the depth contours
are provided at § 660.73, subpart C.
Closures may be implemented inseason
for a sector(s) through automatic action,
defined at § 660.60(d), subpart C, when
NMFS projects that a sector will exceed
a bycatch limit specified for that sector
before the sector’s whiting allocation is
projected to be reached.
(d) Eureka area trip limits. Trip
landing or frequency limits may be
established, modified, or removed under
§ 660.60, subpart C, or § 660.131,
subpart D, specifying the amount of
Pacific whiting that may be taken and
retained, possessed, or landed by a
vessel that, at any time during a fishing
trip, fished in the fishery management
area shoreward of the 100 fathom (183
m) contour (as shown on NOAA Charts
18580, 18600, and 18620) in the Eureka
area (from 43 00′ to 40 30′ N. lat.).
Unless otherwise specified, no more
than 10,000-lb (4,536 kg) of whiting may
be taken and retained, possessed, or
landed by a vessel that, at any time
during a fishing trip, fished in the
fishery management area shoreward of
the 100 fm (183 m) contour (as shown
on NOAA Charts 18580, 18600, and
18620) in the Eureka management area
(defined at § 660.11, subpart C).
(e) At-sea processing. Whiting may
not be processed at sea south of 42°00′
N. lat. (Oregon-California border),
unless by a waste-processing vessel as
authorized under paragraph (i) of this
section.
(f) Time of day. Pacific whiting may
not be taken and retained by any vessel
in the fishery management area south of
42°00′ N. lat. between 0001 hours to
one-half hour after official sunrise (local
time). During this time south of 42°00′
N. lat., trawl doors must be on board
any vessel used to fish for whiting and
the trawl must be attached to the trawl
doors. Official sunrise is determined, to
the nearest 5° lat., in The Nautical
Almanac issued annually by the
Nautical Almanac Office, U.S. Naval
Observatory, and available from the U.S.
Government Printing Office.
(g) Additional restrictions on catcher/
processors. (1) A catcher/processor may
receive fish from a catcher vessel, but
that catch is counted against the
catcher/processor allocation unless the
catcher/processor has been declared as
E:\FR\FM\01OCR2.SGM
01OCR2
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with RULES2
60952
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 190 / Friday, October 1, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
a mothership under paragraph (g)(3) of
this section.
(2) A catcher/processor may not also
act as a catcher vessel delivering
unprocessed whiting to another
processor in the same calendar year.
(3) When renewing its limited entry
permit each year under § 660.25,
subpart C, the owner of a catcher/
processor used to take and retain
whiting must declare if the vessel will
operate solely as a mothership in the
whiting fishery during the calendar year
to which its limited entry permit
applies. Any such declaration is binding
on the vessel for the calendar year, even
if the permit is transferred during the
year, unless it is rescinded in response
to a written request from the permit
holder. Any request to rescind a
declaration must be made by the permit
holder and granted in writing by the
Regional Administrator before any
unprocessed whiting has been taken on
board the vessel that calendar year.
(h) Pacific whiting first receivers. (1)
Pacific whiting shoreside first receivers
and processors may receive groundfish
species, other than Pacific Whiting, that
is in excess of trip limits from a Pacific
whiting shoreside vessel that is fishing
under an EFP that authorizes the vessel
to possess the catch.
(i) Bycatch reduction and full
utilization program for at-sea processors
(optional). If a catcher/processor or
mothership in the whiting fishery
carries more than one NMFS-approved
observer for at least 90 percent of the
fishing days during a cumulative trip
limit period, then groundfish trip limits
may be exceeded without penalty for
that cumulative trip limit period, if the
conditions in paragraph (h)(2) of this
section are met. For purposes of this
program, ‘‘fishing day’’ means a 24-hour
period, from 0001 hours through 2400
hours, local time, in which fishing gear
is retrieved or catch is received by the
vessel, and will be determined from the
vessel’s observer data, if available.
Changes to the number of observers
required for a vessel to fish under in the
bycatch reduction program will be
announced prior to the start of the
fishery, generally concurrent with the
harvest specifications and management
measures. Groundfish consumed on
board the vessel must be within any
applicable trip limit and recorded as
retained catch in any applicable logbook
or report. [Note: For a mothership, nonwhiting groundfish landings are limited
by the cumulative landings limits of the
catcher vessels delivering to that
mothership.]
(ii) [Reserved]
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:37 Sep 30, 2010
Jkt 223001
(2) Conditions. Conditions for
participating in the voluntary full
utilization program are as follows:
(i) All catch must be made available
to the observers for sampling before it is
sorted by the crew.
(ii) Any retained catch in excess of
cumulative trip limits must either be:
Converted to meal, mince, or oil
products, which may then be sold; or
donated to a bona fide tax-exempt
hunger relief organization (including
food banks, food bank networks or food
bank distributors), and the vessel
operator must be able to provide a
receipt for the donation of groundfish
landed under this program from a taxexempt hunger relief organization
immediately upon the request of an
authorized officer.
(iii) No processor or catcher vessel
may receive compensation or otherwise
benefit from any amount in excess of a
cumulative trip limit unless the overage
is converted to meal, mince, or oil
products. Amounts of fish in excess of
cumulative trip limits may only be sold
as meal, mince, or oil products.
(iv) The vessel operator must contact
the NMFS enforcement office nearest to
the place of landing at least 24 hours
before landing groundfish in excess of
cumulative trip limits for distribution to
a hunger relief agency. Cumulative trip
limits and a list of NMFS enforcement
offices are found on the NMFS,
Northwest Region homepage at https://
www.nwr.noaa.gov.
(v) If the meal plant on board the
whiting processing vessel breaks down,
then no further overages may be
retained for the rest of the cumulative
trip limit period unless the overage is
donated to a hunger relief organization.
(vi) Prohibited species may not be
retained.
(vii) Donation of fish to a hunger relief
organization must be noted in the
transfer log (Product Transfer/
Offloading Log (PTOL)), in the column
for total value, by entering a value of ‘‘0’’
or ‘‘donation,’’ followed by the name of
the hunger relief organization receiving
the fish. Any fish or fish product that is
retained in excess of trip limits under
this rule, whether donated to a hunger
relief organization or converted to meal,
must be entered separately on the PTOL
so that it is distinguishable from fish or
fish products that are retained under
trip limits. The information on the
Mate’s Receipt for any fish or fish
product in excess of trip limits must be
consistent with the information on the
PTOL. The Mate’s Receipt is an official
document that states who takes
possession of offloaded fish, and may be
a Bill of Lading, Warehouse Receipt, or
other official document that tracks the
PO 00000
Frm 00086
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
transfer of offloaded fish or fish product.
The Mate’s Receipt and PTOL must be
made available for inspection upon
request of an authorized officer
throughout the cumulative limit period
during which such landings occurred
and for 15 days thereafter.
(j) Processing fish waste at sea. A
vessel that processes only fish waste (a
‘‘waste-processing vessel’’) is not
considered a whiting processor and
therefore is not subject to the
allocations, seasons, or restrictions for
catcher/processors or motherships while
it operates as a waste-processing vessel.
However, no vessel may operate as a
waste-processing vessel 48 hours
immediately before and after a primary
season for whiting in which the vessel
operates as a catcher/processor or
mothership. A vessel must meet the
following conditions to qualify as a
waste-processing vessel:
(1) The vessel makes meal (ground
dried fish), oil, or minced (ground flesh)
product, but does not make, and does
not have on board, surimi (fish paste
with additives), fillets (meat from the
side of the fish, behind the head and in
front of the tail), or headed and gutted
fish (head and viscera removed).
(2) The amount of whole whiting on
board does not exceed the trip limit (if
any) allowed under § 660.60(c), subpart
C, or Tables 1 (North) or 1 (South) in
subpart D.
(3) Any trawl net and doors on board
are stowed in a secured and covered
manner, and detached from all towing
lines, so as to be rendered unusable for
fishing.
(4) The vessel does not receive
codends containing fish.
(5) The vessel’s operations are
consistent with applicable state and
Federal law, including those governing
disposal of fish waste at sea.
(k) Additional requirements for
participants in the Pacific whiting
shoreside fishery—(1) Pacific whiting
shoreside first receiver responsibilities—
(i) Weights and measures. All
groundfish weights reported on
electronic fish tickets must be recorded
from scales with appropriate weighing
capacity that ensures accuracy for the
amount of fish being weighed. For
example: amounts of fish less than
1,000-lb (454 kg) should not be weighed
on scales that have an accuracy range of
1,000-lb to 7,000-lb (454—3,175 kg) and
are therefore not capable of accurately
weighing amounts less than 1,000-lb
(454 kg).
(ii) [Reserved]
(2) Sorting requirements for the
Pacific whiting shoreside fishery. Fish
delivered to Pacific whiting shoreside
first receivers (including shoreside
E:\FR\FM\01OCR2.SGM
01OCR2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 190 / Friday, October 1, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
processing facilities and buying stations
that intend to transport catch for
processing elsewhere) must be sorted,
prior to first weighing after offloading
from the vessel and prior to transport
away from the point of landing, to the
species groups specified in
§ 660.60(h)(6), subpart C, for vessels
with limited entry permits. Prohibited
species must be sorted according to the
following species groups: Dungeness
crab, Pacific halibut, Chinook salmon,
Other salmon. Non-groundfish species
must be sorted as required by the state
of landing.
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with RULES2
§ 660.140
which there is an area-specific
precautionary harvest policy. QS for
remaining minor rockfish will be
aggregated for the shelf and slope depth
strata (nearshore species are excluded).
The following are the IFQ species:
IFQ SPECIES
Roundfish
Lingcod.
Pacific cod.
Pacific whiting.
Sablefish north of 36° N. lat.
Sablefish south of 36° N. lat.
Shorebased IFQ Program.
(a) General. The Shorebased IFQ
Program requirements in § 660.140 will
be effective beginning January 1, 2011,
except for paragraphs (d)(4), (d)(6), and
(d)(8) of this section, which are effective
immediately. The Shorebased IFQ
Program applies to qualified
participants in the Pacific Coast
Groundfish fishery and includes a
system of transferable QS for most
groundfish species or species groups,
IBQ for Pacific halibut, and trip limits
or set-asides for the remaining
groundfish species or species groups.
The IFQ Program is subject to area
restrictions (GCAs, RCAs, and EFHCAs)
listed at §§ 660.70 through 660.79,
subpart C. The Shorebased IFQ Program
may be restricted or closed as a result
of projected overages within the
Shorebased IFQ Program, the MS Coop
Program, or the C/P Coop Program. As
determined necessary by the Regional
Administrator, area restrictions, season
closures, or other measures will be used
to prevent the trawl sector in aggregate
or the individual trawl sectors
(Shorebased IFQ, MS Coop, or C/P
Coop) from exceeding an OY, or formal
allocation specified in the PCGFMP or
regulation at § 660.55, subpart C, or
§§ 660.140, 660.150, or 660.160, subpart
D.
(b) Participation requirements.
[Reserved]
(1) QS permit owners. [Reserved]
(2) IFQ vessels. [Reserved]
(c) IFQ species and allocations.
(1) IFQ species. IFQ species are those
groundfish species and Pacific halibut
in the exclusive economic zone or
adjacent state waters off Washington,
Oregon and California, under the
jurisdiction of the Pacific Fishery
Management Council, for which QS and
IBQ will be issued. QS and IBQ will
specify designations for the species/
species groups and area to which it
applies. QS and QP species groupings
and area subdivisions will be those for
which OYs are specified in the Tables
1a through 2d, subpart C, and those for
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:37 Sep 30, 2010
Jkt 223001
Flatfish
Dover sole.
English sole.
Petrale sole.
Arrowtooth flounder.
Starry flounder.
Other Flatfish stock complex.
Pacific halibut (IBQ) north of 40°10′.
Rockfish
Pacific ocean perch.
Widow rockfish.
Canary rockfish.
Chilipepper rockfish.
Bocaccio.
Splitnose rockfish.
Yellowtail rockfish.
Shortspine thornyhead north of 34°27′ N. lat.
Shortspine thornyhead south of 34°27′ N. lat.
Longspine thornyhead north of 34°27′ N. lat.
Cowcod.
Darkblotched.
Yelloweye.
Minor Rockfish North slope species complex.
Minor Rockfish North shelf species complex.
Minor Rockfish South slope species complex.
Minor Rockfish South shelf species complex.
(2) IFQ program allocations.
Allocations for the Shorebased IFQ
Program are determined for IFQ species
as follows:
(i) For Pacific whiting, the Shorebased
IFQ Program allocation is specified at
§ 660.55(i)(2), subpart C, 42 percent.
(ii) For Sablefish N. of 36° N. lat., the
Shorebased IFQ Program allocation is
the limited entry trawl allocation
specified at § 660.55(h), subpart C,
minus any set-asides for the mothership
and C/P sectors for that species.
(iii) For IFQ species listed in the
trawl/nontrawl allocation table,
specified at § 660.55(c), subpart C,
allocations are determined by applying
the trawl column percent to the fishery
harvest guideline minus any set-asides
for the mothership and C/P sectors for
that species and minus allocations for
darkblotched rockfish, POP, and widow
rockfish.
(iv) The remaining IFQ species
(canary rockfish, bocaccio, cowcod,
yelloweye rockfish, minor shelf rockfish
PO 00000
Frm 00087
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
60953
N. of 40°10′ N. lat., and minor shelf
rockfish S. of 40°10′ N. lat., and minor
slope rockfish S. of 40°10′ N. lat.) are
allocated through the biennial
specifications and management
measures process minus any set-asides
for the mothership and C/P sectors for
that species.
(v) For Pacific halibut N. of 40°10′ N.
lat., the Shorebased IFQ Program
allocation is specified at 660.55(m).
(vi) Annual sub-allocations of IFQ
species to individual QS permits and
QS accounts are based on the percent of
QS or IBQ registered to the account and
the amount of fish or bycatch mortality
allocated to the Shorebased IFQ
Program.
(d) QS permits and QS accounts—(1)
General. In order to obtain QS or IBQ,
a person must apply for a QS permit.
NMFS will determine if the applicant is
eligible to acquire QS or IBQ in
compliance with the accumulation
limits found at paragraph (d)(4) of this
section. For those persons that are found
to be eligible for a QS permit, NMFS
will issue QS or IBQ and establish a QS
account. QP or IBQ pounds will be
issued annually at the start of the
calendar year to a QS account based on
the percent of QS or IBQ registered to
the account and the amount of fish or
bycatch mortality allocated to the
Shorebased IFQ Program. QP or IBQ
pounds will be issued to the nearest
whole pound using standard rounding
rules (i.e. decimal amounts from zero up
to 0.5 round down and 0.5 up to 1.0
round up), except that issuance of QP
for overfished species greater than zero
but less than one pound will be rounded
up to one pound in the first year of the
Shorebased IFQ Program. QS or IBQ
owners must transfer their QP or IBQ
pounds from their QS account to a
vessel account in order for those QP or
IBQ pounds to be fished. QP or IBQ
pounds must be transferred in whole
pounds (i.e. no fraction of a QP or IBQ
pound can be transferred). All QP or
IBQ pounds in a QS account must be
transferred to a vessel account by
September 1 of each year.
(2) Eligibility and registration.
[Reserved]
(3) Renewal, change of permit
ownership, and transfer. [Reserved]
(4) Accumulation limits—(i) QS and
IBQ control limits. QS and IBQ control
limits are accumulation limits and are
the amount of QS and IBQ that a person,
individually or collectively, may own or
control. QS and IBQ control limits are
expressed as a percentage of the
Shorebased IFQ Program’s allocation.
(A) Control limits for individual
species. No person may own or control,
or have a controlling influence over, by
E:\FR\FM\01OCR2.SGM
01OCR2
60954
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 190 / Friday, October 1, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
any means whatsoever an amount of QS
or IBQ for any individual species that
exceeds the Shorebased IFQ Program
accumulation limits.
(B) Control limit for aggregate
nonwhiting QS holdings. To determine
how much aggregate nonwhiting QS a
person holds, NMFS will convert the
person’s QS to pounds. This conversion
will always be conducted using the
trawl allocations applied to the 2010
OYs, until such time as the Council
recommends otherwise. Specifically,
NMFS will multiply each person’s QS
for each species by the shoreside trawl
allocation for that species. The person’s
pounds for all nonwhiting species will
be summed and divided by the
shoreside trawl allocation of all
nonwhiting species to calculate the
person’s share of the aggregate
nonwhiting trawl quota. To determine
the shoreside trawl allocation for the
purpose of determining compliance
with the aggregate nonwhiting control
limit, for species that have specific trawl
allocation percentages in Amendment
21, NMFS will apply the Amendment
21 trawl allocation percentages to (set
forth at § 660.55) the 2010 OYs, and
where applicable, will deduct the
preliminary set-asides for the at-sea
sectors from Amendment 21. For
species that do not have specific trawl
allocation percentages in Amendment
21, NMFS will apply a percentage based
on the Northwest Fishery Science
Center final report on 2010 estimated
total fishing mortality of groundfish by
sector, or, if the final report for 2010 is
not available, based on the most recent
report available.
(C) The Shorebased IFQ Program
accumulation limits are as follows:
QS control limit
(percent)
Species category
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with RULES2
Non-whiting Groundfish Species ...................................................................................................................................................
Lingcod—coastwide .......................................................................................................................................................................
Pacific Cod .....................................................................................................................................................................................
Pacific whiting (shoreside) .............................................................................................................................................................
Sablefish:
N. of 36° (Monterey north) .....................................................................................................................................................
S. of 36° (Conception area) ...................................................................................................................................................
PACIFIC OCEAN PERCH .............................................................................................................................................................
WIDOW ROCKFISH ......................................................................................................................................................................
CANARY ROCKFISH ....................................................................................................................................................................
Chilipepper Rockfish ......................................................................................................................................................................
BOCACCIO ....................................................................................................................................................................................
Splitnose Rockfish .........................................................................................................................................................................
Yellowtail Rockfish .........................................................................................................................................................................
Shortspine Thornyhead:
N. of 34°27′ ............................................................................................................................................................................
S. of 34°27′ .............................................................................................................................................................................
Longspine Thornyhead:
N. of 34°27′ ............................................................................................................................................................................
COWCOD ......................................................................................................................................................................................
DARKBLOTCHED .........................................................................................................................................................................
YELLOWEYE .................................................................................................................................................................................
Minor Rockfish North:
Shelf Species .................................................................................................................................................................................
Slope Species ................................................................................................................................................................................
Minor Rockfish South:
Shelf Species .................................................................................................................................................................................
Slope Species ................................................................................................................................................................................
Dover sole ......................................................................................................................................................................................
English Sole ...................................................................................................................................................................................
Petrale Sole ...................................................................................................................................................................................
Arrowtooth Flounder ......................................................................................................................................................................
Starry Flounder ..............................................................................................................................................................................
Other Flatfish .................................................................................................................................................................................
Pacific Halibut (IBQ) N. of 40°10′ ..................................................................................................................................................
(ii) Ownership—individual and
collective rule. The QS or IBQ that
counts toward a person’s accumulation
limit will include:
(A) The QS or IBQ owned by that
person, and
(B) That portion of the QS or IBQ
owned by an entity in which that person
has an economic or financial interest,
where the person’s share of interest in
that entity will determine the portion of
that entity’s QS or IBQ that counts
toward the person’s limit.
(iii) Control. Control means, but is not
limited to, the following:
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:37 Sep 30, 2010
Jkt 223001
(A) The person has the right to direct,
or does direct, in whole or in part, the
business of the entity to which the QS
or IBQ are registered;
(B) The person has the right to limit
the actions of or replace, or does limit
the actions of or replace, the chief
executive officer, a majority of the board
of directors, any general partner, or any
person serving in a management
capacity of the entity to which the QS
or IBQ are registered;
(C) The person has the right to direct,
or does direct, and/or the right to
prevent or delay, or does prevent or
PO 00000
Frm 00088
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
2.7
2.5
12.0
10.0
3.0
10.0
4.0
5.1
4.4
10.0
13.2
10.0
5.0
6.0
6.0
6.0
17.7
4.5
5.7
5.0
5.0
9.0
6.0
2.6
5.0
3.0
10.0
10.0
10.0
5.4
delay, the transfer of QS or IBQ, or the
resulting QP or IBQ pounds;
(D) The person, through loan
covenants or any other means, has the
right to restrict, or does restrict, and/or
has a controlling influence over the day
to day business activities or
management policies of the entity to
which the QS or IBQ are registered;
(E) The person, excluding banks and
other financial institutions that rely on
QS or IBQ as collateral for loans,
through loan covenants or any other
means, has the right to restrict, or does
restrict, any activity related to QS or
IBQ or QP or IBQ pounds, including,
E:\FR\FM\01OCR2.SGM
01OCR2
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 190 / Friday, October 1, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
but not limited to, use of QS or IBQ, or
the resulting QP or IBQ pounds, or
disposition of fish harvested under the
resulting QP or IBQ pounds;
(F) The person, excluding banks and
other financial institutions that rely on
QS or IBQ as collateral for loans, has the
right to control, or does control, the
management of, or to be a controlling
factor in, the entity to which the QS or
IBQ, or the resulting QP or IBQ pounds,
are registered;
(G) The person, excluding banks and
other financial institutions that rely on
QS or IBQ as collateral for loans, has the
right to cause or prevent, or does cause
or prevent, the sale, lease or other
disposition of QS or IBQ, or the
resulting QP or IBQ pounds; and
(H) The person has the ability through
any means whatsoever to control or
have a controlling influence over the
entity to which QS or IBQ is registered.
(iv) Trawl identification of ownership
interest form. Any person that owns a
limited entry trawl permit and is
applying for a QS permit shall
document those persons that have an
ownership interest in the limited entry
trawl or QS permit greater than or equal
to 2 percent. This ownership interest
must be documented with SFD via the
Trawl Identification of Ownership
Interest Form. SFD will not issue a QS
permit unless the Trawl Identification of
Ownership Interest Form has been
completed. Further, if SFD discovers
through review of the Trawl
Identification of Ownership Interest
Form that a person owns or controls
more than the accumulation limits and
is not authorized to do so under
paragraph (d)(4)(v) of this section, the
person will be notified and the QS
permit will be issued up to the
accumulation limit specified in the QS
or IBQ control limit table from
paragraph (d)(4)(i) of this section. NMFS
may request additional information of
the applicant as necessary to verify
compliance with accumulation limits.
(v) Divestiture. Accumulation limits
will be calculated by first calculating
the aggregate nonwhiting QS limit and
then the individual species QS or IBQ
control limits. For QS permit owners
(including any person who has
ownership interest in the owner named
on the permit) that are found to exceed
the accumulation limits during the
initial issuance of QS permits, an
adjustment period will be provided after
which they will have to completely
divest of QS or IBQ in excess of the
accumulation limits. QS or IBQ will be
issued for amounts in excess of
accumulation limits only for owners of
limited entry permits transferred to
them by November 8, 2008, if such
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:37 Sep 30, 2010
Jkt 223001
transfers of ownership have been
registered with NMFS by November 30,
2008. The owner of any permit
transferred after November 8, 2008, or if
transferred earlier, not registered with
NMFS by November 30, 2008, will only
be eligible to receive an initial
allocation for that permit of those QS or
IBQ that are within the accumulation
limits; any QS or IBQ in excess of the
accumulation limits will be
redistributed to the remainder of the
initial recipients of QS or IBQ in
proportion to each recipient’s initial
allocation of QS or IBQ for each species.
Any person that qualifies for an initial
allocation of QS or IBQ in excess of the
accumulation limits will be allowed to
receive that allocation, but must divest
themselves of the excess QS or IBQ
during years three and four of the IFQ
program. Holders of QS or IBQ in excess
of the control limits may receive and
use the QP or IBQ pounds associated
with that excess, up to the time their
divestiture is completed. At the end of
year 4 of the IFQ program, any QS or
IBQ held by a person (including any
person who has ownership interest in
the owner named on the permit) in
excess of the accumulation limits will
be revoked and redistributed to the
remainder of the of the QS or IBQ
owners in proportion to the QS or IBQ
holdings in year 5. No compensation
will be due for any revoked shares.
(5) Appeals. [Reserved]
(6) Fees. The Regional Administrator
is authorized to charge fees for
administrative costs associated with the
issuance of a QS permit consistent with
the provisions given at § 660.25(f),
subpart C.
(7) [Reserved]
(8) Application requirements and
initial issuance for QS permit and QS/
IBQ—(i) Additional definitions. The
following definitions are applicable to
paragraph (d)(8) of this section and
apply to terms used for the purposes of
application requirements and initial
issuance of QS permits and QS/IBQ:
(A) Nonwhiting trip means a fishing
trip where less than 50 percent by
weight of all fish reported on the state
landing receipt is whiting.
(B) PacFIN means the Pacific
Fisheries Information Network of the
Pacific States Marine Fisheries
Commission.
(C) Relative history means the
landings history of a permit for a
species, year, and area subdivision,
divided by the total fleet history of the
sector for that species, year, and area
subdivision, as appropriate, or, in the
case of shoreside processors, the annual
sum of the shoreside processor’s
whiting receipts divided by the
PO 00000
Frm 00089
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
60955
aggregate annual sum of whiting
received by all shoreside processors in
that year. Relative history is expressed
as a percent.
(D) Shoreside processor means an
operation, working on U.S. soil, that
takes delivery of trawl caught
groundfish that has not been processed;
and that thereafter engages that fish in
shoreside processing. Entities that
received fish that have not undergone
at-sea processing or shoreside
processing and sell that fish directly to
consumers shall not be considered a
processor for purposes of QS
allocations. Shoreside processing is
defined as either of the following:
(1) Any activity that takes place
shoreside; and that involves: Cutting
groundfish into smaller portions; or
freezing, cooking, smoking, drying
groundfish; or packaging that
groundfish for resale into 100 pound
units or smaller for sale or distribution
into a wholesale or retail market.
(2) The purchase and redistribution in
to a wholesale or retail market of live
groundfish from a harvesting vessel.
(E) Whiting trip means a fishing trip
where greater than or equal to 50
percent by weight of all fish reported on
the state landing receipt is whiting.
(ii) Eligibility criteria for QS permit
and QS/IBQ. Only the following persons
are eligible to receive a QS permit or
QS/IBQ:
(A) The owner of a valid trawl limited
entry permit is eligible to receive a QS
permit and its associated QS or IBQ
amount. Any past landings history
associated with the current limited
entry trawl permit accrues to the current
permit owner. NMFS will not recognize
any person as the limited entry permit
owner other than the person listed as
limited entry permit owner in NMFS
permit database. If a limited entry
permit has history on state landing
receipts and has been combined with a
permit that has received or will receive
a C/P endorsement, the trawl limited
entry permit does not qualify for QS or
IBQ.
(B) Shoreside processors that meet the
recent participation requirement of
having received deliveries of 1 mt or
more of whiting from whiting trips in
each of any two years from 1998
through 2004 are eligible for an initial
issuance of whiting QS. NMFS will
initially identify shoreside processors
by reference to Pacific whiting shoreside
first receivers recorded on fish tickets in
the relevant PacFIN dataset on July 1,
2010, subject to correction as described
in paragraph (d)(8)(iv)(G) of this section.
(iii) Steps for QS and IBQ allocation
formulas. The QS and IBQ allocation
E:\FR\FM\01OCR2.SGM
01OCR2
60956
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 190 / Friday, October 1, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
formulas are applied in the following
steps:
(A) First, for each limited entry trawl
permit owner, NMFS will determine a
preliminary QS allocation for nonwhiting trips.
(B) Second, for each limited entry
trawl permit owner, NMFS will
determine a preliminary QS allocation
for whiting trips.
(C) Third, for each limited entry trawl
permit owner, NMFS will combine the
amounts resulting from paragraphs
(d)(8)(iii)(A) and (B) of this section.
(D) Fourth, NMFS will reduce the
results for limited entry trawl permit
owners by 10 percent of non-whiting
species as a set aside for Adaptive
Management Program (AMP) and by 20
percent of whiting for the initial
issuance of QS allocated to qualifying
shoreside processors.
(E) Fifth, NMFS will determine the
whiting QS allocation for qualifying
shoreside processors from the 20
percent of whiting QS allocated to
qualifying shoreside processors at initial
issuance of QS.
(F) Sixth, for each limited entry trawl
permit owner, NMFS will determine the
Pacific halibut IBQ allocation.
(G) Seventh, for limited entry trawl
permits transferred after November 8,
2008, or if transferred earlier, not
registered with NMFS by November 30,
2008, for which NMFS determines the
owners of such permits would exceed
the accumulation limits specified at
paragraph (d)(4) of this section based on
the previous steps, NMFS will
redistribute the excess QS or IBQ to
other qualified QS permit owners
within the accumulation limits.
(iv) Allocation formula for specific QS
and IBQ amounts—(A) Allocation
formula rules. Unless otherwise
specified, the following rules will be
applied to data for the purpose of
calculating an initial allocation of QS
and IBQ:
(1) For limited entry trawl permit
owners, a permit will be assigned catch
history or relative history based on the
landing history of the vessel(s)
associated with the permit at the time
the landings were made.
(2) The relevant PacFIN dataset
includes species compositions based on
port sampled data and applied to data
at the vessel level.
(3) Only landings of IFQ species
which are caught in the exclusive
economic zone or adjacent state waters
off Washington, Oregon and California
will be used for calculation of allocation
formulas. For the purpose of allocation
of IFQ species for which the QS or IBQ
will be subdivided by area, catch areas
have been assigned to landings of IFQ
species reported on state landing
receipts based on port of landing.
(4) History from limited entry permits
that have been combined with a permit
that may qualify for a C/P endorsement
and which has shorebased permit
history will not be included in the
preliminary QS and IBQ allocation
formula, other than in the determination
of fleet history used in the calculation
of relative history for permits that do
not have a C/P endorsement.
(5) History of illegal landings and
landings made under non-whiting EFPs
that are in excess of the cumulative
limits in place for the non-EFP fishery
will not count toward the allocation of
QS or IBQ.
(6) The limited entry permit’s
landings history includes the landings
history of permits that have been
previously combined with that permit.
(7) If two or more limited entry trawl
permits have been simultaneously
registered to the same vessel, NMFS will
split the landing history evenly between
all such limited entry trawl-endorsed
permits during the time they were
simultaneously registered to the vessel.
(8) Unless otherwise noted, the
calculation for QS or IBQ allocation
under paragraph (d)(8) of this section
will be based on state landing receipts
(fish tickets) as recorded in the relevant
PacFIN dataset on July 1, 2010.
(9) For limited entry trawl permits,
landings under provisional ‘‘A’’ permits
that did not become ‘‘A’’ permits and ‘‘B’’
permits will not count toward the
allocation of QS or IBQ, other than in
the determination of fleet history used
in the calculation of relative history for
permits that do not have a C/P
endorsement.
(10) For limited entry trawl permits,
NMFS will calculate initial issuance of
QS separately based on whiting trips
and non-whiting trips, and will weigh
each calculation according to initial
issuance allocations between whiting
trips and non-whiting trips, which are
one-time allocations necessary for the
formulas used during the initial
issuance of QS to create a single
Shorebased IFQ Program. The initial
issuance allocations between whiting
and non-whiting trips for canary
rockfish, bocaccio, cowcod, yelloweye
rockfish, minor shelf rockfish N. of
40°10′, minor shelf rockfish S. of 40°10′,
and minor slope rockfish S. of 40°10′
will be determined through the biennial
specifications process. The initial
issuance allocations for the remaining
IFQ species are as follows:
Initial issuance allocation percentage
Species
Whiting
Lingcod ..................................................................................
Pacific Cod ............................................................................
Pacific Whiting ......................................................................
Sablefish N. of 36° N. lat. .....................................................
Sablefish S. of 36° N. lat. .....................................................
PACIFIC OCEAN PERCH ....................................................
99.7% ........................
99.9% ........................
0.1% ..........................
98.2% ........................
100.0% ......................
remaining ...................
WIDOW .................................................................................
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with RULES2
Non-whiting
remaining ...................
Chilipepper S. of 40°10′ N. lat. .............................................
Splitnose S. of 40°10′ N. lat. ................................................
Yellowtail N. of 40°10′ N. lat. ................................................
Shortspine N. of 34°27′ N. lat. ..............................................
Shortspine S. of 34°27′ N. lat. ..............................................
Longspine N. of 34°27′ N. lat. ..............................................
DARKBLOTCHED .................................................................
100.0% ......................
100.0% ......................
remaining ...................
99.9% ........................
100.0% ......................
100.0% ......................
remaining ...................
Minor Slope Rockfish N. of 40°10′ N. lat .............................
Dover Sole ............................................................................
English Sole ..........................................................................
98.6% ........................
100.0% ......................
99.9% ........................
0.3%
0.1%
99.9%
1.8%
0.0%
17% or 30 mt, whichever is greater, to shorebased + atsea whiting.
If under rebuilding, 52% to shorebased + at-sea whiting.
If stock rebuilt, 10% or 500 mt, whichever is greater, to
shorebased + at-sea whiting.
0.0%
0.0%
300 mt.
0.1%
0.0%
0.0%
9% or 25 mt, whichever is greater, to shorebased + at-sea
whiting.
1.4%
0.0%
0.1%
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:37 Sep 30, 2010
Jkt 223001
PO 00000
Frm 00090
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
E:\FR\FM\01OCR2.SGM
01OCR2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 190 / Friday, October 1, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
60957
Initial issuance allocation percentage
Species
Non-whiting
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with RULES2
Petrale Sole ..........................................................................
Arrowtooth Flounder .............................................................
Starry Flounder .....................................................................
Other Flatfish ........................................................................
(B) Preliminary QS allocation for
nonwhiting trips. NMFS will calculate
the non-whiting preliminary QS
allocation differently for different
species groups, Groups 1 through 3.
(1) Allocation formula species groups.
For the purposes of preliminary QS
allocation, IFQ species will be grouped
as follows:
(i) Group 1 includes lingcod, Pacific
cod, Pacific whiting, sablefish north of
36° N. lat., sablefish south of 36° N. lat.,
Dover sole, English sole, petrale sole,
arrowtooth flounder, starry flounder,
other flatfish stock complex, chilipepper
rockfish, splitnose rockfish, yellowtail
rockfish, shortspine thornyhead north of
34°27′ N. lat., shortspine thornyhead
south of 34°27′ N. lat., longspine
thornyhead north of 34°27′ N. lat.,
minor rockfish north slope species
complex, minor rockfish south slope
species complex, minor rockfish north
shelf species complex, and minor
rockfish south shelf species complex.
(ii) Group 2 includes bocaccio,
cowcod, darkblotched rockfish, Pacific
ocean perch, widow rockfish, and
yelloweye rockfish.
(iii) Group 3 includes canary rockfish.
(2) Group 1 species: The preliminary
QS allocation process indicated in
paragraph (d)(8)(iii)(A) of this section
for Group 1 species follows a two-step
process, one to allocate a pool of QS
equally among all eligible limited entry
permits and the other to allocate the
remainder of the preliminary QS based
on permit history. Through these two
processes, preliminary QS totaling 100
percent for each Group 1 species will be
allocated. In later steps this amount will
be adjusted and reduced as indicated in
paragraph (d)(8)(iii)(C) and (D), to
determine the QS allocation.
(i) QS to be allocated equally. The
pool of QS for equal allocation will be
determined using the landings history
from Federal limited entry groundfish
permits that were retired through the
Federal buyback program (i.e., buyback
permit) (70 FR 45695, August 8, 2005).
The QS pool associated with the
buyback permits will be the buyback
permit history as a percent of the total
fleet history for the allocation period.
The calculation will be based on total
absolute pounds with no dropped years
and no other adjustments. The QS pool
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:37 Sep 30, 2010
Jkt 223001
100.0% ......................
100.0% ......................
100.0% ......................
99.9% ........................
Whiting
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.1%
will be divided equally among
qualifying limited entry permits for all
QS species/species groups and areas in
Group 1.
(ii) QS to be allocated based on each
permit’s history. The pool for QS
allocation based on limited entry trawl
permit history will be the QS remaining
after subtracting out the QS allocated
equally. This pool will be allocated to
each qualifying limited entry trawl
permit based on the permit’s relative
history from 1994 through 2003. For
each limited entry trawl permit, NMFS
will calculate a set of relative histories
using the following methodology. First,
NMFS will sum the permit’s landings by
each year for each Group 1 species/
species group and area subdivision.
Second, NMFS will divide each permit’s
annual sum for a particular species/
species group and area subdivision by
the shoreside limited entry trawl fleet’s
annual sum for the same species/species
group and area subdivision. NMFS will
then calculate a total relative history for
each permit by species/species group
and area subdivision by adding all
relative histories for the permit together
and subtracting the three years with the
lowest relative history for the permit.
The result for each permit by species/
species group and areas subdivision will
be divided by the aggregate sum of all
total relative histories of all qualifying
limited entry trawl permits for that
species/species group and area
subdivision. NMFS will then multiply
the result from this calculation by the
amount of QS in the pool to be allocated
based on each permit’s history.
(3) Group 2 species: The preliminary
QS allocation step indicated in
paragraph (d)(8)(iii)(A) of this section
will be calculated for each limited entry
trawl permit using a formula based on
QS allocations for each limited entry
trawl permit for 11 target species, areas
of distribution of fishing effort as
determined from 2003–2006 target
species catch data from the PacFIN
Coastwide Trawl Logbook Database,
average bycatch ratios for each area as
derived from West Coast Groundfish
Observer Program (WCGOP) data from
2003 through 2006, and the non-whiting
initial issuance allocation of the limited
entry trawl allocation amounts for 2011
for each of the 11 target species. These
PO 00000
Frm 00091
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
data are used in a series of sequential
steps to estimate the allocation of Group
2 species to each limited entry trawl
permit. Paragraphs (d)(8)(iv)(B)(3)(iii) to
(vi) of this section estimate the permit’s
total 2003–2006 target species by area.
Paragraphs (d)(8)(iv)(B)(3)(vii) to (xii) of
this section project Group 2 species
bycatch amounts using 2003–2006
WCGOP observer ratios and the initial
issuance allocation applied to the 2011
limited entry trawl allocation.
Paragraphs (d)(8)(iv)(B)(3)(xiv) to (xvii)
of this section convert these amounts
into QS. As with Group 1 species,
preliminary QS totaling 100 percent for
each Group 2 species unit will be
allocated and the amount of the
allocations will be adjusted and reduced
as indicated in paragraph (d)(8)(iii)(C)
and (D) of this section to determine the
QS allocation.
(i) The 11 target species are
arrowtooth flounder, starry flounder,
other flatfish, Dover sole, English sole,
petrale sole, minor slope rockfish,
shortspine thornyheads, longspine
thornyheads, sablefish, and Pacific cod.
(ii) The 8 areas of distribution of
fishing effort are defined latitudinally
and by depth. The latitudinal areas are
(a) north of 47°40 N. lat.; (b) between
47°40 N. lat. and 43°55′ N. lat.; (c)
43°55′ N. lat. and 40°10′ N. lat.; and (d)
south of 40°10′ N. lat. Each latitudinal
area is further divided by depth into
areas shoreward and seaward of the
trawl Rockfish Conservation Area as
defined at § 660.130(e)(4) of this
subpart.
(iii) For each limited entry trawl
permit, NMFS will review the permit
logbook data for that permit and sum
target species catch recorded for the
years 2003–2006, resulting in total target
species catch in each area for each
permit for the years 2003 through 2006
for all 11 target species in aggregate.
(iv) For each limited entry trawl
permit, NMFS will also sum target
species catch by area into total
coastwide target species catch for each
permit for the years 2003 through 2006
for all 11 target species in aggregate. For
practicability, seaward or shoreward of
the RCA as identified in the logbook
data is defined as being deeper than or
shallower than 115 fathoms,
respectively.
E:\FR\FM\01OCR2.SGM
01OCR2
60958
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 190 / Friday, October 1, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
(v) For each limited entry trawl
permit, NMFS will divide logbook
aggregate target species catch in each
area (paragraph (d)(8)(iv)(B)(3)(iii) of
this section) by the permit’s total
coastwide target species catch
(paragraph (d)(8)(iv)(B)(3)(iv) of this
section) to create a set of 8 area catch
ratios for each permit. (Note: The sum
of all area catch ratios equals 1 for each
permit).
(vi) For limited entry trawl permits
where the vessel registered to the permit
did not submit logbooks showing any
catch of the 11 target species for any of
the years 2003 through 2006, NMFS will
use the following formula to calculate
area target catch ratios: (a) NMFS will
sum by area all limited entry trawl
permits’ total logbook area target catches
from paragraph (d)(8)(iv)(B)(3)(iii) of
this section, (b) NMFS will sum
coastwide all limited entry trawl
permits’ total logbook target catches
across all areas from paragraph
(d)(8)(iv)(B)(3)(iv) of this section, and (c)
NMFS will divide these sums (i.e., a/b)
to create average permit logbook area
target catch ratios.
(vii) NMFS will calculate the 2011
non-whiting short term allocation
amount for each of the 11 target species
by multiplying the limited entry trawl
allocation amounts for 2011 for each by
the corresponding initial issuance
allocation percentage for the nonwhiting sector given in paragraph
(d)(8)(iii)(A)(10) of this section or
determined through the biennial
specifications process, as applicable.
(viii) For each limited entry trawl
permit, NMFS will obtain the
percentage of the limited entry trawl
permit initial QS allocation for each of
the 11 target species resulting from
paragraph (d)(8)(iv)(B)(2) of this section.
(ix) NMFS will calculate each limited
entry trawl permit’s projected nonwhiting sector quota pounds for 2011 by
multiplying the 2011 non-whiting sector
initial issuance allocation amounts for
each of the 11 target species from
paragraph (d)(8)(iv)(B)(3)(vii) of this
section by each permit’s target species
QS allocation percentage from
paragraph (d)(8)(iv)(B)(3)(viii) of this
section.
(x) For each limited entry trawl
permit, NMFS will sum the projected
quota pounds for the 11 target species
from paragraph (d)(8)(iv)(B)(3)(ix) of this
section to get a total projected weight of
all 11 target species for the limited entry
trawl permit.
(xi) For each limited entry trawl
permit, NMFS will estimate the permit’s
total incidental catch of Group 2 species
by area by multiplying the projected
2011 total weight of all 11 target species
by the applicable area catch ratio for
each area as calculated in either
paragraph (d)(8)(iv)(B)(3)(v) of this
section (permits with logbook data) or
paragraph (d)(8)(iv)(B)(3)(vi) of this
section (permits without logbook data).
(xii) NMFS will apply WCGOP
average bycatch ratios for each Group 2
species (observed Group 2 species
catch/total target species catch) by area.
The WCGOP average bycatch ratios are
as follows:
Area
Shoreward
Seaward
................................
................................
................................
0.019013759
................................
................................
................................
0.001794203
................................
................................
................................
0.001285088
................................
................................
................................
0.000050510
0.001560461
0.002238054
0.002184788
0.000006951
0.009950330
0.018835786
0.015025697
0.004783988
0.001069954
0.000110802
0.000148715
................................
0.019848047
0.015831815
0.001367645
................................
0.000132332
0.000387346
0.000175128
0.001049485
0.000065291
0.000755163
0.000008118
0.000676828
0.000334697
0.000083951
0.000128942
0.000094029
0.000006363
0.000010980
0.000006300
................................
Bocaccio
N. of 47°40′ N. lat. ...................................................................................................................................
43°55′ N. lat. to 47°40′ N. lat. .................................................................................................................
40°10′ N. lat. to 43°55′ N. lat. .................................................................................................................
S. of 40°10′ N. lat. ...................................................................................................................................
Cowcod
N. of 47°40′ N. lat. ...................................................................................................................................
43°55′ N. lat. to 47°40′ N. lat. .................................................................................................................
40°10′ N. lat. to 43°55′ N. lat. .................................................................................................................
S. of 40°10′ N. lat. ...................................................................................................................................
Darkblotched
N. of 47°40′ N. lat. ...................................................................................................................................
43°55′ N. lat. to 47°40′ N. lat. .................................................................................................................
40°10′ N. lat. to 43°55′ N. lat. .................................................................................................................
S. of 40°10′ N. lat. ...................................................................................................................................
Pacific ocean perch
N. of 47°40′ N. lat. ...................................................................................................................................
43°55′ N. lat. to 47°40′ N. lat. .................................................................................................................
40°10′ N. lat. to 43°55′ N. lat. .................................................................................................................
S. of 40°10′ N. lat. ...................................................................................................................................
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with RULES2
Widow
N. of 47°40′ N. lat. ...................................................................................................................................
43°55′ N. lat. to 47°40′ N. lat. .................................................................................................................
40°10′ N. lat. to 43°55′ N. lat. .................................................................................................................
S. of 40°10′ N. lat. ...................................................................................................................................
Yelloweye
N. of 47°40′ N. lat. ...................................................................................................................................
43°55′ N. lat. to 47°40′ N. lat. .................................................................................................................
40°10′ N. lat. to 43°55′ N. lat. .................................................................................................................
S. of 40°10′ N. lat. ...................................................................................................................................
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:37 Sep 30, 2010
Jkt 223001
PO 00000
Frm 00092
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
E:\FR\FM\01OCR2.SGM
01OCR2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 190 / Friday, October 1, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
(xiii) For each limited entry trawl
permit, NMFS will calculate projected
Group 2 species amounts by area by
multiplying the limited entry trawl
permit’s projected 2011 total weight of
all target species by area from paragraph
(d)(8)(iv)(B)(3)(xi) of this section by the
applicable average bycatch ratio for each
Group 2 species and corresponding area
of paragraph (d)(8)(iv)(B)(3)(xii) of this
section.
(xiv) For each limited entry trawl
permit, NMFS will sum all area
amounts for each Group 2 species from
paragraph (d)(8)(iv)(B)(3)(xiii) of this
section to calculate the total projected
amounts of each Group 2 species for
each limited entry trawl permit.
(xv) NMFS will sum all limited entry
trawl permits’ projected Group 2 species
amounts from paragraph
(d)(8)(iv)(B)(3)(xiv) of this section to
calculate coastwide total projected
amounts for each Group 2 species.
(xvi) NMFS will estimate preliminary
QS for each limited entry trawl permit
for each Group 2 species by dividing
each limited entry trawl permit’s total
projected amount of each Group 2
species from paragraph
(d)(8)(iv)(B)(3)(xiv) of this section by the
coastwide total projected amount for
that species from paragraph
(d)(8)(iv)(B)(3)(xv) of this section.
(4) Group 3 Species: (i) The
preliminary QS allocation step
60959
indicated in paragraph (d)(8)(iii)(A) of
this section will be performed in two
calculations that result in the division of
preliminary QS allocation into two
pools, one to allocate QS equally among
all eligible limited entry permits, using
the approach identified for Group 1
species in paragraph (d)(8)(iv)(B)(2)(i) of
this section, and the other to allocate QS
using a formula based on QS allocations
for target species and areas fished, using
the approach identified for Group 2
species in paragraph (d)(8)(iv)(B)(3) of
this section, using the following
WCGOP average bycatch rates:
CANARY
Area
Shoreward
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with RULES2
N. of 47°40′ N. lat. ...................................................................................................................................
43°55′ N. lat. to 47°40′ N. lat. .................................................................................................................
40°10′ N. lat. to 43°55′ N. lat. .................................................................................................................
S. of 40°10′ N. lat. ...................................................................................................................................
(ii) Through these two processes,
preliminary QS totaling 100 percent for
each species will be allocated. In later
steps, this amount will be adjusted and
reduced as indicated in paragraphs
(d)(8)(iii)(C) and (D) of this section to
determine the QS allocation. In
combining the two QS pools for each
permit, the equal allocation portion is
weighted according to the process in
paragraph (d)(8)(iv)(B)(2)(i) of this
section, and the portion calculated
based on allocations for target species
and areas fished is weighted according
to the process in (d)(8)(iv)(B)(2)(ii) of
this section.
(C) Preliminary QS allocation for
whiting trips. The preliminary QS
allocation based on whiting trips as
indicated in paragraph (d)(8)(iii)(B) of
this section for limited entry trawl
permits follows a two step process, one
to allocate a pool of QS equally among
all eligible limited entry permits and the
other to allocate the remainder of the
preliminary QS based on permit history.
Through these two processes,
preliminary QS totaling 100 percent for
each species will be allocated. In later
steps, this amount will be adjusted and
reduced, as indicated in paragraphs
(d)(8)(iii)(C) and (D) of this section, to
determine the QS allocation.
(1) QS to be allocated equally. The
pool of QS for equal allocation will be
determined using the whiting trip
landings history from Federal limited
entry groundfish permits that were
retired through the Federal buyback
program (i.e., buyback permit) (70 FR
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:37 Sep 30, 2010
Jkt 223001
45695, August 8, 2005). For each
species, the whiting trip QS pool
associated with the buyback permits
will be the buyback permit history as a
percent of the total fleet history for the
allocation period. The calculation will
be based on total absolute pounds with
no dropped years and no other
adjustments. The whiting trip QS pool
associated with the buyback permits
will be divided equally among all
qualifying limited entry permits for each
species.
(2) QS to be allocated based on each
permit’s history. The pool for QS
allocation based on each limited entry
trawl permit’s history will be the QS
remaining after subtracting out the QS
associated with the buyback permits
allocated equally.
(i) Whiting QS allocated based on
each permit’s history. Whiting QS based
on each limited entry trawl permit’s
history will be allocated based on the
permit’s relative history from 1994
through 2003. For each limited entry
trawl permit, NMFS will calculate a
whiting relative history for each
qualifying year, as follows. First, NMFS
will sum the permit’s history of
landings of whiting from whiting trips
for each year. Second, NMFS will divide
each permit’s annual sum of whiting
from whiting trips by the shoreside
limited entry trawl fleet’s annual sum of
whiting. NMFS will then calculate a
total relative history for each permit by
adding all relative histories for the
permit together and subtracting the two
years with the lowest relative history.
PO 00000
Frm 00093
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
0.008041898
0.003081830
0.008716148
0.001581194
Seaward
0.000030522
0.000142136
0.000021431
0.000009132
NMFS will then divide the result for
each permit by the total relative history
for whiting of all qualifying limited
entry trawl permits. The result from this
calculation will then be multiplied by
the amount of whiting QS in the pool
to be allocated based on each permit’s
history.
(ii) Other incidentally caught species
QS allocation for eligible limited entry
trawl permit owners. Other incidentally
caught species from the QS remaining
after subtracting out the QS associated
with the buyback permits will be
allocated pro-rata based on each limited
entry trawl permit’s whiting QS from
whiting trips. Pro-rata means a percent
that is equal to the percent of whiting
QS.
(D) QS from limited entry permits
calculated separately for non-whiting
trips and whiting trips. NMFS will
calculate the portion of QS for each
species which a permit receives based
on non-whiting trips and whiting trips
separately and will weight each
preliminary QS in proportion to the
initial issuance allocation percentage
between whiting trips and non-whiting
trips for that species in paragraph
(d)(8)(iv)(A)(10) of this section or
determined through the biennial
specifications process, as applicable.
(1) Nonwhiting trips. To determine
the amount of QS of each species for
non-whiting trips for each limited entry
trawl permit, NMFS will multiply the
preliminary QS for the permit from
paragraph (d)(8)(iii)(A) of this section
for each species by the initial issuance
E:\FR\FM\01OCR2.SGM
01OCR2
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with RULES2
60960
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 190 / Friday, October 1, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
allocation percentage for that species for
non-whiting trips.
(2) Whiting trips. To determine the
amount of QS of each species for
whiting trips for each limited entry
trawl permit, NMFS will multiply the
preliminary QS from paragraph
(d)(8)(iii)(B) of this section for each
species by the initial issuance allocation
percentage for that species for whiting
trips.
(E) QS for each limited entry trawl
permit. For each limited entry trawl
permit, NMFS will add the results for
the permit from paragraphs
(d)(8)(iv)(D)(1) and (D)(2) of this section
in order to determine the total QS for
each species on that permit.
(F) Adjustment for AMP set-aside and
shoreside processor initial issuance
allocations. NMFS will reduce the nonwhiting QS allocation to each limited
entry trawl permit by 10 percent, for a
QS set-aside to AMP. NMFS will reduce
the whiting QS allocation to each
limited entry trawl permit by 20 percent
for the initial QS allocation to shoreside
processors.
(G) Allocation of initial issuance of
whiting QS for shoreside processors.
NMFS will calculate the amount of
whiting QS available to shoreside
processors from the 20 percent
adjustment of whiting QS allocations in
paragraph (d)(8)(iv)(F) of this section.
For each eligible shoreside processor,
whiting QS will be allocated based on
the eligible shoreside processor’s
relative history from 1998 through 2004.
Only the deliveries for which the
shoreside processor is the first processor
of the fish will be used in the
calculation of whiting relative history.
(1) For each shoreside processor
which has received deliveries of at least
1 mt of whiting from whiting trips in
each of any two years from 1998
through 2004, NMFS will calculate a
whiting relative history for each
qualifying year, as follows. First, NMFS
will sum the shoreside processor’s
receipts of whiting for each year.
Second, NMFS will calculate the
relative history for each year by dividing
each shoreside processor’s annual sum
of whiting receipts by the aggregate
annual sum of whiting received by all
shoreside processors in that year. NMFS
will then calculate a total relative
history for each shoreside processor by
adding all relative histories for the
shoreside processor together and
subtracting the two years with the
lowest relative history. NMFS will then
divide the result for each shoreside
processor by the aggregate sum of all
total relative histories for whiting by all
qualifying shoreside processors. The
result from this calculation will then be
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:02 Sep 30, 2010
Jkt 223001
multiplied by 20 percent to determine
the shoreside processor’s whiting QS.
(2) For purposes of making an initial
issuance of whiting QS to a shoreside
processor, NMFS will attribute landing
history to the Pacific whiting shoreside
first receiver reported on the landing
receipt (the entity responsible for filling
out the state landing receipt) as
recorded in the relevant PacFIN dataset
on July 1, 2010. History may be
reassigned to a shoreside processor not
on the state landings receipt as
described at paragraph (d)(8)(vi)(B) of
this section.
(H) Allocation of Pacific halibut IBQ
for each limited entry trawl permit. For
each eligible limited entry trawl permit
owner, NMFS will calculate Pacific
halibut individual bycatch quota (IBQ)
for the area north of 40°10′ N. lat. using
a formula based on (a) QS allocations for
each limited entry trawl permit for two
target species, (b) areas of distribution of
fishing effort as determined from 2003–
2006 target species catch data from the
PacFIN Coastwide Trawl Logbook
Database, (c) average bycatch ratios for
each area as derived from WCGOP data
from 2003 through 2006, and (d) the
non-whiting initial issuance allocation
of the limited entry trawl allocation
amounts for 2011 for arrowtooth and
petrale sole. These data are used in a
series of sequential steps to determine
the allocation of IBQ to each limited
entry trawl permit. Paragraphs
(d)(8)(iv)(H)(3) to (6) of this section
estimate the permit’s total 2003–2006
target species by area. Paragraphs
(d)(8)(iv)(H)(7) to (13) of this section
project Pacific halibut bycatch amounts
using 2003–2006 WCGOP observer
ratios and the 2011 non-whiting initial
issuance allocation of the limited entry
trawl allocation amounts. Paragraphs
(d)(8)(iv)(H)(14) to (16) of this section
convert these amounts into QS.
(1) The target species are arrowtooth
flounder and petrale sole.
(2) The four bycatch areas are defined
latitudinally and by depth. The
latitudinal areas are (a) north of 47°30′
N. lat., and (b) between 40°10′ N. lat.
and 47°30′ N. lat. Each latitudinal area
is further divided by depth into areas
shoreward and seaward of the trawl
Rockfish Conservation Area as defined
at § 660.130(e)(4), subpart D.
(3) For each limited entry trawl
permit, NMFS will review the permit
logbook data for that permit and sum
target species catch recorded for the
years 2003–2006, resulting in total target
species catch in each of the four areas
for each permit for the years 2003
through 2006 for both target species in
aggregate. For practicability, seaward or
shoreward of the RCA as identified in
PO 00000
Frm 00094
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
the logbook data is defined as being
deeper than or shallower than 115
fathoms, respectively.
(4) For each limited entry trawl
permit, NMFS will also sum the target
species catch by area into total aggregate
target species catch for each permit for
the years 2003 through 2006.
(5) For each limited entry trawl
permit, NMFS will divide logbook
aggregate target species catch in each
area (paragraph (d)(8)(iv)(H)(3) of this
section) by the sum of the permit’s catch
of each target species in all four bycatch
areas (paragraph (d)(8)(iv)(H)(4) of this
section) to create a set of area catch
ratios for each permit. (Note: The sum
of all four area catch ratios in aggregate
equals 1 for each permit).
(6) For limited entry trawl permits
where the vessel registered to the permit
did not submit logbooks showing any
catch of either of the two target species
for any of the years 2003 through 2006,
NMFS will use the following formula to
calculate area target catch ratios: NMFS
will sum by area all limited entry trawl
permits’ total logbook area target catches
from paragraph (d)(8)(iv)(H)(3) of this
section, and sum all limited entry trawl
permits’ total logbook target catches
across all four areas from paragraph
(d)(8)(iv)(H)(4) of this section; and
divide these sums to create average
permit logbook area target catch ratios.
(7) NMFS will calculate the 2011 nonwhiting initial issuance allocation
amount for each of the two target
species by multiplying the limited entry
trawl allocation amounts for 2011 for
each by the corresponding initial
issuance allocation percentage for the
non-whiting sector given in paragraph
(d)(8)(iv)(A)(10) of this section.
(8) For each limited entry trawl
permit, NMFS will obtain the nonwhiting portion of each limited entry
trawl permit’s initial QS allocations for
each of the two target species resulting
from paragraph (d)(8)(iv)(B)(2) of this
section.
(9) NMFS will calculate each limited
entry trawl permit’s projected nonwhiting sector quota pounds for the two
target species for 2011 by multiplying
the 2011 non-whiting sector short term
allocation amounts for each of the target
species by the permit’s QS allocation
percentage for the species from
paragraph (d)(8)(iv)(H)(8) of this section.
(10) For each limited entry trawl
permit, NMFS will sum the projected
quota pounds for the two target species
from paragraph (d)(8)(iv)(H)(9) of this
section to get a total projected weight of
the two target species for the limited
entry trawl permit.
(11) For each limited entry trawl
permit, NMFS will multiply the
E:\FR\FM\01OCR2.SGM
01OCR2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 190 / Friday, October 1, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
projected 2011 total weight of the two
target species by the applicable area
catch ratio for each area as calculated in
either paragraph (d)(8)(iv)(H)(5) of this
section (permits with logbook data) or
paragraph (d)(8)(iv)(H)(6) of this section
(permits without logbook data).
(12) NMFS will apply WCGOP
average halibut bycatch ratios (observed
halibut catch/total of two target species
60961
catch) by area. The WCGOP average
halibut bycatch ratios are as follows:
PACIFIC HALIBUT
Area
Shoreward
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with RULES2
N. of 47°30′ N. lat. ...................................................................................................................................
40°10′ N. lat. to 47°30′ N. lat. .................................................................................................................
(13) For each limited entry trawl
permit, NMFS will calculate projected
Pacific halibut amounts by area by
multiplying the limited entry trawl
permit’s projected 2011 total weight of
the two target species by area from
paragraph (d)(8)(iv)(H)(11) of this
section by the average bycatch ratio for
the corresponding area of paragraph
(d)(8)(iv)(H)(12) of this section.
(14) For each limited entry trawl
permit, NMFS will sum all area
amounts from paragraph
(d)(8)(iv)(H)(13) of this section to
calculate the total projected Pacific
halibut amount for each limited entry
trawl permit.
(15) NMFS will sum all limited entry
trawl permits’ projected Pacific halibut
amounts from paragraph
(d)(8)(iv)(H)(14) of this section to
calculate aggregate total amounts of
Pacific halibut.
(16) NMFS will estimate preliminary
Pacific halibut IBQ for each limited
entry trawl permit by dividing each
limited entry trawl permit’s total
projected Pacific halibut amount from
paragraph (d)(8)(iv)(H)(14) of this
section by the aggregate total amounts of
Pacific halibut from paragraph
(d)(8)(iv)(H)(15) of this section.
(I) Redistribution of QS and IBQ. For
each limited entry trawl permit
transferred after November 8, 2008, or if
transferred earlier, not registered with
NMFS by November 30, 2008, for which
NMFS determines that the owner of
such permit would exceed the
accumulation limits specified at
paragraph (d)(4)(i) of this section based
on calculation of the preceding
allocation formulas for all limited entry
trawl permits owned by such owner
using the individual and collective rule
described at § 660.140(d)(4)(ii), NMFS
will redistribute the excess QS or IBQ to
other qualified QS permit owners
within the accumulation limits.
(v) QS application. Persons may apply
for an initial issuance of QS and IBQ
and a QS permit in one of two ways:
Complete and submit a prequalified
application received from NMFS, or
complete and submit an application
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:37 Sep 30, 2010
Jkt 223001
package. The completed application
must be either postmarked or handdelivered within normal business hours
no later than November 1, 2010. If an
applicant fails to submit a completed
application by the deadline date, they
forgo the opportunity to receive
consideration for initial issuance of QS
and IBQ and a QS permit.
(A) Prequalified application. A
‘‘prequalified application’’ is a partially
pre-filled application where NMFS has
preliminarily determined the landings
history that may qualify the applicant
for an initial issuance of QS and IBQ.
The application package will include a
prequalified application (with landings
history), a Trawl Identification of
Ownership Interest form, and any other
documents NMFS believes are necessary
to aid the limited entry permit owner in
completing the QS application.
(1) For current trawl limited entry
permit owners, NMFS will mail a
prequalified application to all owners,
as listed in the NMFS permit database
at the time applications are mailed, that
NMFS determines may qualify for QS or
IBQ. NMFS will mail the application by
certified mail to the current address of
record in the NMFS permit database.
The application will contain the basis of
NMFS’ calculation of the permit
owner’s QS and IBQ for each species/
species group or area.
(2) For shoreside processors, NMFS
will mail a prequalified application to
those Pacific whiting shoreside first
receivers with receipts of 1 mt or more
of whiting from whiting trips in each of
any two years from 1998 through 2004,
as documented on fish tickets in the
relevant PacFIN dataset on July 1, 2010.
NMFS will mail the prequalified
application by certified mail to the
current address of record given by the
state in which the entity is registered.
For all qualified entities who meet the
eligibility requirement at paragraph
(d)(8)(ii)(B) of this section, the
application will provide the basis of
NMFS’ calculation of the initial
issuance of Pacific whiting QS.
(B) Request for an application. An
owner of a current limited entry trawl
PO 00000
Frm 00095
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
0.225737162
0.086250913
Seaward
0.084214162
0.033887839
permit or a Pacific whiting first receiver
or shoreside processor that believes it is
qualified for an initial issuance of QS
and IBQ and does not receive a
prequalified application, must complete
an application package and submit the
completed application to NMFS by the
application deadline. Application
packages are available on NMFS’ Web
site (https://www.nwr.noaa.gov/
Groundfish-Halibut/GroundfishPermits/index.cfm) or by contacting
SFD. An application must include valid
PacFIN data or other credible
information that substantiates the
applicant’s qualification for an initial
issuance of QS and IBQ.
(vi) Corrections to the application. If
an applicant does not accept NMFS’
calculation in the prequalified
application either in part or whole, the
applicant must identify in writing to
NMFS which parts the applicant
believes to be inaccurate, and must
provide specific credible information to
substantiate any requested corrections.
The completed application and specific
credible information must be provided
to NMFS in writing by the application
deadline. Written communication must
either be post-marked or hand-delivered
within normal business hours no later
than November 1, 2010. Requests for
corrections may only be granted for the
following reasons:
(A) Errors in NMFS’ use or
application of data, including:
(1) Errors in NMFS’ use or application
of landings data from PacFIN;
(2) Errors in NMFS’ use or application
of state logbook data from PacFIN;
(3) Errors in NMFS’ application of the
QS or IBQ allocation formula;
(4) Errors in identification of the
permit owner, permit combinations, or
vessel registration as listed in NMFS
permit database;
(5) Errors in identification of
ownership information for the first
receiver or the processor that first
processed the fish; and
(6) Errors in NMFS’ use or application
of ownership interest information.
(B) Reassignment of Pacific whiting
landings history for shoreside
E:\FR\FM\01OCR2.SGM
01OCR2
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with RULES2
60962
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 190 / Friday, October 1, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
processors. For shoreside processors,
the landing history may be reassigned
from the Pacific whiting shoreside first
receive identified in the relevant PacFIN
database to a shoreside processor that
was in fact the first processor of the fish.
In order for an applicant to request that
landing history be reassigned, an
authorized representative for the Pacific
whiting shoreside first receiver
identified on the state landing receipt
must submit, by the application
deadline date specified in paragraph
(d)(8)(vii)(B) of this section for initial
issuance of QS, a written request that
the whiting landings history from the
qualifying years be conveyed to a
shoreside processor. The letter must be
signed and dated by the authorized
representative of the Pacific whiting
shoreside first receiver named on the
state landing receipt and signed and
dated by the authorized representative
of the shoreside processor to which the
Pacific whiting landing history is
requested to be reassigned. The letter
must identify the dates of the landings
history and the associated amounts that
are requested to be reassigned, and
include the legal name of the shoreside
processor to which the Pacific whiting
landing history is requested to be
reassigned, their date of birth or tax
identification number, business address,
business phone number, fax number,
and e-mail address. If any document
exists that demonstrates that the
shoreside processor to which the Pacific
whiting landing history is requested to
be reassigned was in fact the first
processor of the fish, such
documentation must be provided to
NMFS. NMFS will review the
information submitted and will make a
determination as part of the IAD.
(vii) Submission of the application
and application deadline—(A)
Submission of the application.
Submission of the complete, certified
application includes, but is not limited
to, the following:
(1) The applicant is required to sign
and date the application and have the
document notarized by a licensed
Notary Public.
(2) The applicant must certify that
they qualify to own QS and IBQ.
(3) The applicant must indicate they
accept NMFS’ calculation of initial
issuance of QS and IBQ provided in the
prequalified application, or provide
credible information that demonstrates
their qualification for QS and IBQ.
(4) The applicant is required to
provide a complete Trawl Identification
of Ownership Interest Form as specified
at paragraph (d)(4)(iv) of this section.
(5) Business entities may be required
to submit a corporate resolution or other
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:37 Sep 30, 2010
Jkt 223001
credible documentation as proof that the
representative of the entity is authorized
to act on behalf of the entity; and
(6) NMFS may request additional
information of the applicant as
necessary to make an IAD on initial
issuance of QS or IBQ.
(B) Application deadline. A complete,
certified application must be either
postmarked or hand-delivered within
normal business hours to NMFS,
Northwest Region, Permits Office, Bldg.
1, 7600 Sand Point Way, NE., Seattle,
WA 98115, no later than November 1,
2010. NMFS will not accept or review
any applications received or postmarked
after the application deadline. There are
no hardship exemptions for this
deadline.
(viii) Permit transfer during
application period. NMFS will not
review or approve any request for a
change in limited entry trawl permit
owner at any time after either November
1, 2010 or the date upon which the
application is received by NMFS,
whichever occurs first, until a final
decision is made by the Regional
Administrator on behalf of the Secretary
of Commerce regarding the QS and IBQ
to be issued for that permit.
(ix) Initial Administrative
Determination (IAD). NMFS will issue
an IAD for all complete, certified
applications received by the application
deadline date. If NMFS approves an
application for initial issuance of QS
and IBQ, the applicant will receive a QS
permit specifying the amounts of QS
and IBQ for which the applicant has
qualified and the applicant will be
registered to a QS account. If NMFS
disapproves or partially disapproves an
application, the IAD will provide the
reasons. As part of the IAD, NMFS will
indicate whether the QS permit owner
qualifies for QS or IBQ in amounts that
exceed the accumulation limits and are
subject to divestiture provisions given at
paragraph (d)(4)(v) of this section, or
whether the QS permit owner qualifies
for QS or IBQ that exceed the
accumulation limits and does not
qualify to receive the excess under
paragraph (d)(4)(v) of this section. If the
applicant does not appeal the IAD
within 30 calendar days of the date on
the IAD, the IAD becomes the final
decision of the Regional Administrator
acting on behalf of the Secretary of
Commerce.
(x) Appeals. For QS permits and QS/
IBQ issued under this section, the
appeals process and timelines are
specified at § 660.25(g), subpart C. For
the initial issuance of QS/IBQ and the
QS permits, the bases for appeal are
described in paragraph (d)(8)(vi) of this
section. An additional basis for appeal
PO 00000
Frm 00096
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
for whiting QS based on shoreside
processing is an allegation that the
shoreside processor or Pacific whiting
shoreside first receiver to which a QS
permit and whiting QS have been
assigned was not in fact the first
processor of the fish included in the
qualifying landings history. The
appellant must submit credible
information supporting the allegation
that they were in fact the first shoreside
processor for the fish in question. Items
not subject to appeal include, but are
not limited to, the accuracy of permit
landings data or Pacific whiting
shoreside first receiver landings data in
the relevant PacFIN dataset on July 1,
2010.
(e) Vessel accounts. [Reserved]
(f) First receiver site license.
[Reserved]
(g) Retention requirements (whiting
and non-whiting vessels). [Reserved]
(h) Observer requirements. [Reserved]
(i) [Reserved]
(j) Shoreside catch monitor
requirements for IFQ first receivers.
[Reserved]
(k) Catch weighing requirements.
[Reserved]
(l) Gear switching. [Reserved]
(m) Adaptive management program.
[Reserved]
§ 660.150
Mothership (MS) Coop Program.
(a) General. The MS Coop Program
requirements in this section will be
effective beginning January 1, 2011,
except for paragraphs (f)(3), (f)(5), (f)(6),
(g)(3), (g)(5), and (g)(6) which are
effective immediately. The MS Coop
Program is a limited access program that
applies to eligible harvesters and
processors in the mothership sector of
the Pacific whiting at-sea trawl fishery.
Eligible harvesters and processors,
including coop and non-coop fishery
participants, must meet the
requirements set forth in this section of
the Pacific Coast groundfish regulations.
In addition to the requirements of this
section, the MS Coop Program is subject
to the following groundfish regulations
of subparts C and D:
(1) Pacific whiting seasons
§ 660.131(b), subpart D.
(2) Area restrictions specified for
midwater trawl gear used to harvest
Pacific whiting fishery specified at
§ 660.131(c), Subpart D for GCAs, RCAs,
Salmon Conservation Zones, BRAs, and
EFHCAs.
(3) Regulations set out in the
following sections of subpart C: § 660.11
Definitions, § 660.12 Prohibitions,
§ 660.13 Recordkeeping and reporting,
§ 660.14 VMS requirements, § 660.15
Equipment requirements, § 660.16
Groundfish Observer Program, § 660.20
E:\FR\FM\01OCR2.SGM
01OCR2
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 190 / Friday, October 1, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
Vessel and gear identification, § 660.25
Permits, § 660.26 Pacific whiting vessel
licenses, § 660.55 Allocations, § 660.60
Specifications and management
measures, § 660.65 Groundfish harvest
specifications, and §§ 660.70 through
660.79 Closed areas.
(4) Regulations set out in the
following sections of subpart D:
§ 660.111 Trawl fishery definitions,
§ 660.112 Trawl fishery prohibitions,
§ 660.113 Trawl fishery recordkeeping
and reporting, § 660.116 Trawl fishery
observer requirements, § 660.120 Trawl
fishery crossover provisions, § 660.130
Trawl fishery management measures,
and § 660.131 Pacific whiting fishery
management measures.
(5) The MS Coop Program may be
restricted or closed as a result of
projected overages within the MS Coop
Program, the C/P Coop Program, or the
Shorebased IFQ Program. As
determined necessary by the Regional
Administrator, area restrictions, season
closures, or other measures will be used
to prevent the trawl sectors in aggregate
or the individual trawl sector
(Shorebased IFQ, MS Coop, or C/P
Coop) from exceeding an OY, or formal
allocation specified in the PCGFMP or
regulation at § 660.55, subpart C, or
§§ 660.140, 660.150, or 660.160, subpart
D.
(b) Participation requirements.
[Reserved]
(1) Mothership vessels. [Reserved]
(2) Mothership catcher vessels.
[Reserved]
(3) MS Coop formation and failure.
[Reserved]
(c) Inter-coop agreement. [Reserved]
(d) MS Coop Program species and
allocations—(1) MS Coop Program
species. MS Coop Program Species are
as follows:
(i) Species with formal allocations to
the MS Coop Program are Pacific
whiting, canary rockfish, darkblotched
rockfish, Pacific Ocean perch, and
widow rockfish;
(ii) Species with set-asides for the MS
and C/P Coop Programs combined, as
described in Tables 1d and 2d, subpart
C.
(2) Annual mothership sector suballocations. [Reserved]
(i) Mothership catcher vessel catch
history assignments. [Reserved]
(ii) Annual coop allocations.
[Reserved]
(iii) Annual non-coop allocation.
[Reserved]
(3) Reaching an allocation or suballocation. [Reserved]
(4) Non-whiting groundfish species
reapportionment. [Reserved]
(5) Announcements. [Reserved]
(6) Redistribution of annual
allocation. [Reserved]
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:37 Sep 30, 2010
Jkt 223001
(7) Processor obligation. [Reserved]
(8) Allocation accumulation limits.
[Reserved]
(e) MS coop permit and agreement.
[Reserved]
(f) Mothership (MS) permit.
(1) General. Any vessel that processes
or receives deliveries as a mothership
processor in the Pacific whiting fishery
mothership sector must be registered to
an MS permit. A vessel registered to an
MS permit may receive fish from a
vessel that fishes in an MS coop and/or
may receive fish from a vessel that
fishes in the non-coop fishery at the
same time or during the same year.
(i) Vessel size endorsement. An MS
permit does not have a vessel size
endorsement. The endorsement
provisions at § 660.25(b)(3)(iii), subpart
C, do not apply to an MS permit.
(ii) Restriction on C/P vessels
operating as motherships. Restrictions
on a vessel registered to a limited entry
permit with a C/P endorsement
operating as a mothership are specified
at § 660.160, subpart D.
(2) Renewal, change of permit
ownership, or vessel registration.
[Reserved]
(3) Accumulation limits.
(i) MS permit usage limit. [Reserved]
(ii) Ownership—individual and
collective rule. The ownership that
counts towards a person’s accumulation
limit will include:
(A) Any MS permit owned by that
person, and
(B) That portion of any MS permit
owned by an entity in which that person
has an economic or financial interest,
where the person’s share of interest in
that entity will determine the portion of
that entity’s ownership that counts
toward the person’s limit.
(iii) [Reserved]
(iv) Trawl identification of ownership
interest form. Any person that is
applying for an MS permit shall
document those persons that have an
ownership interest in the MS permit
greater than or equal to 2 percent. This
ownership interest must be documented
with SFD via the Trawl Identification of
Ownership Interest Form. SFD will not
issue an MS Permit unless the Trawl
Identification of Ownership Interest
Form has been completed. NMFS may
request additional information of the
applicant as necessary to verify
compliance with accumulation limits.
(4) Appeals. [Reserved]
(5) Fees. The Regional Administrator
is authorized to charge fees for
administrative costs associated with the
issuance of an MS permit consistent
with the provisions given at § 660.25(f),
Subpart C.
(6) Application requirements and
initial issuance for MS permit—(i)
PO 00000
Frm 00097
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
60963
Eligibility criteria for MS permit. Only
the current owner of a vessel that
processed Pacific whiting in the
mothership sector in the qualifying
years is eligible to receive initial
issuance of an MS permit, except that in
the case of bareboat charterers, the
charterer of the bareboat may receive an
MS permit instead of the vessel owner.
As used in this section, ‘‘bareboat
charterer’’ means a vessel charterer
operating under a bareboat charter,
defined as a complete transfer of
possession, command, and navigation of
a vessel from the vessel owner to the
charterer for the limited time of the
charter agreement.
(ii) Qualifying criteria for MS permit.
To qualify for initial issuance of an MS
permit, a person must own, or operate
under a bareboat charter, a vessel on
which at least 1,000 mt of Pacific
whiting was processed in the
mothership sector in each year for at
least two years between 1997 and 2003
inclusive.
(iii) MS permit application. Persons
may apply for initial issuance of an MS
permit in one of two ways: complete
and submit a prequalified application
received from NMFS, or complete and
submit an application package. The
completed application must be either
postmarked or hand-delivered within
normal business hours no later than
November 1, 2010. If an applicant fails
to submit a completed application by
the deadline date, they forgo the
opportunity to receive consideration for
initial issuance of an MS permit.
(A) Prequalified application. A
‘‘prequalified application’’ is a partially
pre-filled application where NMFS has
preliminarily determined the processing
history that may qualify the applicant
for an initial issuance of an MS permit.
NMFS will mail prequalified
application packages to the owners or
bareboat charterer of vessels which
NMFS determines may qualify for an
MS permit. NMFS will mail the
application by certified mail to the
current address of record in the NMFS
permit database. The application will
contain the basis of NMFS’ calculation.
The application package will include,
but is not limited to: A prequalified
application (with processing history), a
Trawl Identification of Ownership
Interest form, and any other documents
NMFS believes are necessary to aid the
owners of the vessel or charterer of the
bareboat to complete the MS permit
application.
(B) Request for an application. Any
current owner or bareboat charterer of a
vessel that the owner or bareboat
charterer believes qualifies for initial
issuance of an MS permit that does not
E:\FR\FM\01OCR2.SGM
01OCR2
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with RULES2
60964
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 190 / Friday, October 1, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
receive a prequalified application must
complete an application package and
submit the completed application to
NMFS by the application deadline.
Application packages are available on
NMFS’ Web site (https://
www.nwr.noaa.gov/Groundfish-Halibut/
Groundfish-Permits/index.cfm) or by
contacting SFD. An application must
include valid NORPAC data or other
credible information that substantiates
the applicant’s qualification for initial
issuance of an MS permit.
(iv) Corrections to the application. If
the applicant does not accept NMFS’
calculation in the prequalified
application either in part or whole, in
order for NMFS to reconsider NMFS’
calculation, the applicant must identify
in writing to NMFS which parts of the
prequalified application that the
applicant contends to be inaccurate, and
must provide specific credible
information to substantiate any
requested corrections. The completed
application and specific credible
information must be provided to NMFS
in writing by the application deadline.
Written communication must be either
post-marked or hand-delivered within
normal business hours no later than
November 1, 2010. Requests for
corrections may only be granted for
errors in NMFS’ use or application of
data, including:
(A) Errors in NMFS’ use or
application of data from NORPAC;
(B) Errors in NMFS’ calculations; and
(C) Errors in the vessel registration as
listed in the NMFS permit database, or
in the identification of the mothership
owner or bareboat charterer.
(v) Submission of the application and
application deadline—(A) Submission
of the Application. Submission of the
complete, certified application includes,
but is not limited to, the following:
(1) The applicant is required to sign
and date the application and have the
document notarized by a licensed
Notary Public.
(2) The applicant must certify that
they qualify to own an MS permit.
(3) The applicant must indicate they
accept NMFS’ calculation in the
prequalified application, or provide
credible information that demonstrates
their qualification for an MS permit.
(4) The applicant is required to
provide a complete Trawl Identification
of Ownership Interest Form as specified
at paragraph (f)(3)(iv) of this section.
(5) Business entities may be required
to submit a corporate resolution or other
credible documentation as proof that the
representative of the entity is authorized
to act on behalf of the entity;
(6) A bareboat charterer must provide
credible evidence that demonstrates it
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:37 Sep 30, 2010
Jkt 223001
was chartering the mothership vessel
under a private contract during the
qualifying years; and
(7) NMFS may request additional
information of the applicant as
necessary to make an IAD on initial
issuance of an MS permit.
(B) Application deadline. A complete,
certified application must be either
postmarked or hand-delivered within
normal business hours to NMFS,
Northwest Region, Permits Office, Bldg.
1, 7600 Sand Point Way, NE., Seattle,
WA 98115, no later than November 1,
2010. NMFS will not accept or review
any applications received or postmarked
after the application deadline. There are
no hardship provisions for this
deadline.
(vi) Initial administrative
determination (IAD). NMFS will issue
an IAD for all complete, certified
applications received by the application
deadline date. If NMFS approves an
application for initial issuance of an MS
permit, the applicant will receive an MS
permit. If NMFS disapproves an
application, the IAD will provide the
reasons. If the applicant does not appeal
the IAD within 30 calendar days of the
date on the IAD, the IAD becomes the
final decision of the Regional
Administrator acting on behalf of the
Secretary of Commerce.
(vii) Appeals. For MS permits issued
under this section, the appeals process
and timelines are specified at
§ 660.25(g), subpart C. For the initial
issuance of an MS permit, the bases for
appeal are described in paragraph
(f)(6)(iv) of this section. Items not
subject to appeal include, but are not
limited to, the accuracy of data in the
relevant NORPAC dataset on August 1,
2010.
(g) Mothership catcher vessel (MS/
CV)-endorsed permit—(1) General. Any
vessel that delivers whiting to a
mothership processor in the Pacific
whiting fishery mothership sector must
be registered to an MS/CV-endorsed
permit, except that a vessel registered to
limited entry trawl permit without an
MS/CV or C/P endorsement may fish for
a coop with permission from the coop.
Within the MS Coop Program, an MS/
CV-endorsed permit may participate in
a coop or in the non-coop fishery.
(i) Catch history assignment. NMFS
will assign a catch history assignment to
each MS/CV-endorsed permit. The catch
history assignment is based on the catch
history in the Pacific whiting
mothership sector during the qualifying
years of 1994 through 2003. The catch
history assignment is expressed as a
percentage of Pacific whiting of the total
mothership sector allocation as
described at paragraph (d)(2)(i) of this
PO 00000
Frm 00098
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
section. Catch history assignments will
be issued to the nearest whole pound
using standard rounding rules (i.e.
decimal amounts from zero up to 0.5
round down and 0.5 up to 1.0 round
up).
(ii) Pacific whiting mothership sector
allocation. The catch history assignment
allocation accrues to the coop to which
the MS/CV-endorsed permit is tied
through private agreement, or will be
assigned to the non-coop fishery if the
MS/CV-endorsed permit does not
participate in the coop fishery.
(iii) Non-severable. The MS/CV
endorsement and its catch history
assignment are not severable from the
limited entry trawl permit. An MS/CV
endorsement and its catch history
assignment are permanently affixed to
the original qualifying limited entry
permit, and cannot be transferred
separately from the original qualifying
limited entry permit.
(iv) Renewal. [Reserved]
(v) Restrictions on processing by
vessels registered to MS/CV-endorsed
permits. A vessel registered to an MS/
CV-endorsed permit in a given year
shall not engage in processing of Pacific
whiting during that year.
(2) Change of permit owner, vessel
registration, vessel owner, or
combination. [Reserved]
(3) Accumulation limits—(i) MS/CVendorsed permit ownership limit. No
person shall own MS/CV-endorsed
permits for which the collective Pacific
whiting allocation total is greater than
20 percent of the total mothership sector
allocation. For purposes of determining
accumulation limits, NMFS requires
that permit owners submit a complete
trawl ownership interest form for the
permit owner as part of annual renewal
of an MS/CV-endorsed permit. An
ownership interest form will also be
required whenever a new permit owner
obtains an MS/CV-endorsed permit as
part of a permit transfer request.
Accumulation limits will be determined
by calculating the percentage of
ownership interest a person has in any
MS/CV-endorsed permit and the
amount of the Pacific whiting catch
history assignment given on the permit.
Determination of ownership interest
will be subject to the individual and
collective rule.
(A) Ownership—Individual and
collective rule. The Pacific whiting
catch history assignment that applies to
a person’s accumulation limit will
include:
(1) The catch history assignment on
any MS/CV-endorsed permit owned by
that person, and
(2) That portion of the catch history
assignment on any MS/CV-endorsed
E:\FR\FM\01OCR2.SGM
01OCR2
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 190 / Friday, October 1, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
permit owned by an entity in which that
person has an economic or financial
interest, where the person’s share of
interest in that entity will determine the
portion of that entity’s catch history
assignment that counts toward the
person’s limit.
(B) [Reserved]
(C) Trawl identification of ownership
interest form. Any person that owns a
limited entry trawl permit and is
applying for an MS/CV endorsement
shall document those persons that have
an ownership interest in the permit
greater than or equal to 2 percent. This
ownership interest must be documented
with the SFD via the Trawl
Identification of Ownership Interest
Form. SFD will not issue an MS/CV
endorsement unless the Trawl
Identification of Ownership Interest
Form has been completed. NMFS may
request additional information of the
applicant as necessary to verify
compliance with accumulation limits.
Further, if SFD discovers through
review of the Trawl Identification of
Ownership Interest Form that a person
owns more than the accumulation
limits, the person will be subject to
divestiture provisions specified in
paragraph (g)(3)(i)(D) of this section.
(D) Divestiture. For MS/CV-endorsed
permit owners that are found to exceed
the accumulation limits during the
initial issuance of MS/CV-endorsed
permits, an adjustment period will be
provided after which they will have to
completely divest of ownership in
permits that exceed the accumulation
limits. Any person that NMFS
determines, as a result of the initial
issuance of MS/CV-endorsed permits, to
own in excess of 20 percent of the total
catch history assignment in the MS
Coop Program applying the individual
and collective rule described at
§ 660.150(g)(3)(i)(A) will be allowed to
receive such permit(s), but must divest
themselves of the excess ownership
during years one and two of the MS
Coop Program. Owners of such permit(s)
may receive and use the MS/CVendorsed permit(s), up to the time their
divestiture is completed. At the end of
year two of the MS Coop Program, any
MS/CV-endorsed permits owned by a
person (including any person who has
ownership interest in the owner named
on the permit) in excess of the
accumulation limits will not be issued
(renewed) until the permit owner
complies with the accumulation limits.
(ii) [Reserved]
(4) Appeals. [Reserved]
(5) Fees. The Regional Administrator
is authorized to charge a fee for
administrative costs associated with the
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:37 Sep 30, 2010
Jkt 223001
issuance of an MS/CV-endorsed permit,
as provided at § 660.25(f), subpart C.
(6) Application requirements and
initial issuance for MS/CV
endorsement—(i) Eligibility criteria for
MS/CV endorsement. Only a current
trawl limited entry permit with a
qualifying history of Pacific whiting
deliveries in the MS Pacific whiting
sector is eligible to receive an MS/CV
endorsement. Any past catch history
associated with the current limited
entry trawl permit accrues to the permit.
If a trawl limited entry permit is eligible
to receive both a C/P endorsement and
an MS/CV endorsement, the permit
owner must choose which endorsement
to apply for (i.e., the owner of such a
permit may not receive both a C/P and
an MS/CV endorsement). NMFS will not
recognize any other person as permit
owner other than the person listed as
permit owner in NMFS permit database.
(ii) Qualifying criteria for MS/CV
endorsement. In order to qualify for an
MS/CV endorsement, a qualifying trawlendorsed limited entry permit must
have been registered to a vessel or
vessels that caught and delivered a
cumulative amount of at least 500 mt of
Pacific whiting to motherships between
1994 through 2003. The calculation will
be based on the following:
(A) To determine a permit’s qualifying
catch history, NMFS will use
documented deliveries to a mothership
in Pacific whiting observer data as
recorded in the relevant NORPAC
dataset on August 1, 2010.
(B) The qualifying catch history will
include any deliveries of Pacific whiting
to motherships by vessels registered to
limited entry trawl-endorsed permits
that were subsequently combined to
generate the current permit.
(C) If two or more limited entry trawl
permits have been simultaneously
registered to the same vessel, NMFS will
divide the qualifying catch history
evenly between all such limited entry
trawl-endorsed permits during the time
they were simultaneously registered to
the vessel.
(D) History of illegal deliveries will
not be included in the qualifying catch
history.
(E) Deliveries made from Federal
limited entry groundfish permits that
were retired through the Federal
buyback program will not be included
in the qualifying catch history.
(F) Deliveries made under provisional
‘‘A’’ permits that did not become ‘‘A’’
permits and ‘‘B’’ permits will not be
included in the qualifying catch history.
(iii) Qualifying criteria for catch
history assignment. A catch history
assignment will be specified as a
percent on the MS/CV-endorsed permit.
PO 00000
Frm 00099
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
60965
The calculation will be based on the
following:
(A) For determination of a permit’s
catch history, NMFS will use
documented deliveries to a mothership
in Pacific whiting observer data as
recorded in the relevant NORPAC
dataset on August 1, 2010.
(B) NMFS will use relative history,
which means the catch history of a
permit for a year divided by the total
fleet history for that year, expressed as
a percent. NMFS will calculate relative
history for each year in the qualifying
period from 1994 through 2003 by
dividing the total deliveries of Pacific
whiting to motherships for the vessel(s)
registered to the permit for each year by
the sum of the total catch of Pacific
whiting delivered to mothership
vessel(s) for that year.
(C) NMFS will select the eight years
with the highest relative history of
Pacific whiting, unless the applicant
requests a different set of eight years
during the initial issuance and appeals
process, and will add the relative
histories for these years to generate the
permit’s total relative history. NMFS
will then divide the permit’s total
relative history by the sum of all
qualifying permits’ total relative
histories to determine the permit’s catch
history assignment, expressed as a
percent.
(D) The total relative history will
include any deliveries of Pacific whiting
to motherships by vessels registered to
limited entry trawl-endorsed permits
that were subsequently combined to
generate the current permit.
(E) If two or more limited entry trawl
permits have been simultaneously
registered to the same vessel, NMFS will
split the catch history evenly between
all such limited entry trawl-endorsed
permits during the time they were
simultaneously registered to the vessel.
(F) History of illegal deliveries will
not be included in the calculation of a
permit’s catch history assignment or in
the calculation of relative history for
individual years.
(G) Deliveries made from Federal
limited entry groundfish permits that
were retired through the Federal
buyback program will not be included
in the calculation of a permit’s catch
history assignment other than for the
purpose of calculating relative history
for individual years.
(H) Deliveries made under provisional
‘‘A’’ permits that did not become ‘‘A’’
permits and ‘‘B’’ permits will not be
included in the calculation of a permit’s
catch history assignment other than for
the purpose of calculating relative
history for individual years.
E:\FR\FM\01OCR2.SGM
01OCR2
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with RULES2
60966
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 190 / Friday, October 1, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
(iv) MS/CV endorsement and catch
history assignment application. Persons
may apply for an initial issuance of an
MS/CV endorsement on a limited entry
trawl permit and its associated catch
history assignment in one of two ways:
complete and submit a prequalified
application received from NMFS, or
complete and submit an application
package. The completed application
must be either postmarked or handdelivered within normal business hours
no later than November 1, 2010. If an
applicant fails to submit a completed
application by the deadline date, they
forgo the opportunity to receive
consideration for an initial issuance of
an MS/CV endorsement and associated
catch history assignment.
(A) Prequalified application. A
‘‘prequalified application’’ is a partially
pre-filled application where NMFS has
preliminarily determined the catch
history that may qualify the applicant
for an initial issuance of an MS/CV
endorsement and associated catch
history assignment. NMFS will mail
prequalified application packages to the
owners of current limited entry trawl
permits, as listed in the NMFS permit
database at the time applications are
mailed, which NMFS determines may
qualify for an MS/CV endorsement and
associated catch history assignment.
NMFS will mail the application by
certified mail to the current address of
record in the NMFS permit database.
The application will contain the basis of
NMFS’ calculation. The application
package will include, but is not limited
to: a prequalified application (with
landings history), a Trawl Identification
of Ownership Interest form, and any
other documents NMFS believes are
necessary to aid the limited entry permit
owner in completing the application.
(B) Request for an application. Any
owner of a current limited entry trawl
permit that does not receive a
prequalified application that believes
the permit qualifies for an initial
issuance of an MS/CV endorsement and
associated catch history assignment
must complete an application package
and submit the completed application to
NMFS by the application deadline.
Application packages are available on
the NMFS Web site (https://
www.nwr.noaa.gov/Groundfish-Halibut/
Groundfish-Permits/index.cfm) or by
contacting SFD. An application must
include valid NORPAC data, copies of
NMFS observer data forms, or other
credible information that substantiates
the applicant’s qualification for an
initial issuance of an MS/CV
endorsement and associated catch
history assignment.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:37 Sep 30, 2010
Jkt 223001
(v) Corrections to the application. If
the applicant does not accept NMFS’
calculation in the prequalified
application either in part or whole, in
order for NMFS to reconsider NMFS’
calculation, the applicant must identify
in writing to NMFS which parts of the
application that the applicant contends
to be inaccurate, and must provide
specific credible information to
substantiate any requested corrections.
The completed application and specific
credible information must be provided
to NMFS in writing by the application
deadline. Written communication must
be either post-marked or hand-delivered
within normal business hours no later
than November 1, 2010. Requests for
corrections may only be granted for
changes to the selection of the eight
years with the highest relative history of
whiting and errors in NMFS’ use or
application of data, including:
(A) Errors in NMFS’ use or
application of data from NORPAC;
(B) Errors in NMFS’ calculations;
(C) Errors in the identification of the
permit owner, permit combinations, or
vessel registration as listed in the NMFS
permit database; and
(D) Errors in NMFS’ use or
application of ownership interest
information.
(vi) Submission of the application and
application deadline—(A) Submission
of the application. Submission of the
complete, certified application includes,
but is not limited to, the following:
(1) The applicant is required to sign
and date the application and have the
document notarized by a licensed
Notary Public.
(2) The applicant must certify that
they qualify to own an MS/CV-endorsed
permit and associated catch history
assignment.
(3) The applicant must indicate they
accept NMFS’ calculation of initial
issuance of an MS/CV-endorsed permit
and associated catch history assignment
provided in the prequalified
application, or provide credible
information that demonstrates their
qualification for an MS/CV-endorsed
permit and associated catch history
assignment.
(4) The applicant is required to
provide a complete Trawl Identification
of Ownership Interest Form as specified
at paragraph (g)(3)(i)(C) of this section.
(5) Business entities may be required
to submit a corporate resolution or other
credible documentation as proof that the
representative of the entity is authorized
to act on behalf of the entity; and
(6) NMFS may request additional
information of the applicant as
necessary to make an IAD on initial
PO 00000
Frm 00100
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
issuance of an MS/CV-endorsed permit
and associated catch history assignment.
(B) Application deadline. A complete,
certified application must be either
postmarked or hand-delivered within
normal business hours to NMFS,
Northwest Region, Permits Office, Bldg.
1, 7600 Sand Point Way NE., Seattle,
WA 98115, no later than November 1,
2010. NMFS will not accept or review
any applications received or postmarked
after the application deadline. There are
no hardship provisions for this
deadline.
(vii) Permit transfer during
application period. NMFS will not
review or approve any request for a
change in limited entry trawl permit
owner at any time after either November
1, 2010 or the date upon which the
application is received by NMFS,
whichever occurs first, until a final
decision is made by the Regional
Administrator on behalf of the Secretary
of Commerce on that permit.
(viii) Initial Administrative
Determination (IAD). NMFS will issue
an IAD for all complete, certified
applications received by the application
deadline date. If NMFS approves an
application for initial issuance of an
MS/CV-endorsed permit and associated
catch history assignment, the applicant
will receive an MS/CV endorsement on
a limited entry trawl permit specifying
the amounts of catch history assignment
for which the applicant has qualified. If
NMFS disapproves an application, the
IAD will provide the reasons. If known
at the time of the IAD, NMFS will
indicate if the owner of the MS/CVendorsed permit has ownership interest
in catch history assignments that exceed
the accumulation limits and are subject
to divestiture provisions given at
paragraph (g)(3)(i)(D) of this section. If
the applicant does not appeal the IAD
within 30 calendar days of the date on
the IAD, the IAD becomes the final
decision of the Regional Administrator
acting on behalf of the Secretary of
Commerce.
(ix) Appeals. For an MS/CV-endorsed
permit and associated catch history
assignment issued under this section,
the appeals process and timelines are
specified at § 660.25(g), subpart C. For
the initial issuance of an MS/CVendorsed permit and associated catch
history assignment, the bases for appeal
are described in paragraph (g)(6)(v) of
this section. Items not subject to appeal
include, but are not limited to, the
accuracy of data in the relevant
NORPAC dataset on August 1, 2010.
(h) Non-coop fishery. [Reserved]
(i) Retention requirements. [Reserved]
(j) Observer requirements. [Reserved]
E:\FR\FM\01OCR2.SGM
01OCR2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 190 / Friday, October 1, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
(k) Catch weighing requirements.
[Reserved]
(l) [Reserved]
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with RULES2
§ 660.160 Catcher/processor (C/P) Coop
Program.
(a) General. The C/P Coop Program
requirements in § 660.160 will be
effective beginning January 1, 2011,
except for paragraphs (d)(5) and (d)(7) of
this section, which are effective
immediately. The C/P Coop Program is
a limited access program that applies to
vessels in the C/P sector of the Pacific
whiting at-sea trawl fishery and is a
single voluntary coop. Eligible
harvesters and processors must meet the
requirements set forth in this section of
the Pacific Coast groundfish regulations.
In addition to the requirements of this
section, the C/P Coop Program is subject
to the following groundfish regulations:
(1) Pacific whiting seasons
§ 660.131(b), subpart D.
(2) Area restrictions specified for
midwater trawl gear used to harvest
Pacific whiting fishery specified at
§ 660.131(c), subpart D for GCAs, RCAs,
Salmon Conservation Zones, BRAs, and
EFHCAs.
(3) Regulations set out in the
following sections of subpart C: § 660.11
Definitions, § 660.12 Prohibitions,
§ 660.13 Recordkeeping and reporting,
§ 660.14 VMS requirements, § 660.15
Equipment requirements, § 660.16
Groundfish Observer Program, § 660.20
Vessel and gear identification, § 660.25
Permits, § 660.26 Pacific whiting vessel
licenses, § 660.55 Allocations, § 660.60
Specifications and management
measures, § 660.65 Groundfish harvest
specifications, and §§ 660.70 through
660.79 Closed areas.
(4) Regulations set out in the
following sections of subpart D:
§ 660.111 Trawl fishery definitions,
§ 660.112 Trawl fishery prohibitions,
§ 660.113 Trawl fishery recordkeeping
and reporting, § 660.116 Trawl fishery
observer requirements, § 660.120 Trawl
fishery crossover provisions, § 660.130
Trawl fishery management measures,
and § 660.131 Pacific whiting fishery
management measures.
(5) The C/P Coop Program may be
restricted or closed as a result of
projected overages within the MS Coop
Program, the C/P Coop Program, or the
Shorebased IFQ Program. As
determined necessary by the Regional
Administrator, area restrictions, season
closures, or other measures will be used
to prevent the trawl sectors in aggregate
or the individual trawl sector
(Shorebased IFQ, MS Coop, or C/P
Coop) from exceeding an OY, or formal
allocation specified in the PCGFMP or
regulation at § 660.55, subpart C, or
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:37 Sep 30, 2010
Jkt 223001
§§ 660.140, 660.150, or 660.160, subpart
D.
(b) C/P Coop Program species and
allocations—(1) C/P Coop Program
species. C/P Coop Program species are
as follows:
(i) Species with formal allocations to
the C/P Coop Program are Pacific
whiting, canary rockfish, darkblotched
rockfish, Pacific Ocean perch, widow
rockfish;
(ii) Species with set-asides for the MS
and C/P Programs combined, as
described in Table 1d and 2d, subpart
C.
(2) [Reserved]
(c) C/P coop permit and agreement.
[Reserved]
(d) C/P-endorsed permit—(1) General.
Any vessel participating in the C/P
sector of the non-tribal primary Pacific
whiting fishery during the season
described at § 660.131(b) of this subpart
must be registered to a valid limited
entry permit with a C/P endorsement.
(i) Non-severable. A C/P endorsement
is not severable from the limited entry
trawl permit, and therefore, the
endorsement may not be transferred
separately from the limited entry trawl
permit.
(ii) Restriction on C/P vessel operating
as a catcher vessel in the mothership
sector. A vessel registered to a C/Pendorsed permit cannot operate as a
catcher vessel delivering unprocessed
Pacific whiting to a mothership
processor during the same calendar year
it participates in the C/P sector.
(iii) Restriction on C/P vessel
operating as mothership. A vessel
registered to a C/P-endorsed permit
cannot operate as a mothership during
the same calendar year it participates in
the C/P sector.
(2) Eligibility and renewal for C/Pendorsed permit. [Reserved.]
(3) Change in permit ownership,
vessel registration, vessel owner,
transfer or combination. [Reserved]
(4) Appeals. [Reserved]
(5) Fees. The Regional Administrator
is authorized to charge fees for the
administrative costs associated with
review and issuance of a C/P
endorsement consistent with the
provisions at § 660.25(f), subpart C.
(6) [Reserved]
(7) Application requirements and
initial issuance for C/P endorsement—
(i) Eligibility criteria for C/P
endorsement. Only current owners of a
current limited entry trawl permit that
has been registered to a vessel that
participated in the C/P fishery during
the qualifying period are eligible to
receive a C/P endorsement. Any past
catch history associated with the current
limited entry trawl permit accrues to the
PO 00000
Frm 00101
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
60967
current permit owner. NMFS will not
recognize any other person as the
limited entry permit owner other than
the person listed as the limited entry
permit owner in the NMFS permit
database.
(ii) Qualifying criteria for C/P
endorsement. In order to qualify for a
C/P endorsement, a vessel registered to
a valid trawl-endorsed limited entry
permit must have caught and processed
any amount of Pacific whiting during a
primary catcher/processor season
between 1997 through 2003. The
calculation will be based on the
following:
(A) Pacific Whiting Observer data
recorded in the relevant NORPAC
dataset on August 1, 2010, and NMFS
permit data on limited entry trawlendorsed permits will be used to
determine whether a permit meets the
qualifying criteria for a C/P
endorsement.
(B) Only Pacific whiting regulated by
this subpart that was taken with
midwater (or pelagic) trawl gear will be
considered for the C/P endorsement.
(C) Permit catch and processing
history includes only the catch/
processing history of Pacific whiting for
a vessel when it was registered to that
particular permit during the qualifying
years.
(D) History of illegal landings will not
count.
(E) Landings history from Federal
limited entry groundfish permits that
were retired through the Federal
buyback program will not count.
(F) Landings under provisional ‘‘A’’
permits that did not become ‘‘A’’ permits
and ‘‘B’’ permits will not count.
(iii) C/P endorsement application.
Persons may apply for an initial
issuance of a C/P endorsement in one of
two ways: complete and submit a
prequalified application received from
NMFS, or complete and submit an
application package. The completed
application must be either postmarked
or hand-delivered within normal
business hours no later than November
1, 2010. If an applicant fails to submit
a completed application by the deadline
date, they forgo the opportunity to
receive consideration for initial issuance
of a C/P endorsement.
(A) Prequalified application. A
‘‘prequalified application’’ is a partially
pre-filled application where NMFS has
preliminarily determined the catch
history that may qualify the applicant
for an initial issuance of a C/P
endorsement. NMFS will mail a
prequalified application to all owners of
current trawl limited entry permits, as
listed in NMFS permit database at the
time applications are mailed, which
E:\FR\FM\01OCR2.SGM
01OCR2
60968
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 190 / Friday, October 1, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with RULES2
NMFS determines may qualify for a
C/P endorsement. NMFS will mail the
application by certified mail to the
current address of record in the NMFS
permit database. The application will
contain the basis of NMFS’ calculation.
The application package will include,
but is not limited to: a prequalified
application (with catch history) and any
other documents NMFS believes are
necessary to aid the limited entry permit
owner in completing the application.
(B) Request for an application. Any
owner of a current limited entry trawl
permit that does not receive a
prequalified application that believes
the permit qualifies for an initial
issuance of a C/P endorsement must
complete an application package and
submit the completed application to
NMFS by the application deadline.
Application packages are available on
the NMFS Web site (https://
www.nwr.noaa.gov/Groundfish-Halibut/
Groundfish-Permits/index.cfm) or by
contacting SFD. An application must
include valid NORPAC data, copies of
NMFS observer data forms, or other
credible information that substantiates
the applicant’s qualification for initial
issuance of a C/P endorsement.
(iv) Corrections to the application. If
the applicant does not accept NMFS’
calculation in the prequalified
application either in part or whole, in
order for NMFS to reconsider NMFS’
calculation, the applicant must identify
in writing to NMFS which parts of the
application the applicant contends to be
inaccurate, and must provide specific
credible information to substantiate any
requested corrections. The completed
application and specific credible
information must be provided to NMFS
in writing by the application deadline.
Written communication must be either
post-marked or hand-delivered within
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:37 Sep 30, 2010
Jkt 223001
normal business hours no later than
November 1, 2010. Requests for
corrections may only be granted for
errors in NMFS’ use or application of
data, including:
(A) Errors in NMFS’ use or
application of data from NORPAC;
(B) Errors in NMFS’ calculations; and
(C) Errors in the identification of the
permit owner, permit combinations, or
vessel registration as listed in the NMFS
permit database.
(v) Submission of the application and
application deadline—(A) Submission
of the Application. Submission of the
complete, certified application includes,
but is not limited to, the following:
(1) The applicant is required to sign
and date the application and have the
document notarized by a licensed
Notary Public.
(2) The applicant must certify that
they qualify to own a C/P-endorsed
permit.
(3) The applicant must indicate they
accept NMFS’ calculation of initial
issuance of C/P endorsement provided
in the prequalified application, or
provide credible information that
demonstrates their qualification for a
C/P endorsement.
(4) Business entities may be required
to submit a corporate resolution or other
credible documentation as proof that the
representative of the entity is authorized
to act on behalf of the entity; and
(5) NMFS may request additional
information of the applicant as
necessary to make an IAD on initial
issuance of a C/P endorsement.
(B) Application deadline. A complete,
certified application must be either
postmarked or hand-delivered within
normal business hours to NMFS,
Northwest Region, Permits Office, Bldg.
1, 7600 Sand Point Way NE., Seattle,
WA 98115, no later than November 1,
PO 00000
Frm 00102
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
2010. NMFS will not accept or review
any applications received or postmarked
after the application deadline. There are
no hardship provisions for this
deadline.
(vi) Permit transfer during application
period. NMFS will not review or
approve any request for a change in
limited entry trawl permit owner at any
time after either November 1, 2010 or
the date upon which the application is
received by NMFS, whichever occurs
first, until a final decision is made by
the Regional Administrator on behalf of
the Secretary of Commerce.
(vii) Initial Administrative
Determination (IAD). NMFS will issue
an IAD for all complete, certified
applications received by the application
deadline date. If NMFS approves an
application, the applicant will receive a
C/P endorsement on a limited entry
trawl permit. If NMFS disapproves an
application, the IAD will provide the
reasons. If the applicant does not appeal
the IAD within 30 calendar days of the
date on the IAD, the IAD becomes the
final decision of the Regional
Administrator acting on behalf of the
Secretary of Commerce.
(viii) Appeal. For a C/P-endorsed
permit issued under this section, the
appeals process and timelines are
specified at § 660.25(g), subpart C. For
the initial issuance of a C/P-endorsed
permit, the bases for appeal are
described in paragraph (d)(7)(iv) of this
section. Items not subject to appeal
include, but are not limited to, the
accuracy of data in the relevant
NORPAC dataset on August 1, 2010.
(e) Retention requirements. [Reserved]
(f) Observer requirements. [Reserved]
(g) [Reserved]
(h) Catch weighting requirements.
[Reserved]
E:\FR\FM\01OCR2.SGM
01OCR2
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:37 Sep 30, 2010
Jkt 223001
PO 00000
Frm 00103
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\01OCR2.SGM
01OCR2
60969
ER01OC10.010
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 190 / Friday, October 1, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
VerDate Mar<15>2010
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 190 / Friday, October 1, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
17:37 Sep 30, 2010
Jkt 223001
PO 00000
Frm 00104
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\01OCR2.SGM
01OCR2
ER01OC10.011
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with RULES2
60970
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:37 Sep 30, 2010
Jkt 223001
PO 00000
Frm 00105
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\01OCR2.SGM
01OCR2
60971
ER01OC10.012
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 190 / Friday, October 1, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
VerDate Mar<15>2010
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 190 / Friday, October 1, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
17:37 Sep 30, 2010
Jkt 223001
PO 00000
Frm 00106
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\01OCR2.SGM
01OCR2
ER01OC10.013
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with RULES2
60972
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:37 Sep 30, 2010
Jkt 223001
PO 00000
Frm 00107
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\01OCR2.SGM
01OCR2
60973
ER01OC10.014
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 190 / Friday, October 1, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
60974
BILLING CODE 3510–22–C
Subpart E—West Coast Groundfish—
Limited Entry Fixed Gear Fisheries
§ 660.210
§ 660.212
Purpose and scope.
This subpart covers the Pacific Coast
Groundfish limited entry fixed gear
fishery.
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with RULES2
§ 660.211
Fixed gear fishery—definitions.
These definitions are specific to the
limited entry fixed gear fisheries
covered in this subpart. General
groundfish definitions are found at
§ 660.11, subpart C.
Daily Trip Limit (DTL) Fishery means
a sablefish fishery that occurs both
north and south of 36° N. lat. that is
subject to trip limit restrictions
including daily and/or weekly and/or
bimonthly trip limits.
Limited entry fixed gear fishery means
the fishery composed of vessels
registered to limited entry permits with
longline and pot/trap endorsements.
Sablefish primary fishery or sablefish
tier limit fishery means, for the limited
entry fixed gear sablefish fishery north
of 36° N. lat, the fishery where vessels
registered to at least one limited entry
permit with both a gear endorsement for
longline or trap (or pot) gear and a
sablefish endorsement fish up to a
specified tier limit and when they are
not eligible to fish in the DTL fishery.
Sablefish primary season means, for
the limited entry fixed gear sablefish
fishery north of 36° N. lat, the period
when vessels registered to at least one
limited entry permit with both a gear
endorsement for longline or trap (or pot)
gear and a sablefish endorsement, are
allowed to fish in the sablefish tier limit
fishery described at § 660.231 of this
subpart.
Tier limit means a specified amount
of sablefish that may be harvested by a
vessel registered to a limited entry fixed
gear permit(s) with a Tier 1, Tier 2, and/
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:37 Sep 30, 2010
or Tier 3 designation; a gear
endorsement for longline or trap (or pot)
gear; and a sablefish endorsement.
Jkt 223001
Fixed gear fishery—prohibitions.
These prohibitions are specific to the
limited entry fixed gear fisheries.
General groundfish prohibitions are
found at § 660.12, subpart C. In addition
to the general groundfish prohibitions
specified in § 660.12, subpart C, it is
unlawful for any person to:
(a) General. (1) Possess, deploy, haul,
or carry onboard a fishing vessel subject
to subparts C and E a set net, trap or pot,
longline, or commercial vertical hookand-line as defined at § 660.11, subpart
C, that is not in compliance with the
gear restrictions in § 660.230, subpart E,
unless such gear is the gear of another
vessel that has been retrieved at sea and
made inoperable or stowed in a manner
not capable of being fished. The
disposal at sea of such gear is prohibited
by Annex V of the International
Convention for the Prevention of
Pollution From Ships, 1973 (Annex V of
MARPOL 73/78).
(2) Take, retain, possess, or land more
than a single cumulative limit of a
particular species, per vessel, per
applicable cumulative limit period,
except for sablefish taken in the limited
entry, fixed gear sablefish primary
season from a vessel authorized to fish
in that season, as described at § 660.231,
subpart E.
(b) Recordkeeping and reporting. Fail
to retain on board a vessel from which
sablefish caught in the sablefish primary
season is landed, and provide to an
authorized officer upon request, copies
of any and all reports of sablefish
landings against the sablefish-endorsed
permit’s tier limit, or receipts containing
all data, and made in the exact manner
required by the applicable state law
throughout the sablefish primary season
PO 00000
Frm 00108
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
during which such landings occurred
and for 15 days thereafter.
(c) Fishing in conservation areas. (1)
Operate a vessel registered to a limited
entry permit with a longline or trap
(pot) endorsement and longline and/or
trap gear onboard in an applicable GCA
(as defined at § 660.230(d)), except for
purposes of continuous transiting, with
all groundfish longline and/or trap gear
stowed in accordance with § 660.212(a)
or except as authorized in the
groundfish management measures at
§ 660.230.
(2) Fish with bottom contact gear (as
defined in § 660.11, subpart C) within
the EEZ in the following areas (defined
in §§ 660.78 and 660.79, subpart C):
Thompson Seamount, President Jackson
Seamount, Cordell Bank (50-fm (91-m)
isobath), Harris Point, Richardson Rock,
Scorpion, Painted Cave, Anacapa Island,
Carrington Point, Judith Rock, Skunk
Point, Footprint, Gull Island, South
Point, and Santa Barbara.
(3) Fish with bottom contact gear (as
defined in § 660.11, subpart C), or any
other gear that is deployed deeper than
500-fm (914-m), within the Davidson
Seamount area (defined in § 660.75,
subpart C).
(d) Sablefish fisheries. (1) Take,
retain, possess or land sablefish under
the tier limits provided for the limited
entry, fixed gear sablefish primary
season, described in § 660.231(b),
subpart E, from a vessel that is not
registered to a limited entry permit with
a sablefish endorsement.
(2) Take, retain, possess or land
sablefish in the sablefish primary
season, described at § 660.231(b),
subpart E, unless the owner of the
limited entry permit registered for use
with that vessel and authorizing the
vessel to fish in the sablefish primary
season is on board that vessel.
Exceptions to this prohibition are
provided at § 660.231(b)(4)(i) and (ii).
E:\FR\FM\01OCR2.SGM
01OCR2
ER01OC10.015
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 190 / Friday, October 1, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 190 / Friday, October 1, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
(3) Process sablefish taken at-sea in
the limited entry fixed gear sablefish
primary fishery defined at § 660.231,
subpart E, from a vessel that does not
have a sablefish at-sea processing
exemption, defined at
§ 660.25(b)(3)(iv)(D), subpart C.
§ 660.213 Fixed gear fishery—
recordkeeping and reporting.
(a) General. General reporting
requirements specified at § 660.13 (a)
through (c), subpart C, apply to limited
entry fixed gear fishery vessels.
(b) Declaration reports for limited
entry fixed gear fishery vessels.
Declaration reporting requirements for
limited entry fixed gear fishery vessels
are specified at § 660.13 (d), subpart C.
(c) VMS requirements for limited
entry fixed gear fishery vessels. VMS
requirements for limited entry fixed gear
fishery vessels are specified at § 660.14,
subpart C.
(d) Retention of records. (1) Any
person landing groundfish must retain
on board the vessel from which
groundfish are landed, and provide to
an authorized officer upon request,
copies of any and all reports of
groundfish landings containing all data,
and in the exact manner, required by the
applicable state law throughout the
cumulative limit period during which a
landing occurred and for 15 days
thereafter.
(2) For participants in the sablefish
primary season, the cumulative limit
period to which this requirement
applies is April 1 through October 31 or,
for an individual permit holder, when
that permit holder’s tier limit is
attained, whichever is earlier.
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with RULES2
§ 660.216 Fixed gear fishery—observer
requirements.
(a) Observer coverage requirements.
When NMFS notifies the owner,
operator, permit holder, or the manager
of a catcher vessel, specified at
§ 660.16(c), subpart C, of any
requirement to carry an observer, the
catcher vessel may not be used to fish
for groundfish without carrying an
observer.
(b) Notice of departure basic rule. At
least 24 hours (but not more than 36
hours) before departing on a fishing trip,
a vessel that has been notified by NMFS
that it is required to carry an observer,
or that is operating in an active
sampling unit, must notify NMFS (or its
designated agent) of the vessel’s
intended time of departure. Notice will
be given in a form to be specified by
NMFS.
(1) Optional notice—weather delays.
A vessel that anticipates a delayed
departure due to weather or sea
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:37 Sep 30, 2010
Jkt 223001
conditions may advise NMFS of the
anticipated delay when providing the
basic notice described in paragraph (b)
of this section. If departure is delayed
beyond 36 hours from the time the
original notice is given, the vessel must
provide an additional notice of
departure not less than 4 hours prior to
departure, in order to enable NMFS to
place an observer.
(2) Optional notice—back-to-back
fishing trips. A vessel that intends to
make back-to-back fishing trips (i.e.,
trips with less than 24 hours between
offloading from one trip and beginning
another), may provide the basic notice
described in paragraph (b) of this
section for both trips, prior to making
the first trip. A vessel that has given
such notice is not required to give
additional notice of the second trip.
(c) Cease fishing report. Within 24
hours of ceasing the taking and retaining
of groundfish, vessel owners, operators,
or managers must notify NMFS or its
designated agent that fishing has ceased.
This requirement applies to any vessel
that is required to carry an observer, or
that is operating in a segment of the fleet
that NMFS has identified as an active
sampling unit.
(d) Waiver. The Northwest Regional
Administrator may provide written
notification to the vessel owner stating
that a determination has been made to
temporarily waive coverage
requirements because of circumstances
that are deemed to be beyond the
vessel’s control.
(e) Vessel responsibilities—(1)
Accommodations and food. An operator
of a vessel required to carry one or more
observer(s) must provide
accommodations and food that are
Equivalent to those provided to the
crew.
(2) Safe conditions. Maintain safe
conditions on the vessel for the
protection of observer(s) including
adherence to all USCG and other
applicable rules, regulations, or statutes
pertaining to safe operation of the
vessel, and provisions at §§ 600.725 and
600.746 of this chapter.
(3) Observer communications.
Facilitate observer communications by:
(i) Observer use of equipment.
Allowing observer(s) to use the vessel’s
communication equipment and
personnel, on request, for the entry,
transmission, and receipt of workrelated messages, at no cost to the
observer(s) or the U.S. or designated
agent.
(ii) Functional equipment. Ensuring
that the vessel’s communications
equipment, used by observers to enter
and transmit data, is fully functional
and operational.
PO 00000
Frm 00109
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
60975
(4) Vessel position. Allow observer(s)
access to, and the use of, the vessel’s
navigation equipment and personnel, on
request, to determine the vessel’s
position.
(5) Access. Allow observer(s) free and
unobstructed access to the vessel’s
bridge, trawl or working decks, holding
bins, processing areas, freezer spaces,
weight scales, cargo holds, and any
other space that may be used to hold,
process, weigh, or store fish or fish
products at any time.
(6) Prior notification. Notify
observer(s) at least 15 minutes before
fish are brought on board, or fish and
fish products are transferred from the
vessel, to allow sampling the catch or
observing the transfer, unless the
observer specifically requests not to be
notified.
(7) Records. Allow observer(s) to
inspect and copy any state or Federal
logbook maintained voluntarily or as
required by regulation.
(8) Assistance. Provide all other
reasonable assistance to enable
observer(s) to carry out their duties,
including, but not limited to:
(i) Measuring decks, codends, and
holding bins.
(ii) Providing the observer(s) with a
safe work area.
(iii) Collecting bycatch when
requested by the observer(s).
(iv) Collecting and carrying baskets of
fish when requested by the observer(s).
(v) Allowing the observer(s) to collect
biological data and samples.
(vi) Providing adequate space for
storage of biological samples.
(f) Sample station—(1) Observer
sampling station. This paragraph
contains the requirements for observer
sampling stations. The vessel owner
must provide an observer sampling
station that complies with this section
so that the observer can carry out
required duties.
(i) Accessibility. The observer
sampling station must be available to
the observer at all times.
(ii) Location. The observer sampling
station must be located within 4 m of
the location from which the observer
samples unsorted catch. Unobstructed
passage must be provided between the
observer sampling station and the
location where the observer collects
sample catch.
(2) [Reserved]
§ 660.219
marking.
Fixed gear identification and
(a) Gear identification. (1) Limited
entry fixed gear (longline, trap or pot)
must be marked at the surface and at
each terminal end, with a pole, flag,
light, radar reflector, and a buoy.
E:\FR\FM\01OCR2.SGM
01OCR2
60976
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 190 / Friday, October 1, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
(2) A buoy used to mark fixed gear
must be marked with a number clearly
identifying the owner or operator of the
vessel. The number may be either:
(i) If required by applicable state law,
the vessel’s number, the commercial
fishing license number, or buoy brand
number; or
(ii) The vessel documentation number
issued by the USCG, or, for an
undocumented vessel, the vessel
registration number issued by the state.
(b) [Reserved]
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with RULES2
§ 660.220 Fixed gear fishery—crossover
provisions.
(a) Operating in both limited entry
and open access fisheries. See
provisions at § 660.60(h)(7), subpart C.
(b) Operating in north-south
management areas with different trip
limits. NMFS uses different types of
management areas for West Coast
groundfish management. One type of
management area is the north-south
management area, a large ocean area
with northern and southern boundary
lines wherein trip limits, seasons, and
conservation areas follow a single
theme. Within each north-south
management area, there may be one or
more conservation areas, detailed in
§§ 660.60(h)(7) and 660.70 through
660.74, subpart C. The provisions
within this paragraph apply to vessels
operating in different north-south
management areas. Trip limits for a
species or a species group may differ in
different north-south management areas
along the coast. The following
‘‘crossover’’ provisions apply to vessels
operating in different geographical areas
that have different cumulative or ‘‘per
trip’’ trip limits for the same species or
species group. Such crossover
provisions do not apply to species that
are subject only to daily trip limits, or
to the trip limits for black rockfish off
Washington (see § 660.230(d)).
(1) Going from a more restrictive to a
more liberal area. If a vessel takes and
retains any groundfish species or
species group of groundfish in an area
where a more restrictive trip limit
applies before fishing in an area where
a more liberal trip limit (or no trip limit)
applies, then that vessel is subject to the
more restrictive trip limit for the entire
period to which that trip limit applies,
no matter where the fish are taken and
retained, possessed, or landed.
(2) Going from a more liberal to a
more restrictive area. If a vessel takes
and retains a groundfish species or
species group in an area where a higher
trip limit or no trip limit applies, and
takes and retains, possesses or lands the
same species or species group in an area
where a more restrictive trip limit
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:37 Sep 30, 2010
Jkt 223001
applies, that vessel is subject to the
more restrictive trip limit for the entire
period to which that trip limit applies,
no matter where the fish are taken and
retained, possessed, or landed.
(3) Operating in two different areas
where a species or species group is
managed with different types of trip
limits. During the fishing year, NMFS
may implement management measures
for a species or species group that set
different types of trip limits (for
example, per trip limits versus
cumulative trip limits) for different
areas. If a vessel fishes for a species or
species group that is managed with
different types of trip limits in two
different areas within the same
cumulative limit period, then that vessel
is subject to the most restrictive overall
cumulative limit for that species,
regardless of where fishing occurs.
(4) Minor rockfish. Several rockfish
species are designated with speciesspecific limits on one side of the 40°10′
N. lat. management line, and are
included as part of a minor rockfish
complex on the other side of the line.
A vessel that takes and retains fish from
a minor rockfish complex (nearshore,
shelf, or slope) on both sides of a
management line during a single
cumulative limit period is subject to the
more restrictive cumulative limit for
that minor rockfish complex during that
period.
(i) If a vessel takes and retains minor
slope rockfish north of 40°10′ N. lat.,
that vessel is also permitted to take and
retain, possess or land splitnose rockfish
up to its cumulative limit south of
40°10′ N. lat., even if splitnose rockfish
were a part of the landings from minor
slope rockfish taken and retained north
of 40°10′ N. lat.
(ii) If a vessel takes and retains minor
slope rockfish south of 40°10′ N. lat.,
that vessel is also permitted to take and
retain, possess or land POP up to its
cumulative limit north of 40°10′ N. lat.,
even if POP were a part of the landings
from minor slope rockfish taken and
retained south of 40°10′ N. lat.
§ 660.230 Fixed gear fishery-management
measures.
(a) General. Most species taken in
limited entry fixed gear (longline and
pot/trap) fisheries will be managed with
cumulative trip limits (see trip limits in
Tables 2 (North) and 2 (South) of this
subpart), size limits (see § 660.60(h)(5)),
seasons (see trip limits in Tables 2
(North) and 2 (South) of this subpart
and sablefish primary season details in
§ 660.231), gear restrictions (see
paragraph (b) of this section), and closed
areas (see paragraph (d) of this section
and §§ 660.70 through 660.79, subpart
PO 00000
Frm 00110
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
C). Cowcod retention is prohibited in all
fisheries, and groundfish vessels
operating south of Point Conception
must adhere to CCA restrictions (see
paragraph (d)(10) of this section and
§ 660.70, subpart C). Yelloweye rockfish
and canary rockfish retention is
prohibited in the limited entry fixed
gear fisheries. Regulations governing
and tier limits for the limited entry,
fixed gear sablefish primary season
north of 36° N. lat. are found in
§ 660.231, subpart E. Vessels not
participating in the sablefish primary
season are subject to daily or weekly
sablefish limits in addition to
cumulative limits for each cumulative
limit period. Only one sablefish landing
per week may be made in excess of the
daily trip limit and, if the vessel chooses
to make a landing in excess of that daily
trip limit, then that is the only sablefish
landing permitted for that week. The
trip limit for black rockfish caught with
hook-and-line gear also applies, see
§ 660.230(d). The trip limits in Table 2
(North) and Table 2 (South) of this
subpart apply to vessels participating in
the limited entry groundfish fixed gear
fishery and may not be exceeded.
Federal commercial groundfish
regulations are not intended to
supersede any more restrictive state
commercial groundfish regulations
relating to federally-managed
groundfish.
(b) Gear restrictions—(1) Longline and
pot or trap gear are authorized in the
limited entry fixed gear fishery,
providing the gear is in compliance with
the restrictions set forth in this section,
and gear marking requirements
described in § 660.219 of this subpart.
(2) Vessels participating in the limited
entry fixed gear fishery may also fish
with open access gear subject to the gear
restrictions at § 660.330(b), subpart F,
but will be subject to the most
restrictive trip limits for the gear used
as specified at § 660.60(h)(7), subpart C.
(3) Limited entry fixed gear (longline,
trap or pot gear) must be attended at
least once every 7 days.
(4) Traps or pots must have
biodegradable escape panels
constructed with 21 or smaller
untreated cotton twine in such a manner
that an opening at least 8 inches (20.3
cm) in diameter results when the twine
deteriorates.
(c) Sorting Requirements. (1) Under
§ 660.12(a)(8), subpart C, it is unlawful
for any person to ‘‘fail to sort, prior to
the first weighing after offloading, those
groundfish species or species groups for
which there is a trip limit, size limit,
scientific sorting designation, quota,
harvest guideline, or OY, if the vessel
fished or landed in an area during a
E:\FR\FM\01OCR2.SGM
01OCR2
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 190 / Friday, October 1, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
time when such trip limit, size limit,
scientific sorting designation, quota,
harvest guideline, or OY applied.’’ The
States of Washington, Oregon, and
California may also require that vessels
record their landings as sorted on their
state landing receipts.
(2) For limited entry fixed gear, the
following species must be sorted:
(i) Coastwide—widow rockfish,
canary rockfish, darkblotched rockfish,
yelloweye rockfish, shortbelly rockfish,
black rockfish, blue rockfish, minor
nearshore rockfish, minor shelf rockfish,
minor slope rockfish, shortspine and
longspine thornyhead, Dover sole,
arrowtooth flounder, petrale sole, starry
flounder, English sole, other flatfish,
lingcod, sablefish, Pacific cod, spiny
dogfish, other fish, longnose skate, and
Pacific whiting;
(ii) North of 40°10′ N. lat.—POP,
yellowtail rockfish;
(iii) South of 40°10′ N. lat.—minor
shallow nearshore rockfish, minor
deeper nearshore rockfish, California
scorpionfish, chilipepper rockfish,
bocaccio rockfish, splitnose rockfish,
Pacific sanddabs, cowcod,
bronzespotted rockfish and cabezon.
(d) Groundfish conservation areas
applicable to limited entry fixed gear
vessels. A GCA, a type of closed area, is
a geographic area defined by
coordinates expressed in degrees of
latitude and longitude. The latitude and
longitude coordinates of the GCA
boundaries are specified at §§ 660.70
through 660.74, subpart C. A vessel that
is authorized by this paragraph to fish
within a GCA (e.g. fishing for ‘‘other
flatfish’’ using no more than 12 hooks,
‘‘Number 2’’ or smaller), may not
simultaneously have other gear on board
the vessel that is unlawful to use for
fishing within the GCA. The following
GCAs apply to vessels participating in
the limited entry fixed gear fishery.
(1) North coast recreational yelloweye
rockfish conservation area. The latitude
and longitude coordinates of the North
Coast Recreational Yelloweye Rockfish
Conservation Area (YRCA) boundaries
are specified at § 660.70, subpart C. The
North Coast Recreational YRCA is
designated as an area to be avoided (a
voluntary closure) by commercial fixed
gear fishers.
(2) North coast commercial yelloweye
rockfish conservation area. The latitude
and longitude coordinates of the North
Coast Commercial Yelloweye Rockfish
Conservation Area (YRCA) boundaries
are specified at § 660.70, subpart C.
Fishing with limited entry fixed gear is
prohibited within the North Coast
Commercial YRCA. It is unlawful to
take and retain, possess, or land
groundfish taken with limited entry
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:37 Sep 30, 2010
Jkt 223001
fixed gear within the North Coast
Commercial YRCA. Limited entry fixed
gear vessels may transit through the
North Coast Commercial YRCA with or
without groundfish on board.
(3) South coast recreational yelloweye
rockfish conservation area. The latitude
and longitude coordinates of the South
Coast Recreational Yelloweye Rockfish
Conservation Area (YRCA) boundaries
are specified at § 660.70, subpart C. The
South Coast Recreational YRCA is
designated as an area to be avoided (a
voluntary closure) by commercial fixed
gear fishers.
(4) Westport offshore recreational
YRCA. The latitude and longitude
coordinates that define the Westport
Offshore Recreational YRCA boundaries
are specified at § 660.70, subpart C. The
Westport Offshore Recreational YRCA is
designated as an area to be avoided (a
voluntary closure) by commercial fixed
gear fishers.
(5) Point St. George YRCA. The
latitude and longitude coordinates of
the Point St. George YRCA boundaries
are specified at § 660.70, Subpart C.
Fishing with limited entry fixed gear is
prohibited within the Point St. George
YRCA, on dates when the closure is in
effect. It is unlawful to take and retain,
possess, or land groundfish taken with
limited entry fixed gear within the Point
St. George YRCA, on dates when the
closure is in effect. The closure is not in
effect at this time, and commercial
fishing for groundfish is open within the
Point St. George YRCA from January 1
through December 31. This closure may
be imposed through inseason
adjustment. Limited entry fixed gear
vessels may transit through the Point St.
George YRCA, at any time, with or
without groundfish on board.
(6) South Reef YRCA. The latitude
and longitude coordinates of the South
Reef YRCA boundaries are specified at
§ 660.70, subpart C. Fishing with
limited entry fixed gear is prohibited
within the South Reef YRCA, on dates
when the closure is in effect. It is
unlawful to take and retain, possess, or
land groundfish taken with limited
entry fixed gear within the South Reef
YRCA, on dates when the closure is in
effect. The closure is not in effect at this
time, and commercial fishing for
groundfish is open within the South
Reef YRCA from January 1 through
December 31. This closure may be
imposed through inseason adjustment.
Limited entry fixed gear vessels may
transit through the South Reef YRCA, at
any time, with or without groundfish on
board.
(7) Reading Rock YRCA. The latitude
and longitude coordinates of the
Reading Rock YRCA boundaries are
PO 00000
Frm 00111
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
60977
specified at § 660.70, subpart C. Fishing
with limited entry fixed gear is
prohibited within the Reading Rock
YRCA, on dates when the closure is in
effect. It is unlawful to take and retain,
possess, or land groundfish taken with
limited entry fixed gear within the
Reading Rock YRCA, on dates when the
closure is in effect. The closure is not in
effect at this time, and commercial
fishing for groundfish is open within the
Reading Rock YRCA from January 1
through December 31. This closure may
be imposed through inseason
adjustment. Limited entry fixed gear
vessels may transit through the Reading
Rock YRCA, at any time, with or
without groundfish on board.
(8) Point Delgada (North) YRCA. The
latitude and longitude coordinates of
the Point Delgada (North) YRCA
boundaries are specified at § 660.70,
subpart C. Fishing with limited entry
fixed gear is prohibited within the Point
Delgada (North) YRCA, on dates when
the closure is in effect. It is unlawful to
take and retain, possess, or land
groundfish taken with limited entry
fixed gear within the Point Delgada
(North) YRCA, on dates when the
closure is in effect. The closure is not in
effect at this time, and commercial
fishing for groundfish is open within the
Point Delgada (North) YRCA from
January 1 through December 31. This
closure may be imposed through
inseason adjustment. Limited entry
fixed gear vessels may transit through
the Point Delgada (North) YRCA, at any
time, with or without groundfish on
board.
(9) Point Delgada (South) YRCA. The
latitude and longitude coordinates of
the Point Delgada (South) YRCA
boundaries are specified at § 660.70,
subpart C. Fishing with limited entry
fixed gear is prohibited within the Point
Delgada (South) YRCA, on dates when
the closure is in effect. It is unlawful to
take and retain, possess, or land
groundfish taken with limited entry
fixed gear within the Point Delgada
(South) YRCA, on dates when the
closure is in effect. The closure is not in
effect at this time, and commercial
fishing for groundfish is open within the
Point Delgada (South) YRCA from
January 1 through December 31. This
closure may be imposed through
inseason adjustment. Limited entry
fixed gear vessels may transit through
the Point Delgada (South) YRCA, at any
time, with or without groundfish on
board.
(10) Cowcod Conservation Areas. The
latitude and longitude coordinates of
the Cowcod Conservation Areas (CCAs)
boundaries are specified at § 660.70,
subpart C. It is unlawful to take and
E:\FR\FM\01OCR2.SGM
01OCR2
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with RULES2
60978
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 190 / Friday, October 1, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
retain, possess, or land groundfish
within the CCAs, except for species
authorized in this paragraph caught
according to gear requirements in this
paragraph, when those waters are open
to fishing. Commercial fishing vessels
may transit through the Western CCA
with their gear stowed and groundfish
on board only in a corridor through the
Western CCA bounded on the north by
the latitude line at 33°00.50′ N. lat., and
bounded on the south by the latitude
line at 32°59.50′ N. lat. Fishing with
limited entry fixed gear is prohibited
within the CCAs, except as follows:
(i) Fishing for ‘‘other flatfish’’ is
permitted within the CCAs under the
following conditions: When using no
more than 12 hooks, ‘‘Number 2’’ or
smaller, which measure no more than
11 mm (0.44 inches) point to shank, and
up to two 1-lb (0.45 kg) weights per line;
and provided a valid declaration report
as required at § 660.13(d), subpart C, has
been filed with NMFS OLE.
(ii) Fishing for rockfish and lingcod is
permitted shoreward of the 20 fm (37 m)
depth contour within the CCAs when
trip limits authorize such fishing, and
provided a valid declaration report as
required at § 660.13(d), subpart C, has
been filed with NMFS OLE.
(11) Nontrawl Rockfish Conservation
Areas (RCA). The nontrawl RCAs are
closed areas, defined by specific latitude
and longitude coordinates (specified at
§§ 660.70 through 660.74, subpart C)
designed to approximate specific depth
contours, where fishing for groundfish
with nontrawl gear is prohibited.
Boundaries for the nontrawl RCA
throughout the year are provided in the
header to Table 2 (North) and Table 2
(South) of this subpart and may be
modified by NMFS inseason pursuant to
§ 660.60(c), subpart C.
(i) It is unlawful to operate a vessel
with limited entry nontrawl gear in the
nontrawl RCA, except for the purpose of
continuous transit, or when the use of
limited entry nontrawl gear is
authorized in this section. It is unlawful
to take and retain, possess, or land
groundfish taken with limited entry
nontrawl gear within the nontrawl RCA,
unless otherwise authorized in this
section.
(ii) Limited entry nontrawl vessels
may transit through the nontrawl RCA,
with or without groundfish on board,
provided all groundfish nontrawl gear is
stowed either: Below deck; or if the gear
cannot readily be moved, in a secured
and covered manner, detached from all
lines, so that it is rendered unusable for
fishing.
(iii) The nontrawl RCA restrictions in
this section apply to vessels registered
to limited entry fixed gear permits
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:37 Sep 30, 2010
Jkt 223001
fishing for species other than groundfish
with nontrawl gear on trips where
groundfish species are retained. Unless
otherwise authorized in this section, a
vessel may not retain any groundfish
taken on a fishing trip for species other
than groundfish that occurs within the
nontrawl RCA. If a vessel fishes in a
non-groundfish fishery in the nontrawl
RCA, it may not participate in any
fishing for groundfish on that trip that
is prohibited within the nontrawl RCA.
[For example, if a vessel fishes in the
salmon troll fishery within the RCA, the
vessel cannot on the same trip fish in
the sablefish fishery outside of the
RCA.]
(iv) It is lawful to fish within the
nontrawl RCA with limited entry fixed
gear only under the following
conditions: when fishing for ‘‘other
flatfish’’ off California (between 42° N.
lat. south to the U.S./Mexico border)
using no more than 12 hooks, ‘‘Number
2’’ or smaller, which measure no more
than 11 mm (0.44 inches) point to
shank, and up to two 1-lb (0.91 kg)
weights per line when trip limits
authorize such fishing, provided a valid
declaration report as required at
§ 660.13(d), subpart C, has been filed
with NMFS OLE.
(12) Farallon Islands. Under
California law, commercial fishing for
all groundfish is prohibited between the
shoreline and the 10 fm (18 m) depth
contour around the Farallon Islands. An
exception to this prohibition is that
commercial fishing for ‘‘other flatfish’’ is
permitted around the Farallon Islands
using no more than 12 hooks, ‘‘Number
2’’ or smaller, which measure no more
than 11 mm (0.44 inches) point to
shank, and up to two 1-lb (0.45-kg)
weights per line. (See Table 2 (South) of
this subpart.) For a definition of the
Farallon Islands, see § 660.70, subpart C.
(13) Cordell Banks. Commercial
fishing for groundfish is prohibited in
waters of depths less than 100 fm (183
m) around Cordell Banks, as defined by
specific latitude and longitude
coordinates at § 660.70, subpart C. An
exception to this prohibition is that
commercial fishing for ‘‘other flatfish’’ is
permitted around Cordell Banks using
no more than 12 hooks, ‘‘Number 2’’ or
smaller, which measure no more than
11 mm (0.44 inches) point to shank, and
up to two 1-lb (0.45-kg) weights per line.
(14) Essential Fish Habitat
Conservation Areas (EFHCA). An
EFHCA, a type of closed area, is a
geographic area defined by coordinates
expressed in degrees of latitude and
longitude at §§ 660.75 through 660.79,
Subpart C, where specified types of
fishing are prohibited in accordance
with § 660.12, Subpart C. EFHCAs apply
PO 00000
Frm 00112
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
to vessels using ‘‘bottom contact gear,’’
which is defined at § 660.11, Subpart C
to include limited entry fixed gear
(longline and pot/trap,) among other
gear types. Fishing with all bottom
contact gear, including longline and
pot/trap gear, is prohibited within the
following EFHCAs, which are defined
by specific latitude and longitude
coordinates at §§ 660.75 through 660.79,
subpart C: Thompson Seamount,
President Jackson Seamount, Cordell
Bank (50 fm (91 m) isobath), Harris
Point, Richardson Rock, Scorpion,
Painted Cave, Anacapa Island,
Carrington Point, Judith Rock, Skunk
Point, Footprint, Gull Island, South
Point, and Santa Barbara. Fishing with
bottom contact gear is also prohibited
within the Davidson Seamount EFH
Area, which is defined by specific
latitude and longitude coordinates at
§ 660.75, subpart C.
(e) Black rockfish fishery
management. The trip limit for black
rockfish (Sebastes melanops) for
commercial fishing vessels using hookand-line gear between the U.S.-Canada
border and Cape Alava (48°09.50′ N.
lat.), and between Destruction Island
(47°40′ N. lat.) and Leadbetter Point
(46°38.17′ N. lat.), is 100 lbs (45 kg) or
30 percent, by weight of all fish on
board, whichever is greater, per vessel
per fishing trip. These per trip limits
apply to limited entry and open access
fisheries, in conjunction with the
cumulative trip limits and other
management measures in § 660.230,
subpart E, and § 660.330, subpart F. The
crossover provisions in § 660.60(h)(7),
subpart C, do not apply to the black
rockfish per-trip limits.
§ 660.231 Limited entry fixed gear
sablefish primary fishery.
This section applies to the sablefish
primary season for the limited entry
fixed gear fishery north of 36° N. lat.
Limited entry and open access fixed
gear sablefish fishing outside of the
sablefish primary season north of 36° N.
lat. is governed by routine management
measures imposed under §§ 660.230 and
660.232, subpart E.
(a) Sablefish endorsement. A vessel
may not fish in the sablefish primary
season for the limited entry fixed gear
fishery, unless at least one limited entry
permit with both a gear endorsement for
longline or trap (or pot) gear and a
sablefish endorsement is registered for
use with that vessel. Permits with
sablefish endorsements are assigned to
one of three tiers, as described at
§ 660.25(b)(3)(iv), subpart C.
(b) Sablefish primary season for the
limited entry fixed gear fishery—(1)
Season dates. North of 36° N. lat., the
E:\FR\FM\01OCR2.SGM
01OCR2
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 190 / Friday, October 1, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
sablefish primary season for the limited
entry, fixed gear, sablefish-endorsed
vessels begins at 12 noon local time on
April 1 and ends at 12 noon local time
on October 31, or for an individual
permit holder when that permit holder’s
tier limit has been reached, whichever
is earlier, unless otherwise announced
by the Regional Administrator through
the routine management measures
process described at § 660.60, subpart C.
(2)
Gear type. During the season primary
and when fishing against primary
season cumulative limits, each vessel
authorized to fish in that season under
paragraph (a) of this section may fish for
sablefish with any of the gear types,
except trawl gear, endorsed on at least
one of the permits registered for use
with that vessel.
(3) Cumulative limits. (i) A vessel
participating in the primary season will
be constrained by the sablefish
cumulative limit associated with each of
the permits registered for use with that
vessel. During the primary season, each
vessel authorized to fish in that season
under paragraph (a) of this section may
take, retain, possess, and land sablefish,
up to the cumulative limits for each of
the permits registered for use with that
vessel (i.e., stacked permits). If multiple
limited entry permits with sablefish
endorsements are registered for use with
a single vessel, that vessel may land up
to the total of all cumulative limits
announced in this paragraph for the
tiers for those permits, except as limited
by paragraph (b)(3)(ii) of this section.
Up to 3 permits may be registered for
use with a single vessel during the
primary season; thus, a single vessel
may not take and retain, possess or land
more than 3 primary season sablefish
cumulative limits in any one year. A
vessel registered for use with multiple
limited entry permits is subject to per
vessel limits for species other than
sablefish, and to per vessel limits when
participating in the daily trip limit
fishery for sablefish under § 660.232,
subpart E. In 2009, the following annual
limits are in effect: Tier 1 at 61,296-lb
(27,803 kg), Tier 2 at 27,862-lb (12,638
kg), and Tier 3 at 15,921-lb (7,221 kg).
For 2010 and beyond, the following
annual limits are in effect: Tier 1 at
56,081-lb (25,437 kg), Tier 2 at 25,492lb (11,562 kg), and Tier 3 at 14,567-lb
(6,648 kg).
(ii) If a permit is registered to more
than one vessel during the primary
season in a single year, the second
vessel may only take the portion of the
cumulative limit for that permit that has
not been harvested by the first vessel to
which the permit was registered. The
combined primary season sablefish
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:37 Sep 30, 2010
Jkt 223001
landings for all vessels registered to that
permit may not exceed the cumulative
limit for the tier associated with that
permit.
(iii) A cumulative trip limit is the
maximum amount of sablefish that may
be taken and retained, possessed, or
landed per vessel in a specified period
of time, with no limit on the number of
landings or trips.
(iv) Incidental halibut retention north
of Pt. Chehalis, WA (46° 53.30′ N. lat.).
No halibut retention is allowed during
the primary sablefish fishery in 2010.
(4) Owner-on-board requirement. Any
person who owns or has ownership
interest in a limited entry permit with
a sablefish endorsement, as described at
§ 660.25(b)(3), subpart C, must be on
board the vessel registered for use with
that permit at any time that the vessel
has sablefish on board the vessel that
count toward that permit’s cumulative
sablefish landing limit. This person
must carry government issued photo
identification while aboard the vessel. A
permit owner is not obligated to be on
board the vessel registered for use with
the sablefish-endorsed limited entry
permit during the sablefish primary
season if:
(i) The person, partnership or
corporation had ownership interest in a
limited entry permit with a sablefish
endorsement prior to November 1, 2000.
A person who has ownership interest in
a partnership or corporation that owned
a sablefish-endorsed permit as of
November 1, 2000, but who did not
individually own a sablefish-endorsed
limited entry permit as of November 1,
2000, is not exempt from the owner-onboard requirement when he/she leaves
the partnership or corporation and
purchases another permit individually.
A person, partnership, or corporation
that is exempt from the owner-on-board
requirement may sell all of their
permits, buy another sablefish-endorsed
permit within up to a year from the date
the last permit was approved for
transfer, and retain their exemption
from the owner-on-board requirements.
Additionally, a person, partnership, or
corporation that qualified for the owneron-board exemption, but later divested
their interest in a permit or permits,
may retain rights to an owner-on-board
exemption as long as that person,
partnership, or corporation purchases
another permit by March 2, 2007. A
person, partnership or corporation
could only purchase a permit if it has
not added or changed individuals since
November 1, 2000, excluding
individuals that have left the
partnership or corporation, or that have
died.
PO 00000
Frm 00113
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
60979
(ii) The person who owns or who has
ownership interest in a sablefishendorsed limited entry permit is
prevented from being on board a fishing
vessel because the person died, is ill, or
is injured. The person requesting the
exemption must send a letter to NMFS
requesting an exemption from the
owner-on-board requirements, with
appropriate evidence as described at
paragraph (b)(4)(ii)(A) or (B) of this
section. All emergency exemptions for
death, injury, or illness will be
evaluated by NMFS and a decision will
be made in writing to the permit owner
within 60 calendar days of receipt of the
original exemption request.
(A) Evidence of death of the permit
owner shall be provided to NMFS in the
form of a copy of a death certificate. In
the interim before the estate is settled,
if the deceased permit owner was
subject to the owner-on-board
requirements, the estate of the deceased
permit owner may send a letter to
NMFS with a copy of the death
certificate, requesting an exemption
from the owner-on-board requirements.
An exemption due to death of the
permit owner will be effective only until
such time that the estate of the deceased
permit owner has transferred the
deceased permit owner’s permit to a
beneficiary or up to three years after the
date of death as proven by a death
certificate, whichever is earlier. An
exemption from the owner-on-board
requirements will be conveyed in a
letter from NMFS to the estate of the
permit owner and is required to be on
the vessel during fishing operations.
(B) Evidence of illness or injury that
prevents the permit owner from
participating in the fishery shall be
provided to NMFS in the form of a letter
from a certified medical practitioner.
This letter must detail the relevant
medical conditions of the permit owner
and how those conditions prevent the
permit owner from being onboard a
fishing vessel during the primary
season. An exemption due to injury or
illness will be effective only for the
fishing year of the request for
exemption, and will not be granted for
more than three consecutive or total
years. NMFS will consider any
exemption granted for less than 12
months in a year to count as one year
against the 3-year cap. In order to
extend an emergency medical
exemption for a succeeding year, the
permit owner must submit a new
request and provide documentation
from a certified medical practitioner
detailing why the permit owner is still
unable to be onboard a fishing vessel.
An emergency exemption will be
conveyed in a letter from NMFS to the
E:\FR\FM\01OCR2.SGM
01OCR2
60980
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 190 / Friday, October 1, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
permit owner and is required to be on
the vessel during fishing operations.
§ 660.232 Limited entry daily trip limit
(DTL) fishery for sablefish.
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with RULES2
(a) Limited entry DTL fisheries both
north and south of 36° N. lat.—(1)
Before the start of the primary season for
the sablefish tier limit fishery, all
sablefish landings made by a vessel
authorized by § 660.231(a) to fish in the
primary season will be subject to the
restrictions and limits of the limited
entry daily and/or weekly trip limit
(DTL) fishery for sablefish specified in
this section and which is governed by
routine management measures imposed
under § 660.60(c), subpart C.
(2) Following the start of the primary
season, all landings made by a vessel
authorized by § 660.231(a) of this
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:37 Sep 30, 2010
Jkt 223001
subpart to fish in the primary season
will count against the primary season
cumulative limit(s) associated with the
permit(s) registered for use with that
vessel. A vessel that is eligible to fish in
the sablefish primary season may fish in
the DTL fishery for sablefish once that
vessels’ primary season sablefish
limit(s) have been taken, or after the end
of the primary season, whichever occurs
earlier. Any subsequent sablefish
landings by that vessel will be subject
to the restrictions and limits of the
limited entry DTL fishery for sablefish
for the remainder of the fishing year.
(3) No vessel may land sablefish
against both its primary season
cumulative sablefish limits and against
the DTL fishery limits within the same
24 hour period of 0001 hours local time
PO 00000
Frm 00114
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
to 2400 hours local time. If a vessel has
taken all of its tier limit except for an
amount that is smaller than the DTL
amount, that vessel’s subsequent
sablefish landings are automatically
subject to DTL limits.
(4) Vessels registered for use with a
limited entry, fixed gear permit that
does not have a sablefish endorsement
may fish in the limited entry, DTL
fishery for as long as that fishery is open
during the fishing year, subject to
routine management measures imposed
under § 660.60(c), Subpart C. DTL limits
for the limited entry fishery north and
south of 36° N. lat. are provided in
Tables 2 (North) and 2 (South) of this
subpart.
(b) [Reserved]
BILLING CODE 3510–22–P
E:\FR\FM\01OCR2.SGM
01OCR2
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:37 Sep 30, 2010
Jkt 223001
PO 00000
Frm 00115
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\01OCR2.SGM
01OCR2
60981
ER01OC10.016
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 190 / Friday, October 1, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
VerDate Mar<15>2010
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 190 / Friday, October 1, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
17:37 Sep 30, 2010
Jkt 223001
PO 00000
Frm 00116
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\01OCR2.SGM
01OCR2
ER01OC10.017
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with RULES2
60982
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:37 Sep 30, 2010
Jkt 223001
PO 00000
Frm 00117
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\01OCR2.SGM
01OCR2
60983
ER01OC10.018
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 190 / Friday, October 1, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
60984
BILLING CODE 3510–22–C
Subpart F—West Coast Groundfish—
Open Access Fisheries
§ 660.312 Open access fishery—
prohibitions.
General groundfish prohibitions for
the Pacific Coast groundfish fisheries
are defined at § 660.12, subpart C. In
addition to the general groundfish
prohibitions, it is unlawful for any
person to:
(a) General. (1) Take and retain,
possess, or land groundfish in excess of
the landing limit for the open access
fishery without having a valid limited
entry permit for the vessel affixed with
a gear endorsement for the gear used to
catch the fish.
(2) Black rockfish fisheries. Have
onboard a commercial hook-and-line
fishing vessel (other than a vessel
operated by persons under § 660.60
(c)(1)(ii), subpart C), more than the
amount of the trip limit set for black
rockfish by § 660.330(e) while that
vessel is fishing between the U.S.Canada border and Cape Alava
(48°09′30″ N. lat.), or between
Destruction Island (47°40′00″ N. lat.)
and Leadbetter Point (46°38′10″ N. lat.).
(b) Gear. (1) Possess, deploy, haul, or
carry onboard a fishing vessel subject to
this subpart a set net, trap or pot,
longline, or commercial vertical hookand-line that is not in compliance with
the gear restrictions in § 660.330(b),
subpart F, unless such gear is the gear
of another vessel that has been retrieved
§ 660.310
Purpose and scope.
This subpart covers the Pacific Coast
Groundfish open access fishery. The
open access fishery, as defined at
§ 660.11, Subpart C, is the fishery
composed of commercial vessels using
open access gear fished pursuant to the
harvest guidelines, quotas, and other
management measures specified for the
harvest of open access allocations or
governing the fishing activities of open
access vessels.
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with RULES2
§ 660.311 Open access fishery—
definitions.
General definitions for the Pacific
Coast groundfish fisheries are defined at
§ 660.11, subpart C. The definitions in
this subpart are specific to the open
access fishery covered in this subpart
and are in addition to those specified at
§ 660.11, subpart C.
Closely tended for the purposes of this
subpart means that a vessel is within
visual sighting distance or within 0.25
nm (463 m) of the gear as determined by
electronic navigational equipment.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:37 Sep 30, 2010
Jkt 223001
PO 00000
Frm 00118
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
at sea and made inoperable or stowed in
a manner not capable of being fished.
The disposal at sea of such gear is
prohibited by Annex V of the
International Convention for the
Prevention of Pollution From Ships,
1973 (Annex V of MARPOL 73/78).
(2) Fish with dredge gear (defined in
§ 660.11) anywhere within EFH within
the EEZ, as defined by latitude/
longitude coordinates at § 660.75.
(3) Fish with beam trawl gear (defined
in § 660.11) anywhere within EFH
within the EEZ, as defined by latitude/
longitude coordinates at § 660.75.
(4) Fish with bottom trawl gear with
a footrope diameter greater than 19
inches (48 cm) (including rollers,
bobbins, or other material encircling or
tied along the length of the footrope)
anywhere in EFH within the EEZ, as
defined by latitude/longitude
coordinates at § 660.75.
(c) Fishing in conservation areas with
open access gears. (1) Operate a vessel
with non-groundfish trawl gear onboard
in any applicable GCA (as defined at
§ 660.330(d)) except for purposes of
continuous transiting, with all trawl
gear stowed in accordance with
§ 660.330(b), or except as authorized in
the groundfish management measures
published at § 660.330.
(2) Operate a vessel in an applicable
GCA (as defined at § 660.330(d) that has
E:\FR\FM\01OCR2.SGM
01OCR2
ER01OC10.019
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 190 / Friday, October 1, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 190 / Friday, October 1, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
nontrawl gear onboard and is not
registered to a limited entry permit on
a trip in which the vessel is used to take
and retain or possess groundfish in the
EEZ, possess or land groundfish taken
in the EEZ, except for purposes of
continuous transiting, with all
groundfish nontrawl gear stowed in
accordance with § 660.330(b), or except
as authorized in the groundfish
management measures published at
§ 660.330.
(3) Fish with bottom contact gear (as
defined in § 660.11, subpart C) within
the EEZ in the following areas (defined
in §§ 660.78 and 660.79): Thompson
Seamount, President Jackson Seamount,
Cordell Bank (50-fm (91-m) isobath),
Harris Point, Richardson Rock,
Scorpion, Painted Cave, Anacapa Island,
Carrington Point, Judith Rock, Skunk
Point, Footprint, Gull Island, South
Point, and Santa Barbara.
(4) Fish with bottom contact gear (as
defined in § 660.11, subpart C), or any
other gear that is deployed deeper than
500-fm (914-m), within the Davidson
Seamount area (defined in § 660.75).
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with RULES2
§ 660.313 Open access fishery—
recordkeeping and reporting.
(a) General. General reporting
requirements specified at § 660.13(a)
through (c) of subpart C apply to open
access fisheries.
(b) Declaration reports for vessels
using nontrawl gear. Declaration
reporting requirements for open access
vessels using nontrawl gear (all types of
open access gear other than nongroundfish trawl gear) are specified at
§ 660.13(d).
(c) Declaration reports for vessels
using non-groundfish trawl gear.
Declaration reporting requirements for
open access vessels using nongroundfish trawl gear are specified at
§ 660.13(d).
(d) VMS requirements for open access
fishery vessels. VMS requirements for
open access fishery vessels are specified
at § 660.14, subpart C.
(e) Retention of records. Any person
landing groundfish must retain on board
the vessel from which groundfish is
landed, and provide to an authorized
officer upon request, copies of any and
all reports of groundfish landings
containing all data, and in the exact
manner, required by the applicable state
law throughout the cumulative limit
period during which a landing occurred
and for 15 days thereafter.
§ 660.316 Open access fishery—observer
requirements.
(a) Observer coverage requirements.
When NMFS notifies the owner,
operator, permit holder, or the manager
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:37 Sep 30, 2010
Jkt 223001
of a catcher vessel, specified at
§ 660.16(c), subpart C, of any
requirement to carry an observer, the
catcher vessel may not be used to fish
for groundfish without carrying an
observer.
(b) Notice of departure—basic rule. At
least 24 hours (but not more than 36
hours) before departing on a fishing trip,
a vessel that has been notified by NMFS
that it is required to carry an observer,
or that is operating in an active
sampling unit, must notify NMFS (or its
designated agent) of the vessel’s
intended time of departure. Notice will
be given in a form to be specified by
NMFS.
(1) Optional notice—weather delays.
A vessel that anticipates a delayed
departure due to weather or sea
conditions may advise NMFS of the
anticipated delay when providing the
basic notice described in paragraph (b)
of this section. If departure is delayed
beyond 36 hours from the time the
original notice is given, the vessel must
provide an additional notice of
departure not less than 4 hours prior to
departure, in order to enable NMFS to
place an observer.
(2) Optional notice—back-to-back
fishing trips. A vessel that intends to
make back-to-back fishing trips (i.e.,
trips with less than 24 hours between
offloading from one trip and beginning
another), may provide the basic notice
described in paragraph (b) of this
section for both trips, prior to making
the first trip. A vessel that has given
such notice is not required to give
additional notice of the second trip.
(c) Cease fishing report. Within 24
hours of ceasing the taking and retaining
of groundfish, vessel owners, operators,
or managers must notify NMFS or its
designated agent that fishing has ceased.
This requirement applies to any vessel
that is required to carry an observer, or
that is operating in a segment of the fleet
that NMFS has identified as an active
sampling unit.
(d) Waiver. The Northwest Regional
Administrator may provide written
notification to the vessel owner stating
that a determination has been made to
temporarily waive coverage
requirements because of circumstances
that are deemed to be beyond the
vessel’s control.
(e) Vessel responsibilities—(1)
Accommodations and food. An operator
of a vessel required to carry one or more
observer(s) must provide
accommodations and food that are
Equivalent to those provided to the
crew.
(2) Safe conditions. Maintain safe
conditions on the vessel for the
protection of observer(s) including
PO 00000
Frm 00119
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
60985
adherence to all USCG and other
applicable rules, regulations, or statutes
pertaining to safe operation of the
vessel, and provisions at §§ 600.725 and
600.746 of this chapter.
(3) Observer communications.
Facilitate observer communications by:
(i) Observer use of equipment.
Allowing observer(s) to use the vessel’s
communication equipment and
personnel, on request, for the entry,
transmission, and receipt of workrelated messages, at no cost to the
observer(s) or the U.S. or designated
agent.
(ii) Functional equipment. Ensuring
that the vessel’s communications
equipment, used by observers to enter
and transmit data, is fully functional
and operational.
(4) Vessel position. Allow observer(s)
access to, and the use of, the vessel’s
navigation equipment and personnel, on
request, to determine the vessel’s
position.
(5) Access. Allow observer(s) free and
unobstructed access to the vessel’s
bridge, trawl or working decks, holding
bins, processing areas, freezer spaces,
weight scales, cargo holds, and any
other space that may be used to hold,
process, weigh, or store fish or fish
products at any time.
(6) Prior notification. Notify
observer(s) at least 15 minutes before
fish are brought on board, or fish and
fish products are transferred from the
vessel, to allow sampling the catch or
observing the transfer, unless the
observer specifically requests not to be
notified.
(7) Records. Allow observer(s) to
inspect and copy any state or Federal
logbook maintained voluntarily or as
required by regulation.
(8) Assistance. Provide all other
reasonable assistance to enable
observer(s) to carry out their duties,
including, but not limited to:
(i) Measuring decks, codends, and
holding bins.
(ii) Providing the observer(s) with a
safe work area.
(iii) Collecting bycatch when
requested by the observer(s).
(iv) Collecting and carrying baskets of
fish when requested by the observer(s).
(v) Allowing the observer(s) to collect
biological data and samples.
(vi) Providing adequate space for
storage of biological samples.
(f) Sample station—(1) Observer
sampling station. This paragraph
contains the requirements for observer
sampling stations. The vessel owner
must provide an observer sampling
station that complies with this section
so that the observer can carry out
required duties.
E:\FR\FM\01OCR2.SGM
01OCR2
60986
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 190 / Friday, October 1, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
(i) Accessibility. The observer
sampling station must be available to
the observer at all times.
(ii) Location. The observer sampling
station must be located within 4 m of
the location from which the observer
samples unsorted catch. Unobstructed
passage must be provided between the
observer sampling station and the
location where the observer collects
sample catch.
§ 660.319 Open access fishery gear
identification and marking.
(a) Gear identification. (1) Open
access fixed gear (longline, trap or pot,
set net and stationary hook-and-line
gear, including commercial vertical
hook-and-line gear) must be marked at
the surface and at each terminal end,
with a pole, flag, light, radar reflector,
and a buoy.
(2) Open access commercial vertical
hook-and-line gear that is closely tended
as defined at § 660.311 of this subpart,
may be marked only with a single buoy
of sufficient size to float the gear.
(3) A buoy used to mark fixed gear
under paragraph (a)(1) or (a)(2) of this
section must be marked with a number
clearly identifying the owner or operator
of the vessel. The number may be either:
(i) If required by applicable state law,
the vessel’s number, the commercial
fishing license number, or buoy brand
number; or
(ii) The vessel documentation number
issued by the USCG, or, for an
undocumented vessel, the vessel
registration number issued by the state.
(b) [Reserved]
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with RULES2
§ 660.320 Open access fishery—crossover
provisions.
(a) Operating in both limited entry
and open access fisheries. See
provisions at § 660.60, subpart C.
(b) Operating in north-south
management areas with different trip
limits. NMFS uses different types of
management areas for West Coast
groundfish management. One type of
management area is the north-south
management area, a large ocean area
with northern and southern boundary
lines wherein trip limits, seasons, and
conservation areas follow a single
theme. Within each north-south
management area, there may be one or
more conservation areas, detailed in
§§ 660.11 and 660.70 through 660.74,
subpart C. The provisions within this
paragraph apply to vessels operating in
different north-south management areas.
Trip limits for a species or a species
group may differ in different northsouth management areas along the coast.
The following ‘‘crossover’’ provisions
apply to vessels operating in different
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:37 Sep 30, 2010
Jkt 223001
geographical areas that have different
cumulative or ‘‘per trip’’ trip limits for
the same species or species group. Such
crossover provisions do not apply to
species that are subject only to daily trip
limits, or to the trip limits for black
rockfish off Washington (see
§ 660.330(e)).
(1) Going from a more restrictive to a
more liberal area. If a vessel takes and
retains any groundfish species or
species group of groundfish in an area
where a more restrictive trip limit
applies before fishing in an area where
a more liberal trip limit (or no trip limit)
applies, then that vessel is subject to the
more restrictive trip limit for the entire
period to which that trip limit applies,
no matter where the fish are taken and
retained, possessed, or landed.
(2) Going from a more liberal to a
more restrictive area. If a vessel takes
and retains a groundfish species or
species group in an area where a higher
trip limit or no trip limit applies, and
takes and retains, possesses or lands the
same species or species group in an area
where a more restrictive trip limit
applies, that vessel is subject to the
more restrictive trip limit for the entire
period to which that trip limit applies,
no matter where the fish are taken and
retained, possessed, or landed.
(3) Operating in two different areas
where a species or species group is
managed with different types of trip
limits. During the fishing year, NMFS
may implement management measures
for a species or species group that set
different types of trip limits (for
example, per trip limits versus
cumulative trip limits) for different
areas. If a vessel fishes for a species or
species group that is managed with
different types of trip limits in two
different areas within the same
cumulative limit period, then that vessel
is subject to the most restrictive overall
cumulative limit for that species,
regardless of where fishing occurs.
(4) Minor rockfish. Several rockfish
species are designated with speciesspecific limits on one side of the 40°10′
N. lat. management line, and are
included as part of a minor rockfish
complex on the other side of the line.
A vessel that takes and retains fish from
a minor rockfish complex (nearshore,
shelf, or slope) on both sides of a
management line during a single
cumulative limit period is subject to the
more restrictive cumulative limit for
that minor rockfish complex during that
period.
(i) If a vessel takes and retains minor
slope rockfish north of 40°10′ N. lat.,
that vessel is also permitted to take and
retain, possess or land splitnose rockfish
up to its cumulative limit south of
PO 00000
Frm 00120
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
40°10′ N. lat., even if splitnose rockfish
were a part of the landings from minor
slope rockfish taken and retained north
of 40°10′ N. lat.
(ii) If a vessel takes and retains minor
slope rockfish south of 40°10′ N. lat.,
that vessel is also permitted to take and
retain, possess or land POP up to its
cumulative limit north of 40°10′ N. lat.,
even if POP were a part of the landings
from minor slope rockfish taken and
retained south of 40°10′ N. lat.
(5) ‘‘DTS complex’’. There are often
differential trawl trip limits for the ‘‘DTS
complex’’ north and south of latitudinal
management lines. Vessels operating in
the limited entry trawl fishery are
subject to the crossover provisions in
paragraph (b) of this section when
making landings that include any one of
the four species in the ‘‘DTS complex.’’
§ 660.330 Open access fishery—
management measures.
(a) General. Groundfish species taken
in open access fisheries will be managed
with cumulative trip limits (see trip
limits in Tables 3 (North) and 3 (South)
of this subpart), size limits (see
§ 660.60(h)(5)), seasons (see seasons in
Tables 3 (North) and 3 (South) of this
subpart), gear restrictions (see paragraph
(b) of this section), and closed areas (see
paragraph (d) of this section and
§§ 660.70 through 660.79, subpart C).
Unless otherwise specified, a vessel
operating in the open access fishery is
subject to, and must not exceed any trip
limit, frequency limit, and/or size limit
for the open access fishery. Cowcod
retention is prohibited in all fisheries
and groundfish vessels operating south
of Point Conception must adhere to CCA
restrictions (see paragraph (d)(11) of this
section and § 660.70, subpart C).
Retention of yelloweye rockfish and
canary rockfish is prohibited in all open
access fisheries. For information on the
open access daily/weekly trip limit
fishery for sablefish, see § 660.332 and
the trip limits in Tables 3 (North) and
3 (South) of this subpart. Open access
vessels are subject to daily or weekly
sablefish limits in addition to
cumulative limits for each cumulative
limit period. Only one sablefish landing
per week may be made in excess of the
daily trip limit and, if the vessel chooses
to make a landing in excess of that daily
trip limit, then that is the only sablefish
landing permitted for that week. The
trip limit for black rockfish caught with
hook-and-line gear also applies, see
paragraph (e) of this section. Open
access vessels that fish with nongroundfish trawl gear or in the salmon
troll fishery north of 40°10′ N. lat. are
subject the cumulative limits and closed
areas (except the pink shrimp fishery
E:\FR\FM\01OCR2.SGM
01OCR2
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 190 / Friday, October 1, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
which is not subject to RCA restrictions)
listed in Tables 3 (North) and 3 (South)
of this subpart. Federal commercial
groundfish regulations are not intended
to supersede any more restrictive state
commercial groundfish regulations
relating to federally managed
groundfish.
(b) Gear restrictions. Open access gear
includes longline, trap, pot, hook-andline (fixed or mobile), setnet (anchored
gillnet or trammel net, which are
permissible south of 38° N. lat. only),
spear and non-groundfish trawl gear
(trawls used to target non-groundfish
species: pink shrimp or ridgeback
prawns, and, south of Pt. Arena, CA
(38°57.50’ N. lat.), California halibut or
sea cucumbers). Restrictions for gears
used in the open access fisheries are as
follows:
(1) Non-groundfish trawl gear. Nongroundfish trawl gear is generally trawl
gear used to target pink shrimp,
ridgeback prawn, California halibut and
sea cucumber and is exempt from the
limited entry trawl gear restrictions at
§ 660.130(b). The following gear
restrictions apply to non-groundfish
trawl gear:
(i) Bottom trawl gear with a footrope
diameter greater than 19 inches (48 cm)
(including rollers, bobbins, or other
material encircling or tied along the
length of the footrope) is prohibited
anywhere in EFH within the EEZ, as
defined by latitude/longitude
coordinates at § 660.75. unless such gear
is the gear of another vessel that has
been retrieved at sea and made
inoperable or stowed in a manner not
capable of being fished. The disposal at
sea of such gear is prohibited by Annex
V of the International Convention for
the Prevention of Pollution From Ships,
1973 (Annex V of MARPOL 73/78).
(ii) [Reserved]
(2) Fixed gear. (i) Fixed gear (longline,
trap or pot, set net and stationary hookand-line gear, including commercial
vertical hook-and-line gear) must be
attended at least once every 7 days.
(ii) Set nets. Fishing for groundfish
with set nets is prohibited in the fishery
management area north of 38°00.00’ N.
lat.
(iii) Traps or pots. Traps must have
biodegradable escape panels
constructed with 21 or smaller
untreated cotton twine in such a manner
that an opening at least 8 inches (20.3
cm) in diameter results when the twine
deteriorates.
(iv) Spears. Spears may be propelled
by hand or by mechanical means.
(c) Sorting. Under § 660.12(a)(8),
subpart C, it is unlawful for any person
to ‘‘fail to sort, prior to the first weighing
after offloading, those groundfish
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:37 Sep 30, 2010
Jkt 223001
species or species groups for which
there is a trip limit, size limit, scientific
sorting designation, quota, harvest
guideline, or OY, if the vessel fished or
landed in an area during a time when
such trip limit, size limit, scientific
sorting designation, quota, harvest
guideline, or OY applied.’’ The States of
Washington, Oregon, and California
may also require that vessels record
their landings as sorted on their state
landing receipts. For open access
vessels, the following species must be
sorted:
(1) Coastwide—widow rockfish,
canary rockfish, darkblotched rockfish,
yelloweye rockfish, shortbelly rockfish,
black rockfish, blue rockfish, minor
nearshore rockfish, minor shelf rockfish,
minor slope rockfish, shortspine and
longspine thornyhead, Dover sole,
arrowtooth flounder, petrale sole, starry
flounder, English sole, other flatfish,
lingcod, sablefish, Pacific cod, spiny
dogfish, longnose skate, other fish,
Pacific whiting, and Pacific sanddabs;
(2) North of 40°10’ N. lat.—POP,
yellowtail rockfish;
(3) South of 40°10’ N. lat.—minor
shallow nearshore rockfish, minor
deeper nearshore rockfish, chilipepper
rockfish, bocaccio rockfish, splitnose
rockfish, cowcod, bronzespotted
rockfish and cabezon.
(d) Groundfish conservation areas
affecting open access vessels. A GCA, a
type of closed area, is a geographic area
defined by coordinates expressed in
degrees of latitude and longitude. A
vessel that is authorized by this
paragraph to fish within a GCA (e.g.
fishing for ‘‘other flatfish’’ using no more
than 12 hooks, ‘‘Number 2’’ or smaller),
may not simultaneously have other gear
on board the vessel that is unlawful to
use for fishing within the GCA. The
following GCAs apply to vessels
participating in the open access
groundfish fishery.
(1) North coast recreational yelloweye
rockfish conservation area. The latitude
and longitude coordinates of the North
Coast Recreational Yelloweye Rockfish
Conservation Area (YRCA) boundaries
are specified at § 660.70, subpart C. The
North Coast Recreational YRCA is
designated as an area to be avoided (a
voluntary closure) by commercial fixed
gear fishers.
(2) North coast commercial yelloweye
rockfish conservation area. The latitude
and longitude coordinates of the North
Coast Commercial Yelloweye Rockfish
Conservation Area (YRCA) boundaries
are specified at § 660.70, subpart C.
Fishing with open access gear is
prohibited within the North Coast
Commercial YRCA. It is unlawful to
take and retain, possess, or land
PO 00000
Frm 00121
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
60987
groundfish taken with open access gear
within the North Coast Commercial
YRCA. Open access vessels may transit
through the North Coast Commercial
YRCA with or without groundfish on
board.
(3) South coast recreational yelloweye
rockfish conservation area. The latitude
and longitude coordinates of the South
Coast Recreational Yelloweye Rockfish
Conservation Area (YRCA) boundaries
are specified at § 660.70, subpart C. The
South Coast Recreational YRCA is
designated as an area to be avoided (a
voluntary closure) by commercial fixed
gear fishers.
(4) Westport offshore recreational
YRCA. The latitude and longitude
coordinates that define the Westport
Offshore Recreational YRCA boundaries
are specified at § 660.70, subpart C. The
Westport Offshore Recreational YRCA is
designated as an area to be avoided (a
voluntary closure) by commercial fixed
gear fishers.
(5) Point St. George YRCA. The
latitude and longitude coordinates of
the Point St. George YRCA boundaries
are specified at § 660.70, subpart C.
Fishing with open access gear is
prohibited within the Point St. George
YRCA, on dates when the closure is in
effect. It is unlawful to take and retain,
possess, or land groundfish taken with
open access gear within the Point St.
George YRCA, on dates when the
closure is in effect. The closure is not in
effect at this time, and commercial
fishing for groundfish is open within the
Point St. George YRCA from January 1
through December 31. This closure may
be imposed through inseason
adjustment. Open access vessels may
transit through the Point St. George
YRCA, at any time, with or without
groundfish on board.
(6) South Reef YRCA. The latitude
and longitude coordinates of the South
Reef YRCA boundaries are specified at
§ 660.70, subpart C. Fishing with open
access gear is prohibited within the
South Reef YRCA, on dates when the
closure is in effect. It is unlawful to take
and retain, possess, or land groundfish
taken with open access gear within the
South Reef YRCA, on dates when the
closure is in effect. The closure is not in
effect at this time, and commercial
fishing for groundfish is open within the
South Reef YRCA from January 1
through December 31. This closure may
be imposed through inseason
adjustment. Open access gear vessels
may transit through the South Reef
YRCA, at any time, with or without
groundfish on board.
(7) Reading Rock YRCA. The latitude
and longitude coordinates of the
Reading Rock YRCA boundaries are
E:\FR\FM\01OCR2.SGM
01OCR2
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with RULES2
60988
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 190 / Friday, October 1, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
specified at § 660.70, subpart C. Fishing
with open access gear is prohibited
within the Reading Rock YRCA, on
dates when the closure is in effect. It is
unlawful to take and retain, possess, or
land groundfish taken with open access
gear within the Reading Rock YRCA, on
dates when the closure is in effect. The
closure is not in effect at this time, and
commercial fishing for groundfish is
open within the Reading Rock YRCA
from January 1 through December 31.
This closure may be imposed through
inseason adjustment. Open access gear
vessels may transit through the Reading
Rock YRCA, at any time, with or
without groundfish on board.
(8) Point Delgada (North) YRCA. The
latitude and longitude coordinates of
the Point Delgada (North) YRCA
boundaries are specified at § 660.70,
subpart C. Fishing with open access gear
is prohibited within the Point Delgada
(North) YRCA, on dates when the
closure is in effect. It is unlawful to take
and retain, possess, or land groundfish
taken with open access gear within the
Point Delgada (North) YRCA, on dates
when the closure is in effect. The
closure is not in effect at this time, and
commercial fishing for groundfish is
open within the Point Delgada (North)
YRCA from January 1 through December
31. This closure may be imposed
through inseason adjustment. Open
access gear vessels may transit through
the Point Delgada (North) YRCA, at any
time, with or without groundfish on
board.
(9) Point Delgada (South) YRCA. The
latitude and longitude coordinates of
the Point Delgada (South) YRCA
boundaries are specified at § 660.70,
subpart C. Fishing with open access gear
is prohibited within the Point Delgada
(South) YRCA, on dates when the
closure is in effect. It is unlawful to take
and retain, possess, or land groundfish
taken with open access gear within the
Point Delgada (South) YRCA, on dates
when the closure is in effect. The
closure is not in effect at this time, and
commercial fishing for groundfish is
open within the Point Delgada (South)
YRCA from January 1 through December
31. This closure may be imposed
through inseason adjustment. Open
access gear vessels may transit through
the Point Delgada (South) YRCA, at any
time, with or without groundfish on
board.
(10) Salmon Troll Yelloweye Rockfish
Conservation Area (YRCA). The latitude
and longitude coordinates of the Salmon
Troll YRCA boundaries are specified in
the groundfish regulations at § 660.70,
subpart C, and in the salmon regulations
at § 660.405. Fishing with salmon troll
gear is prohibited within the Salmon
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:37 Sep 30, 2010
Jkt 223001
Troll YRCA. It is unlawful for
commercial salmon troll vessels to take
and retain, possess, or land fish taken
with salmon troll gear within the
Salmon Troll YRCA. Open access
vessels may transit through the Salmon
Troll YRCA with or without fish on
board.
(11) Cowcod Conservation Areas
(CCAs). The latitude and longitude
coordinates of the CCAs boundaries are
specified at § 660.70, subpart C. It is
unlawful to take and retain, possess, or
land groundfish within the CCAs,
except for species authorized in this
paragraph caught according to gear
requirements in this paragraph, when
those waters are open to fishing.
Commercial fishing vessels may transit
through the Western CCA with their
gear stowed and groundfish on board
only in a corridor through the Western
CCA bounded on the north by the
latitude line at 33°00.50’ N. lat., and
bounded on the south by the latitude
line at 32°59.50’ N. lat. Fishing with
open access gear is prohibited in the
CCAs, except as follows:
(i) Fishing for ‘‘other flatfish’’ is
permitted within the CCAs under the
following conditions: when using no
more than 12 hooks, ‘‘Number 2’’ or
smaller, which measure no more than
11 mm (0.44 inches) point to shank, and
up to two 1-lb (0.45 kg) weights per line;
and provided a valid declaration report
as required at § 660.12(d), subpart C, has
been filed with NMFS OLE.
(ii) Fishing for rockfish and lingcod is
permitted shoreward of the 20 fm (37 m)
depth contour within the CCAs when
trip limits authorize such fishing, and
provided a valid declaration report as
required at § 660.12(d), subpart C, has
been filed with NMFS OLE.
(12) Nontrawl rockfish conservation
areas for the open access fisheries. The
nontrawl RCAs are closed areas, defined
by specific latitude and longitude
coordinates (specified at §§ 660.70
through 660.74, subpart C) designed to
approximate specific depth contours,
where fishing for groundfish with
nontrawl gear is prohibited. Boundaries
for the nontrawl RCA throughout the
year are provided in the open access trip
limit tables, Table 3 (North) and Table
3 (South) of this subpart and may be
modified by NMFS inseason pursuant to
§ 660.60(c).
(i) It is unlawful to operate a vessel in
the nontrawl RCA that has nontrawl
gear onboard and is not registered to a
limited entry permit on a trip in which
the vessel is used to take and retain or
possess groundfish in the EEZ, or land
groundfish taken in the EEZ, except for
the purpose of continuous transiting, or
PO 00000
Frm 00122
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
when the use of nontrawl gear is
authorized in part 660.
(ii) On any trip on which a groundfish
species is taken with nontrawl open
access gear and retained, the open
access nontrawl vessel may transit
through the nontrawl RCA only if all
groundfish nontrawl gear is stowed
either: Below deck; or if the gear cannot
readily be moved, in a secured and
covered manner, detached from all
lines, so that it is rendered unusable for
fishing.
(iii) The nontrawl RCA restrictions in
this section apply to vessels taking and
retaining or possessing groundfish in
the EEZ, or landing groundfish taken in
the EEZ. Unless otherwise authorized by
part 660, a vessel may not retain any
groundfish taken on a fishing trip for
species other than groundfish that
occurs within the nontrawl RCA. If a
vessel fishes in a non-groundfish fishery
in the nontrawl RCA, it may not
participate in any fishing for groundfish
on that trip that is prohibited within the
nontrawl RCA. [For example, if a vessel
fishes in the salmon troll fishery within
the RCA, the vessel cannot on the same
trip fish in the sablefish fishery outside
of the RCA.]
(iv) Fishing for ‘‘other flatfish’’ off
California (between 42° N. lat. south to
the U.S./Mexico border) is permitted
within the nontrawl RCA with fixed
gear only under the following
conditions: When using no more than
12 hooks, ‘‘Number 2’’ or smaller, which
measure no more than 11 mm (0.44
inches) point to shank, and up to two 1lb (0.91 kg) weights per line when trip
limits authorize such fishing; and
provided a valid declaration report as
required at § 660.12(d), subpart C, has
been filed with NMFS OLE.
(13) Non-groundfish trawl rockfish
conservation areas for the open access
non-groundfish trawl fisheries. The nongroundfish trawl RCAs are closed areas,
defined by specific latitude and
longitude coordinates (specified at
§§ 660.70 through 660.74, subpart C)
designed to approximate specific depth
contours, where fishing for groundfish
with nontrawl gear is prohibited.
Boundaries for the nontrawl RCA
throughout the year are provided in the
open access trip limit tables, Table 3
(North) and Table 3 (South) of this
subpart and may be modified by NMFS
in season pursuant to § 660.60(c).
(i) It is unlawful to operate a vessel in
the non-groundfish trawl RCA with nongroundfish trawl gear onboard, except
for the purpose of continuous transiting,
or when the use of trawl gear is
authorized in part 660. It is unlawful to
take and retain, possess, or land
groundfish taken with non-groundfish
E:\FR\FM\01OCR2.SGM
01OCR2
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 190 / Friday, October 1, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
trawl gear within the nontrawl RCA,
unless otherwise authorized in part 660.
(ii) Non-groundfish trawl vessels may
transit through the non-groundfish trawl
RCA, with or without groundfish on
board, provided all non-groundfish
trawl gear is stowed either: Below deck;
or if the gear cannot readily be moved,
in a secured and covered manner,
detached from all towing lines, so that
it is rendered unusable for fishing; or
remaining on deck uncovered if the
trawl doors are hung from their
stanchions and the net is disconnected
from the doors.
(iii) The non-groundfish trawl RCA
restrictions in this section apply to
vessels taking and retaining or
possessing groundfish in the EEZ, or
landing groundfish taken in the EEZ.
Unless otherwise authorized by Part
660, it is unlawful for a vessel to retain
any groundfish taken on a fishing trip
for species other than groundfish that
occurs within the non-groundfish trawl
RCA. If a vessel fishes in a nongroundfish fishery in the nongroundfish trawl RCA, it may not
participate in any fishing on that trip
that is prohibited within the nongroundfish trawl RCA. [For example, if
a vessel fishes in the pink shrimp
fishery within the RCA, the vessel
cannot on the same trip fish in the DTS
fishery seaward of the RCA.] Nothing in
these Federal regulations supersedes
any state regulations that may prohibit
trawling shoreward of the fishery
management area (3–200 nm).
(iv) It is lawful to fish with nongroundfish trawl gear within the nongroundfish trawl RCA only under the
following conditions:
(A) Pink shrimp trawling is permitted
in the non-groundfish trawl RCA when
a valid declaration report as required at
§ 660.12(d), subpart C, has been filed
with NMFS OLE. Groundfish caught
with pink shrimp trawl gear may be
retained anywhere in the EEZ and are
subject to the limits in Table 3 (North)
and Table 3 (South) of this subpart.
(B) When the shoreward line of the
trawl RCA is shallower than 100 fm (183
m), vessels using ridgeback prawn trawl
gear south of 34°27.00′ N. lat. may
operate out to the 100 fm (183 m)
boundary line specified at § 660.73
when a valid declaration report as
required at § 660.12(d), subpart C, has
been filed with NMFS OLE. Groundfish
caught with ridgeback prawn trawl gear
are subject to the limits in Table 3
(North) and Table 3 (South) of this
subpart.
(14) Farallon Islands. Under
California law, commercial fishing for
all groundfish is prohibited between the
shoreline and the 10 fm (18 m) depth
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:37 Sep 30, 2010
Jkt 223001
contour around the Farallon Islands. An
exception to this prohibition is that
commercial fishing for ‘‘other flatfish’’ is
permitted around the Farallon Islands
using no more than 12 hooks, ‘‘Number
2’’ or smaller, which measure no more
than 11 mm (0.44 inches) point to
shank, and up to two 1-lb (0.45 kg)
weights per line. (See Table 2 (South) of
this subpart.) For a definition of the
Farallon Islands, see § 660.70, subpart C.
(15) Cordell Banks. Commercial
fishing for groundfish is prohibited in
waters of depths less than 100-fm (183m) around Cordell Banks, as defined by
specific latitude and longitude
coordinates at § 660.70, subpart C. An
exception to this prohibition is that
commercial fishing for ‘‘other flatfish’’ is
permitted around Cordell Banks using
no more than 12 hooks, ‘‘Number 2’’ or
smaller, which measure no more than
11 mm (0.44 inches) point to shank, and
up to two 1-lb (0.45 kg) weights per line.
(16) Essential fish habitat
conservation areas (EFHCA). An
EFHCA, a type of closed area, is a
geographic area defined by coordinates
expressed in degrees of latitude and
longitude at §§ 660.76 through 660.79,
where specified types of fishing are
prohibited in accordance with § 660.12,
subpart C. EFHCAs apply to vessels
using bottom trawl gear and or vessels
using ‘‘bottom contact gear,’’ which is
defined at § 660.11, subpart C, and
includes, but is not limited to: Beam
trawl, bottom trawl, dredge, fixed gear,
set net, demersal seine, dinglebar gear,
and other gear (including experimental
gear) designed or modified to make
contact with the bottom.
(i) The following EFHCAs apply to
vessels operating within the EEZ off the
coasts of Washington, Oregon, and
California with bottom trawl gear:
(A) Seaward of a boundary line
approximating the 700-fm (1280-m)
depth contour. Fishing with bottom
trawl gear is prohibited in waters of
depths greater than 700 fm (1280 m)
within the EFH, as defined by specific
latitude and longitude coordinates at
§§ 660.75 and 660.76.
(B) Shoreward of a boundary line
approximating the 100-m (183-m) depth
contour. Fishing with bottom trawl gear
with a footrope diameter greater than 8
inches (20 cm) is prohibited in waters
shoreward of a boundary line
approximating the 100-fm (183-m)
depth contour, as defined by specific
latitude and longitude coordinates at
§ 660.73.
(C) EFHCAs for all bottom trawl gear.
Fishing with all bottom trawl gear is
prohibited within the following
EFHCAs, which are defined by specific
latitude and longitude coordinates at
PO 00000
Frm 00123
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
60989
§§ 660.77 through 660.78: Olympic 2,
Biogenic 1, Biogenic 2, Grays Canyon,
Biogenic 3, Astoria Canyon, Nehalem
Bank/Shale Pile, Siletz Deepwater,
Daisy Bank/Nelson Island, Newport
Rockpile/Stonewall Bank, Heceta Bank,
Deepwater off Coos Bay, Bandon High
Spot, Rogue Canyon.
(D) EFHCAs for all bottom trawl gear,
except demersal seine gear. Fishing with
all bottom trawl gear except demersal
seine gear (defined at § 660.11, subpart
C) is prohibited within the following
EFHCAs, which are defined by specific
latitude and longitude coordinates at
§ 660.79: Eel River Canyon, Blunts Reef,
Mendocino Ridge, Delgada Canyon,
Tolo Bank, Point Arena North, Point
Arena South Biogenic Area, Cordell
Bank/Biogenic Area, Farallon Islands/
Fanny Shoal, Half Moon Bay, Monterey
Bay/Canyon, Point Sur Deep, Big Sur
Coast/Port San Luis, East San Lucia
Bank, Point Conception, Hidden Reef/
Kidney Bank (within Cowcod
Conservation Area West), Catalina
Island, Potato Bank (within Cowcod
Conservation Area West), Cherry Bank
(within Cowcod Conservation Area
West), and Cowcod EFH Conservation
Area East.
(E) EFHCAs for bottom contact gear,
which includes bottom trawl gear.
Fishing with bottom contact gear is
prohibited within the following
EFHCAs, which are defined by specific
latitude and longitude coordinates at
§§ 660.398–.399: Thompson Seamount,
President Jackson Seamount, Cordell
Bank (50-fm (91-m) isobath), Harris
Point, Richardson Rock, Scorpion,
Painted Cave, Anacapa Island,
Carrington Point, Judith Rock, Skunk
Point, Footprint, Gull Island, South
Point, and Santa Barbara. Fishing with
bottom contact gear is also prohibited
within the Davidson Seamount EFH
Area, which is defined by specific
latitude and longitude coordinates at
§ 660.75, subpart C.
(ii) [Reserved]
(e) Black rockfish fishery
management. The trip limit for black
rockfish (Sebastes melanops) for
commercial fishing vessels using hookand-line gear between the U.S.-Canada
border and Cape Alava (48°09.50′ N.
lat.), and between Destruction Island
(47°40′ N. lat.) and Leadbetter Point
(46°38.17′ N. lat.), is 100-lbs (45 kg) or
30 percent, by weight of all fish on
board, whichever is greater, per vessel
per fishing trip. These per trip limits
apply to limited entry and open access
fisheries, in conjunction with the
cumulative trip limits and other
management measures in §§ 660.230
and 660.330. The crossover provisions
in § 660.60(h)(7), subpart C, do not
E:\FR\FM\01OCR2.SGM
01OCR2
60990
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 190 / Friday, October 1, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
apply to the black rockfish per-trip
limits.
§ 660.332 Open access daily trip limit
(DTL) fishery for sablefish.
(a) Open access DTL fisheries both
north and south of 36° N. lat. Open
access vessels may fish in the open
access, daily trip limit fishery for as
long as that fishery is open during the
year, subject to the routine management
measures imposed under § 660.60,
subpart C.
(b) Trip limits. (1) Daily and/or
weekly trip limits for the open access
fishery north and south of 36° N. lat. are
provided in Tables 3 (North) and 3
(South) of this subpart.
(2) Trip and/or frequency limits may
be imposed in the limited entry fishery
on vessels that are not participating in
the primary season under § 660.60,
subpart C.
(3) Trip and/or size limits to protect
juvenile sablefish in the limited entry or
open access fisheries also may be
imposed at any time under § 660.60,
subpart C.
(4) Trip limits may be imposed in the
open access fishery at any time under
§ 660.60, subpart C.
§ 660.333 Open access non-groundfish
trawl fishery—management measures.
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with RULES2
(a) General. Groundfish taken with
non-groundfish trawl gear by vessels
engaged in fishing for pink shrimp,
ridgeback prawns, California halibut, or
sea cucumbers. Trip limits for
groundfish retained in the ridgeback
prawn, California halibut, or sea
cucumber fisheries are in the open
access trip limit table, Table 3 (South)
of this subpart. Trip limits for
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:37 Sep 30, 2010
Jkt 223001
groundfish retained in the pink shrimp
fishery are in Tables 3 (North) and 3
(South) of this subpart. The table also
generally describes the RCAs for vessels
participating in these fisheries.
(b) Participation in the ridgeback
prawn fishery. A trawl vessel will be
considered participating in the
ridgeback prawn fishery if:
(1) It is not registered to a valid
Federal limited entry groundfish permit
issued under § 660.25(b) for trawl gear;
and
(2) The landing includes ridgeback
prawns taken in accordance with
California Fish and Game Code, section
8595, which states: ‘‘Prawns or shrimp
may be taken for commercial purposes
with a trawl net, subject to Article 10
(commencing with Section 8830) of
Chapter 3.’’
(c) Participation in the California
halibut fishery. (1) A trawl vessel will be
considered participating in the
California halibut fishery if:
(i) It is not registered to a valid
Federal limited entry groundfish permit
issued under § 660. 25(b) for trawl gear;
(ii) All fishing on the trip takes place
south of Pt. Arena, CA (38°57.50’ N.
lat.); and
(iii) The landing includes California
halibut of a size required by California
Fish and Game Code section 8392,
which states: ‘‘No California halibut may
be taken, possessed or sold which
measures less than 22 in (56 cm) in total
length, unless it weighs 4-lb (1.8144 kg)
or more in the round, 3 and one-half lbs
(1.587 kg) or more dressed with the
head on, or 3-lbs (1.3608 kg) or more
dressed with the head off. Total length
means the shortest distance between the
PO 00000
Frm 00124
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
tip of the jaw or snout, whichever
extends farthest while the mouth is
closed, and the tip of the longest lobe of
the tail, measured while the halibut is
lying flat in natural repose, without
resort to any force other than the
swinging or fanning of the tail.’’
(2) [Reserved]
(d) Participation in the sea cucumber
fishery. A trawl vessel will be
considered to be participating in the sea
cucumber fishery if:
(1) It is not registered to a valid
Federal limited entry groundfish permit
issued under § 660. 25(b) for trawl gear;
(2) All fishing on the trip takes place
south of Pt. Arena, CA (38°57.50′ N.
lat.); and
(3) The landing includes sea
cucumbers taken in accordance with
California Fish and Game Code, section
8405, which requires a permit issued by
the State of California.
(e) Groundfish taken with nongroundfish trawl gear by vessels engaged
in fishing for pink shrimp.
Notwithstanding § 660.60(h)(7), a vessel
that takes and retains pink shrimp and
also takes and retains groundfish in
either the limited entry or another open
access fishery during the same
applicable cumulative limit period that
it takes and retains pink shrimp (which
may be 1 month or 2 months, depending
on the fishery and the time of year), may
retain the larger of the two limits, but
only if the limit(s) for each gear or
fishery are not exceeded when operating
in that fishery or with that gear. The
limits are not additive; the vessel may
not retain a separate trip limit for each
fishery.
E:\FR\FM\01OCR2.SGM
01OCR2
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:37 Sep 30, 2010
Jkt 223001
PO 00000
Frm 00125
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\01OCR2.SGM
01OCR2
60991
ER01OC10.020
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 190 / Friday, October 1, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
VerDate Mar<15>2010
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 190 / Friday, October 1, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
17:37 Sep 30, 2010
Jkt 223001
PO 00000
Frm 00126
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\01OCR2.SGM
01OCR2
ER01OC10.021
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with RULES2
60992
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:37 Sep 30, 2010
Jkt 223001
PO 00000
Frm 00127
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\01OCR2.SGM
01OCR2
60993
ER01OC10.022
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 190 / Friday, October 1, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 190 / Friday, October 1, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
BILLING CODE 3510–22–C
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:37 Sep 30, 2010
Jkt 223001
PO 00000
Frm 00128
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
E:\FR\FM\01OCR2.SGM
01OCR2
ER01OC10.023
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with RULES2
60994
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 190 / Friday, October 1, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
5. Redesignate §§ 660.390 through
660.399, subpart G as §§ 660.70 through
660.79, subpart C, as follows:
■
Old section
§ 660.353 Recreational fishery—
recordkeeping and reporting.
New section
§ 660.390
§ 660.391
§ 660.392
§ 660.393
§ 660.394
§ 660.395
§ 660.396
§ 660.397
§ 660.398
§ 660.399
§ 660.70
§ 660.71
§ 660.72
§ 660.73
§ 660.74
§ 660.75
§ 660.76
§ 660.77
§ 660.78
§ 660.79
Recordkeeping and reporting
requirements at § 660.13 (a) through (c),
subpart C, apply to the recreational
fishery.
§ 660.360 Recreational fisherymanagement measures.
6. In part 660, subpart K, redesignate
Table 2 to part 660 as Table 3 to part
660, in subpart C.
■ 7. Remove Tables 1a through 2c and
Tables 3 (North) through 5 (South) to
part 660, subpart G.
■ 8. Remove Figure 1 to subpart G of
part 660.
■ 9. Revise subpart G to part 660 to read
as follows:
■
Subpart G—West Coast Groundfish—
Recreational Fisheries
Sec.
660.350 Purpose and scope.
660.351 Recreational fishery—definitions.
660.352 Recreational fishery—prohibitions.
660.353 Recreational fishery—
recordkeeping and reporting.
660.360 Recreational fishery—management
measures.
Subpart G—West Coast Groundfish—
Recreational Fisheries
§ 660.350
Purpose and scope.
This subpart covers the Pacific Coast
Groundfish recreational fishery.
§ 660.351 Recreational fishery—
definitions.
These definitions are specific to the
recreational fisheries covered in this
subpart. General groundfish definitions
are defined at § 660.11, subpart C.
Bag limit means the number of fish
available to an angler.
Boat limit means the number of fish
available to for a vessel or boat.
Hook limit means a limit on the
number of hooks on any given fishing
line.
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with RULES2
§ 660.352 Recreational fishery—
prohibitions.
These prohibitions are specific to the
recreational fisheries. General
groundfish prohibitions are found at
§ 660.12, subpart C. In addition to the
general groundfish prohibitions
specified in § 600.12, subpart C, of this
chapter, it is unlawful for any person to:
(a) Sell, offer to sell, or purchase any
groundfish taken in the course of
recreational groundfish fishing.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:37 Sep 30, 2010
Jkt 223001
(b) Use fishing gear other than hookand-line or spear for recreational
fishing.
(a) General. Federal recreational
groundfish regulations are not intended
to supersede any more restrictive state
recreational groundfish regulations
relating to federally-managed
groundfish. The bag limits include fish
taken in both state and Federal waters.
(b) Gear restrictions. The only types of
fishing gear authorized for recreational
fishing are hook-and-line and spear.
Spears may be propelled by hand or by
mechanical means. More fisheryspecific gear restrictions may be
required by state as noted in paragraph
(c) of this section (e.g. California’s
recreational ‘‘other flatfish’’ fishery).
(c) State-specific recreational fishery
management measures. Federal
recreational groundfish regulations are
not intended to supersede any more
restrictive State recreational groundfish
regulations relating to federallymanaged groundfish. Off the coast of
Washington, Oregon, and California,
boat limits apply, whereby each fisher
aboard a vessel may continue to use
angling gear until the combined daily
limits of groundfish for all licensed and
juvenile anglers aboard has been
attained (additional state restrictions on
boat limits may apply).
(1) Washington. For each person
engaged in recreational fishing off the
coast of Washington, the groundfish bag
limit is 15 groundfish per day, including
rockfish and lingcod, and is open yearround (except for lingcod). In the Pacific
halibut fisheries, retention of groundfish
is governed in part by annual
management measures for Pacific
halibut fisheries, which are published in
the Federal Register. South of
Leadbetter Point, WA to the
Washington/Oregon border, when
Pacific halibut are onboard the vessel,
no groundfish may be taken and
retained, possessed or landed, except
sablefish and Pacific cod. The following
sublimits and closed areas apply:
(i) Recreational groundfish
conservation areas off Washington—(A)
North coast recreational yelloweye
rockfish conservation area. Recreational
fishing for groundfish and halibut is
prohibited within the North Coast
Recreational Yelloweye Rockfish
PO 00000
Frm 00129
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
60995
Conservation Area (YRCA). It is
unlawful for recreational fishing vessels
to take and retain, possess, or land
groundfish taken with recreational gear
within the North Coast Recreational
YRCA. A vessel fishing in the North
Coast Recreational YRCA may not be in
possession of any groundfish.
Recreational vessels may transit through
the North Coast Recreational YRCA with
or without groundfish on board. The
North Coast Recreational YRCA is
defined by latitude and longitude
coordinates specified at § 660.70,
subpart C.
(B) South coast recreational yelloweye
rockfish conservation area. Recreational
fishing for groundfish and halibut is
prohibited within the South Coast
Recreational YRCA. It is unlawful for
recreational fishing vessels to take and
retain, possess, or land groundfish taken
with recreational gear within the South
Coast Recreational YRCA. A vessel
fishing in the South Coast Recreational
YRCA may not be in possession of any
groundfish. Recreational vessels may
transit through the South Coast
Recreational YRCA with or without
groundfish on board. The South Coast
Recreational YRCA is defined by
latitude and longitude coordinates
specified at § 660.70, subpart C.
(C) Westport offshore recreational
yelloweye rockfish conservation area.
Recreational fishing for groundfish and
halibut is prohibited within the
Westport Offshore Recreational YRCA.
It is unlawful for recreational fishing
vessels to take and retain, possess, or
land groundfish taken with recreational
gear within the Westport Offshore
Recreational YRCA. A vessel fishing in
the Westport Offshore Recreational
YRCA may not be in possession of any
groundfish. Recreational vessels may
transit through the Westport Offshore
Recreational YRCA with or without
groundfish on board. The Westport
Offshore Recreational YRCA is defined
by latitude and longitude coordinates
specified at § 660.70, subpart C.
(D) Recreational rockfish conservation
area. Fishing for groundfish with
recreational gear is prohibited within
the recreational RCA. It is unlawful to
take and retain, possess, or land
groundfish taken with recreational gear
within the recreational RCA. A vessel
fishing in the recreational RCA may not
be in possession of any groundfish. [For
example, if a vessel fishes in the
recreational salmon fishery within the
RCA, the vessel cannot be in possession
of groundfish while in the RCA. The
vessel may, however, on the same trip
fish for and retain groundfish shoreward
of the RCA on the return trip to port.]
E:\FR\FM\01OCR2.SGM
01OCR2
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with RULES2
60996
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 190 / Friday, October 1, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
(1) Between the U.S. border with
Canada and the Queets River,
recreational fishing for groundfish is
prohibited seaward of a boundary line
approximating the 20-fm (37-m) depth
contour from May 21 through
September 30, except on days when the
Pacific halibut fishery is open in this
area. Days open to Pacific halibut
recreational fishing off Washington are
announced on the NMFS hotline at
(206) 526–6667 or (800) 662–9825.
Coordinates for the boundary line
approximating the 20-fm (37-m) depth
contour are listed in § 660.71, subpart C.
(2) Between the Queets River and
Leadbetter Point, recreational fishing for
groundfish is prohibited seaward of a
boundary line approximating the 30-fm
(55-m) depth contour from March 15
through June 15, except that recreational
fishing for sablefish and Pacific cod is
permitted within the recreational RCA
from May 1 through June 15, and on
days that the primary halibut fishery is
open lingcod may be taken, retained and
possessed seaward of the boundary line
approximating the 30-fm (55-m) depth
contour. Days open to Pacific halibut
recreational fishing off Washington are
announced on the NMFS hotline at
(206) 526–6667 or (800) 662–9825.
Retention of lingcod seaward of the
boundary line approximating the 30-fm
(55-m) depth contour south of 46°58′ N.
lat. is prohibited on Fridays and
Saturdays from July 1 through August
31. For additional regulations regarding
the Washington recreational lingcod
fishery, see paragraph (c)(1)(iii) of this
section. Coordinates for the boundary
line approximating the 30-fm (55-m)
depth contour are listed in § 660.71.
(ii) Rockfish. In areas of the EEZ
seaward of Washington that are open to
recreational groundfish fishing, there is
a 10 rockfish per day bag limit. Taking
and retaining canary rockfish and
yelloweye rockfish is prohibited.
(iii) Lingcod. In areas of the EEZ
seaward of Washington that are open to
recreational groundfish fishing and
when the recreational season for lingcod
is open, there is a bag limit of 2 lingcod
per day, which may be no smaller than
22 in (56 cm) total length. The
recreational fishing season for lingcod is
open as follows:
(A) Between the U.S./Canada border
to 48°10′ N. lat. (Cape Alava)
(Washington Marine Area 4),
recreational fishing for lingcod is open,
for 2009, from April 16 through October
15, and for 2010, from April 16 through
October 15.
(B) Between 48°10′ N. lat. (Cape
Alava) and 46°16′ N. lat. (Washington/
Oregon border) (Washington Marine
Areas 1–3), recreational fishing for
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:37 Sep 30, 2010
Jkt 223001
lingcod is open for 2009, from March 14
through October 17, and for 2010, from
March 13 through October 16.
(2) Oregon—(i) Recreational
groundfish conservation areas off
Oregon—(A) Stonewall Bank yelloweye
rockfish conservation area. Recreational
fishing for groundfish and halibut is
prohibited within the Stonewall Bank
YRCA. It is unlawful for recreational
fishing vessels to take and retain,
possess, or land groundfish taken with
recreational gear within the Stonewall
Bank YRCA. A vessel fishing in the
Stonewall Bank YRCA may not be in
possession of any groundfish.
Recreational vessels may transit through
the Stonewall Bank YRCA with or
without groundfish on board. The
Stonewall Bank YRCA is defined by
latitude and longitude coordinates
specified at § 660.70, subpart C.
(B) Recreational rockfish conservation
area. Fishing for groundfish with
recreational gear is prohibited within
the recreational RCA, a type of closed
area or GCA. It is unlawful to take and
retain, possess, or land groundfish taken
with recreational gear within the
recreational RCA. A vessel fishing in the
recreational RCA may not be in
possession of any groundfish. [For
example, if a vessel fishes in the
recreational salmon fishery within the
RCA, the vessel cannot be in possession
of groundfish while in the RCA. The
vessel may, however, on the same trip
fish for and retain groundfish shoreward
of the RCA on the return trip to port.]
Off Oregon, from April 1 through
September 30, recreational fishing for
groundfish is prohibited seaward of a
recreational RCA boundary line
approximating the 40 fm (73 m) depth
contour. Coordinates for the boundary
line approximating the 40 fm (73 m)
depth contour are listed at § 660.71.
(C) Essential fish habitat conservation
areas. The Essential Fish Habitat
Conservation Areas (EFHCAs) are closed
areas, defined by specific latitude and
longitude coordinates at §§ 660.76
through 660.79, where specified types of
fishing are prohibited. Prohibitions
applying to specific EFHCAs are found
at § 660.12.
(ii) Seasons. Recreational fishing for
groundfish is open from January 1
through December 31, subject to the
closed areas described in paragraph (c)
of this section.
(iii) Bag limits, size limits. The bag
limits for each person engaged in
recreational fishing in the EEZ seaward
of Oregon are three lingcod per day,
which may be no smaller than 22 in (56
cm) total length; and 10 marine fish per
day, which excludes Pacific halibut,
salmonids, tuna, perch species,
PO 00000
Frm 00130
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
sturgeon, sanddabs, flatfish, lingcod,
striped bass, hybrid bass, offshore
pelagic species and baitfish (herring,
smelt, anchovies and sardines), but
which includes rockfish, greenling,
cabezon and other groundfish species.
The bag limit for all flatfish is 25 fish
per day, which excludes Pacific halibut,
but which includes all soles, flounders
and Pacific sanddabs. In the Pacific
halibut fisheries, retention of groundfish
is governed in part by annual
management measures for Pacific
halibut fisheries, which are published in
the Federal Register. Between the
Oregon border with Washington and
Cape Falcon, when Pacific halibut are
onboard the vessel, groundfish may not
be taken and retained, possessed or
landed, except sablefish and Pacific cod.
Between Cape Falcon and Humbug
Mountain, during days open to the
Oregon Central Coast ‘‘all-depth’’ sport
halibut fishery, when Pacific halibut are
onboard the vessel, no groundfish may
be taken and retained, possessed or
landed, except sablefish and Pacific cod.
‘‘All-depth’’ season days are established
in the annual management measures for
Pacific halibut fisheries, which are
published in the Federal Register and
are announced on the NMFS halibut
hotline, 1–800–662–9825. The
minimum size limit for cabezon
retained in the recreational fishery is 16in (41-cm), and for greenling is 10-in
(26-cm). Taking and retaining canary
rockfish and yelloweye rockfish is
prohibited at all times and in all areas.
(3) California. Seaward of California,
California law provides that, in times
and areas when the recreational fishery
is open, there is a 20 fish bag limit for
all species of finfish, within which no
more than 10 fish of any one species
may be taken or possessed by any one
person. [Note: There are some
exceptions to this rule. The following
groundfish species are not subject to a
bag limit: Petrale sole, Pacific sanddab
and starry flounder.] For groundfish
species not specifically mentioned in
this paragraph, fishers are subject to the
overall 20–fish bag limit for all species
of finfish and the depth restrictions at
paragraph (c)(3)(i) of this section.
Recreational spearfishing for all
federally-managed groundfish, except
lingcod during January, February,
March, and December, is exempt from
closed areas and seasons, consistent
with Title 14 of the California Code of
Regulations. This exemption applies
only to recreational vessels and divers
provided no other fishing gear, except
spearfishing gear, is on board the vessel.
California state law may provide
regulations similar to Federal
E:\FR\FM\01OCR2.SGM
01OCR2
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 190 / Friday, October 1, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
regulations for the following statemanaged species: Ocean whitefish,
California sheephead, and all greenlings
of the genus Hexagrammos. Kelp
greenling is the only federally-managed
greenling. Retention of cowcod,
yelloweye rockfish, and canary rockfish
is prohibited in the recreational fishery
seaward of California all year in all
areas. For each person engaged in
recreational fishing in the EEZ seaward
of California, the following closed areas,
seasons, bag limits, and size limits
apply:
(i) Recreational groundfish
conservation areas off California. A
Groundfish Conservation Area (GCA), a
type of closed area, is a geographic area
defined by coordinates expressed in
degrees latitude and longitude. The
following GCAs apply to participants in
California’s recreational fishery.
(A) Recreational rockfish conservation
areas. The recreational RCAs are areas
that are closed to recreational fishing for
groundfish. Fishing for groundfish with
recreational gear is prohibited within
the recreational RCA, except that
recreational fishing for ‘‘other flatfish’’ is
permitted within the recreational RCA
as specified in paragraph (c)(3)(iv) of
this section. It is unlawful to take and
retain, possess, or land groundfish taken
with recreational gear within the
recreational RCA, unless otherwise
authorized in this section. A vessel
fishing in the recreational RCA may not
be in possession of any species
prohibited by the restrictions that apply
within the recreational RCA. [For
example, if a vessel fishes in the
recreational salmon fishery within the
RCA, the vessel cannot be in possession
of rockfish while in the RCA. The vessel
may, however, on the same trip fish for
and retain rockfish shoreward of the
RCA on the return trip to port.]
(1) Between 42° N. lat. (California/
Oregon border) and 40°10.00′ N. lat.
(North Region), recreational fishing for
all groundfish (except ‘‘other flatfish’’ as
specified in paragraph (c)(3)(iv) of this
section) is prohibited seaward of the 20fm (37-m) depth contour along the
mainland coast and along islands and
offshore seamounts from May 15
through September 15; and is closed
entirely from January 1 through May 14
and from September 16 through
December 31 (i.e., prohibited seaward of
the shoreline).
(2) Between 40°10′ N. lat. and
38°57.50′ N. lat. (North-Central North of
Point Arena Region), recreational
fishing for all groundfish (except ‘‘other
flatfish’’ as specified in paragraph
(c)(3)(iv) of this section) is prohibited
seaward of the 20-fm (37-m) depth
contour along the mainland coast and
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:37 Sep 30, 2010
Jkt 223001
along islands and offshore seamounts
from May 15 through August 15; and is
closed entirely from January 1 through
May 14 and from August 16 through
December 31 (i.e., prohibited seaward of
the shoreline).
(3) Between 38°57.50′ N. lat. and
37°11′ N. lat. (North-Central South of
Point Arena Region), recreational
fishing for all groundfish (except ‘‘other
flatfish’’ as specified in paragraph
(c)(3)(iv) of this section) is prohibited
seaward of the boundary line
approximating the 30-fm (55-m) depth
contour along the mainland coast and
along islands and offshore seamounts
from June 13 through October 31; and is
closed entirely from January 1 through
June 12 and from November 1 through
December 31 (i.e., prohibited seaward of
the shoreline). Closures around the
Farallon Islands (see paragraph
(c)(3)(i)(C) of this section) and Cordell
Banks (see paragraph (c)(3)(i)(D) of this
section) also apply in this area.
Coordinates for the boundary line
approximating the 30-fm (55-m) depth
contour are listed in § 660.71.
(4) Between 37°11′ N. lat. and 36° N.
lat. (Monterey South-Central Region),
recreational fishing for all groundfish
(except ‘‘other flatfish’’ as specified in
paragraph (c)(3)(iv) of this section) is
prohibited seaward of a boundary line
approximating the 40-fm (73-m) depth
contour along the mainland coast and
along islands and offshore seamounts
from May 1 through November 15; and
is closed entirely from January 1
through April 30 and from November 16
through December 31 (i.e., prohibited
seaward of the shoreline). Coordinates
for the boundary line approximating the
40-fm (73-m) depth contour are
specified in § 660.71.
(5) Between 36° N. lat. and 34°27′ N.
lat. (Morro Bay South-Central Region),
recreational fishing for all groundfish
(except ‘‘other flatfish’’ as specified in
paragraph (c)(3)(iv) of this section) is
prohibited seaward of a boundary line
approximating the 40-fm (73-m) depth
contour along the mainland coast and
along islands and offshore seamounts
from May 1 through November 15; and
is closed entirely from January 1
through April 30 and from November 16
through December 31 (i.e., prohibited
seaward of the shoreline). Coordinates
for the boundary line approximating the
40-fm (73-m) depth contour are
specified in § 660.71.
(6) South of 34°27′ N. lat. (South
Region), recreational fishing for all
groundfish (except California
scorpionfish as specified below in this
paragraph and in paragraph (v) of this
section and ‘‘other flatfish’’ as specified
in paragraph (c)(3)(iv) of this section) is
PO 00000
Frm 00131
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
60997
prohibited seaward of a boundary line
approximating the 60-fm (110-m) depth
contour from March 1 through
December 31 along the mainland coast
and along islands and offshore
seamounts, except in the CCAs where
fishing is prohibited seaward of the 20fm (37-m) depth contour when the
fishing season is open (see paragraph
(c)(3)(i)(B) of this section). Recreational
fishing for all groundfish (except
California scorpionfish and ‘‘other
flatfish’’) is closed entirely from January
1 through February 28 (i.e., prohibited
seaward of the shoreline). Recreational
fishing for California scorpionfish south
of 34°27′ N. lat. is prohibited seaward of
a boundary line approximating the 40fm (73-m) depth contour from January 1
through February 28, and seaward of the
60-fm (110-m) depth contour from
March 1 through December 31, except in
the CCAs where fishing is prohibited
seaward of the 20-fm (37-m) depth
contour when the fishing season is
open. Coordinates for the boundary line
approximating the 40-fm (73-m) and 60fm (110-m) depth contours are specified
in §§ 660.71 and 660.72.
(B) Cowcod conservation areas. The
latitude and longitude coordinates of
the Cowcod Conservation Areas (CCAs)
boundaries are specified at § 660.70,
subpart C. In general, recreational
fishing for all groundfish is prohibited
within the CCAs, except that fishing for
‘‘other flatfish’’ is permitted within the
CCAs as specified in paragraph (c)(3)(iv)
of this section. However, recreational
fishing for the following species is
permitted shoreward of the 20 fm (37 m)
depth contour when the season for those
species is open south of 34°27′ N. lat.:
Minor nearshore rockfish, cabezon, kelp
greenling, lingcod, California
scorpionfish, and ‘‘other flatfish’’
(subject to gear requirements at
paragraph (c)(3)(iv) of this section
during January–February). [Note:
California state regulations also permit
recreational fishing for California
sheephead, ocean whitefish, and all
greenlings of the genus Hexagrammos
shoreward of the 20 fm (37 m) depth
contour in the CCAs when the season
for the RCG complex is open south of
34°27′ N. lat.] It is unlawful to take and
retain, possess, or land groundfish
within the CCAs, except for species
authorized in this section.
(C) Farallon islands. Under California
state law, recreational fishing for
groundfish is prohibited between the
shoreline and the 10-fm (18-m) depth
contour around the Farallon Islands,
except that recreational fishing for
‘‘other flatfish’’ is permitted around the
Farallon Islands as specified in
paragraph (c)(3)(iv) of this section.
E:\FR\FM\01OCR2.SGM
01OCR2
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with RULES2
60998
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 190 / Friday, October 1, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
(Note: California state regulations also
prohibit the retention of other
greenlings of the genus Hexagrammos,
California sheephead and ocean
whitefish.) For a definition of the
Farallon Islands, see § 660.70, subpart C.
(D) Cordell Banks. Recreational
fishing for groundfish is prohibited in
waters less than 100 fm (183 m) around
Cordell Banks as defined by specific
latitude and longitude coordinates at
§ 660.70, subpart C, except that
recreational fishing for ‘‘other flatfish’’ is
permitted around Cordell Banks as
specified in paragraph (c)(3)(iv) of this
section. [Note: California state
regulations also prohibit fishing for all
greenlings of the genus Hexagrammos,
California sheephead and ocean
whitefish.]
(E) Point St. George yelloweye rockfish
conservation area (YRCA). Recreational
fishing for groundfish is prohibited
within the Point St. George YRCA, as
defined by latitude and longitude
coordinates at § 660.70, subpart C, on
dates when the closure is in effect. The
closure is not in effect at this time, and
recreational fishing for groundfish is
open within the Point St. George YRCA
from January 1 through December 31.
This closure may be imposed through
inseason adjustment.
(F) South reef YRCA. Recreational
fishing for groundfish is prohibited
within the South Reef YRCA, as defined
by latitude and longitude coordinates at
§ 660.70, subpart C, on dates when the
closure is in effect. The closure is not in
effect at this time, and recreational
fishing for groundfish is open within the
South Reef YRCA from January 1
through December 31. This closure may
be imposed through inseason
adjustment.
(G) Reading Rock YRCA. Recreational
fishing for groundfish is prohibited
within the Reading Rock YRCA, as
defined by latitude and longitude
coordinates at § 660.70, subpart C, on
dates when the closure is in effect. The
closure is not in effect at this time, and
recreational fishing for groundfish is
open within the Reading Rock YRCA
from January 1 through December 31.
This closure may be imposed through
inseason adjustment.
(H) Point Delgada (North) YRCA.
Recreational fishing for groundfish is
prohibited within the Point Delgada
(North) YRCA, as defined by latitude
and longitude coordinates at § 660.70,
subpart C, on dates when the closure is
in effect. The closure is not in effect at
this time, and recreational fishing for
groundfish is open within the Point
Delgada (North) YRCA from January 1
through December 31. This closure may
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:37 Sep 30, 2010
Jkt 223001
be imposed through inseason
adjustment.
(I) Point Delgada (South) YRCA.
Recreational fishing for groundfish is
prohibited within the Point Delgada
(South) YRCA, as defined by latitude
and longitude coordinates at § 660.70,
subpart C, on dates when the closure is
in effect. The closure is not in effect at
this time, and recreational fishing for
groundfish is open within the Point
Delgada (South) YRCA from January 1
through December 31. This closure may
be imposed through inseason
adjustment.
(J) Essential fish habitat conservation
areas. The Essential Fish Habitat
Conservation Areas (EFHCAs) are closed
areas, defined by specific latitude and
longitude coordinates at §§ 660.76
through 660.79, subpart C where
specified types of fishing are prohibited.
Prohibitions applying to specific
EFHCAs are found at § 660.12, subpart
C.
(ii) RCG complex. The California
rockfish, cabezon, greenling complex
(RCG Complex), as defined in state
regulations (Section 1.91, Title 14,
California Code of Regulations),
includes all rockfish, kelp greenling,
rock greenling, and cabezon. This
category does not include California
scorpionfish, also known as ‘‘sculpin’’.
(A) Seasons. When recreational
fishing for the RCG complex is open, it
is permitted only outside of the
recreational RCAs described in
paragraph (c)(3)(i) of this section.
(1) Between 42 °N. lat. (California/
Oregon border) and 40°10′ N. lat. (North
Region), recreational fishing for the RCG
complex is open from May 15 through
September 15 (i.e. it’s closed from
January 1 through May 14 and from
September 16 through December 31).
(2) Between 40°10′ N. lat. and
38°57.50′ N. lat. (North Central North of
Point Arena Region), recreational
fishing for the RCG Complex is open
from May 15 through August 15 (i.e. it’s
closed from January 1 through May 14
and May 16 through December 31).
(3) Between 38°57.50′ N. lat. and
37°11′ N. lat. (North Central South of
Point Arena Region), recreational
fishing for the RCG complex is open
from June 13 through October 31 (i.e. it’s
closed from January 1 through June 12
and November 1 through December 31.
(4) Between 37°11′ N. lat. and 36° N.
lat. (Monterey South-Central Region),
recreational fishing for the RCG
complex is open from May 1 through
November 15 (i.e. it’s closed from
January 1 through April 30 and from
November 16 through December 31).
(5) Between 36′ N. lat. and 34°27′ N.
lat. (Morro Bay South-Central Region),
PO 00000
Frm 00132
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
recreational fishing for the RCG
Complex is open from May 1 through
November 15 (i.e. it’s closed from
January 1 through April 30 and from
November 16 through December 31).
(6) South of 34°27′ N. lat. (South
Region), recreational fishing for the RCG
Complex is open from March 1 through
December 31 (i.e. it’s closed from
January 1 through February 28.
(B) Bag limits, hook limits. In times
and areas when the recreational season
for the RCG Complex is open, there is
a limit of 2 hooks and 1 line when
fishing for rockfish. The bag limit is 10
RCG Complex fish per day coastwide.
Retention of canary rockfish, yelloweye
rockfish, bronzespotted and cowcod is
prohibited. Within the 10 RCG Complex
fish per day limit, no more than 2 may
be bocaccio, no more than 2 may be
greenling (kelp and/or other greenlings)
and no more than 2 may be cabezon.
Multi-day limits are authorized by a
valid permit issued by California and
must not exceed the daily limit
multiplied by the number of days in the
fishing trip.
(C) Size limits. The following size
limits apply: Bocaccio may be no
smaller than 10 in (25 cm) total length;
cabezon may be no smaller than 15 in
(38 cm) total length; and kelp and other
greenling may be no smaller than 12 in
(30 cm) total length.
(D) Dressing/filleting. Cabezon, kelp
greenling, and rock greenling taken in
the recreational fishery may not be
filleted at sea. Rockfish skin may not be
removed when filleting or otherwise
dressing rockfish taken in the
recreational fishery. The following
rockfish filet size limits apply: Bocaccio
filets may be no smaller than 5 in (12.8
cm) and brown-skinned rockfish fillets
may be no smaller than 6.5 in (16.6 cm).
‘‘Brown-skinned’’ rockfish include the
following species: Brown, calico,
copper, gopher, kelp, olive, speckled,
squarespot, and yellowtail.
(iii) Lingcod—(A) Seasons. When
recreational fishing for lingcod is open,
it is permitted only outside of the
recreational RCAs described in
paragraph (c)(3)(i) of this section.
(1) Between 42 °N. lat. (California/
Oregon border) and 40°10.00′ N. lat.
(North Region), recreational fishing for
lingcod is open from May 15 through
September 15 (i.e. it’s closed from
January 1 through May 14 and from
September 16 through December 31).
(2) Between 40°10′ N. lat. and
38°57.50′ N. lat. (North Central North of
Point Arena Region), recreational
fishing for lingcod is open from May 15
through August 15 (i.e. it’s closed from
January 1 through May 14 and May 16
through December 31).
E:\FR\FM\01OCR2.SGM
01OCR2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 190 / Friday, October 1, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
mstockstill on DSKH9S0YB1PROD with RULES2
(3) Between 38°57.50′ N. lat. and
37°11′ N. lat. (North Central South of
Point Arena Region), recreational
fishing for lingcod is open from June 13
through October 31 (i.e. it’s closed from
January 1 through June 12 and
November 1 through December 31.
(4) Between 37°11′ N. lat. and 36 °N.
lat. (Monterey South–Central Region),
recreational fishing for lingcod is open
from May 1 through November 15 (i.e.
it’s closed from January 1 through April
30 and from November 16 through
December 31).
(5) Between 36′ N. lat. and 34°27′ N.
lat. (Morro Bay South-Central Region),
recreational fishing for lingcod is open
from May 1 through November 15 (i.e.
it’s closed from January 1 through April
30 and from November 16 through
December 31).
(6) South of 34°27′ N. lat. (South
Region), recreational fishing for lingcod
is open from April 1 through November
30 (i.e. it’s closed from January 1
through March 31 and from December 1
through 31).
(B) Bag limits, hook limits. In times
and areas when the recreational season
for lingcod is open, there is a limit of
2 hooks and 1 line when fishing for
lingcod. The bag limit is 2 lingcod per
day. Multi-day limits are authorized by
a valid permit issued by California and
must not exceed the daily limit
multiplied by the number of days in the
fishing trip.
(C) Size limits. Lingcod may be no
smaller than 24 in (61 cm) total length.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:37 Sep 30, 2010
Jkt 223001
(D) Dressing/filleting. Lingcod filets
may be no smaller than 16 in (41 cm)
in length.
(iv) ‘‘Other flatfish’’. Coastwide off
California, recreational fishing for ‘‘other
flatfish’’ is permitted both shoreward of
and within the closed areas described in
paragraph (c)(3)(i) of this section. ‘‘Other
flatfish’’ are defined at § 660.11, subpart
C, and include butter sole, curlfin sole,
flathead sole, Pacific sanddab, rex sole,
rock sole, and sand sole. Recreational
fishing for ‘‘other flatfish’’ is permitted
within the closed areas. ‘‘Other flatfish,’’
except Pacific sanddab, are subject to
the overall 20-fish bag limit for all
species of finfish, of which there may be
no more than 10 fish of any one species.
There is no season restriction or size
limit for ‘‘other flatfish;’’ however, it is
prohibited to filet ‘‘other flatfish’’ at sea.
(v) California scorpionfish. California
scorpionfish predominately occur south
of 40°10′ N. lat.
(A) Seasons. When recreational
fishing for California scorpionfish is
open, it is permitted only outside of the
recreational RCAs described in
paragraph (c)(3)(i) of this section.
(1) Between 40°10′ N. lat. and 37°11′
N. lat. (North Central Region),
recreational fishing for California
scorpionfish is open from June 1
through November 30 (i.e., it’s closed
from January 1 through May 31 and
from December 1 through December 31).
(2) Between 37°11′ N. lat. and 36° N.
lat. (Monterey South Central Region),
recreational fishing for California
PO 00000
Frm 00133
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 9990
60999
scorpionfish is open from May 1
through November 30 (i.e., it’s closed
from January 1 through April 30 and
from December 1 through December 31).
(3) Between 36° N. lat. and 34°27′ N.
lat. (Morro Bay South Central Region),
recreational fishing for California
scorpionfish is open from May 1
through November 30 (i.e., it’s closed
from January 1 through April 30 and
from December 1 through December 31).
(4) South of 34°27′ N. lat. (South
Region), recreational fishing for
California scorpionfish is open from
January 1 through December 31.
(B) Bag limits, hook limits. South of
40°10.00′ N. lat., in times and areas
where the recreational season for
California scorpionfish is open, the bag
limit is 5 California scorpionfish per
day. California scorpionfish do not
count against the 10 RCG Complex fish
per day limit. Multi-day limits are
authorized by a valid permit issued by
California and must not exceed the daily
limit multiplied by the number of days
in the fishing trip.
(C) Size limits. California scorpionfish
may be no smaller than 10 in (25 cm)
total length.
(D) Dressing/Filleting. California
scorpionfish filets may be no smaller
than 5 in (12.8 cm) and must bear an
intact 1 in (2.6 cm) square patch of skin.
[FR Doc. 2010–23246 Filed 9–23–10; 4:15 pm]
BILLING CODE 3510–22–P
E:\FR\FM\01OCR2.SGM
01OCR2
Agencies
[Federal Register Volume 75, Number 190 (Friday, October 1, 2010)]
[Rules and Regulations]
[Pages 60868-60999]
From the Federal Register Online via the Government Printing Office [www.gpo.gov]
[FR Doc No: 2010-23246]
[[Page 60867]]
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Part II
Department of Commerce
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration
15 CFR Part 902
50 CFR Part 660
Fisheries off West Coast States; Pacific Coast Groundfish Fishery
Management Plan; Amendments 20 and 21; Trawl Rationalization Program;
Final Rule
Federal Register / Vol. 75 , No. 190 / Friday, October 1, 2010 /
Rules and Regulations
[[Page 60868]]
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE
National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration
15 CFR Part 902
50 CFR Part 660
[Docket No. 100212086-0354-04]
RIN 0648-AY68
Fisheries off West Coast States; Pacific Coast Groundfish Fishery
Management Plan; Amendments 20 and 21; Trawl Rationalization Program
AGENCY: National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and
Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Commerce.
ACTION: Final rule.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
SUMMARY: NMFS is implementing Amendments 20 and 21 to the Pacific Coast
Groundfish Fishery Management Plan (FMP), which were partially approved
by the Secretary on August 9, 2010. Amendment 20 establishes a trawl
rationalization program for the Pacific Coast groundfish fishery.
Amendment 20's trawl rationalization program consists of: an individual
fishing quota (IFQ) program for the shorebased trawl fleet (including
whiting and non-whiting sectors); and cooperative (coop) programs for
the at-sea (whiting only) mothership and catcher/processor trawl
fleets. The trawl rationalization program is intended to increase net
economic benefits, create individual economic stability, provide full
utilization of the trawl sector allocation, consider environmental
impacts, and achieve individual accountability of catch and bycatch.
Amendment 21 establishes fixed allocations for limited entry trawl
participants. These allocations are intended to improve management
under the rationalization program by streamlining its administration,
providing stability to the fishery, and addressing halibut bycatch.
This rule finalizes only certain key components necessary for issuance
of permits and endorsements in time for use in the 2011 fishery and in
order to have the 2011 specifications reflect the new allocation
scheme. Specifically, this rule establishes the allocations set forth
under Amendment 21 and establishes procedures for initial issuance of
permits, endorsements, quota shares (QS), and catch history assignments
under the IFQ and coop programs. In addition, this rule restructures
the entire Pacific Coast groundfish regulations to more closely track
the organization of the proposed management measures and to make the
total groundfish regulations more clear.
DATES: This rule is effective November 1, 2010.
ADDRESSES: Background information and documents, including the final
environmental impacts statements for Amendment 20 and Amendment 21, are
available at the Pacific Fishery Management Council's Web site at
https://www.pcouncil.org/. NMFS prepared a Final Regulatory Flexibility
Analysis (FRFA), which is summarized in the Classification section of
this final rule. Copies of the FRFA and the Small Entity Compliance
Guide are available from William W. Stelle, Jr., Regional
Administrator, Northwest Region, NMFS, 7600 Sand Point Way NE.,
Seattle, WA 98115-0070; or by phone at 206-526-6150.
Written comments regarding the burden-hour estimates or other
aspects of the collection-of-information requirements contained in this
final rule may be submitted to William W. Stelle, Jr., Regional
Administrator, Northwest Region, NMFS, 7600 Sand Point Way NE.,
Seattle, WA 98115-0070, and by e-mail to OIRA_Submission@omb.eop.gov,
or fax to 202-395-7285.
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Jamie Goen, 206-526-4656; (fax) 206-
526-6736; Jamie.Goen@noaa.gov.
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:
Background
The Amendment 20 trawl rationalization program is a limited access
privilege program under the Magnuson-Stevens Fishery Conservation and
Management Act (MSA), as reauthorized in 2007. It consists of: (1) An
IFQ program for the shorebased trawl fleet; and (2) coop programs for
the mothership and catcher-processor trawl fleets. The trawl
rationalization program is intended to increase net economic benefits,
create individual economic stability, provide full utilization of the
trawl sector allocation, consider environmental impacts, and achieve
individual accountability of catch and bycatch. Amendment 21
establishes fixed allocations for limited entry trawl participants.
These allocations are intended to improve management under the
rationalization program by streamlining its administration, providing
stability to the fishery, and addressing halibut bycatch.
The trawl rationalization program is scheduled to be implemented on
January 1, 2011. Due to the complexity of the program and the tight
timeline for implementation, NMFS has issued, or is in the process of
issuing multiple rulemakings that would implement this program. The
following actions are related to the trawl rationalization program:
A final rule (75 FR 4684, January 29, 2010) which
announced that potential participants in the program should review and,
if necessary, correct their data that will be used for the issuance of
QS, permits, and endorsements. It also established which data NMFS
would use and requested ownership information from potential
participants.
A notice of availability for Amendments 20 and 21 (75 FR
26702, May 12, 2010).
A proposed rule (75 FR 32994, June 10, 2010) that would
implement Amendments 20 and 21, focused on provisions deemed necessary
to issue permits and endorsements in time for use in the 2011 fishery
and to have the 2011 harvest specifications reflect the new allocation
scheme. In addition, the June 10th proposed rule also proposed to
restructure the entire Pacific Coast groundfish regulations at 50 CFR
part 660 from one subpart (Subpart G) to five subparts (Subparts C-G).
A correction to the June 10th proposed rule (75 FR 37744,
June 30, 2010) which corrected two dates referenced in the preamble to
the proposed rule regarding the decision date for the FMP amendments
and the end date for the public comment period.
The Secretary's review of and decision to partially
approve Amendments 20 and 21 on August 9, 2010.
A proposed rule (75 FR 53380, August 31, 2010) which
proposes for implementation on January 1, 2011, additional program
details, including: measures applicable to gear switching for the IFQ
program, observer programs, retention requirements, equipment
requirements, catch monitors, catch weighing requirements, coop
permits, coop agreement requirements, first receiver site licenses, QS
accounts, vessel accounts, further tracking and monitoring components,
and economic data collection requirements.
This final rule follows the June 10th proposed rule (75 FR 32994)
and implements the following aspects of Amendments 20 and 21: (1) The
allocations set forth under Amendment 21, and (2) procedures for
initial issuance of permits, endorsements, QS, individual bycatch quota
(IBQ), and catch history assignments under the IFQ and coop programs.
In addition, this rule restructures the entire Pacific Coast groundfish
regulations to more closely track the organization of the proposed
[[Page 60869]]
management measures and to make the total groundfish regulations more
clear. The preamble to the proposed rule (75 FR 32994, June 10, 2010),
called the ``initial issuance'' proposed rule because it proposed the
requirements for initial issuance of new permits and endorsements for
the trawl rationalization program, provided detailed information on the
trawl rationalization program and a general overview on the provisions
in Amendments 20 and 21, and is not fully repeated here.
Partial Approval of Amendments 20 and 21
NMFS partially approved Amendments 20 and 21 on August 9, 2010.
Some minor provisions were disapproved in both Amendments 20 and 21. In
Amendment 20, NMFS disapproved three provisions applicable to
mothership coops (MS coops): (1) The requirement that MS coops file a
coop contract with the Council and to make it available for public
review [it must still be filed with NMFS]; (2) the requirement that MS
coops file a letter from the Department of Justice; and (3) the
requirement that coop agreements include a clause that at least a
majority of the members are required to dissolve the coop. In Amendment
21, NMFS disapproved language that referred to the trawl, non-trawl
allocations superseding limited entry, open access allocations. This
partial disapproval of Amendment 21 does not affect implementation of
the trawl rationalization program or the harvest specifications for
2011 because these allocations are currently suspended as a result of
overfished species rebuilding plans. However, NMFS has requested the
Council to go through the amendment process to make the FMP more clear
on how the limited entry, open access allocations relate to the trawl,
non-trawl allocations.
Description of Data Used for Initial Issuance Decisions
The allocation formulas in Amendment 20 and implemented by this
final rule are based on vessel landings or processor receipt histories
for the shoreside sector. As discussed in the preamble to the proposed
rule, NMFS will use data from the Pacific Fisheries Information Network
(PacFIN) of the Pacific States Marine Fisheries Commission (PSMFC) to
derive these histories. Since 1974, PSMFC has worked actively with its
member states and State and Federal fisheries agencies to improve the
quality and timeliness of fisheries data collection, processing, and
analysis, and to produce regionally coherent data summaries required
for regional conservation and management purposes. PacFIN is a regional
fisheries data network that is a joint Federal and State data
collection and information management project; for more information see
https://pacfin.psmfc.org/index.php. Although it addresses other species
of fish and related uses, PacFIN has a strong focus on the
informational needs of the Council. PacFIN first came on line in 1981
by providing the Council's Groundfish Management Team, originally
called the Plan Team, with two reports and an associated retrieval
system. One report displayed monthly catch by species by area and
another report displayed monthly catch by species by data source,
including foreign countries and joint-ventures.
The data in PacFIN include fish tickets, or state landings
receipts, which are official documents required by the states of
California, Oregon, and Washington, and logbook information. The
information collected by the states undergoes substantial quality
control and quality assurance processes before and after it is
submitted to PacFIN. Since 1981, PacFIN data have provided the basis
for numerous Federal and state fishery management actions, including
harvest determinations necessary to take inseason action to maintain
fishing levels within established quotas and fishery closures; analyses
of major management restructuring programs such as the Council's
groundfish limited entry system or the Federal groundfish trawl buyback
program; assessments of salmon and groundfish fishery disaster programs
including determining and verifying which fishermen and processors
receive aid and at what level; and for scientific stock assessments and
other scientific research carried out by states, NMFS, and academia.
The states, the Council, and NMFS rely on the PacFIN information as the
best scientific information available.
Similarly, the initial allocations for the at-sea coops rely on the
observer data from NMFS' Northwest Fisheries Science Center's Pacific
whiting observer data in NORPAC (NORPAC data), which also undergoes
substantial quality control and quality assurance of the data. As with
the PacFIN data, NMFS, the Council, and the states rely on the NORPAC
data as the best scientific information available, and use it for
multiple purposes, including quota monitoring and stock assessments.
In addition to the PacFIN and NORPAC quality control and quality
assurance process, in early 2010, NMFS provided notice to all
participants (basically all current owners of limited entry trawl
permits and groundfish first receivers) to review their catch data for
the purpose of ensuring that the QS and other calculations would be
based on the best available data. As explained in more detail in the
preamble to the proposed rule, NMFS provided instructions and Federal
and state contact information for participants to use in requesting
data and correcting data, and in support of this process, the PSMFC
developed scripts for the States to use in providing fishermen and
processors their data directly related to their business interests,
specifically landings sold or purchased by the data requestor. A
similar process was established for the NORPAC data. In order for
participants to understand the calculations and application of the
PacFIN and NORPAC information, the Council provided a series of tables
with its preliminary estimates of QS, which were mailed to current
permit owners, who were again notified of the importance of correcting
the underlying data bases. These timely corrections through the states
and ultimately to PacFIN were extremely important to assure that the
data used by NMFS to determine the initial allocations are based on the
best scientific information available because the correction process
cannot be made by NMFS unilaterally and additional corrections or
modifications to the underlying data would not be appropriate during
the application process.
Use of 2011 Harvest Specifications and Management Measures
Some of the initial issuance formulas include calculations that
depend on results of the 2011-2012 biennial harvest specifications and
management measures process. In particular, calculations for initial
issuance of QS for overfished species caught incidentally (Group 2 and
Group 3 species) and for Pacific halibut IBQ require that the target
species used as a basis for the calculation be converted to pounds
using the 2011 OYs in order to determine the relative weighting between
the target species. The use of 2011 OYs in these formulas presents
several implementation issues. First, the harvest specifications and
management measures will not be final until after the initial issuance
of QS and IBQ for the trawl rationalization program is scheduled to
occur. Second, while the Council motion for trawl rationalization and
the final initial issuance rule published here refer to OYs, the
Council has been proceeding with the adoption of an FMP amendment on a
parallel track, Amendment 23, which would replace OYs with annual catch
limits
[[Page 60870]]
(ACLs) (if Amendment 23 is adopted, NMFS intends to replace all
references to OY in the initial issuance regulations with references to
ACL). Because of these two issues, pre-filled applications and initial
issuance of QS and IBQ will be provisional based on the projected 2011
ACLs recommended by the Council during the 2011-2012 harvest
specifications and management measures process. Thus, the initial
issuance of QS and IBQ may be adjusted if NMFS adopts different OYs or
ACLs for 2011 and 2012 than the ACLs adopted by the Council at their
June 2010 meeting.
Similarly, some of the QS allocation formulas depend upon
allocations between whiting and non-whiting trips developed as part of
the 2011-2012 harvest specifications and management measures process.
As described at Sec. 660.140(d)(8)(iv)(A)(10) of this final rule,
canary rockfish, bocaccio, cowcod, yelloweye rockfish, minor shelf
rockfish N. of 40[deg]10' N. lat., and minor shelf rockfish S. of
40[deg]10' N. lat., and minor slope rockfish S. of 40[deg]10' N. lat.
were not allocated between whiting and non-whiting trips through
Amendment 21, and instead will be decided through the harvest
specifications and management measures process. Consistent with the
Council's June 2010 motion on the harvest specifications and with
Amendment 21, Table 1e of the harvest specifications and management
measures will list all of the IFQ species and the percentages of QS for
whiting trips versus non-whiting trips. The initial issuance of QS for
these species will be provisional based on the allocations recommended
by the Council at its June 2010 meeting, pending final decision of the
Secretary on the 2011 harvest specifications and management measures.
Comments and Responses
NMFS solicited public comment on both Amendments 20 and 21 (75 FR
26702, May 12, 2010) and on the proposed rule (75 FR 32994, June 10,
2010). The comment period for these notices ended July 12, 2010.
Because these notices are related, the responses to public comments in
this section of the preamble address Amendments 20 and 21 and the
proposed rule.
NMFS received 33 individualized letters of comments on the proposed
rule and amendments, submitted by individuals or organizations and 385
form letters. The letters raised a variety of issues related to the
proposed rule and Amendments 20 and 21.
Some commenters have incorporated by reference previous comments
submitted during the Council process. Comments presented to the Council
are part of the record and were considered by the Council during their
deliberation. In reviewing the proposed rule and amendments, NMFS
considered the record as a whole.
General Comments in Support and Opposed
Comment 1. NMFS received multiple comments expressing general
support for the proposed rule and amendments.
Response. NMFS acknowledges these comments.
Comment 2. NMFS received multiple comments expressing general
disagreement with the proposed rule and amendments.
Response. NMFS acknowledges these comments.
Comment 3. NMFS received multiple comments expressing support for
the proposed rule and amendments and identifying expected benefits such
as that it would help conservation of the resource, increase net
economic benefits, provide stability, and reduce bycatch; stabilize the
whiting fishery and traditional fisheries; give fishermen greater
control over the resource; stabilize fishing communities; and eliminate
regulatory discards.
Response. NMFS concurs that multiple benefits are anticipated as a
result of Amendments 20 and 21 and the proposed rule. The analyses
supporting the amendments and the rule describe both costs and
benefits, and conclude that the costs are justified by the benefits.
Comment 4. NMFS received multiple comments objecting to the
proposed rule and amendments on the grounds that they would not promote
conservation or maximize economic benefit. Commenters stated that
predicted benefits have been overstated and cited the example of the
Orange Roughy. Commenters also cited studies that show catch share
programs have hidden costs and adverse impacts on quality of life. Some
commenters stated that the proposed rule and amendments would not meet
the objectives of rationalization.
Response. The underlying analyses support the conclusions regarding
the anticipated effects of these measures and the extent to which they
meet their objectives. While we can learn from other fisheries around
the world, every fishery is different. The 5 year review will give us a
chance to assess whether the program is working as anticipated and what
changes may need to be made.
Comment 5. NMFS received multiple comments objecting to the
proposed rule and amendments due to general policy objections including
to the use of quotas, the perception that the proposal serves the
interests of a few against the interests of many, and objections to
perceived redistribution of wealth and privatization of a public
resource. In addition, NMFS received comments suggesting alternative
management measures that commenters would prefer to see adopted such as
owner on board requirements, IFQs for all three whiting sectors, and
other approaches.
Response. The MSA expressly authorizes the use of Limited Access
Privilege Programs (LAPPs) and vests the Council with responsibility
for developing and identifying which management measures to recommend
through its open public process. The Council considered a number of
alternative management measures in the development of this program,
inclusive of those suggested in public comments. Appendix A ``Analysis
of Components, Elements, and Options for the Individual Fishing Quota
Alternative Trawl Individual Quota Components'' of the final EIS
``Rationalization of the Pacific Coast Groundfish Limited Entry Trawl
Fishery'' documents these considerations in two sections. Under Section
A-2, IFQ System Details, pages A-33 to A-397, for many of the program
details, a description is provided of options considered but either not
included or not analyzed further. Additionally, Section A-3 of Appendix
A, pages A-402 to A-444, addressed a number of options, including:
Adaptive Management; Halibut Individual Bycatch Quota; Program Duration
(Fixed Term and Auctions); Gear Conversion; Regional Landing Zones;
Community Fishing Associations; Owner on Board Provisions; and
Sideboard Measures to Prevent Spillover (into other fisheries). Council
rationale and decisions regarding which options were selected, and
which were not, are described. NMFS has reviewed the FEIS's, the public
comments, and the record as a whole and concludes that the decision is
consistent with MSA and other applicable law.
Comment 6. NMFS received multiple comments praising the Council's
process for development of the amendments for its transparency and
fairness.
Response. NMFS agrees that the Council utilized a fair and
transparent public process that included numerous public committee
meetings and Council meetings, as described in pages 19-22 in the FEIS
(detailed list of those meetings).
Comment 7: NMFS received some comments stating that the public
process has been inadequate.
[[Page 60871]]
Response. NMFS disagrees. In addition to the Council process
referenced above, the agency complied with the MSA requirement to have
a public comment period on both amendments and the proposed rule for
initial issuance, and the NEPA requirement to have a comment period on
the draft environmental impact statement (DEIS). NMFS also intends to
publish for public comment the proposed rule on the program components.
Comment 8. NMFS received multiple comments objecting to the
proposed rule because it did not contain certain components such as the
observer coverage requirements and tracking and monitoring
requirements. One commenter added that the proposed rule's
administrative provisions lack due process.
Response. NMFS published a proposed rule to implement program
components on August 31, 2010 (75 FR 53380). Prior to publication in
the Federal Register, both rules to implement the rationalization
program have gone through substantial public review and comment by the
Council, including several public meetings of the Council's Regulatory
Deeming Workgroup. As described above, the Council and NMFS followed an
open public process in developing and adopting the amendments and the
implementing regulations.
Comment 9: Some commenters advocated partial approval for different
elements of the program, such as disapproval of the shorebased section;
approval of whiting components only; disapproval with respect to non-
whiting groundfish.
Response. NMFS has reviewed the amendments in their entirety and,
except for several minor provisions, has not identified a basis for
partial approval.
Comment 10. One commenter stated that the trailing amendments
burden the wrong people.
Response. These amendments are currently under development by the
Council. When completed, they will be submitted to NMFS for agency
review in conjunction with public comment periods. Members of the
public should participate in the Council process to help design these
amendments.
Comment 11. One commenter stated that the proposed rule and
amendments should be disapproved due to unexplored alternatives and
negative impacts.
Response. As described in the EIS, NMFS and the Council have
explored a wide range of alternatives and analyzed the potential
impacts. As stated in the responses to comments 19 and 34, the
underlying analyses conclude that the negative impacts are justified by
the anticipated benefits.
Comment 12. NMFS received multiple comments citing problems with
the status quo.
Response. NMFS acknowledges this comment.
Comment 13. One commenter requested a workshop to explain the
shoreside whiting allocation procedure.
Response. NMFS has developed outreach materials that are currently
available at: https://www.nwr.noaa.gov/Groundfish-Halibut/Groundfish-Fishery-Management/Trawl-Program/index.cfm. In addition, NMFS is
planning a series of public workshops in September/October in
California, Oregon and Idaho (session in Idaho during two evenings at
the September Council meeting) at six locations to discuss the
specifics of the program. These workshops are designed to address all
aspects of the trawl rationalization program.
Comments Pertaining to Timing
Comment 14. Congressman Thompson submitted a comment requesting a
delay issuing rules until fully briefed.
Response. The Congressman's staff has been briefed by NMFS on the
provisions associated with the trawl rationalization program.
Comment 15. One commenter suggested not making this a permanent
program, to keep some flexibility when stocks rebuild.
Response. The Council envisions a process whereby the program will
adapt to changing circumstances. A major component of the program at
the outset is the Adaptive Management Program (AMP), which sets aside
10 percent of the nonwhiting shoreside quota shares to address
unforeseen impacts, beginning with year 3 of the program. Additionally,
a comprehensive review of the program to evaluate effectiveness in
relation to the original program goals and objectives is scheduled for
year five of the program. Flexibility to adapt to changing
circumstances was specifically acknowledged. On page 54 of the EIS
``Rationalization of the Pacific Coast Groundfish Limited Entry Trawl
Fishery'', it states ``In taking this action, the Council acknowledged
that work will have to continue to monitor the program and to make
adjustments in response to program performance. Even prior to
implementation, the Council will continue to work on provisions for
Community Fishing Associations (CFAs) and an AMP. While there may be
unintended and unanticipated consequences, there will be an opportunity
to modify the program through a review process, and a data collection
process will be implemented to support that review.''
Comment 16. One commenter suggested a delay of the program until a
referendum is conducted.
Response. The Council chose not to consider a referendum (vote by
fishermen in support or disapproval) prior to moving forward. This
program has been under development through the Council process for over
five years, and ample opportunities have been provided for input into
the design of the program. See response to comment 18 below for
additional details on the public input process.
Comment 17. One commenter suggested the program should not be
implemented because the fishermen are still experiencing negative
effects and financial impacts from buyback.
Response. In 2003, approximately one-half of the West Coast Limited
Entry Groundfish Trawl Fishery permits were retired as part of a
voluntary government-backed loan and auction buyback scheme. Section
2.6.5 of the EIS ``Rationalization of the Pacific Coast Groundfish
Limited Entry Trawl Fishery'' describes broad level Council concerns
and tradeoffs in choosing between status quo and trawl rationalization,
and the buyback program was part of that discussion (page 53). The
Council concluded that the trawl rationalization program addresses many
of the difficult, time-consuming management problems it has struggled
with under status quo. It is expected to provide a basic management
framework that will provide the most benefits to the nation for the
public resource, including: assigning personal accountability for the
fisheries; providing opportunities for bycatch reduction; enhancing
stock rebuilding through improved fishery information and full observer
coverage; providing opportunities to maximize catch of targeted species
while protecting species of concern; improving economic performance;
helping to maintain community stability; improving safety; guarding
against local stock depletion; and addressing unforeseen circumstances
through an innovative adaptive management provision. The trawl
rationalization program is a program that will help address
conservation concerns and take a system that is not economically viable
for many and turn it into one that will work for those who remain in
the fishery after rationalization.
Comment 18. There were a number of public comments on timing and
implementation of the trawl
[[Page 60872]]
rationalization program. The comments ranged from those wanting to
implement the program as proposed, without delay, to comments stating
their opposition to implementation generally, to the ``incremental
approach, and the lack of opportunity for public comment and short time
frames for review.
Response. The public participation process involving the Council's
deliberations is specifically identified in detail in Chapter 1 of the
Final Environmental Impact Statement ``Rationalization of the Pacific
Coast Groundfish Limited Entry Trawl Fishery, June 2010'' on pages 15-
18. Development and refinement of the alternatives leading to the
Council's choice of a preferred alternative has taken more than five
years, with numerous Council and committee meetings during the process.
The Council's initial scoping and program development process began at
a Council meeting in September, 2003. The EIS includes Table 1-1 on
page 18, listing all of the Council committees associated with this
subject matter. The EIS also includes Table 1-2, on pages 19-22,
listing the meetings that have been held by the committees as well as
Council meetings at which trawl rationalization or intersector
allocation were discussed, with a brief description of the topics
covered in each meeting.
At the agency level, NMFS has complied with the statutory
requirements regarding public comment on the Amendments, the proposed
initial issuance rule, and the DEIS. In addition, consistent with
statutory requirements, NMFS will provide for public review and comment
on the program components rule. NMFS believes that were adequate
opportunities for public comment on proposed Amendments 20 and, the
NEPA documents and the initial issuance rule for trawl rationalization.
As for the incremental approach, NMFS has fully analyzed the program
and made that analysis available to the public and used it in the
decision on the Amendments. The Council agreed with the agency's
approach to implement the Amendments through two rulemakings.
Comments on Program Costs
Comment 19. One commenter expressed concern about negative impacts
on smaller boats, deckhands, and smaller ports, pointing out issues
such as vessels in certain ports that will receive lower catch, but
have increased costs, and the effects of fleet reduction on port
infrastructure.
Response. While the trawl rationalization program would move the
fishery toward some of its most important goals and objectives, in
order for the program to realize those benefits, a large amount of
consolidation would have to occur, resulting in fewer people employed
in the fishery. The Council acknowledged and expressed concern about
the expected consolidation and its impacts, and noted the need to
attend to the potential for disproportionate impacts on some
communities. There was also concern that the potential accumulation of
wealth under the IFQ program should have corresponding levels of
benefit for the nation, and that state implementation costs be
addressed. The Council also expressed an interest in maintaining the
character of the fleet and a diversified industry. Balancing the need
for consolidation to generate adequate levels of benefit with the
potential adverse impacts of consolidation was a major challenge. At
the same time, continuation of status quo would have its own impacts,
with both the buyback program and cumulative limits having caused
significant consolidation in the fleet and a redistribution of vessels
along the coast.
Because of the high degree of concern about impacts on communities
and maintaining some sharing of benefits (both among harvesters and
between harvesters, processors, and others dependent on the fishery)
the Council made a number of tradeoffs in the trawl rationalization
program that may prevent the program from reaching the full degree of
economic efficiency that might otherwise be achievable through
rationalization. For example, accumulation limits would help disperse
fishery benefits, but would inhibit consolidation. Additionally, some
QS was set aside for use in an AMP to address such objectives as
community and processor stability, new entry, conservation, and other
unidentified/unforeseen adverse consequences. A number of other
measures were also considered as the Council struggled to find a
balance among sectors, states, vessels, ports, conservation
obligations, and its responsibility to try to develop a regime that
maximizes economic benefits while simultaneously realizing,
recognizing, and honoring the social effects of its decisions.
Consideration was also given to allocating QSs to communities and
crew members. With respect to the Council consideration of CDQs, up to
the very end of the Council's deliberations, communities expressed
little or no interest in receiving an initial allocation of QSs.
Therefore, the Council developed other mechanisms to address concerns
about communities, including, but not limited to, the AMP, a two-year
moratorium on QS transfers, a five-year review that includes a
community advisory committee, accumulation limits and a two-year review
of some of the limits, the opportunity for communities to receive an
initial QS allocation by acquiring a trawl permit, and a trailing
action on CFAs. With respect to crew members, an initial allocation is
difficult because there is limited historic information on the identity
of crew members who have fished on trawl vessels. It is the Council's
hope that by providing highly divisible QSs and ensuring that other
elements of the program design facilitate crew ownership of QS, that
crew members who want to do so will be able to incrementally accumulate
QSs.
In terms of impacts on small businesses, the trawl rationalization
program is intended to increase net economic benefits, create economic
stability, provide full utilization of the trawl sector allocation,
consider environmental impacts, and promote conservation through
individual accountability for catch and bycatch. The allocations of
quota under the new program do not differ significantly from status quo
allocations made biennially in terms of total allocations. However,
instead of fleetwide quotas, there will now be individual allocations
of quota shares and quota pounds to permit owners. Allocations of
overfished species constrain all groundfish fishermen, for both large
and small operations. In some cases, smaller operators may be
constrained to a greater extent. This was recognized in development of
the program, and operators are encouraged to work together
cooperatively, through mechanisms like combining and sharing quota
amounts. The program provides for leasing of additional quota as needed
to facilitate operations.
The proposed action includes provisions that would have a
beneficial impact on small entities. It would create a management
program under which most recent participants in the Pacific Coast
groundfish limited entry trawl fishery (many of which are small
entities) would be eligible to continue participating in the fishery
and under which the fishery itself would experience an increase in
economic profitability. Small entities choosing to exit the fishery
should receive financial compensation from selling their permit or
share of the resource. To prevent a particular individual, corporation,
or other entity from acquiring an excessive share of the total harvest
privileges in the program, accumulation limits would restrict the
amount of harvest privileges
[[Page 60873]]
that can be held, acquired, or used by individuals and vessels. In
addition, for the shoreside sector of the fishery, an AMP was created
to mitigate any adverse impacts, including impacts on small entities
and communities that might result from the proposed action.
Comment 20. The Council has not adopted a methodology for a cost-
recovery plan, as required by the MSA, and the cost to taxpayers and
participants is too high.
Response. Information about program costs was included in the EIS
and the RIR/IRFA. The Council took all of these factors into
consideration in moving forward with a recommendation to implement the
trawl rationalization program. The Council intends to develop a cost
recovery plan through a trailing amendment. NMFS encourages public
participation in both the Council and the Secretarial review process.
Comment 21. The costs to the government are too high and will
divert funds from other conservation purposes.
Response. NMFS has taken the costs of implementing the amendments
into consideration when approving them. To the extent allowed by the
MSA, NMFS will recover the agency costs of management, data collection
and analysis, and enforcement activities from the fishing industry when
a cost-recovery plan is implemented.
Comment 22. The program costs to fishermen, including the costs of
entering the fishery and the costs of observers and monitoring, are too
high.
Response. Analyses indicate that the program benefits will outweigh
the program costs. The EIS anticipates that the value of the fishery
will increase through a variety of mechanisms, including increased
efficiency of existing vessels, the transfer of effort to the most
efficient vessels, and increased retention of target species. The
program includes opportunities for adaptive management if actual
impacts differ from projected impacts. In addition, the Council made
quota shares highly divisible to increase the ability of crew members
and others to buy into the fishery. To aid the fishing industry during
the transition to a rationalized fishery, the agency has announced its
intent, subject to available Federal funding, to cover a portion of the
initial cost of hiring observers and catch monitors. As stated by the
agency, participants would initially be responsible for 10 percent of
the cost of hiring observers and catch monitors, with that amount
increased every year so that by 2014, the industry would be responsible
for 100 percent of the cost of hiring the observers and catch monitors.
Comments on the Observer Program
Comment 23. One commenter stated that observer rules need to change
for trawl and small boats to reflect the ``vastly different bycatch
which occurs when mistakes are made.''
Response. The final design features of the observer program and
applicability to both large and small vessels were evaluated thoroughly
through development of these program components, and ultimately led to
the Council decision to require 100 percent observations for those
fishing vessels that continue trawling under this rationalization
program. By ``mistakes'' we assume the commenter meant situations where
high bycatch of overfished species events occur, and that larger
vessels may have potentially greater negative impacts. While this may
be true, vessels that participate in the shorebased IFQ program will be
held individually accountable for any bycatch of overfished species. In
the at-sea program, there are sector specific bycatch caps that will
remain in place. These bycatch caps are limits, and can have the effect
of closing sectors of the trawl industry when reached. Conservation
measures in order to facilitate the rebuilding of overfished species
were specific components of the trawl rationalization program.
Comment 24. Public comments expressed concern that the cost of the
observer program disadvantages smaller operators; that IFQs, even with
observers, increase the risk of high-grading; that observer costs are
generally too high; and that observer program doesn't enhance
conservation, just total catch accounting.
Response. Appendix H to the EIS for Amendment 20, the ``Regulatory
Impact Review and Initial Regulatory Flexibility Analysis, (RIR/IRFA)''
addresses a number of these issues. As noted in the RIR/IRFA, the cost
estimates are preliminary; the direct observer and monitoring costs
depend heavily on operational decisions by industry (both fishing
vessels and processors) to reduce costs. In addition, it is impossible
to predict how much consolidation will occur, especially in the initial
years of program implementation. For these reasons, the RIR/IRFA makes
broad assumptions about industry behavior to frame the range of costs.
At one extreme, annual observer costs could rise to $18 million if a
100-vessel fleet needed observers 365 days a year at a cost of $500 per
day. However, as stated at numerous Council meetings, the industry
could reduce costs by voluntary limits on the number of vessels that
can be at sea at any one time or agreements to share observer coverage
between multiple vessels. Observer and other costs could decline as the
number of participating vessels decline, when the fleet consolidates
because of the program. As discussed in the RIR/IRFA, the Lian analysis
(Lian et al., 2008) indicates an expectation that there will be a fleet
of 50 to 60 vessels of a size of 60 to 70 feet after rationalization.
If this were to happen, one would expect the costs to be significantly
lower and approximately half of the estimated costs for the current
fleet.
As stated in the response to comments on the draft EIS
``Rationalization of the Pacific Coast Groundfish Limited Entry Trawl
Fishery,'' analysis indicates that the program benefits will outweigh
the program costs. For those participants who feel the costs are too
much of a burden, they have the option of selling or leasing their QS.
In addition, as stated at Council meetings, vessels, both large and
small, are encouraged to coordinate with each other and with the
observer providers to reduce costs and provide more efficiency.
In terms of the comment that the risk of high-grading (sorting to
retain more marketable fish) will be increased under and IFQ system,
NMFS believes that the exact opposite will occur under total catch
accounting. With 100 percent mandated observer coverage, all catch will
be accounted for, and individuals will be held responsible for their
behavior. This structure leads to the opposite conclusion regarding
high-grading.
One commenter questioned what conservation goals the observer
program is achieving other than total catch accounting, citing lack of
economic benefits and lack of individual stability. NMFS disagrees with
this perspective. Conservation of the fishery resources and rebuilding
of overfished species are the main reasons why the Council has
recommended a program with total catch accounting. Individuals will be
held responsible for conducting harvests consistent with their QS and
QP allocated. To the extent that individuals may need additional QS and
QP to conduct their operations, the options of leasing of QS and
purchasing QS and QP through time should lead to economic stability for
those individuals whom choose to remain as active participants in the
trawl rationalization program.
[[Page 60874]]
Comments on Initial Allocation of Catch Shares
a. General Comments
Comment 25. One commenter argued that shore-based processors should
not receive 20 percent of the quota because that sector has too much
control over the fishing fleet. Another commenter expressed support for
the proposed allocation of quota to processors.
Response. The Council recommended that 20 percent of the shoreside
harvest allocation of whiting would be initially allocated to shoreside
processors, based on those processors' history. The Council concluded,
and NMFS agrees, that this initial allocation was fair and equitable,
thus consistent with section 303A(c)(5) of the MSA, which requires the
Council to ``ensure fair and equitable allocations, including
consideration of (i) current and historical harvests; (ii) employment
in the harvesting and processing sectors; (iii) investments in, and
dependence upon, the fishery; and (iv) the current and historical
participation of fishing communities.'' As explained in Section A-
2.1.1a (Appendix A) of the EIS, NMFS and the Council took the statutory
factors into account and determined that, among the various
alternatives under consideration, the initial allocation of whiting
harvesting privileges as a 20/80 percent split to processors and
current permit holders was fair and equitable.
The issue of reduced competition and anticompetitive impacts of
allocating quota to processors was analyzed extensively in the EIS and
was discussed and considered carefully by the Council. During
development of the trawl rationalization program, the NOAA Office of
General Counsel (GC) had informal consultations with the Antitrust
Division of the U.S. Department of Justice. Based on those informal
consultations and analysis of relevant facts and applicable legal
rules, NOAA GC submitted a letter to the Council dated October 11,
2008, in which the antitrust savings clause in Section 303A of the MSA
was noted and advised ``that any fishery participants that are
uncertain about the legality under the antitrust laws of the United
States of any of their anticipated activities should consult legal
counsel prior to commencing those activities.'' The NOAA GC letter
provided citations to guidance or resource documents available on the
Federal Trade Commission Web site. The NOAA GC letter is available on
the Pacific Council's Web site at https://www.pcouncil.org/bb/2008/1108/F3d_SUP_GC_1108.pdf.
Comment 26. It is unfair that permits that have not made payments
for the buyback program will receive an initial allocation.
Response. All permits will receive an initial allocation of non-
overfished species, based on the equal division of QS associated with
the history of the permits bought back plus an amount of QS related to
the actual 1994-2003 deliveries by the permit. The designation of an
equal allocation amount based on the history of the buyback permits was
viewed as an equitable way to help resolve the initial allocation
issue, ensuring that the smaller producing harvesters were more likely
to receive an initial allocation adequate to cover their needs while
the larger producing harvesters, more likely to be better financed,
might have to purchase more QS to maintain their recent harvest levels.
NMFS and the Council are aware that this will include some permits that
have not made landings since the inception of the buyback loan payback
program (December 2003). The Council recommended, and NMFS is
implementing, what it believes to be the best balance among a variety
of possible allocation approaches.
Comment 27. The quota allocations do not support current fishing
practices. In order to keep fishing, some fishermen will have to
purchase additional quota of some species while receiving more than
needed of other species. In order for high producers to fish all their
boats, they will have to buy more quota.
Response. Chapter 4 the Amendment 20 EIS described in detail the
anticipated impacts of the trawl rationalization program on the various
sectors of the fishing industry. NMFS acknowledges that, depending on
the allocation formula, some permit holders and catcher vessels may
receive a greater or lesser amount of allowable catch than under status
quo conditions. In addition, they may receive a different mix of
species allocated as quota compared to the mix of species they
currently harvest. In the long run, however, transfers of those fishing
privileges should occur in a way that is more optimal to individual
harvesters, and that transfer will act as a cost to those that purchase
the shares and as a benefit to those that sell them.
The Council anticipates that consolidation is likely to occur in
the nonwhiting sector that will trend toward the most efficient
vessels. The fleet reduction and cost efficiency model shows the
consolidation that may occur could diminish the number of vessels by 50
to 66 percent.
Comment 28. One comment criticizes the eligibility criteria for
initial allocations as too narrowly focused, not providing for captains
and crew due to a lack of data.
Response. Although a lack of data was one factor in the decision
not to extend eligibility to receive an initial QS allocation, there
were several other factors considered. The Council enumerates several
of the reasons behind the decision to allocate to permits and
processors in A-14 and A-15 of the Amendment 20 EIS, Appendix A.
Direct allocation to skippers and crewmembers was discussed and the
costs and complexity of identifying vessel workers and determining
whether they participated on vessels while those vessels were fishing
in the groundfish trawl fishery were noted. Complexities include the
fact that crew member-licensing requirements vary between states and in
some cases crewmembers are not required to have permits. Multiple
alternative sources of information would have to be considered in
determining crew member eligibility for an initial allocation.
With respect to relative impacts of an initial QS allocation on
different classes of fishery participants, it was noted that for a crew
member dislocated because of the IFQ program there would likely be a
greater number of economic alternatives available, as compared to a
fishing permit or vessel. Additionally, since crew members move between
fishing operations, an allocation to crew could reduce the initial
allocation available to a harvester in comparison with its recent
operation levels, leaving fixed capital assets without significant
production opportunities. While harvesters receiving less than their
needs would be able to acquire additional QS through purchase, the need
to make such purchases would likely mean a greater disruption during
initial implementation of the program.
b. Allocation Formula in General
Comment 29. Several commenters addressed the qualifying history
period selected by the Council for both whiting and nonwhiting non-
overfished species. One commenter criticized the period as
``arbitrary.'' Others expressed a belief that MSA ``recency''
requirements are not being met because the qualifying period of 1994-
2003 is too out of date. One commenter suggested increasing emphasis on
recent years by moving the start of the allocation period from 1994 to
1997 and the end from 2003 to 2006 (and using 2003 through 2006 for the
allocation period for overfished species), recognizing a new control
date
[[Page 60875]]
of January 1, 2007. Further comments on the qualifying history period
include:
It rewards the inefficiencies, inadequate infrastructure
and lack of investment that characterized the qualifying year window.
Allocations of nonwhiting groundfish to inactive participants in the
fishery harm active participants.
The allocation period includes years with inaccurate
species composition and discard data that will skew the picture of the
true state of nature.
More current data is available and critically important.
There have been dramatic changes in the whiting fishery
starting in 2001, and which have been especially significant after
2003.
Response. Similar comments were received during the public comment
period on the draft EIS ``Rationalization of the Pacific Coast
Groundfish Limited Entry Trawl Fishery.'' Parts of the detailed
response to those comments bears repeating as directly relevant and
responsive to the comments received recently. In recommending initial
allocations, the Council is required to consider several factors
including current harvests and historic harvests. See 16 U.S.C.
1853a(c)(5)(A); see also 16 U.S.C. 1853(b)(6). Appendix A to the
Amendment 20 EIS includes a review of the Council's consideration of
all of these factors, including a discussion of the rationale for
considering a variety of dates for the allocation period, including
start dates of 1994 and each year from 1997 through 2001. The
allocation dates selected represent a balance between emphasis on more
recent history and considering the historic fishing opportunities which
may have had a determining effect on the levels of capital investment
by individual firms. The start date of 1994 was selected because 1994
was the first year of the license limitation program. The decision to
utilize a long allocation period was deliberate; it is likely that
capital investment is based on longer term opportunity and that capital
persists after contractions in the fishery such as that reflected by
the disaster declaration in 2000. On this basis it is appropriate to
give some weight to landings from the 1990s. Because more fish was
taken during that time period, the relative pounds approach (measuring
catch history as a vessel's share of total catch) reduces the emphasis
on a pound of fish caught in the 1990s as compared to a pound of fish
caught after 2000. While some argue that fishermen who caught fish in
the mid-1990s caused the disaster and should not receive QS for that
fish, the catch taken in the mid-1990s was in line with what was
allowed under the regulations and believed to be sustainable at the
time.
The Council selected the ending year of 2003 because that year
corresponds to the previously announced control date for the fishery.
The Council adopted and published the control date of November 6, 2003
(see 69 FR 1563 (January 9, 2004); 70 FR 29713 (May 24, 2005). The
Council believes it is very important that the 2003 control date be
used in order to prevent future fishery disruptions. The purpose of
announcing a control date in advance of developing a LAPP is to
discourage entry into a fishery and increased harvest while the Council
goes through the process of developing the program details, which can
be a lengthy exercise. If the Council develops a pattern of announcing
and abandoning control dates, then the announcement of control dates
will become a signal to harvesters to intensify their efforts to catch
fish in order to increase their odds of qualifying for greater initial
allocations. Such a response would be disruptive to fisheries and
exacerbate the challenges of meeting conservation objectives.
Additionally, abandoning the original control date would reduce the
perceived fairness of the program by rewarding those who fished
speculatively after the control date (fishing primarily on the chance
that the control date would be abandoned and they would acquire more
quota as a result of their post control date fishing) at the expense of
those who heeded the control date. In balancing the importance of the
reliable control date, and the importance of considering historic
participation, against the potential for some disruption of using a
time period ending several years prior to the start of the program, the
Council found that it was preferable to use the 2003 control date.
The public was given significant notice of the use of November 6,
2003, as a potential control date. The notice was originally published
in the Federal Register on January 9, 2004, and an additional notice
was published on May 24, 2005. Both notices were posted on the
Council's Web site, with an explanation of the possible consequences of
the control date. In addition, starting in October 2003, The Council
and its Trawl Individual Quota Committee held numerous public meetings
and discussions at Council meetings on the trawl rationalization
program including the use of the control date and the alternate
qualifying periods.
The Council disagrees with the commenter's assertion that Amendment
15 to the Groundfish management plan created a new control date of
January 1, 2007, that should be controlling here. Nowhere does
Amendment 15 address the 2003 control date or purport to change the
qualifying period for the groundfish trawl program. Amendment 15 was a
limited interim action for the non-Tribal whiting fishery issued in
anticipation of the trawl rationalization that in no way attempted to
address matters beyond its limited scope. Moreover, the Council has
explicitly stated that vessels that qualified for Pacific whiting
fishery participation under Amendment 15 were not guaranteed future
participation or inclusion in the Pacific whiting fishery under the
provisions of Amendment 20. See https://www.pcouncil.org/groundfish/fishery-management-plan/fmp-amendment-15.
With regards to ``recency'' concerns, the Council does take into
account recent participation patterns in the fishery by allocating QS
to current permit holders rather than to individuals or vessels that
originally caught the fish. In this way, during the extensive period
required to develop a program of this kind, entry and exit can occur
and QS can be allocated in a less disruptive manner than would occur if
the allocations went to the individuals who caught the fish
historically.
While the overfished species allocation formula includes logbooks
for 2003-2006, these records are used to determine the fishing pattern,
not the overall level of harvest activity. The Council's methodology
for allocating overfished species is significantly different than the
methodology for allocating target catch. The 1994-2003 period is still
used to determine the target species allocation, and the harvest
patterns from the 2003-2006 logbooks are used to determine the amount
of overfished species an entity would need to take its target species.
In this fashion, more recent information for the fishery is used
without rewarding post control date increases in effort. The 1994-2003
harvest patterns were not used to determine a target species QS
recipient's need for overfished species QS. This is because of the
substantial changes in fishing patterns which were induced by the
determination that some species were overfished and the implementation
of the rockfish conservation areas (RCAs) and because the RCAs will
remain in place after the trawl rationalization system is put into
place. Therefore the Council considered that an estimate of likely
patterns of activity should be based on a period of time when the RCAs
were in place. The RCAs were not in place for most of the
[[Page 60876]]
1994-2003 period but were in place for 2003-2006.
One commenter made the point that the initial allocation, because
it is different from the current distribution of harvest, may reward
inefficiencies and reverse recent conservation gains, including
reductions in bycatch. While it is possible that the initial
allocations may not go to the most efficient and innovative harvesters,
because of the need to draw a balance between a reliable control date
and disruption, fairness and equity, recent participation and historic
participation issues, it is expected that society will benefit over the
long haul as the quota is transferred to use by the most efficient
harvesters as the program progresses. Independent of the initial
allocation, the QS system is expected to provide substantial incentive
for vessels to avoid bycatch. One hundred percent observer coverage
will ensure full individual vessel accountability. These individual
vessel incentives are expected to preserve gains made in bycatch
avoidance in recent years.
The same commenter also made the point that the discard and catch
composition data quality from those years is poor and will skew the
picture of the true state of nature. The allocation formula does not
use discard data from the mid-1990s. With respect to catch composition
data, it has been accepted that these data may skew the mix of species
any particular permit would receive away from its actual catch, simply
because the catch composition data was designed to estimate catch at
the fleet level rather than the individual vessel level. Catch
composition data has the same problem whether it is from the mid-1990s
or early 2000s. While the catch composition data might be of better
quality in more recent years, the Council felt that it was more
important that the control date and longer allocation period be
maintained and worth the tradeoff entailed in relying on older catch
composition data.
Comment 30. A comment was submitted on behalf of owners and
operators of a harvesting vessel, in support generally of Amendments 20
and 21 for improving management of groundfish but noting that the
program improperly excludes valid ``B'' Permit groundfish fishing
history in the initial allocation process. The commenter submitted
multiple exhibits in support of their comments.
Response. NMFS has reviewed the comments and the supporting
exhibits. The commenter's position is that the prior permit owner's
assignment in 2004 of all fishing history to the current vessel/permit
owner included the groundfish ``B'' Permit fishing history from 1994,
1995 and 1996, and therefore the program improperly excludes valid
``B'' Permit groundfish fishing history in the initial allocation
process. Further, the comment notes that nothing in Amendment 20 or 21
precludes inclusion of that ``B'' Permit history in the total catch
history owned by the current permit owner. NMFS disagrees, for the
following reasons.
Amendment 20 specifies that the initial allocation will be made to
the current owner of groundfish limited entry permits. These permits
have been in place since 1994, as part of the implementation of
Amendment 6, the groundfish limited entry program. Limited entry
permits with ``A'' and ``B'' endorsements were implemented as part of
the groundfish limited entry program (57 FR 54001-01, November 16,
1992). The program established permits with ``A'' endorsements, which
were transferable, for trawl vessels that met specific minimum landing
requirements. It also established permits with ``B'' endorsements,
which were not transferable, and which expired upon transfer to a
different owner, or at the end of 1996 (whichever occurred first).
These ``B'' endorsements were intended for vessels that had some low
level of activity in the fishery prior to August 1, 1988, and under the
current owner, but did not meet the landing requirements for vessels
receiving ``A'' endorsements. The ``B'' endorsements provided a three-
year adjustment period during which the vessel owners could either make
arrangements to stay in the fishery through the purchase of an existing
``A'' endorsed permit or stop participating in the limited entry
fishery. NMFS accordingly removed the ``B'' endorsement provisions from
the regulation after the ``B'' endorsements had expired; in addition to
the ``A'' endorsement, the only endorsements on limited entry permits
are now gear endorsements (trawl, longline, pot or trap) and size
endorsements (see 66 FR 29729, June 1, 2001, and 50 CFR 660.333).
Consistent with